Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
SERVICE MANUAL
WARNING
The Service Manual contains information
regarding service techniques, procedures,
processes and spare parts of office equipment
distributed by Ricoh Americas Corporation.
Users of this manual should be either service
trained or certified by successfully completing a
Ricoh Technical Training Program.
Untrained and uncertified users utilizing
information contained in this service manual to
repair or modify Ricoh equipment risk personal
injury, damage to property or loss of warranty
protection.
LEGEND
COMPANY
PRODUCT
CODE
LANIER
RICOH
SAVIN
D146
MP C3003
MP C3003
MP C3003
D147
MP C3503
MP C3503
MP C3503
D148
MP C4503
MP C4503
MP C4503
D149
MP C5503
MP C5503
MP C5503
D150
MP C6003
MP C6003
MP C6003
DOCUMENTATION HISTORY
REV. NO.
*
DATE
07/2013
COMMENTS
Original Printing
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. PRODUCT INFORMATION ......................................................... 1-1
1.1 PRODUCT OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 1-1
1.1.1 COMPONENT LAYOUT ................................................................... 1-1
Scanner Unit ........................................................................................ 1-2
Laser Exposure Unit ............................................................................. 1-3
Image Transfer Unit ............................................................................. 1-4
PCDU ................................................................................................... 1-5
Toner Supply / Waste Toner Bottle ...................................................... 1-6
Paper Feed Unit ................................................................................... 1-7
Duplex Unit........................................................................................... 1-8
By-pass unit ......................................................................................... 1-9
Fusing Unit ......................................................................................... 1-10
Paper Transfer / Paper Exit ................................................................ 1-11
Air Flow .............................................................................................. 1-12
Drive Unit ........................................................................................... 1-13
Board / Switch .................................................................................... 1-14
1.1.2 PAPER PATH ................................................................................. 1-15
1.1.3 DRIVE LAYOUT ............................................................................. 1-18
1.2 MACHINE CODES AND PERIPHERALS CONFIGURATION ................. 1-20
1.2.1 DIAGRAM ....................................................................................... 1-20
D146/D147 Options (mainly North America) ...................................... 1-20
D146/D147 Options (mainly Europe and Asia)................................... 1-23
D148D149 Options (mainly North America) ....................................... 1-26
D148/D149 Options (mainly Europe and Asia)................................... 1-29
D150 Options (mainly North America) ................................................ 1-32
D150 Options (mainly Europe and Asia) ............................................ 1-35
1.3 SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................... 1-38
1.4 GUIDANCE FOR THOSE WHO ARE FAMILIAR WITH PREDECESSOR
PRODUCTS ................................................................................................... 1-39
1.4.1 DIFFERENCES FROM PREDECESSOR....................................... 1-39
Scan, LD unit, Paper feed unit ........................................................... 1-39
Duplex, Driving, Main frame ............................................................... 1-40
PCDU ................................................................................................. 1-40
Toner supplement, Image transfer ..................................................... 1-41
SM
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ii
SM
iii
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
iv
SM
2.28 DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT TYPE H (D377)/ I (D362) .... 2-152
2.28.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 2-152
2.28.2 COMPONENT LIST ................................................................ 2-152
2.28.3 BEFORE YOU BEGIN THE PROCEDURE ............................. 2-153
Seal Check and Removal ................................................................. 2-154
2.28.4 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-155
2.28.5 CONFIGURING AUTO ERASE MEMORY (PERFORMED BY THE
CUSTOMER) ......................................................................................... 2-156
2.29 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT TYPE G .......................................... 2-159
2.29.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ............................................................ 2-159
2.29.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-159
2.29.3 SETTINGS (TO BE DONE BY THE USER) ............................ 2-161
Equipment administrator settings ..................................................... 2-161
2.30 IMAGEABLE AREA EXTENSION UNIT TYPE M3 .......................... 2-162
2.30.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ............................................................ 2-162
2.30.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-162
When you forgot to change the SP .................................................. 2-165
2.31 OCR UNIT TYPE M2........................................................................ 2-166
2.31.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ............................................................ 2-166
2.31.2 SEARCHABLE PDF FUNCTION OUTLINE ............................ 2-166
2.31.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-167
2.31.4 RECOVERY PROCEDURE .................................................... 2-169
2.32 SD CARD OPTION .......................................................................... 2-170
2.32.1 SD CARD SLOTS ................................................................... 2-170
2.32.2 LIST OF SLOTS USED ........................................................... 2-170
2.33 SD CARD APPLI MOVE .................................................................. 2-171
2.33.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 2-171
2.33.2 MOVE EXEC ........................................................................... 2-172
2.33.3 UNDO EXEC ........................................................................... 2-174
2.34 BROWSER UNIT TYPE M4/M3 ....................................................... 2-175
2.34.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ............................................................ 2-175
2.34.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-175
To update EXJS ............................................................................... 2-178
When checking the version of EXJS ................................................ 2-180
Browser unit uninstallation procedure .............................................. 2-180
2.34.3 SETTINGS .............................................................................. 2-181
Browser default setting ..................................................................... 2-181
2.35 SD CARD FOR NETWARE PRINTING TYPE M4/M3 ..................... 2-182
2.35.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ............................................................ 2-182
SM
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
vi
SM
vii
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
viii
SM
ix
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4.11.11
FUSING MOTOR ................................................................... 4-88
4.11.12
PAPER EXIT / PRESSURE RELEASE MOTOR ................... 4-88
4.11.13
DUPLEX ENTRANCE MOTOR ............................................. 4-89
4.11.14
TONER TRANSPORT MOTOR ............................................. 4-90
4.11.15
SUB HOPPER ....................................................................... 4-90
K ......................................................................................................... 4-90
C ........................................................................................................ 4-91
M ........................................................................................................ 4-92
Y ......................................................................................................... 4-93
4.11.16
TONER END SENSOR ......................................................... 4-94
4.11.17
TONER BOTTLE DRIVE MOTOR ......................................... 4-95
K ......................................................................................................... 4-95
C ........................................................................................................ 4-95
M ........................................................................................................ 4-95
Y ......................................................................................................... 4-96
4.11.18
ID CHIP ................................................................................. 4-97
K ......................................................................................................... 4-97
C ........................................................................................................ 4-97
M ........................................................................................................ 4-97
Y ......................................................................................................... 4-98
4.12 FUSING UNIT .................................................................................... 4-99
4.12.1 FUSING UNIT ........................................................................... 4-99
Replacement ...................................................................................... 4-99
4.12.2 FUSING ENTRANCE GUIDE PLATE ..................................... 4-100
Cleaning the Fusing Entrance Guide Plate ...................................... 4-100
4.12.3 FUSING EXIT GUIDE PLATE ................................................. 4-101
Cleaning the Fusing Exit Guide Plate ............................................... 4-101
4.12.4 FUSING UPPER COVER........................................................ 4-102
4.12.5 FUSING LOWER COVER ....................................................... 4-102
4.12.6 FUSING FRONT COVER........................................................ 4-103
4.12.7 FUSING REAR COVER .......................................................... 4-103
4.12.8 HEATING SLEEVE BELT UNIT .............................................. 4-104
Replacement .................................................................................... 4-104
4.12.9 PRESSURE ROLLER ............................................................. 4-105
Adjustment before replacing the pressure roller ............................... 4-105
Replacement .................................................................................... 4-105
4.12.10
THERMOSTAT UNIT........................................................... 4-107
4.12.11
NC SENSOR UNIT .............................................................. 4-108
4.12.12
FUSING THERMISTOR ...................................................... 4-108
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SM
4.12.13
FUSING THERMOPILE UNIT ............................................. 4-109
4.12.14
PRESSURE ROLLER HP SENSOR.................................... 4-109
4.12.15
FUSING SHIELD POSITION SENSOR ............................... 4-110
4.12.16
FUSING SHIELD DRIVE MOTOR ....................................... 4-111
4.13 PAPER EXIT .................................................................................... 4-112
4.13.1 PAPER EXIT UNIT .................................................................. 4-112
4.13.2 PAPER EXIT SWITCHING SOLENOID .................................. 4-112
4.13.3 PAPER EXIT SENSOR ........................................................... 4-113
4.13.4 REVERSE SENSOR ............................................................... 4-114
4.13.5 PAPER EXIT FULL SENSOR ................................................. 4-115
4.13.6 REVERSE MOTOR ................................................................. 4-115
4.13.7 FUSING EXIT SENSOR.......................................................... 4-116
4.14 PAPER FEED .................................................................................. 4-117
4.14.1 PAPER FEED UNIT ................................................................ 4-117
1st Paper Feed Unit ......................................................................... 4-117
2nd Paper Feed Unit ........................................................................ 4-118
4.14.2 PAPER DUST COLLECTION UNIT ........................................ 4-120
4.14.3 PICK-UP ROLLER, PAPER FEED ROLLER, SEPARATION
ROLLER, TORQUE LIMITER ................................................................ 4-120
4.14.4 PAPER FEED SOLENOID ...................................................... 4-122
4.14.5 PAPER FEED SENSOR ......................................................... 4-123
4.14.6 VERTICAL TRANSPORT SENSOR........................................ 4-124
4.14.7 LIMIT SENSOR ....................................................................... 4-125
4.14.8 PAPER END SENSOR ........................................................... 4-125
4.14.9 REGISTRATION SENSOR ..................................................... 4-126
4.15 BY-PASS TRAY UNIT ...................................................................... 4-127
4.15.1 BY-PASS TRAY ...................................................................... 4-127
4.15.2 BY-PASS PAPER END SENSOR ........................................... 4-129
4.15.3 BY-PASS PICK-UP ROLLER .................................................. 4-130
4.15.4 BY-PASS PAPER FEED ROLLER .......................................... 4-130
4.15.5 BY-PASS SEPARATION ROLLER ......................................... 4-131
4.15.6 TORQUE LIMITER .................................................................. 4-131
4.15.7 BY-PASS TRAY SIDE FENCE (D150 ONLY) ......................... 4-132
4.16 DUPLEX UNIT ................................................................................. 4-134
4.16.1 DUPLEX UNIT ........................................................................ 4-134
4.16.2 DUPLEX/BY-PASS MOTOR ................................................... 4-136
4.16.3 DUPLEX ENTRANCE SENSOR ............................................. 4-137
4.16.4 DUPLEX JAM PROCESSING LED ......................................... 4-139
4.16.5 DUPLEX EXIT SENSOR ......................................................... 4-139
SM
xi
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
xii
SM
4.18.13
POWER BOX COOLING FAN ............................................. 4-166
4.19 IMAGE ADJUSTMENT..................................................................... 4-167
4.19.1 SCANNING ............................................................................. 4-167
Scanner sub-scan magnification ...................................................... 4-167
Scanner leading edge and side-to-side registration ......................... 4-167
4.19.2 ARDF ...................................................................................... 4-168
ARDF side-to-side, leading edge registration and trailing edge ....... 4-168
ARDF sub-scan magnification .......................................................... 4-169
4.19.3 REGISTRATION ..................................................................... 4-169
Image Area....................................................................................... 4-169
Leading Edge ................................................................................... 4-169
Side to Side ...................................................................................... 4-169
Adjustment Standard ........................................................................ 4-169
Paper Registration Standard ............................................................ 4-169
Adjustment Procedure ...................................................................... 4-170
4.19.4 ERASE MARGIN ADJUSTMENT ............................................ 4-171
4.19.5 COLOR REGISTRATION........................................................ 4-171
Line Position Adjustment .................................................................. 4-171
4.19.6 PRINTER GAMMA CORRECTION ......................................... 4-172
Copy Mode ....................................................................................... 4-172
Printer Mode..................................................................................... 4-176
SM
xiii
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 12/15/2014
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
xiv
SM
Before disassembling or assembling parts of the copier and peripherals, make sure that the
copier power cord is unplugged.
2.
The wall outlet should be near the copier and easily accessible.
3.
If any adjustment or operation check has to be made with exterior covers off or open while the
main switch is turned on, keep hands away from electrified or mechanically driven
components.
4.
The copier drives some of its components when it completes the warm-up period. Be careful
to keep hands away from the mechanical and electrical components as the copier starts
operation.
5.
The inside and the metal parts of the fusing unit become extremely hot while the copier is
operating. Be careful to avoid touching those components with your bare hands.
Toner and developer are non-toxic, but if you get either of them in your eyes by accident, it
may cause temporary eye discomfort. Immediately wash eyes with plenty of water. If
unsuccessful, get medical attention.
2.
The copier, which use high voltage power source, can generate ozone gas. High ozone
density is harmful to human health. Therefore, the machine must be installed in a
well-ventilated room.
Keep the machine away from flammable liquids, gases, and aerosols. A fire or an
explosion might occur.
The Controller board on this machine contains a lithium battery. The danger of explosion
exists if a battery of this type is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or an
equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard batteries in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions and local regulations.
The optional fax and memory expansion units contain lithium batteries, which can
explode if replaced incorrectly. Replace only with the same or an equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer. Do not recharge or burn the batteries. Used batteries
must be handled in accordance with local regulations.
Do not incinerate toner bottles or used toner. Toner dust may ignite suddenly when exposed
to an open flame.
2.
Dispose of used toner, the maintenance unit which includes developer or the organic
photoconductor in accordance with local regulations. (These are non-toxic supplies.)
3.
4.
When keeping used lithium batteries in order to dispose of them later, do not put more than
100 batteries per sealed box. Storing larger numbers or not sealing them apart may lead to
chemical reactions and heat build-up.
Laser Safety
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) prohibits the repair of laser-based optical
units in the field. The optical housing unit can only be repaired in a factory or at a location with the
requisite equipment. The laser subsystem is replaceable in the field by a qualified Customer
Engineer. The laser chassis is not repairable in the field. Customer engineers are therefore
directed to return all chassis and laser subsystems to the factory or service depot when
replacement of the optical subsystem is required.
Turn off the main switch before attempting any of the procedures in the Laser Optics
Housing Unit section. Laser beams can seriously damage your eyes.
CAUTION MARKING:
Obey these guidelines to avoid problems such as misfeeds, damage to originals, loss of
valuable data and to prevent damage to the machine.
This information provides tips and advice about how to best service the machine.
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
PRODUCT INFORMATION
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
Product Overview
Product
Information
1. PRODUCT INFORMATION
1.1 PRODUCT OVERVIEW
1.1.1 COMPONENT LAYOUT
No.
Description
No.
Description
Scanner Unit
Fusing Unit
PCDU
Duplex Unit
10
SM
1-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product Overview
Scanner Unit
No.
Description
No.
Description
Operation Panel
Scanner motor
DF Position Sensor
*1 Option
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-2
SM
Product Overview
Product
Information
No.
Description
No.
Description
Skew motor
Skew motor
Skew motor
SM
1-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product Overview
No.
Description
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-4
SM
Product Overview
Product
Information
PCDU
No.
Description
No.
Description
PCDU (Y)
PCDU (C)
PCDU (M)
PCDU (Bk)
SM
1-5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product Overview
No.
Description
No.
Description
ID chip (Y)
10
11
ID chip (M)
12
13
ID chip (C)
14
15
ID chip (Bk)
16
17
18
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-6
SM
Product Overview
Product
Information
No.
Description
No.
Description
10
11
12
13
Registration sensor
14
15
Anti-condensation heater
16
17
SM
1-7
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product Overview
Duplex Unit
No.
Description
No.
Description
By-pass/Duplex motor
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-8
SM
Product Overview
Product
Information
By-pass unit
No.
Description
No.
Description
SM
1-9
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product Overview
Fusing Unit
No.
Description
No.
Description
Thermistor (center)
10
Thermostat (edge)
11
Thermostat (center)
Thermopile (edge)
12
NC sensor (center)
Thermopile (center)
13
NC sensor (edge)
14
Thermistor (edge)
15
Shield sensor 1 / 2
Fusing heater
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-10
SM
Product Overview
Product
Information
No.
Description
No.
Description
Paper transfer roller home position
Inversion Motor
Inversion Sensor
SM
1-11
sensor
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product Overview
Air Flow
No.
Description
No.
Description
Thermistor
10
11
* D150/D149/D148 only
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-12
SM
Product Overview
Product
Information
Drive Unit
No.
Description
No.
Description
Imaging IOB
Registration Motor
Phase sensor
10
Fusing Motor
11
Transport Motor
SM
1-13
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product Overview
Board / Switch
No.
Description
No.
Description
Power switch
HVP_TTS
BCU
Control board
10
HDD
11
IPU
12
IPU Sub*
* SPDF only
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-14
SM
Product Overview
Product
Information
No.
Description
No.
Description
SPDF DF3080
LCIT RT3030
LCIT PB3170
SM
1-15
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product Overview
No.
Description
No.
Description
ARDF DF3090
LCIT RT3030
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-16
SM
Product
Information
Product Overview
No.
Description
No.
Description
SM
1-17
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product Overview
No.
Description
No.
Description
12
13
Transport motor
14
Registration motor
15
16
Fusing motor
17
18
19
Inversion motor
20
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-18
SM
Product Overview
Description
No.
Description
10
Scanner motor
21
11
22
SM
1-19
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product
Information
No.
Item
Machine Code
Call out
Finisher SR3140
D687
12
D686
13
D717-17 (NA)
D690
D716-17 (NA)
D693
D694
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-20
11
SM
Machine Code
Call out
D178
LCIT PB3170
D695-17 (NA)
LCIT RT3030
D696-17 (NA)
D691
D685
D692
D725
10
D163-01 (NA)
D163-07 (NA)
G578
D164-01
D164-03
D165-01 (NA)
D165-05 (NA)
D165-13
D165-15 (NA)
D165-19
D165-20 (NA)
D166-25 (NA)
D739-06
D739-07
Handset HS3020
D739-05
Marker Type 30
H903
D593-81
B679
SM
1-21
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product
Information
Item
Item
Machine Code
Call out
D566
D377-04
D640
B870
D739-09
D593-61
B869-01
B869-02
D377-06
D860-01
D730-01 (NA)
D730-06
D730-04
D739-10
D148-81 (NA)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-22
SM
Product
Information
Item
Machine Code
Call out
Finisher SR3140
D687
11
D686
12
D717-27 (EU)
D717-28 (SC)
D690
D716-27 (EU)
D716-28 (SC)
10
D693
D694
D178
LCIT PB3170
D695-27 (EU/AP)
LCIT RT3030
D696-27 (EU/AP)
SM
1-23
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Item
Machine Code
Call out
D691
D685
D692
D725
D163-02 (EU)
D163-03 (AP)
D163-08 (EU/AP)
G578
D164-01
D164-03
D165-02 (EU)
D165-03 (AP)
D165-06 (EU)
D165-07 (AP)
D165-13
D165-16 (EU)
D165-17 (AP)
D165-19
D165-21 (EU)
D165-22 (AP)
D166-26 (EU)
D166-27 (AP)
D739-06
D739-07
--
Marker Type 30
H903
D593-81
B679
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-24
SM
Machine Code
Call out
D566
D377-04
D640
B870
D739-09
D593-61
B869-01
B869-02
D641
D377-06
D860-01
D730-01 (EU/AP)
D730-06
D739-10
D148-83 (AP)
SM
1-25
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product
Information
Item
Item
Machine Code
Call out
Finisher SR3140
D687
12
D686
13
D717-17 (NA)
D688
15
Finisher SR3160
D689
14
D706-00 (NA)
D690
D716-17 (NA)
D693
D694
D178
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-26
11
SM
Machine Code
Call out
LCIT PB3170
D695-17 (NA)
LCIT RT3030
D696-17 (NA)
D691
D685
D692
D725
10
G578
D167-01 (NA)
D167-07 (NA)
D164-01
D164-03
D166-01 (NA)
D166-05 (NA)
D166-13
D166-15 (NA)
D166-19
D166-20 (NA)
D166-25 (NA)
D739-06
D739-07
Handset HS3020
D739-05
Marker Type 30
H903
D593-81
B679
D566
SM
1-27
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product
Information
Item
Item
Machine Code
Call out
D377-04
D640
B870
D739-09
D593-61
B869-01
B869-02
D377-06
D860-01
D730-01 (NA)
D730-06
D730-04
D739-10
D148-81 (NA)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-28
SM
Product
Information
Item
Machine Code
Call out
Finisher SR3140
D687
13
D686
14
D717-27 (EU)
D717-28 (SC)
D688
16
Finisher SR3160
D689
15
D706-01 (EU)
D706-02 (SC)
D690
D716-27 (EU)
D716-28 (SC)
12
D693
D694
D178
SM
1-29
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Item
Machine Code
Call out
LCIT PB3170
D695-27 (EU/AP)
LCIT RT3030
D696-27 (EU/AP)
D691
10
D685
D692
D725
11
ARDF DF3090
D779
SPDF DF3080
D683
G578
D167-02 (EU)
D167-03 (AP)
D167-08 (EU/AP)
D164-01
D164-03
D166-02 (EU)
D166-03 (AP)
D166-06 (EU)
D166-07 (AP)
D166-13
D166-16 (EU)
D166-17 (AP)
D166-19
D166-21 (EU)
D166-22 (AP)
D166-26 (EU)
D166-27 (AP)
D739-06
1-30
SM
Machine Code
Call out
D739-07
Marker Type 30
H903
D593-81
B679
D566
D377-04
D640
B870
D739-09
D593-61
B869-01
B869-02
D641
D377-06
D860-01
D730-01 (EU/AP)
D730-04
D739-10
D148-83 (AP)
SM
1-31
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product
Information
Item
Item
Machine Code
Call out
Finisher SR3140
D687
11
D686
12
D717-17 (NA)
D688
14
Finisher SR3160
D689
13
D706-00 (NA)
D693
D694
D178
LCIT PB3170
D695-17 (NA)
LCIT RT3030
D696-17 (NA)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-32
SM
Machine Code
Call out
D691
D685
D692
D725
10
G578
D167-01 (NA)
D167-07 (NA)
D164-01
D164-03
D166-01 (NA)
D166-05 (NA)
D166-13
D166-15 (NA)
D166-19
D166-20 (NA)
D166-25 (NA)
D739-06
D739-07
Handset HS3020
D739-05
Marker Type 30
H903
D593-81
B679
D566
D377-04
D640
SM
1-33
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product
Information
Item
Item
Machine Code
Call out
B870
D739-09
D593-61
B869-01
B869-02
D377-06
D860-01
D730-01 (NA)
D730-06
D730-04
D739-10
D148-81 (NA)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-34
SM
Product
Information
Item
Machine Code
Call out
Finisher SR3140
D687
10
D686
11
D717-27 (EU)
D717-28 (SC)
D688
12
Finisher SR3160
D689
13
D706-01 (EU)
D706-02 (SC)
D693
D694
D178
LCIT PB3170
D695-27 (EU/AP)
SM
1-35
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Item
Machine Code
Call out
LCIT RT3030
D696-27 (EU/AP)
D691
D685
D692
D725
G578
D167-02 (EU)
D167-03 (AP)
D167-08 (EU/AP)
D164-01
D164-03
D166-02 (EU)
D166-03 (AP)
D166-06 (EU)
D166-07 (AP)
D166-13
D166-16 (EU)
D166-17 (AP)
D166-19
D166-21 (EU)
D166-22 (AP)
D166-26 (EU)
D166-27 (AP)
D739-06
D739-07
Marker Type 30
H903
D593-81
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-36
SM
Machine Code
Call out
B679
D566
D377-04
D640
B870
D739-09
D593-61
B869-01
B869-02
D641
D377-06
D860-01
D730-01 (EU/AP)
D730-04
D739-10
D148-83 (AP)
SM
1-37
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product
Information
Item
Specifications
1.3 SPECIFICATIONS
See "Appendices" for the following information:
General Specifications
Software Accessories
Optional Equipment
Other Specifications
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-38
SM
Item
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Predecessor
Energy saving
45/55 CPM halogen scan
occurrence
Adjustment of original point
after the unit replacement
Hand- input in
Serviceability
reference of sheet
included in the unit.
300g/m 2
Draw system tray
Up to SRA3 compatible (opt)
Paper tray detection: Specific
sensor
Paper feed Clicked operational feeling at
position of regular paper size
Double feed detection (D150
only)
Small size standard
support(2nd tray only)
Paper dust case removable
fine adjustment
Simplify the
layout
FRR system
improvement
Locked tray
User ability
Up to A3
improvement
Expand paper
size
improvement
User ability
Spec
improvement
by technician
SM
improvement
RF system
Paper weight capacity:52 to
Improvement of
Purpose
1-39
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product
Information
Item
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Predecessor
Duplex: 256g/m 2
Internal tray reverse switch
Duplex: 169g/m 2
Duplex /
back system
Exit
Jam detection
LED(D148/D149/D150 only)
By-pass
Driving
Purpose
Paper capacity
up
Down sizing
User ability up
User ability up
function(D150 only)
function
Energy saving
and high
motor)
+ clutch
productivity
User ability up
Baseless(stand by three
Frame
points)
Partially adopt for plastic
Less machine
weight
frame
Air flow
Cooling
efficiency up
PCDU
Item
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Predecessor
PCDU
No spring release
unit replacement
procedure
Harness connection
Drawer connection
replacement
replacement
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-40
Purpose
Optimization of
PM yeild and
compatible unit
for each model
Simplify the unit
layout
SM
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Purpose
PCU: 40mm
Downsizing
Imrovement of
Charger roller: 50 m
Charger roller: 18 m
charger roller
PCU:
PCU
Predecessor
30mm
dirt
Downsizing
Stabilization of
image density
along to main
Two axis development
New carrier adoption
Dev. Unit
direction
Two axis one way
High image
development
quality
High
Item
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Predecessor
Purpose
HI-ACT system
Sub hopper toner supply
Less machine
Toner
system
down time at
supply
toner bottle
replacement
SM
motor
optimization
1-41
Layout
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product
Information
Item
Item
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ITB cleaning unit position
transfer
Predecessor
Process
control
Cleaning
ability up
according
to new
Adjustment value of ID
lubricant
in PCDU
included in ID sensor
Image quality
Downsizing
unit
Purpose
stabilization
and reduction
of interval time
Fusing
Item
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Predecessor
Purpose
Fusing
change (Ni+Cu)
(SUS: stainless)
Three heaters
required only at
AC-TEC
SC544-02/554-02
reduction
occurrence
required at
Grease
SC544-00/554-00/564-00/
lubulicant ability
adopted (Fluotribo) on
574-00 occurrence
up
Machine layout
bushing
change
bushing (Barrierta)
predecessors)
by both way
by one way
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-42
SM
Item
LCD
IOB
NVRAM
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Two types of LCD
(not compatible each other)
Two IOBs for image creation
and paper transfer
Predecessor
Purpose
Multi vender
system
Optimized
One IOB
layout
Two EEPROMs
One
Flexible
Wire harness
Cable
Flat
Weight saving
Handle ability
improvement
(FFC)
Locker SW
Main
DC SW
switch
FAX
(component
change)
Handle ability
improvement
Item
Description
Android OS built in
SM
1-43
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Product
Information
Electrical component
Item
SP cord
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP enter code change
Predecessor
-
No procedure
replacement.
(discharge of remaining charge)
VM function on CTL
board
SRA3 option
(Imageable Area
Extension Unit Type
VM function is provided by
SD card option.
Traditional grease
(Barrierta)
required at
SC544/554/564/574
detection) occurrence.
occurrence.
M3)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-44
SM
INSTALLATION
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
P a ge
Date
A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew
45 ~ 46
3/11/2014
81 ~ 82
12/23/2014
192 197
10/08/2013
198 208
04/07/2014
208
05/15/2014
209 ~ 220
5/26/2015
Anti-Condensation Heater
Installation Requirements
2. INSTALLATION
2.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Installation
2.1.1 ENVIRONMENT
Temperature Range:
Humidity Range:
15% to 80% RH
Ambient Illumination:
Ventilation:
1.
2.
3.
Do not install the machine at any location over 2,000 m (6,500 ft.) above sea level.
(D135 for NA can be installed only up to 2,500m (8,202 ft.))
4.
Place the main machine on a strong and level base. Inclination on any side should
be no more than 5 mm (0.2").
5.
SM
2-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation Requirements
[A]
Left
[B]
Rear
[C]
Right
[D]
Front
Put the machine near the power source with the clearance shown above.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-2
SM
Installation Requirements
Installation
SM
[A]
1210 mm
[F]
1589.5 mm
[B]
1030 mm
[G]
1249.5 mm
[C]
180 mm
[H]
340 mm
[D]
247 mm
[J]
662.5 mm
[E]
783 mm
[K]
587 mm
2-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation Requirements
Destination
Power supply
voltage
Permissible voltage
fluctuation
Imaging: 108V(120V-10%)
NA
120 to 127V
to 138V(127V+8.66%)
12A or more
Motions: 102V(120V-15%)
to 138V(127V+8.66%)
EU
AP
220 to 240V
Imaging: 10%
10A
Motions: 15%
CHN
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-4
SM
Installation
You need the optional paper tray unit or the tandem LCT if you want to install the finisher D686,
D687, D688 or D689) or side LCT (D696).
The punch unit is for 1000-sheet booklet finisher (D686), 1000-sheet finisher (D687),
2000-sheet booklet finisher (D688) and 3000-sheet finisher (D689).
SM
2-5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Qty
Description
D146/D147
Operation Instructions
CD-ROM - Driver
CD-ROM - OI
Seal - 20 Languages
Holder
PCU Cover
Plate Logo
End Fence
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-6
SM
Remove the tape from the development units before you turn the main switch on. The
development units can be severely damaged if you do not remove the tape.
the optional LCT at the same time. Then install the machine and other options.
Keep the shipping retainers after you install the machine. You may need them in the
future if you transport the machine to another location.
Remove the machine from the box, and check the items in the package.
Before lifting up the machine, as there are hidden handles, remove the retainers [A]
at the lower front right.
When you lift the machine, hold the correct parts, as shown in the diagram below.
Do not lift by holding the scanner unit, etc., because this might deform the machine
or break the exterior covers
SM
2-7
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
Put the machine on the paper tray unit or the LCT first if you install an optional paper tray unit or
2.
Make sure to remove the cardboard stabilizer shown below. If you do not, JAM 27 or JAM
64 may occur when printing out onto B4, DLT, or SRA3 sized paper in duplex mode.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-8
SM
Installation
3.
4.
Pull out the 1st paper feed tray, and remove the orange tape and retainers.
5.
Pull out the 2nd paper feed tray, and remove the orange tape and retainers.
6.
SM
2-9
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
7.
Open the front cover, and store the scanner support in the storage location [A].
8.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4)
2-10
SM
After removing the orange tape [A], remove the orange tape [B] and red tag [C].
Installation
9.
When removing the orange tapes, remove the orange tapes one by one without
removing the preset seal as shown below.
11. Remove the preset seal [A] in the direction of the blue arrow.
SM
2-11
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
12. Return the PCDU to its original position, and connect the harnesses (4 for each unit).
When you return the PCDU to its original position, check the color (engraving), and
set each color unit in the right position.
13. Attach the PCDU front cover [A] with the screws provided (310) [B]. (
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-12
4)
SM
Be careful not to trap the harness with the PCDU front cover. Place the excess
portion of the harness on the inside of the inner cover. Also, hook the harness in two
Installation
places [A].
14. Rotate the ITB contact/separation lever [A] clockwise, and set it to the position in the following
picture.
15. Attach the ITB unit front cover [A] with the screw provided (38) [B].
SM
2-13
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2.
Release the lever [A], open the pressure plate sheet [B], and pull out the protective sheet [C]
slowly.
At this time, remove the filament tape [D].
3.
4.
If the protective sheet remains in the SPDF, a paper jam will be detected.
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-14
SM
Installation
4.
5.
6.
SM
When the power is turned on, it will fill up for the first time in about 5 minutes.
2-15
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Attach the correct paper tray number and size decals to the paper trays.
Paper tray number and size decals are also used for the optional paper tray or the
optional LCT. Keep these decals for use with these optional units.
Do not use any connectors other than the power cord provided. Also, do not use an
extension cord.
1.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-16
SM
Installation
After checking that clamps, etc., have been removed, connect the power plug to the wall
socket.
2.
3.
4.
2.
While pressing the release lever, adjust the side fence to the paper size to be set.
3.
Paper setting
1.
2-17
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
This method is recommended because there is no user data on the hard drive yet
(Address Book data, image data, etc.).
If the customer wishes to activate the Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption unit on a
machine that is already running, it is recommended to activate the unit by selecting "All Data" from
System Settings on the operation panel.
Selecting "All Data" will preserve the data that has already been saved to the hard drive.
(If "Format All Data" is selected, all user data saved to the hard drive up to that point will
be erased).
Immediately after encryption is enabled, the encryption setting process will take several minutes
to complete before you can begin using the machine.
If encryption is enabled after data has been stored on the disk, or of the encryption key is
changed, this process can take up to three and a half hours or more.
Please use the following procedure when the Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption is
reinstalled.
Data Overwrite Security
Before You Begin the Procedure
1.
Make sure that the following settings (1) to (3) are not at their factory default values.
(1) Supervisor login password
(2) Administrator login name
(3) Administrator login password
If any of these settings is at a factory default value, tell the customer these settings must be
changed before you do the installation procedure.
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-18
SM
[Admin. Authentication]
If this setting is off, tell the customer this setting must be on before you do the installation
procedure.
3.
If this setting is disabled (not selected), tell the customer this setting must be enabled
(selected) before you do the installation procedure.
Installation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
Exit the SP mode and turn off the operation switch. Then turn off the main power switch.
5.
6.
7.
8.
[Auto
[On].
Icon [1]
Icon [2]
SM
[Administrator Tools]
2-19
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
9.
Check the display and make sure that the overwrite erase icon appears.
Make sure that the following settings (1) to (3) are not at the factory default settings.
(1) Supervisor login password
(2) Administrator login name
(3) Administrator login password
These settings must be set up by the customer before the HDD Encryption unit can be
installed.
2.
Confirm that "Admin. Authentication" is on: [User tools/Counter] key -> [System Settings] ->
[Administrator Tools] -> [Administrator Authentication Management] -> [Admin.
Authentication] -> [On]
If this setting is off, tell the customer that this setting must be on before you can do the
installation procedure.
3.
Installation Procedure:
1.
Turn on the main power switch, and then enter the SP mode.
2.
3.
4.
2.
3.
4.
Press [Machine Data Encryption Settings].If this item is not visible, press [Next] to display
more settings.
5.
Press [Encrypt].
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-20
SM
Installation
1.
Select the data to be carried over to the hard disk and not be reset.
To carry all of the data over to the hard disk, select [All Data].
To carry over only the machine settings data, select [File System Data Only].
To reset all of the data, select [Format All Data].
2.
The following message will be displayed. Press the [Start] key to print the encryption key for
safe keeping.
3.
SM
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4.
5.
After step 10, the initial operation display appears as below. However, HDD data
encryption has not been completed at this moment. Step 11 and step 12 should be
performed in order to encrypt the HDD data.
6.
7.
"Memory Conversion complete. Turn the main power switch off" is displayed as below. Then
turn the main power switch off and on.
8.
Then initial operation display appears again. After this step, HDD data encryption has already
been completed.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-22
SM
Installation
2.
3.
4.
5.
Please confirm whether the encryption has been completed or not on this display.
SM
2-23
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2.
3.
4.
The encryption key is printed out as a sheet of paper like the example shown above.
Please instruct the customer to keep it in a safe place.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-24
SM
Close all covers and paper trays, including the front cover and bypass tray.
Keep the machine level and carry it carefully, taking care not to jolt or tip it, and protect the
machine from strong shocks.
Remove the toner cartridges. This prevents toner flow into the toner supply tube, which is
caused by vibration during transport. This can also cause the tube to be clogged with toner.
2.
Make sure there is no paper left in the paper trays. Then fix down the bottom plates with a
sheet of paper and tape.
3.
Take out the scanner stay from inside the front door and install the scanner stay.
4.
After you move the machine, make sure you do the "Auto Color Registration" as follows.
This optimizes color registration.
2. The result can be checked with SP2-194-007 (MUSIC Execution Result Execution
Result) (0:Succeed, 1:Fail).
Also, results for each color can be checked with SP2-194-010 to 013.
Make sure that the side fences in the trays are correctly positioned to prevent color
registration errors.
SM
2-25
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
No.
Description
Qty
Securing Bracket
The machine should be held at the correct locations and lifted gently.
When installing this option, turn the machine power OFF, and unplug the power supply
cord from the wall socket.
If it is installed with the power on, it may result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
Be sure to join the machine to the paper feed unit so as to prevent equipment from falling
over.
If they are not connected, they may move and fall over, resulting in injury.
1.
2.
Remove the items provided (fixing screws, etc.) from the package.
Holding the grips on the machine, align it with the locating pin [A], and place the
machine on the paper feed unit.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-26
SM
Installation
In particular, do not lift the machine by holding the scanner unit, etc, because this
may cause the machine to deform.
Do not put the machine down on the paper feed unit as a temporary resting place.
This may cause the paper feed unit to deform. Always connect the machine and
paper feed unit properly.
3.
4.
Using securing bracket as a screwdriver, fix the machine to the feed unit (spring washer:
screw: M410: 1).
5.
Attach the securing brackets [A] to two positions on the left and right at the rear of the
machine (screws: 1 each).
SM
2-27
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
6.
7.
The tray number decal and paper size decal are packaged together with the
machine.
8.
9.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-28
SM
Stabilizers are attached to the machine when it is shipped. Do not remove it.
Installation
SM
2-29
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Description
Qty
Securing Bracket
Screws - M4 10
Rating label
The machine should be held at the correct locations and lifted gently by two people.
When installing this option, turn the machine power OFF, and unplug the power supply
cord from the wall socket.
If it is installed with the power on, it may result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
Be sure to join the machine to the paper feed unit so as to prevent equipment from falling
over.
If they are not connected, they may move and fall over, resulting in injury.
1.
2.
Remove the items provided (fixing screws, etc.) from the package.
3.
Holding the grips on the machine, align it with the locating pin [A], and place the machine on
the paper feed unit.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-30
SM
Installation
In particular, do not lift the machine by holding the scanner unit, etc., because this
may cause the machine to deform.
Do not put the machine down on the paper feed unit as a temporary resting place.
This may cause the paper feed unit to deform. Always connect the machine and
paper feed unit properly.
4.
5.
Using a securing bracket as a screwdriver, fix the machine to the feed unit (spring washer:
screw: M410: 1).
6.
Attach the securing brackets [A] to two positions on the left and right at the rear of the
machine (screws: 1 each).
SM
2-31
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
7.
8.
The tray number decal and paper size decal are packaged together with the
machine.
9.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-32
SM
LCIT PB3170
No.
Description
Qty
Securing Bracket
Screw(M410)
Hexagonal Bolt
Removal of stabilizers must always be with the consent of the customer. Do not remove
them at your own judgment.
The machine should be held at the correct locations and lifted gently.
When installing this option, turn the machine power OFF, and unplug the power supply
cord from the wall socket.
If it is installed with the power on, it may result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
Be sure to join the machine to the paper feed unit so as to prevent equipment from falling
over.
If they are not connected, they may move and fall over, resulting in injury.
1.
2.
Remove the items provided (fixing screws, etc.) from the package.
3.
Holding the grips on the machine, align it with the locating pin [A], and place the machine on
the paper feed unit.
SM
2-33
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
LCIT PB3170
In particular, do not lift the machine by holding the scanner unit, etc., because this
may cause the machine to deform.
Do not put the machine down on the paper feed unit as a temporary resting place.
This may cause the paper feed unit to deform. Always connect the machine and
paper feed unit properly.
4.
5.
Using a securing bracket as a screwdriver, fix the machine to the feed unit (spring washer:
screw: M410: 1).
6.
Attach the securing brackets [A] to two positions on the left and right at the rear of the
machine (screws: 1 each).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-34
SM
Installation
LCIT PB3170
7.
8.
The tray number decal and paper size decal are packaged together with the
machine.
9.
SM
2-35
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
LCIT PB3170
2.
Right tray side fence (front), [A], right tray side fence (rear) [B] and right tray end fence [C]
( 3)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-36
SM
Installation
LCIT PB3170
3.
4.
5.
Left tray side fence (front) [A] and left tray side fence (rear) [B] ( 2)
SM
2-37
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
LCIT PB3170
6.
Set the SP
SP5-181-007
0: A4, 1: LT
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-38
SM
LCIT RT3030
Description
Qty
Screws M3 6
Tapping screw M3 6
Connecter Cover
Rating label
Joint Bracket
Harness
When installing this option, turn the power of the machine off, and unplug the power plug
from the wall socket.
If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
Before installing this option, first attach the Paper Feed Unit PB3160 or LCIT PB3170.
1.
2.
3.
SM
2-39
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
LCIT RT3030
4.
Attach the connecting pins [A] to the front and rear on the right of the paper feed table.
5.
Attach the brackets [A], [B] at the positions of the connecting pins ( 4).
6.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-40
SM
LCIT RT3030
8.
9.
Installation
7.
SM
2-41
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
LCIT RT3030
11. Connect the cable [A] of the side LCT to the machine ( 1).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-42
SM
Installation
LCIT RT3030
1.
Remove the upper screw at the front side fence, and after setting the side fence to the
position of the paper (outer: A4 LEF, center: LT LEF, inner: B5 LEF), tighten the screw that
was removed.
2.
SM
Also change the rear side fence to the same size position.
2-43
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
LCIT RT3030
3.
Change the paper size according to the new side fence position.
SP5-181-017 (Size Adjust LCT)
0: A4, 1: LT, 2: B5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-44
SM
Rev. 3/11/2014
No.
Description
Qty
Securing Bracket
Removal of stabilizers must always be with the consent of the customer. Do not remove
them at your own judgment.
The machine must be held at the correct locations, and must be lifted slowly.
If installing this option, turn the power to the machine off, and unplug the power plug from
the wall socket.
SM
If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or malfunction.
Be sure to join the machine and caster table to prevent equipment from falling over.
If it is not joined, the machine will move or fall over, which will result in an injury.
2-45
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
2.7.1
1.
Rev. 3/11/2014
2.
Holding the grips on the machine, align with the locating pin, and place the machine on the
caster table.
In particular, do not lift it by holding the scanner unit, etc., (as it may deform). .
Do not put the machine down on the caster table as a temporary resting place. This
may cause the machine to deform. Always connect the machine and caster unit
properly.
3.
4.
Using a securing bracket, fix the machine to the paper tray unit (spring washer : screw:
M410: 1).
5.
Attach the securing brackets [A] at 2 positions to left and right at the rear of the machine
(screws: 1 each).
6.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-46
SM
No.
SM
Description
Qty
Platen Cover
Platen Sheet
Feeler Guide
Stepped Screw
2-47
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
Unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Line up the rear left corner of the platen sheet flush against corner [B] on the exposure glass.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-48
SM
Installation
6.
7.
8.
Press the surface of the platen sheet gently to fix it on the platen cover securely.
SM
2-49
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ARDF DF3090
No.
Description
Qty
ARDF
Screw
Knob Screw
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-50
SM
ARDF DF3090
Unplug the copier power cord before starting the following procedure.
2.
Insert the two stud screws ([A] is the larger stud, [B] is the smaller stud).
3.
Mount the ARDF [A] by aligning the screw keyholes [B] of the ARDF support plate over the
Installation
1.
stud screws.
4.
5.
6.
Align the rear left corner of the platen sheet [A] with the corner [B] on the exposure glass.
7.
8.
Open the ARDF and check that the platen sheet is correctly attached.
SM
2-51
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ARDF DF3090
9.
10. Slide the stamp holder [A] out and install the stamp cartridge in it, if necessary.
After the stamp installation, be sure to slide the holder in correctly. If not, jam
detection (J001) will occur.
11. Attach the decals [A] [B] to the top cover as shown. Choose the language that you want.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-52
SM
ARDF DF3090
Installation
SM
2-53
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ARDF DF3090
Original jam
Original curl
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-54
SM
SPDF DF3080
No.
Description
Qty
TAPPING SCREW:36
10
CLAMP:LWS-0711A
SCREW:HINGE:INNER BACK
BCU:TYPE-H1:ME-C1E:ASS'Y
BRACKET:1PASS:ADF
BRACKET:IPU_SUB
10
11
DECAL:SET:ORIGINAL TABLE
12
DECAL::ORIGINAL:DOM
SM
2-55
Remarks
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
SPDF DF3080
When you install this option, turn off the power supply to the machine, and unplug the
power plug from the wall socket.
If it is installed when the power is ON, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
Do not turn the power on until you perform adjustment after installation, otherwise it
may not start normally.
Place the unit on the machine temporarily, and remove the orange tape and shipping
retainers.
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-56
SM
Installation
SPDF DF3080
4.
Align the hinges of the SPDF with the stepped screws, and attach them by sliding them in.
5.
SM
2-57
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SPDF DF3080
6.
Release the lever [A], open the pressure plate sheet [B], gently remove the protective sheet
[C], and shut the pressure plate sheet.
7.
8.
Remove the platen sheet [A], and set it on the exposure glass.
Align it with the left scale and rear scale of the printer.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-58
SM
Installation
SPDF DF3080
9.
Close the SPDF slowly, and attach the platen sheet and SPDF.
1.
SM
2-59
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SPDF DF3080
2.
3.
4.
Bracket [A] ( 2)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-60
SM
SPDF DF3080
6.
7.
8.
Installation
5.
SM
2-61
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SPDF DF3080
9.
11. Attach the IPU sub board [A], and insert the connector of the scanner cable ( 3)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-62
SM
Installation
SPDF DF3080
4)
Since a tab is attached to the FFC, when removing, do not use force.
Remove the EEPROM [B] from the original BCU board with a knob screwdriver or tweezers,
and replace with the BCU board in the accessories.
Remove it with the knob screwdriver or tweezers so as not to bend the terminals of
the EEPROM.
SM
Attach the EEPROM with the correct orientation so that the depression [C] is up.
2-63
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SPDF DF3080
13. Attach the bracket [A] of the CIS image cable to the frame, insert the connector [B] in the SIO,
and attach an earth wire [C] ( 2)
14. Attach the bracket [A] of the I/F cable to the bracket attached in Step 16 ( 1)
15. Attach the ferrite core [A] provided to the I/F cable.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-64
SM
Installation
SPDF DF3080
16. Insert the connector [A] of the I/F cable in the IPU small board, and fix the bracket [B] to the
controller box.
19. Attach the scanner rear small cover, the scanner rear cover, the rear cover, and the controller
cover.
20. Attach the decals: Original [A] and Original table set [B].
SM
2-65
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SPDF DF3080
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Adjust SP Settings
1.
2.
Enter the SP values marked on the paper provided, in the following SP.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
If there is skew, loosen the fixing screw [A] and swivel the SPDF slightly to the left or right.
Then tighten screw [A] and make a test copy to check that there is no skew.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-66
SM
Installation
SPDF DF3080
SM
2-67
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
No.
Description
Qty
Tapping screw- M3 8
Screw - M4
Knob Screw - M4
When installing this option, turn the power of the machine off, and unplug the power plug
from the wall socket.
If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
The bridge unit cannot be used together with the Internal Shift Tray SH3070 or Side
Tray Type M3.
To use together with the 1 Bin Tray BN3110, attach the 1 Bin Tray BN3110 first before
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-68
SM
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Installation
1.
SM
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
7.
8.
9.
10. Attach the main power switch cover, and close the duplex unit.
11. Attach the bridge unit to the machine ( 2, left rear is a knob screw [A]).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-70
SM
Installation
14. Referring to the finisher's installation procedure, attach the L type connecting bracket [A].
SM
2-71
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
15. After the finisher is installed, turn the power switch ON.
16. Check that the finisher can be selected at the operation panel.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-72
SM
No.
Description
Qty
gear
Tray
When installing this option, turn the machine power off, and unplug the power plug from
the wall socket.
If it is installed with the power on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
1.
2.
3.
4.
SM
2-73
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
5.
6.
7.
8.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-74
SM
9.
Installation
SM
2-75
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2).
Take care that the harness is not trapped between the 1 bin tray unit and the
machine frame.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-76
SM
Take out the harness attached in the previous step from the position in the blue
Installation
circle.
15. Hook the 1 bin tray [A] to the 1 bin tray unit, aligning the positions in the blue circles.
16. Connect the harness to the 1 bin tray, and bring it around.
SM
2-77
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
17. Insert the tray support bar firmly in the 1 bin tray, and attach the cover [A].
18. Attach the left rear cover, upper left cover and main power switch cover, and close the duplex
unit.
19. Turn the power switch ON.
20. Check that output to this tray can be selected on the operation panel, and check operation.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-78
SM
No.
Description
Qty
Tray Cover
Lever
Sheet
When installing this option, turn the power to the machine off, and unplug the power plug
from the wall socket.
If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
1.
2.
3.
SM
2-79
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
4.
5.
6.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-80
SM
7.
8.
9.
Installation
Rev. 12/23/2014
SM
2-81
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 12/23/2014
12. Attach the sheets [A] at the edge of the paper output cover.
IMPORTANT: Make sure to attach the Mylar as shown in the photo below. This is to prevent
curling when the paper lands in the tray.
-
The Mylars top edge should be 0-2.5mm from the top edge of the paper output cover, i.e.
between the two red lines.
The Mylars side edge should be flush against the side of the cover, i.e. along the yellow
dotted line.
13. Attach the paper output cover and main power switch cover, and close the duplex unit.
14. Turn the power switch ON.
15. Check that paper output to the shift tray can be selected at the operation panel, and check the
operation.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-82
SM
No.
Description
Qty
Fixing Plate
Knob Screw
Tapping screw - M4 x 10
Tapping screw - M3 x 8
Bracket
SM
2-83
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
When installing this option, turn the power to the machine off, and unplug the power plug
from the wall socket.
If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
The side tray cannot be used together with Internal Shift Tray SH3070 or Bridge Unit
BU3070.
To use together with the 1 Bin Tray BN3110, attach the 1 Bin Tray BN3110 first before
installing the side tray.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-84
SM
Installation
7.
8.
Attach the main power switch cover, and close the duplex unit.
9.
Attach the side tray unit [A] to the machine, and fix with a knob screw. ( 1).
SM
2-85
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
11. Attach the upper extension tray [A] and the left extension tray [B].
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-86
SM
No.
SM
Description
Qty
Guide Plate
Shift Tray
Ground Plate
Screws(4x12)
Screws(3x8)
Screws(3x6)
Round Rivets
Cushion
10
Proof Tray
11
12
Tray Holder
13
Proof Tray
2-87
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
When you install this option, turn off the power to the machine, and unplug the power
plug from the wall socket.
1.
If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
Before installing this option, attach the Bridge Unit BU3070 first.
Attach the LCIT PB3170 or Paper Feed Unit PB3160 first before installing this option.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-88
SM
Installation
2.
Open the front cover [A], and remove the orange tape and shipping retainers.
3.
Pull out the saddle stitch unit [A] or stapling unit, and remove the orange tape and shipping
retainers.
SM
2-89
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4.
5.
6.
SR3170 only: Attach the extension [B] to the booklet tray ( 1) ,and attach the booklet tray
[A]
7.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-90
SM
Installation
8.
9.
10. Connect the finisher to the machine with the connection lever [A] ( 1).
SM
2-91
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-92
SM
Auxiliary Tray
Make sure that the customer understands the following points about these auxiliary trays:
The trailing edges of excessively curled paper can activate the tray full sensors before the
tray is actually full.
Once the "Exit Tray Full" message displays, the job cannot continue until some sheets are
removed from the tray which is only partially full. The trays are designed to prevent this
problem.
SM
2-93
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
No.
Description
Qty
Hopper
Punch Unit
Clip Ring
14
10
Hopper Bracket
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-94
SM
When installing this option, turn the power source of the machine off, and unplug the
power plug from the wall socket.
If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
2)
2.
2)
3.
Installation
1.
4.
SM
2,
1)
1)
2-95
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5.
Rear
6.
4)
Front
1)
After inserting the front tab of the punch waste paper guide into the frame [B] of the
finisher, insert the rear tab into the frame [C].
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-96
SM
Installation
7.
Attach the hopper bracket [A], inserting from the outside frame of the finisher. ( 2, 2 hooks)
SM
Hook the hooks of the hopper bracket onto the back side of the frame.
2-97
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Hook the upper frame of the hopper bracket onto the outside frame of the finisher.
8.
1)
9.
2)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-98
SM
Rear
Installation
Front
2)
SM
2-99
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Insert the front pins of the registration mobile unit into the holes of the frame.
2)
After inserting the pins [B] of the punch unit stay into the front and rear holes of the
punch unit, fix the punch unit with two screws.
Rear
Front
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-100
SM
Installation
2)
Engage the gear [B] of the punch stepping motor unit with the rack [C] of the punch
unit.
13. Connect the harness of the hopper sensor to the connector of the finisher.
SM
2-101
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
14. Connect the harness of the punch unit to the connector of the registration drive unit.
15. Connect the harness of the punch unit to the connector of the main board, and then fix it.
(
2,
2)
16. Connect the harness [B] of the punch stepping motor unit and the harness [C] of the
registration mobile unit to the connector of the punch unit board [A].
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-102
8)
SM
Installation
19. Attach the rear upper cover, the rear lower cover, the inner cover, and the punch guide plate.
SM
2-103
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
No.
Description
Qty
Guide Plate
Front Bracket
Rear Bracket
Screws - M4 12
Tapping screws - M3 6
Tapping screw - M4 8
Shift Tray
Cushion
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-104
SM
Installation
They must be attached to the finisher just after it is taken out of the shipping box.
Removal of the stabilizers must always be with the consent of the customer. Do not
remove them at your own judgment.
When you install this option, turn off the power to the machine, and unplug the power
plug from the wall socket.
1.
SM
If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
Before installing this option, attach the Bridge Unit BU3070 first.
Attach the LCIT PB3170 or Paper Feed Unit PB3160 first before installing this option.
2-105
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2.
Open the front cover [A], and remove the filament tape and packing materials.
3.
Pull out the saddle stitch unit [A] or stapling unit, and remove the filament tape and packing
materials.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-106
SM
Installation
4.
5.
6.
7.
Attach the extension [B] to the booklet tray, and attach the booklet tray [A] (
1) (SR3150
only).
SM
2-107
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
8.
9.
10. Attach the connecting brackets [A], [B] to the machine ( 4).
At this time, tighten the bracket [B] and bracket [C] of the bridge unit together.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-108
SM
11. Connect the finisher to the machine with the connection lever [A] ( 1).
12. Attach the arm of the anti-tip component [A] ( 1). (Finisher SR3140 only)
SM
2-109
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-110
SM
Description
Qty
Harness
Punch unit
Hopper
Stay
Guide plate
Tapping screws - M3 6
15
When installing this option, turn the power source of the machine off, and unplug the
power plug from the wall socket.
SM
If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
2-111
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
1.
Take out of the box, and remove the orange tape and shipping retainers.
2.
Pull out the finisher interface cable, and move it away from the machine.
3.
4.
Remove the arm [A] of the guide plate from the finisher top cover ( 1).
5.
Open the finisher front cover, remove the three knobs [A], and remove the finisher inner cover
[B] ( 3,
1).
Knobs with a lock mechanism are removed using a knob screwdriver or similar while
releasing the lock.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-112
SM
Installation
6.
7.
SM
2-113
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
8.
Insert and attach the hopper guide plate [A] from the front ( 4).
At this time, pass the harness [B] through the clamp [C].
9.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-114
SM
Installation
10. Insert and attach the guide plate [A] from the rear ( 2).
11. Insert and attach the registration sensor unit [A] from the rear ( 2).
Front: The two shafts of the unit are passed through bearings in the finisher.
SM
2-115
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
12. Connect the harness [A] of the hopper guide plate to the relay connector [B] of the registration
sensor unit.
13. Insert and attach the punch unit [A] from the rear ( 2).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-116
SM
Installation
14. Attach the stepping motor bracket [A] so that the gear [B] meshes firmly ( 2).
SM
2-117
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
16. Connect the harness provided to the punch unit board [A] and the control board [B] of the
finisher (
6).
17. Remove the harness [A] from the clamp [B], and connect it to the punch unit board [C]
(
1).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-118
SM
Installation
18. Connect the harness [A] of the registration sensor unit to the relay connector [B] of the
harness (
1).
19. Connect the harness [A] of the stepping motor bracket to the punch unit board [B] (
SM
2-119
1).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-120
SM
Description
Qty
Screws - M3 6
Tapping screw - M4 6
Tapping screw - M3 6
Rail(Front)
Arm
Guide Plate
SM
2-121
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
Removal of stabilizers must always be with the consent of the customer. Do not remove
them at your own judgment.
When you install this option, turn off the power to the machine, and unplug the power
plug from the wall socket.
If it is installed with the power on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
Cannot be used together with Internal Shift Tray SH3070, Side Tray Type M3, Bridge
Unit BU3070, Finisher SR3140, Booklet Finisher SR3150, Finisher SR3160,
Booklet Finisher SR3170.
To use together with the 1 Bin Tray BN3110, after attaching the bottom plate of this
option, attach the 1 Bin Tray BN3110, and then install this option.
To use together with the Punch Unit PU3040, first attach the Punch Unit PU3040
before installing this option.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-122
SM
6.
7.
8.
9.
SM
Installation
2-123
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-124
SM
Installation
14. While pressing the bottom plate [A] into the area shown by the blue circle [B], insert it into the
slot shown by the blue circle [C][D] ( 3).
1) Slip the bottom plate [A] into the position in the blue circle [B].
2) Insert the bottom plate [A] into the hole in the blue circle [C].
3) When the bottom plate [A] is picked up (see below), it can be inserted into the hole
in the blue circle [D].
SM
2-125
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Up to this point, the procedure is the same as punch unit installation (for fitting the
punch unit, refer to Step 3 and later of the Punch unit installation procedure).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-126
SM
Installation
22. Slide the finisher [A] along the rail of the bottom plate from the left-hand side of the machine
to attach it ( 1).
Because the weight is biased to the right of the machine if the inner finisher is
installed, anti-tip components are required on the left side. Because they are
included with the finisher, install these components at the same time as you install
SM
2-127
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
27. Move forward the stapler unit, then set the stapler [A].
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-128
SM
Installation
operation. Also when punch unit is installed, check the punching operation.
SM
2-129
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Description
Qty
Knob Screw - M4
Hopper
Holder
When installing this option, turn the power to the machine off, and unplug the power plug
from the wall socket.
If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or a malfunction.
When supplied together with the Internal Finisher SR3130, attach this option before
installing the Internal Finisher SR3130
If the Internal Finisher SR3130 is already attached, attach this option after removing the
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-130
SM
finisher.
Take out from the box, and remove the filament tape and packing material.
2.
Remove the finisher and finisher front right cover from the machine.
3.
Perform steps 1 to 17 of the installation procedure for the "Internal finisher SR3130".
4.
Change the fixing position of the bracket [A] of the bottom plate ( 1).
5.
Replace the lock holder of the bottom plate with the lock holder [A] provided ( 1).
6.
7.
Pass the shafts [B] of the punch unit [A] through the bearings [C] of the bottom plate, and
Installation
1.
SM
2-131
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
8.
When installing the punch unit in a finisher that is already installed, remove the relay guide
plate [A] ( 2).
This step is unnecessary when installing the finisher and punch unit at the same
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-132
SM
time.
Attach the front right cover [A] provided, inserting the claws ( 1).
Installation
9.
11. Slide the finisher [A] along the rail of the bottom plate from the left-hand side of the machine
to attach it ( 1).
SM
2-133
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
12. Attach the components [A] and [B] to the finisher ( 2).
Because the weight is biased to the right of the machine if the inner finisher is
installed, anti-tip components are required on the left side. Because they are
included with the finisher, install these components at the same time as you install
the inner finisher.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-134
SM
Installation
SM
2-135
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2.
Make a screw hole in the removed scanner right cover with a screwdriver or drill.
3.
[B] 2: M3x10).
For this model, use the screw holes marked "1" on the table bracket.
4.
2: M3x8).
5.
1: M3x8).
6.
Use the clamps as necessary to clamp the cable of the card read/writer device.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-136
SM
Installation
The smart card reader must be placed on this card reader table. If not, some antenna or
transmitter in the main machine may be interrupted.
SM
2-137
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
When you install this option, switch the MFPs power supply OFF, and unplug the power
plug from the mains outlet.
If installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or malfunction.
Key Counter
1.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-138
SM
3.
Connect the harness of the MFP to the upper connector (white/13 pin) [A].
4)
Installation
2.
SM
2-139
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Internal Options
Slot
Option
IEEE 1284 Interface Board Type A
[A]
[B]
[C]
I/F slot C
[D]
USB port*2
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-140
SM
Internal Options
Installation
D146/D147
Slot
[A]
Option
Fax Option Type M3
IEEE 1284 Interface Board Type A
File Format Converter Type E
[B]
I/F slot B
[C]
USB port*2
Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2
SM
2-141
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
When you install this option, Switch the MFPs power supply OFF, and unplug the power
plug from the mains outlet.
Do not put your hand into the controller box. It will result in a malfunction or injury.
Before doing any work, touch a metal object to discharge static electricity from the body.
There is a possibility that the IEEE 1284 Interface Board may malfunction due to static
electricity.
1.
I/F slot A (D148/D149/D150) [A] ( 2), I/F slot B (D146/D147) [B] ( 2) covers.
D148/D149/D150:
D146/D147:
2.
3.
Check that the system settings list is output, and that the board is recognized correctly.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-142
SM
The customer should keep the I/F card slot covers which were removed.
Installation
SM
2-143
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
No.
Description
Qty
IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit
Velcro Fasteners
Clamps
When you install this option, Switch the MFPs power supply OFF, and unplug the power
plug from the mains outlet.
Do not put your hand into the controller box. It will result in a malfunction or injury.
Before doing any work, touch a metal object to discharge static electricity from the body.
There is a possibility that the extension wireless LAN board may malfunction due to static
electricity.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-144
SM
* When using wireless LAN (IEEE802.11 b/g/n:2.4-GHz band), this radio product uses
the 2.4-GHz band. Check that industrial, scientific and medical devices using the same
frequency bands, such as a microwave oven and cordless telephone, are not used
nearby.
If there is interference, communication may become unstable. Check that there are no
devices likely to cause interference in the surrounding area.
I/F slot A (D148/D149/D150) [A] ( 2), I/F slot B (D146/D147) [B] ( 2) covers.
D148/D149/D150:
D146/D147:
2.
SM
Press the extended wireless LAN board firmly in, and check it is firmly connected.
The customer should keep the I/F card slot covers which were removed.
2-145
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
2.
Stick the fastener provided on the lower half (cable side) of the case.
The two antennas must be attached at least 12 cm apart from each other.
3.
4.
Take care to loop it around so that it does not interfere with other options or I/F
cables.
5.
6.
Check that the system settings list is output, and the option is recognized correctly.
2.25.3 SETTINGS
Check the connection of the wireless LAN interface
1.
Check the IPv4 address and subnet mask, or IPv6 address setting of the MFP.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-146
SM
Installation
For details, refer to instructions for use. (Check instructions for use, Network
connection/System default setting "Wireless LAN interface connection")
If the extended wireless LAN board does not work correctly, refer to the leaflet provided in
the options box.
SM
2-147
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
No.
1
Description
Qty
Bluetooth Module
CD-ROM
When you install this option, switch the MFPs power supply OFF, and unplug the power
plug from the mains outlet.
Do not put your hand into the controller box. It will result in a malfunction or injury.
Before doing any work, touch a metal object to discharge static electricity from the body.
There is a possibility that the wireless interface board may malfunction due to static
electricity.
1.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-148
SM
Check the system settings list is output, and that the option is recognized correctly.
Installation
2.
SM
2-149
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
No.
1
Description
File Format Converter
Qty
1
When you install this option, switch the MFPs power supply OFF, and unplug the power
plug from the mains outlet.
Do not put your hand into the controller box. It will result in a malfunction or injury.
Before doing any work, touch a metal object to discharge static electricity from the body.
There is a possibility that the board may malfunction due to static electricity.
1.
I/F slot B (D148/D149/D150) [A] ( 2), I/F slot A (D146/D147) [B] ( 2) covers
D148/D149/D150:
D146/D147:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-150
SM
Installation
2.
3.
Check the system settings list is output, and that the option is recognized correctly.
SM
The customer should keep the I/F card slot covers which were removed.
2-151
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
No.
Description
Qty
1.
Comments Sheet
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-152
SM
Confirm that the Data Overwrite Security unit SD card is the correct type for the machine. The
correct type for this machine is "Type H" or "Type I".
If you install any version other than "Type H" or "Type I", you will have to replace the
NVRAM and do this installation procedure again.
2.
Make sure that the following settings are not at their factory default values:
If any of these settings is at a factory default value, tell the customer these settings must be
changed before you do the installation procedure.
3.
4.
SM
2-153
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
Address Book. To prevent data on the hard disk being leaked before disposing of the machine,
You must check the box seals to make sure that they were not removed after the items
were sealed in the box at the factory before you do the installation.
1.
The surfaces of the tapes must be blank. If you see VOID on the tapes, do not install the
components in the box.
2.
If the surfaces of the tapes do not show VOID, remove them from the corners of the box.
3.
You can see the VOID marks [2] when you remove each seal. In this condition, they cannot
be attached to the box again.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-154
SM
Before you begin this procedure, make sure to turn off the main power switch, and then
remove the power cord from the outlet. If you do not, this may result in electrical shock and/or
2.
3.
4.
Insert the SD card (DataOverwriteSecurity Unit) in SD slot 1 (upper) [A] with its label face
1).
towards the front of the machine. Then push it slowly into SD slot 1 (upper) until you hear a
click.
D148 / D149 / D150
D146 / D147
5.
Insert the power cord into the outlet, and then turn on the main power switch.
6.
7.
Do this step only if you are installing the option on a machine that is already in use (not a new
machine):
SM
2-155
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
a machine failure.
NOTE: If the customer continues using the same hard disk, the overwriting of the data stored on
the disk before the option is installed cannot be guaranteed. It is highly recommended to
replace the hard disk with a new one.
8.
9.
10. Print out the System Settings List and make sure that the option was installed successfully.
11. Turn off the machine main power switch.
12. Reattach the cover for the SD card slot.
13. Reconnect the network cable.
14. Insert the power cord into the outlet and turn on the main power switch.
15. Execute SP5-990-005 (SP print mode Diagnostic Report).
16. Make sure that ROM number D3775902B and firmware version 1.02x appear in both of
the following areas on the report (they must match):
17. ROM Number / Firmware Version HDD Format Option
18. Loading Program
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press [On].
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-156
SM
6.
Installation
7.
Press [Change].
8.
Enter the number of times that you want to overwrite using the ten keys, and then press [#].
NOTE: The Random Numbers method overwrites the data using random numbers. You can
set the overwrite to be performed anywhere from 1-9 times, with a default of 3 times.
9.
Press [OK].
10. Make sure that the Data Overwrite icon is displayed in the bottom right hand corner of the
screen.
SM
2-157
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
11. Take a test copy, and then make sure that the Data Overwrite icon changes from Dirty (solid)
to Dirty (blinking), and then to Clear.
NOTE:
If the Data Overwrite icon does not change to Clear, check to see if there are any active
Sample Print or Locked Print jobs. A Sample Print or Locked Print job can only be
overwritten after it has been executed.
If you use your machine for a while with Auto Erase Memory disabled, and then
suddenly enable it, the overwrite process may take 10 or more hours depending on
HDD usage.
Data Overwrite icon:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-158
SM
No.
Description
Qty
Screws
When you install this option, switch the MFPs power supply OFF, and unplug the power
plug from the mains outlet.
If it is installed when the power is on, it will result in an electric shock or malfunction.
1.
2.
Attach the bracket [A] to the copy data security module [B] ( 2)
SM
2-159
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
3.
Attach the IPU to which the bracket was attached, to the copy data security module ( 2)
4.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-160
SM
2.
3.
4.
5.
SM
2-161
Installation
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Description
Qty
1.
Check the Engine firmware. If the version is earlier than 1.22, then you must input all the SPs
in the following table. If the version is 1.22 or later, then you only need to do SP2-400-001.
SP
Default
Setting
100
10
100
60
100
50
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.1
SP2-400-001
Description
Paper Transfer Roller Settings Width of
Paper Transfer Roller
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-162
SM
SP
Default
Setting
0.25
500
250
0.2
200
100
0.5
D150: 31
D150: 25
D149: 31
D149: 25
D148: 22
D148: 16
D147: 31
D147: 26
D146: 31
D146: 26
SP1-102-024
Description
D150: 48
SP1-102-025
or 49
D150: 42
D149: 48
D149: 42
or 49
D148: 33
D148: 39
D147: 43
D147: 48
D146: 43
D146: 48
SP1-102-031
SP1-102-032
SM
2-163
D150: 22
D150: 19
D149: 22
D149: 19
D148: 16
D148: 13
D147: 22
D147: 19
D146: 22
D146: 19
D150: 41
D150: 36
D149: 41
D149: 36
D148: 35
D148: 30
D147: 41
D147: 36
D146: 41
D146: 36
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
SP
Description
Default
Setting
D150: 20
D149: 20
SP1-117-144
D150: 5
D148: 20
D149: 5
D147:
D148: 5
25(same
D147: 25
as Int)
D146: 25
D146:
25(same
as Int)
2.
3.
4.
5.
Using SRA3 paper, check that a full-bleed halftone image is output, and that the image
extends to 315 mm in width.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-164
SM
MUSIC/program control pattern adheres to the ends of the paper transfer roller (outside
the A3 area), and this can transfer to the underside of printouts.
Real-time process control cannot be performed correctly, and an abnormal image and
SC285-00 (MUSIC error) may occur.
When a change-over was made from the imaging range extension option to a standard
roller
(If the SP setting is for SRA3, but the paper transfer roller is the normal one (SRA3 paper not
supported))
Real-time process control is not performed, and the interval between process controls
becomes short.
SM
The waiting time for fusing temperature rise is longer than intended.
2-165
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
(If the SP setting is the normal setting (SRA3 paper not supported), but the optional longer
No.
1
Description
SD Card
Qty
1
The searchable PDF function performs OCR by the MFP on a document read with the
scanner, and embeds text data in the PDF. This permits PDF text browsing, automatic
assignment of filenames, and automatic alignment of document orientation.
This option is provided with an SD card. By installing an SD card in the MFP, a functional icon
is added to the control unit. It is not necessary to install software in a PC.
If this option is installed, various settings related to the searchable PDF function are available.
After reading of the document is completed (after it is read by the ADF and output), OCR is
performed. Therefore, after reading is completed, documents can be collected from the
document glass or ADF.
Other functions, such as the copy function and printer function, can be used during OCR.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-166
SM
Switch the MFPs power supply OFF, and unplug the power plug from the mains outlet.
If the battery is replaced by the wrong type, there is a danger of explosion. Dispose of
1.
Installation
D146/D147:
2.
SM
Insert the OCR module SD card in SD card slot 1 [A] or slot 2 [B].
2-167
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
D148/D149/D150:
D146/D147:
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
6.
7.
On the first run, SP5-878-004 links the SD card, and on the second run, copies
dictionary data.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-168
SM
8.
Switch the power OFF, and remove the SD card from the SD card slot.
Keep the SD card in the SD card storage location of the MFP. The original SD card is
needed in the event of a HDD malfunction.
9.
11. Press [File Format / File Name] on the scanner function screen.
12. Check that [OCR setting] is displayed on the File format / "File Name" screen.
After installation, the OCR setting can be changed on the "OCR setting" screen.
When setting OCR, set [OCR setting] to [Yes]. (Default setting: [No])
SM
2-169
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
SD Card Option
D146/D147
In this machine, it is possible to transfer data from a "Postscript3 Unit" SD card, unlike in
earlier models, due to a change in the software licensing (the part of the Postscript
software that requires licensing is now built into the controller, so the portion on the SD
card can be moved to another SD card).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-170
SM
After merge, store the empty SD card in the location shown below.
1.
Unlock the lever [A], and then open the right cover [B].
2.
SM
2-171
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
3.
Insert the SD card in the storage location [A] inside the cover.
2.
3.
Set the destination SD card (SD card where data is to be stored) in Slot 1 [A], and set the
original SD card (SD card from which data is to be transferred) in Slot 2 [B].
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-172
SM
4.
Turn the power on, and press [ENTER] in SP5-873-001 (SD Card Appli Move: Move Exec).
5.
When a confirmation screen is displayed, press [ENTER] (it takes about 2 - 3 minutes).
Note that if the power supply is turned off, a panel operation is performed, or the
cover is opened during merge, it will result in a malfunction.
6.
When merge is complete, and the following screen is displayed, press [CLOSE].
If the capacity of the destination SD card is insufficient, the merge operation cannot
be performed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn the power on, output the system setting list, and check that the options are
recognized correctly.
SM
2-173
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn the power on, and press [ENTER] in SP5-873-002 (SD Card Appli Move: Undo Exec).
6.
Note that if the power supply is turned off, a panel operation is performed, or the
cover is opened during cancellation, it will result in a malfunction.
7.
8.
9.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-174
SM
No.
1
Description
Qty
SD Card
SM
2-175
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
In addition to link-up with the conventional Scan Router and MFP, the browser unit has
the following functions.
For scanning, arbitrary distribution types and preset values are selected/set and delivered.
Mail is delivered (login transmission) to an address previously set in the profile of the user
who logged in.
1.
2.
D146/D147:
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-176
SM
Installation
D146/D147:
When installing more than one SD card, perform the merge operation.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Press the [Extension function default setting] button on the [Extension function default menu
setting] screen.
8.
On the [Startup setting] tab, check that "Extended JS" was installed automatically and has
started.
9.
SM
2-177
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
To update EXJS
1.
Put the SD card containing the firmware to update with in SD card slot 2 [A], and switch on the
power.
D148/D149/D150:
D146/D147:
2.
3.
When the update screen is displayed, select [Browser], and press the [Update (#)] button.
4.
When "Update done." is displayed, switch the power OFF, and remove the SD card from SD
card slot 2.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Press the [Extension function default setting] button on the [Extension function default menu
setting] screen.
10. Stop "Extended JS" on the Startup setting condition with a tab.
11. Switch the power OFF.
12. Insert the Extended JavaScript upgrade SD card in SD card slot 2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-178
SM
If the power is ON before starting Step 1, switch the power OFF after first performing
Steps 5-9, and perform Step 1 and subsequent steps. In that case, skip Steps 5-10. (This
saves time.)
If you do not plan to update Extension JavaScript, return the controller cover to the
original position after performing Step 5.
SM
2-179
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
2.
3.
4.
Press the [Extension function default setting] button on the [Extension function default menu
setting] screen.
5.
Check the version of [Extended JS] on the Startup settings tab is the latest version.
If checked apart from the above procedure (firmware version displayed in system default
settings), a different version from the actual version may be displayed.
2.
3.
Press the [Login/Logout] key, and log in with an administrator account (login user name, login
password).
4.
Press [Extension function default setting], and when the screen changes, press [Extension
function default setting] again.
5.
Press [Uninstall]
6.
7.
8.
When uninstall starts, the message "Uninstalling the extended feature ... Please wait." is
displayed on the screen. When "Completed" is displayed after a while, press [End], and the
display returns to the setting screen.
9.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-180
SM
2.34.3 SETTINGS
Browser default setting
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
SM
2-181
Installation
Register the browser default settings. For details, refer to the following.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
No.
1
Description
Qty
SD Card
D146/D147:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-182
SM
Installation
2.
D146/D147:
SM
2-183
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
When installing more than one SD card, perform the merge operation.
3.
4.
5.
After switching the power ON, check that the system settings list is output, and that the option
is recognized correctly.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-184
SM
No.
1
Description
Qty
SD Card
SM
2-185
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
D146/D147:
2.
D146/D147:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-186
SM
When installing more than one SD card, perform the merge operation.
3.
4.
5.
Stick the "Adobe PostScript3" decal on the front face of the MFP.
6.
After switching the power ON, check that the system settings list is output, and that the option
is recognized correctly.
The PDF firmware installed as standard contains a program required to print PS3 data as
default. However, this PS3 program is normally disabled.
The PS3 firmware is a dongle (key) which enables PS3 data printing functions. When the
PS3 firmware is installed, the PS3 program in the PDF firmware is enabled. Due to this
specification, the self-diagnosis result report shows the ROM part number/software
version of the PDF firmware contained in the PS3 program.
SM
2-187
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
No.
1
Description
SD Card
Qty
1
D146/D147:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-188
SM
Installation
2.
D146/D147:
SM
2-189
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
When installing more than one SD card, perform the merge operation.
3.
4.
5.
6.
After switching the power ON, check that the system settings list is output, and that the option
is recognized correctly.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-190
SM
SM
2-191
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
Rev. 10/08/2013
Description
Qty
Upper cover
Sponge
Reader cover
Clamp: LWSM-0605
ClampLWSM-0605
Make sure the power as been turned OFF before starting this procedure.
1.
2.
3.
Replace the following original cover with the cover provided in the option ( X 2).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-192
SM
Rev. 10/08/2013
4.
5.
Installation
[A]
6.
[B]
SM
2-193
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
7.
Rev. 10/08/2013
[A]
8.
Connect the cable [B] to the IC card reader [C], and then attach the reader onto the machine
as shown.
[B]
[C]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-194
SM
Rev. 10/08/2013
Installation
9.
SM
2-195
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 10/08/2013
11. Remove the cut-out in the cover and pass the USB Cable through the hole [A].
12. Insert the USB Cable into the LEFT USB Port on the controller.
Make sure to insert the cable into the LEFT USB Port.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-196
SM
Rev. 10/08/2013
X 3).
Installation
SM
2-197
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 04/07/2014
Unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
After doing this procedure, make sure that harnesses are not damaged or pinched.
Description
Qty
Tray Heater
Tapping Screw: M3 X 8
PCB: DHB
Harness for DC
Harness for AC
Tapping Screw: M3 X 6
2.
Connect the connector of the heater to the connector of the main machine.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-198
SM
Installation
Rev. 04/07/2014
4.
2.
There is a claw (left-facing) on the back face of the rear cover. When fitting or removing
the cover, take care not to damage it.
SM
2-199
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 04/07/2014
3.
4.
5.
Connect the two harnesses that run between the "PCB: DHB " and "PSU".
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-200
SM
Installation
Rev. 04/07/2014
The cable shown in the photo (boxed in red) is white on the NA model, and
red for EU/AA models.
6.
7.
8.
SM
2-201
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 04/07/2014
9.
Remove the bracket ( X 1) if the additional heater is attached on the optional paper bank.
[A]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-202
SM
Rev. 04/07/2014
Unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
After doing this procedure, make sure that harnesses are not damaged or pinched.
Description
Qty
Tray Heater
Harness
Spring Screw:M4 X 10
The part numbers of the tray heater are different between for PB3160 and for PB3170.
Remove trays from the Paper Feed Unit PB3160 or LCT PB3170.
2.
SM
1)
2-203
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Installation
Rev. 04/07/2014
3.
Reattach trays.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-204
1)
SM
Installation
Rev. 04/07/2014
SM
To keep the heater ON all the time, set SP5-805-01 (Anti-Condensation Heater) to 1.
2-205
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 04/07/2014
Unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
After doing this procedure, make sure that harnesses are not damaged or pinched.
Description
Qty
Tray Heater
Harness
Spring Screw:M4 X 10
Remove the trays from main machine and Paper Feed unit PB3150.
2.
3.
Reattach trays.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1)
2-206
SM
Rev. 04/07/2014
2)
5.
6.
Installation
4.
SM
2-207
7)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 05/15/2014
7.
Connect the harness to the machine side connector which is back side of the controller board.
8.
9.
7)
1)
12. When you install the tray heater, the heater turns ON automatically when you plug it in and
the Energy Saving Mode is active.
The value set as 1 in SP5-805-01 (Anti-Condensation Heater) allows the heater to stay
on longer.
The condition is shown in the following chart Fig.1 when the value of 0 or 1 is set in
SP5-805-01.
Energy consumption will increase slightly when set as 1 in the SP.
Fig.1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-208
SM
Anti-Condensation Heater
Rev. 5/26/2015
Unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
Installation
If you want to install Anti-Condensation Heater (Scanner), heater for scanner (1) and
electrical part (2) should be ordered.
1) Heater (lamp) for Scanner
Old P/N
New P/N
Description
Qty
D7390071
D7390072
HEATER:SCANNER:NA:ASS'Y
HEATER:SCANNER:EU:ASS'Y
2) Electrical components
SM
Old P/N
New P/N
Description
Qty
D7390501
D7390502
2-209
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Anti-Condensation Heater
Rev. 5/26/2015
Accessory Check
1) Heater (lamp) for Scanner
Description
P/N
Qty
Note
SCREW:M3X3
03530030N
SCREW:M3X5
03530050N
B2291687/
B2291688
BRACKET:DEHUMIDIFIER:HEATER
D1491835
COVER:HEATER:SCANNER
D2021836
P/N
Qty
TAPPING SCREW:3X6
04543006Q
CLAMP:LWSM-0605A
11050759
PCB:DHB
D1475190
HARNESS:SCANNER:PCU:HEATER:EXP
D1495393
HARNESS:DC:HEATER:DHB
D1495395
D1495394/
D1495396
Installation procedure
1.
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-210
SM
Anti-Condensation Heater
Rev. 5/26/2015
The harness will connect to the relay unit. See the details in step 5.
4.
5.
Secure the relay board to the main machine and connect the Blue/White harness to the
Installation
6.
Connect the harnesses on the relay board to the sockets on the PSU.
Two types of harnesses are packed with the heater. Both the Blue/White one [A] and
the Gray one [B] must be connected as below.
SM
2-211
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Anti-Condensation Heater
7.
Rev. 5/26/2015
Route the harness around the outside of the PSU and pull the harness out of the electrical
box through the hole [A] ( x 4).
8.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-212
x 5).
SM
Anti-Condensation Heater
Rev. 5/26/2015
Installation
9.
Do not connect the harness at this time. It will be connected in a later procedure.
SM
2-213
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Anti-Condensation Heater
Rev. 5/26/2015
2).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-214
SM
Anti-Condensation Heater
Rev. 5/26/2015
Installation
20. Connect the harness with the other harness shown in step 9.
SM
2-215
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Anti-Condensation Heater
Rev. 5/26/2015
If you want to install Anti-Condensation Heater (PCDU), electrical part (2) and heater for
PCDU (3) should be ordered.
Old P/N
New P/N
Description
D7390501
D7390502
New P/N
Description
D7390116
HEATER:PHOTOCONDUCTOR:NA:ASS'Y
D7390117
HEATER:PHOTOCONDUCTOR:EU:ASS'Y
Qty
Accessory Check
2) Electrical components
Description
P/N
Qty
TAPPING SCREW:3X6
04543006Q
CLAMP:LWSM-0605A
11050759
PCB:DHB
D1475190
HARNESS:SCANNER:PCU:HEATER:EXP
D1495393
HARNESS:DC:HEATER:DHB
D1495395
D1495394/
D1495396
Qty
08025299
DECAL:H-TEMP WARNING:HEATER:OPTION
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
P/N
D7396801
2-216
SM
Anti-Condensation Heater
Rev. 5/26/2015
Installation procedure
Remove the power supply box (page 4-161).
2.
3.
1.
The harness will connect to the relay unit. See the details in step 5.
4.
5.
Secure the relay board to the main machine and connect the Blue/White harness to the
socket on the board ( 2).
SM
2-217
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Anti-Condensation Heater
6.
Rev. 5/26/2015
Connect the harnesses on the relay board to the sockets on the PSU.
Two types of harnesses are packed with the heater. Both the Blue/White one [A] and
the Gray one [B] must be connected as below.
7.
Route the harness around the outside of the PSU and pull the harness out of the electrical
box through the hole [A] ( x 4).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-218
SM
Anti-Condensation Heater
Rev. 5/26/2015
9.
x 5).
Installation
8.
Do not connect the harness at this time. It will be connected in a later procedure.
SM
2-219
1).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Anti-Condensation Heater
Rev. 5/26/2015
13. Install the heater [A] by connecting the connecter to the inside of the machine, then tighten
the screw completely.
1).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-220
SM
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
P a ge
1
Date
08/27/2015
A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew
Corrected Colors for PCDU, Development Unit and PCU.
Rev. 08/27/2015
PM Parts Settings
3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
3.1 PM PARTS SETTINGS
1.
2.
3.
Set the following SPs to "1" before you turn the power off.
4.
Replace the PM parts and turn the power on, then, the machine will reset the PM counters
automatically. In the case of developer, the developer initialization will also be done
automatically.
5.
Item
SP
Black: 3701-002, 003
PCDU
Development unit
Cyan: 3701-026
Magenta: 3701-049
Yellow: 3701-072
Black: 3701-002
PCU
Cyan: 3701-025
Magenta: 3701-048
Yellow: 3701-071
Pressure Roller
(not necessary for complete fusing unit
and
3701-093
3701-102
PTR Unit
3701-109
SM
3-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Preventive
Maintenance
PM Parts Settings
Item
Exhaust Filter
SP
3701-132
After the PM counter for the heating sleeve belt unit reaches its PM life (400K pages), the
machine stops the operation automatically. Replace the heating sleeve belt unit before
the machine stops its operation (stop warning: 415K pages, stop: 430K pages).
For the following units, there is a new unit detection mechanism. It is not necessary to reset PM
counters.
Fusing unit
Even if you replace the new Toner Collection Bottle, PM counter will not reset soon (The
machine judges whether PM counter should be reset or not after printing for some time).
Even if you set SP3-701-142 or SP7-622-142, PM counter of Toner Collection Bottle will
not reset.
2.
Output the SMC logging data with SP5-990-004 and check the counter values.
3.
Make sure that the PM counters for the replaced units are "0" with SP7-803. If the PM counter
for a unit was not reset, then reset that counter with SP 7-622.
4.
5.
Make sure that the counters for the previous units (SP7-908) on the new SMC logging data
list (from step 2 above) are equal to the counters (SP7-803) for these units on the previous
SMC logging data list (the list that was output in the "Before removing the old parts" section).
6.
Make sure that the unit replacement date is updated with SP7-950.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-2
SM
PM Parts Settings
2.
3.
Do the "Automatic Color Calibration(ACC)" for the copier mode & printer mode as follows:
Put 10 sheets of white paper on the test chart. This ensures the precise ACC adjustment.
Press "Start Scanning" on the LCD. Then, the machine starts the ACC.
Exit the User Tools mode, and then enter the SP mode.
5.
Start).
SM
3-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Preventive
Maintenance
4.
ACC
Item
Copy
Specification
Ave 5.0 lines/mm or
(100%/Enlargement), more
Chart
Measuring method
Book: S-5
(revised)
more
Copy (Reduction),
Item
Specification
Engine, Main
180.0 m or less
Chart
L-Pattern
Scan/Sub Scan
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Measuring method
Print within 1 minute after
MUSIC correction.
3-4
SM
Specification
0.50% or less
Chart
Mono_CCD
Measuring method
Copy the scale and
(1C)
at 100 mm to see if it is
0.50% or less
Scale chart
(1C)
Copy (100%), Main
within specification.
0.80% or less
1.00% or less
1.00% or less
Main Scan/Sub
The swelling/shrinkage of
White (1C)
are excluded.
First side of the sheet
Copy
1.00% or less
only.
(Enlargement), Main
Scan/Sub Scan,
Black and White
(1C)
SM
3-5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Preventive
Maintenance
Item
Item
Copy (100% /
Specification
1.00% or less
Chart
Scale chart
Measuring method
Leave the sheet for 3
Enlargement /
Reduction), Black
measuring.
Item
Engine, Black and
Specification
1.50% or less
White(1C)
Chart
Mono_CCD
Measuring method
For a line of about 1/2 inch
in length.
3.2.6 PERPENDICULARITY
Item
Specification
1.25mm/200mm or
White(1C)
1.75mm/200mm or
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Chart
Mono_CCD
Measuring method
Measure with the full length
and width of the image.
Scale chart
3-6
SM
3.2.7 LINEARITY
Item
Specification
0.20mm/100mm or
White(1C)
less
Chart
Mono_CCD
Measuring method
Measure with the full length
and width of the image.
0.50mm/100mm or
1.
Inner line
White (1C)
less
2.
100mm
3.
Base line
4.
Copy
5.
100mm
6.
0.5mm
3.2.8 PARALLELISM
Item
Engine, Black and
White(1C)
SM
Specification
1.8mm or less
Chart
Mono_CCD
3-7
Measuring method
Measure with the full length
and width of the image.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Preventive
Maintenance
Scale chart
Item
Specification
Chart
Measuring method
Engine/Copy
(leading edge),
4.21.5%
Engine/Copy
Trim
White(1C)
Engine/Copy
0.5 to 6.0mm
6.0mm)
Item
Engine (simplex),
Specification
01.5mm
Chart
Measuring method
Mono_CCD
Main Scan/Sub
Scan, Black and
White (1C)
Engine (duplex),
03mm
Main Scan/Sub
Scan, Black and
White (1C)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-8
SM
Specification
100% or reduction
horizontally)
02mm M mm (Vertically
enlargement
and horizontally)
100% or reduction
horizontally)
02mm (2M+2) mm
enlargement
Note
M: Magnification ratio
M: Magnification ratio
3.3.2 SKEW
Exposure glass
Item
Specification
1.3mm/100mm or less
0.9mm/100mm or less
Note
SM
1.3mm/100mm or less
3-9
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Preventive
Maintenance
Item
ADF
Item
Specification
2.0mm/100mm or less
1.5mm/100mm or less
2.5mm/100mm or less
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-10
Note
SM
Date
A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew
78 79
07/31/2015
147 179
03/16/2015
147
04/15/2015
When you reconnect the AC power cord into an AC wall outlet, the machine will start
automatically.
In order to remove the residual charge, push the main power switch while you disconnect the
AC power cord. At that time, the power ON flag inside the machine is set. Therefore, after you
finish work on the machine and reconnect the power cord to the AC, even if you do not press
the main power switch, the machine will start automatically and the moving parts will begin to
move. When working on moving parts, be careful that fingers or clothes do not get caught.
Automatic restart deals with cases when you accidentally unplugged the AC power cord
or unexpected power outages. By keeping the power flag ON, after the resumption of
power, the machine will start up automatically.
SM
4-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
connected to an electrical outlet, power is supplied to the controller board, the operation unit
In rare cases, when you reconnect the AC power cord to a power outlet, the machine does not
start automatically. In this case, the machine has not failed. The cause is due to the timing of
releasing the residual charge. If you press the main power switch while the residual charge was
already released, the power ON flag will not be set. At this time, start the machine manually by
pressing the main power switch.
Shutdown Method
1.
2.
The shutdown message is displayed. Wait for 3 minutes for the machine to shut down.
After the shutdown process, the main power is turned off automatically.
Before removing and adjusting electrical boards, do the following procedure. Otherwise,
the board can be damaged by the residual charge inside the machine and must be
replaced.
1.
2.
Press the power switch for a second to remove the residual charge inside the machine.
Forced Shutdown
In case normal shutdown does not complete for some reason, the machine has a forced shutdown
function.
To make a forced shutdown, press and hold the main power switch for 6 seconds.
In general, do not use the forced shutdown.
Forced shutdown may damage the hard disk and memory, and can cause damage to the
machine. Use a forced shutdown only if it is unavoidable.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-2
SM
Beforehand
4.2 BEFOREHAND
Turn off the main switch and disconnect the power cord.
After replacing, make sure that all harnesses that were removed are connected up again
Replacement
and Adjustment
SM
4-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Special Tools
Part Number
Description
Qty
Unique or Common
A1849501
C (General)
B6455020
SD Card (1GB)
C (General)
52039502
C (General)
A2579300
C (General)
VSSG9002
C (*1)
C4019503
20 Magnification Scope
C (General)
A0929503
C (General)
These items are common with the following models. (*1): Common with TH-C1
A PC (Personal Computer) is required for creating the Encryption key file on an SD card
when replacing the controller board in which HDD encryption has been enabled.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-4
SM
Exterior Covers
2.
Belt [A]
3.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
SM
4-5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Exterior Covers
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-6
SM
Exterior Covers
Each part enclosed by a blue circle has a tab. Be careful not to damage it when attaching
1.
2.
3.
Replacement
and Adjustment
and detaching.
SM
4-7
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Exterior Covers
2.
Each part enclosed by a blue circle has a tab. Be careful not to damage it when attaching
and detaching.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-8
SM
Exterior Covers
6.
Replacement
and Adjustment
Order to remove
SM
4-9
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Exterior Covers
1.
2.
Controller cover
3.
4.
Front cover
5.
6.
7.
8.
Left cover
There is a claw (left-facing) on the back face of the rear cover. When fitting or removing
the cover, take care not to damage it.
1.
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-10
SM
Exterior Covers
2.
1.
2.
Replacement
and Adjustment
SM
4-11
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Exterior Covers
2.
2.
When installing, insert the projections [A] in the holes [B], taking care not to trap the
harness inside.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-12
SM
Exterior Covers
2.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
2.
SM
4-13
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Exterior Covers
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-14
SM
Exterior Covers
1.
Main power switch cover (page 4-13 "Main power switch cover")
2.
3.
4.
SM
4-15
Replacement
and Adjustment
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Exterior Covers
2.
3.
4.
5.
2 screws
6.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-16
SM
Exterior Covers
2.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
SM
4-17
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Exterior Covers
Open the front cover, and remove the belt. (page 4-5 "Front Cover")
2.
3.
Paper exit front cover (page 4-17 "Paper Exit Front Cover")
4.
5.
2.
3.
4.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-18
SM
Controller Unit
2.
3.
SM
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
2)
4-19
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Controller Unit
4.5.2 BOARD A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-20
SM
Controller Unit
Board A [A] ( 8,
3)
Replacement
and Adjustment
6.
4.5.3 BOARD B
1.
2.
Board B [A] ( 4,
SM
1, USB2)
4-21
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Controller Unit
4.5.4 BOARD C
1.
2.
Board C [A] ( 4,
1, USB2)
2.
Bracket [A] ( 6,
3.
5, USB2)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-22
SM
Controller Unit
4.5.6 LCD
Since LCD panels from 2 vendors are used, the replacement parts are different. When replacing,
check the vendor used, and ensure that you use the correct part.
Distinguishing method
Of the 3 labels on the rear of the operation panel, the center label shows the LCD model
number.
Operation panel rear surface
4-23
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
Controller Unit
LCD bracket
There is a difference in the shape of the bracket and the stamp inside the blue circle.
S Co.: S stamp
C Co.: CM stamp
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-24
SM
Replacement
and Adjustment
Controller Unit
Replacement procedure
1.
2.
Bracket [A] ( 6,
3.
SM
5, USB2)
4-25
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Controller Unit
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-26
SM
Scanner Unit
When you replace the scanner wire, use the standard positioning pins.
2.
3.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
2.
SM
4-27
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Scanner Unit
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-28
SM
Scanner Unit
2.
3.
4.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
SM
The exposure glass and the left scale are attached with double-sided tape.
4-29
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Scanner Unit
Set so that the blue mark [A] of the ADF exposure glass is on the left at the front of
the operation panel.
Set so that the locating hole of the left scale fits over the locating boss of the
front/rear frame.
2.
Move the exposure lamp (1st scanner carriage) [A] to position [B].
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-30
SM
Scanner Unit
1)
Replacement
and Adjustment
3.
2.
3.
Bracket [A] ( 4, 3)
SM
7)
4-31
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Scanner Unit
4.
Spring [A]
5.
6.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1)
4-32
SM
Scanner Unit
2.
3.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
SM
2)
4-33
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Scanner Unit
2.
1)
4.6.7 SIO
1.
2.
3.
Bracket [A] ( 1)
4.
SIO [A] ( 4,
7)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-34
SM
Scanner Unit
1.
2.
3.
Slide the exposure lamp (1st scanner carriage) [A] in the direction of the arrow a little.
4.
5.
SM
1)
4-35
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
Scanner Unit
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1)
4-36
SM
Scanner Unit
2.
3.
4.
Main power switch cover (page 4-13 "Main power switch cover")
5.
6.
7.
Move the 1st scanner carriage to the set position of the scanner fixing pin.
SM
Replacement
and Adjustment
3).
4-37
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Scanner Unit
8.
9.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1)
4-38
SM
Scanner Unit
When you move the carriage, hold the central part and move it gently.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
Pull the scanner wire ball end [B] to the pulley [A] from the left side of the pulley as shown in
the diagram.
2.
Set the ball [C] in the center part of the wire on the pulley.
3.
Turn the ball end [D] 5 times counterclockwise along the edge on the rear side of the pulley.
4.
Turn the ring end [E] 3.5times clockwise along the edge at the front side of pulley.
5.
Check that the blue marks [F] of the wire overlap, and secure it temporarily with Teflon tape,
etc.
SM
4-39
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Scanner Unit
6.
Set the pulley on the drive shaft [G] (tighten the screw temporarily).
7.
8.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
9.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-40
SM
Scanner Unit
1.
Replacement
and Adjustment
2.
Tighten the screw [C] of the pulley which was temporarily tightened.
3.
Tighten the screw [D] of the scanner retaining bracket which was temporarily tightened.
4.
5.
6.
Holding the center part of the 1st scanner carriage, move it to the left and right to ensure it
moves smoothly.
If it does not move smoothly, loosen the scanner wire, and perform the scanner position
adjustment procedure again.
After replacing the wire, make a test copy, and check skew, magnification, and whether
there is a registration gap. If there is a gap, adjust the scanner wire position again, or
perform Scan Registration Adjustment (SP4010-SP4011).
SM
4-41
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Scanner Unit
2.
3.
4.
5.
Bracket [A] ( 7,
6.
1)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-42
SM
7.
Move to the set position of the fixing pin for the first carriage.
8.
9.
SM
4-43
Replacement
and Adjustment
Scanner Unit
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Scanner Unit
11. Remove the screw and the clip ring of the wire pulley (front) [A] and wire pulley (rear) [C],
draw out the scanner drive shaft [B] in the direction of the arrow, and remove the wire pulley
(rear) [C] ( 1,
2).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-44
SM
Scanner Unit
1.
Pull the scanner wire ball end [B] to the pulley [A] from the right side of the pulley as shown in
2.
Set the ball [C] in the center part of the wire on the pulley.
3.
Turn the ball end [D] 4.5 times clockwise along the edge on the rear side of the pulley.
4.
Turn the ring end [E] 3.5 times counterclockwise along the edge at the front side of the pulley.
5.
Check that the blue marks [F] of the wire overlap, and secure it temporarily with Teflon tape,
etc.
6.
Set the pulley on the drive shaft, and attach the scanner drive gear.
7.
Attach the scanner wire on the rear side as in Step 7, attaching the scanner wire (front side).
2.
SM
4-45
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
the diagram.
Scanner Unit
3.
Replace the contactless guide plate (front) [A] with the contact guide plate (front) [B]. ( 1)
There is a hole in the contact guide plate (front).
4.
Replace the contactless guide plate (rear) [A] with the contact guide plate (rear) [B].
There is a hole in the contact guide plate (rear).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-46
SM
Scanner Unit
Attach the document reader guide plate. Be careful not to scratch the sheet [A].
6.
Attach the ADF front cover, and return the ADF to its original position.
7.
From the SP mode, change the DF density setting (SP4-688-001) from [106%] to [101%].
Replacement
and Adjustment
5.
SM
4-47
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Scanner Unit
Remove the exposure glass, and peel off the sheet [A]
2.
Wipe the exposure glass with alcohol, etc., so that no glue remains from the double-sided
tape.
Remember that if any glue remains, it will cause a paper jam in the ADF.
2.
The part below the contactless lower entrance guide unit is black [A].
The part below the contact lower entrance guide unit is colorless and transparent [B].
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-48
SM
Scanner Unit
The part below the contactless document reader guide plate is black [A].
The part below the contact document reader guide plate is white [B].
2.
3.
SM
4-49
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
Scanner Unit
4.
Enter SP mode, and set SP4-688-002 (Scan Image Density Adjustment 1-pass DF) to "98".
2.
Peel off the gap sheet (black) [A] from the sheet-through glass [B].
3.
Wipe the exposure glass with alcohol, etc., so that no glue remains from the double-sided
tape.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-50
SM
Laser Unit
Turn off the main switch and unplug the machine before beginning any of the procedures
in this section. Laser beams can cause serious eye injury.
Caution Decals
Decal Location
Replacement
and Adjustment
SM
4-51
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Laser Unit
A polygon motor protection bracket and a red label are attached to each new laser unit.
Remove these before you install the new unit.
Before Replacement
1.
2.
3.
Removing
1.
2.
4,
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3)
4-52
SM
Laser Unit
1.
2.
Connect all harnesses except the skew correction motor harness [A] (2nd from right).
For D148/D149/D150, connect three harnesses.
SM
4-53
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
Laser Unit
3.
Attach the left cover before turning on the main switch. Laser beams can seriously
damage your eyes.
2.
3.
Download the data of the new laser unit to the main body with SP2-110-005.
4.
5.
Turn off the main power switch and disconnect the power cord.
6.
Remove the left cover and attach the skew correction motor harness [A].
For D148/D149/D150
For D146/D147
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-54
SM
Laser Unit
7.
8.
9.
Set SP2-109-003 to 1, press Copy Window, and print. The 1-dot vertical line test pattern is
printed.
Check that the space on either side is less than 41 mm. If it is not within these limits, change
the reference value of the main scanning magnification adjustment (SP4-011-001).
2.
SM
4-55
1)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
After outputting the 1-dot vertical line pattern, set SP2-109-003 to "0."
Laser Unit
2.
Connector [A]
3.
Imaging temperature sensor harness guide [A] and Imaging temperature sensor [B] ( 2)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-56
SM
PCDU
4.8 PCDU
4.8.1 NOTES WHEN REPLACING A PCDU
D146/D147/ D148
Do not release the spring pressure.
D149/D150
Release the spring pressure, and remove non-compatible parts.
Replacement procedure
Seal [A]
2.
Insert the knob in the bent part of the pin, move it gently, and release the spring pressure.
3.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
SM
4-57
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
PCDU
4.
5.
4.8.2 PCDU
Adjustment before replacing the PCDU
Each PCDU has two components: a drum and a development unit. Before replacing a PCDU, set
SP3-701 to "1" for the PCU that you will replace, and again for the development unit that you will
replace. Then switch the power OFF.
Then replace the PCDU and switch the power ON.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-58
SM
PCDU
1.
2.
3.
PCDU cover
SM
Replacement
and Adjustment
Replacement
4-59
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
PCDU
[A]
[B]
[C]
[D]
4.
5.
PCDU
[A]
1,
[B]
1,
[C]
1,
[D]
1,
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-60
SM
PCDU
Before replacing a PCU, set SP3-701 for that PCU to "1" and switch the power OFF.
Then replace the PCU and switch the power ON.
Before replacing a development unit, set SP3-701 for that development unit to "1" and
switch the power OFF. Then replace the development unit and switch the power ON.
Replacement
Remove carefully so as not to damage the part of the rear end block shown by the blue
circle (removed in Step 3). If the parts are bent or deformed, electrical contact may
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
2.
3.
SM
4-61
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
PCDU
4.
5.
6.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-62
SM
PCDU
Replacement
and Adjustment
the opposite direction to the original. If this happens, toner lines may appear on prints.
SM
4-63
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Waste Toner
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-64
SM
Note that if the two levers [A] are not pointing up, the image transfer belt unit cannot be
inserted.
Before you remove or attach the image transfer belt unit, remove the duplex unit and
Replacement
and Adjustment
Replacement
1.
2.
SM
4-65
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3.
Release the lock [A] and open the right cover [B].
4.
Pull the handle [A] and open the paper transfer unit [B].
5.
Release the ITB lock lever [A] and ITB contact lever [B].
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-66
SM
To prevent the image transfer belt unit from falling out, there is a lock mechanism.
After pulling out the image transfer belt unit fully, lift the handle [B] to release the lock,
and remove image transfer belt unit.
SM
4-67
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
6.
When removing the image transfer cleaning unit, to prevent scattering of toner, remove it
so that the image transfer cleaning unit is underneath the image transfer belt unit.
Replacement
1.
2.
3.
Remove the screw above the image transfer cleaning unit [A] ( 2).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-68
SM
4.
Turn the whole image transfer belt unit over, and remove the screw below the image transfer
Replacement
and Adjustment
5.
While releasing the hook, lift the image transfer belt unit gently, and remove the image
transfer cleaning unit.
6.
SM
4-69
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
8.
Rotate the image transfer belt about 10mm [A] in the reverse direction, then turn it forward
one complete turn [B].
2.
Bracket [A] ( 1)
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-70
SM
Image transfer cleaning unit (page 4-68 "Image Transfer Cleaning Unit")
5.
Remove the tension fixing frames [A] and [B] (front side: black, rear side: gray).
6.
Position the image transfer unit with the front side underneath.
7.
Replacement
and Adjustment
4.
SM
4-71
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
When you install a new image transfer belt, install it under the guide [A].
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-72
SM
1.
Open the paper transfer roller unit. (page 4-65 "Image Transfer Unit")
2.
Replacement
1.
2.
After removing the clip ring and connector on the rear side, open the paper transfer roller unit,
remove the clip ring at the front side, and remove the paper transfer roller unit [A]
( 2,
1).
Note that the sizes of the clip ring differ on the left and right.
When attaching a paper transfer roller unit, first attach the stops [B] to the paper
transfer roller unit.
SM
4-73
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-74
SM
Replacement
and Adjustment
SM
4-75
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2.
3.
1)
The characteristic values attached to the service part must be entered before
replacement. It is recommended that in case Process control/MUSIC after replacement is
not completed successfully, take a note of values of SP3-333,SP3-334,SP3-335.
1.
Note the characteristic values that are listed on the bar code label.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-76
SM
TM/P Sensor (front): F, TM/P Sensor (center): C, TM/P Sensor (rear): R, be careful.
2.
Turn on the main power switch, and then go into the SP mode.
3.
Classification 1
Classification 2
Value
K2: Check
Diffuse Corr
Vct_reg
Check:Slope
Vct_reg
Check:Xint
Vct_dif
Check:Slope
Vct_dif
Check:Xint
K2: Check
Diffuse Corr
SM
Vct_reg
Check:Slope
Vct_reg
Check:Xint
Vct_dif
Check:Slope
4-77
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
SP No.
SP No.
Classification 1
Rev. 07/31/2015
Classification 2
Vct_dif
Value
TM/P sensor: C, value of [6]
Check:Xint
K2: Check
Diffuse Corr
Vct_reg
Check:Slope
Vct_reg
Check:Xint
Vct_dif
Check:Slope
Vct_dif
Check:Xint
Replacement procedure
1.
Image transfer belt unit (page 4-65 "Image Transfer Belt Unit")
2.
Paper transfer roller unit (page 4-73 "Paper Transfer Roller Unit ")
3.
4.
Fusing dowser position sensor unit (page 4-110 "Fusing Shield Position Sensor")
5.
When installed in reverse order, an SC may occur because the sensor position has
shifted.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-78
SM
Rev. 07/31/2015
6.
1.
Turn on the main power switch, and then go into the SP mode.
2.
If the SP3-011-004 can't finish successfully, make sure you are entering the correct
value to the SP.
Apply G501 grease (PN: 52039502) after you replace the M/P Sensor Shutter Solenoid.
Amount: A small dot, about the size of a grain of rice
This is to prevent noise and reduced part reliability that will occur if the grease is not applied.
Location of M/P Sensor Shutter Solenoid:
Point of application:
SM
4-79
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-80
SM
Drive Unit
Replacement
and Adjustment
4.11.1 OVERVIEW
No.
Description
No.
Description
Transport Motor
Registration Motor
10
SM
4-81
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Drive Unit
2.
1)
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1)
4-82
SM
Drive Unit
2.
Scanner rear lower cover (page 4-12 "Scanner Rear Cover (Small)")
3.
4.
Bracket [A] ( 3)
5.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
SM
16,
17, USB1)
4-83
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Drive Unit
6.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-84
SM
Drive Unit
2.
3.
Bracket [A] ( 4)
4.
5.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
SM
4-85
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Drive Unit
2.
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-86
SM
Drive Unit
2.
1.
2.
Replacement
and Adjustment
2.
3.
SM
1)
4-87
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Drive Unit
2.
1)
Fusing exhaust heat fan (page 4-160 "Fusing Exhaust Heat Fan")
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-88
1)
SM
Drive Unit
2.
Fusing exhaust heat fan (page 4-160 "Fusing Exhaust Heat Fan")
3.
4.
2)
SM
4-89
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Drive Unit
2.
[A]
2,
[B]
2,
[C]
2,
[D]
2,
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-90
SM
Drive Unit
4.
C
Pull out the image transfer unit about 5cm.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
SM
4-91
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Drive Unit
M
1.
2.
3.
4.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-92
SM
Drive Unit
Y
Harness guide (page 4-92 "M")
2.
3.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
SM
4-93
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Drive Unit
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-94
SM
Drive Unit
1.
2.
Replacement
and Adjustment
C
1.
2.
M
1.
2.
SM
4-95
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Drive Unit
Y
1.
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-96
SM
Drive Unit
4.11.18 ID CHIP
K
Toner bottle drive motor (K) (page 4-95 "K")
2.
3.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
C
1.
2.
3.
M
1.
2.
3.
SM
4-97
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Drive Unit
Y
1.
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-98
SM
Fusing Unit
Because there is a danger of burns on contact with hot parts of the fusing unit, start work
when the temperature drops to a low enough temperature.
When the fusing unit is used past its target yield (400k), the fusing unit may break,
causing a service call. Therefore, the machine displays a warning on the operation panel
at 415k pages and stops at 430k pages.
Open the paper transfer unit. (page 4-65 "Image Transfer Unit")
2.
1.
SM
To attach the fusing unit, fasten the screws in the order [B] (rear), [C] (front).
4-99
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Fusing Unit
2.
The screw [B] is a threaded screw. When you assemble the unit, take care not to use
the wrong screws.
Attach the fusing entrance guide plate on the outer of the two screw holes.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-100
SM
Fusing Unit
2.
2.
Remove the fusing exit guide plate in the direction of the arrow 2.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
2.
Wipe clean with a dry cloth. Then wipe clean with a cloth dampened with alcohol.
SM
4-101
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Fusing Unit
2.
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-102
SM
Fusing Unit
1.
2.
Replacement
and Adjustment
2.
SM
4-103
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Fusing Unit
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
4)
7.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-104
SM
Fusing Unit
Replacement
and Adjustment
8.
Replacement
Do not remove or adjust the pressure adjusting screws [A] when replacing the pressure
roller.
The fusing unit is adjusted in the factory to match the hardness of the pressure roller, so that the
nip width will be correct, so please do not release the pressure adjustment screw.
SM
4-105
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Fusing Unit
This screw is adjusted in the factory for the correct nip width, to match the hardness
characteristics of each roller. Do not adjust the pressure adjustment screw in the field.
1.
2.
3.
Apply the grease (FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE) to the rear shaft of the pressure roller at
5-7mm from the cut edge.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-106
SM
Fusing Unit
4.
Apply the grease (FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE) to the front shaft of the pressure roller at
Replacement
and Adjustment
2.
SM
4-107
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Fusing Unit
2.
2)
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-108
2,
1)
SM
Fusing Unit
2.
2)
1.
2.
3.
SM
Replacement
and Adjustment
4-109
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Fusing Unit
2.
3.
Fusing shield position sensor (upper) [A], Fusing shield position sensor (lower)[B]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-110
2)
SM
Fusing Unit
2.
3.
1)
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
SM
4-111
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Paper Exit
2.
3.
4.
2)
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1, 1)
4-112
SM
Paper Exit
2.
Feeler [A]
3.
Harness [A] (
4.
5.
3)
Replacement
and Adjustment
1,
SM
1)
4-113
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Paper Exit
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1,
1)
4-114
SM
Paper Exit
2.
3.
1.
2.
Gear [A]
3.
4.
SM
1,
Replacement
and Adjustment
1, 1)
1)
4-115
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Paper Exit
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1,
1)
4-116
SM
Paper Feed
The 1st paper feed unit can be removed without removing the duplex unit (just open the
right cover), and you can remove the paper feed unit after pulling out the paper tray.
Note that the 1st paper feed unit and 2nd paper feed unit are not interchangeable.
Note that the 1st paper feed unit for the D150 is not interchangeable with the 1st paper
feed unit for other models.
2.
3.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
SM
4-117
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Paper Feed
4.
1)
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-118
SM
Paper Feed
5.
6.
Replacement
and Adjustment
4.
SM
1)
4-119
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Paper Feed
2.
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-120
SM
Paper Feed
4.
5.
Replacement
and Adjustment
3.
SM
4-121
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Paper Feed
Note that the mounting part in the 1st paper feed solenoid is different from the one for the
2nd paper feed solenoid.
1.
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1)
4-122
SM
Paper Feed
2.
3.
SM
Replacement
and Adjustment
1)
4-123
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Paper Feed
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1)
4-124
SM
Paper Feed
1.
2.
2.
While pressing the tab enclosed by the blue circle, remove the paper end sensor [A]
(Harness1).
SM
4-125
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
Paper Feed
2.
Paper transfer roller unit (page 4-73 "Paper Transfer Roller Unit ")
3.
4.
Remove the registration sensor from the stay gap using a slotted screwdriver (
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-126
1)
SM
1.
2.
Wire [A] ( 1)
3.
Open the duplex unit wide. (page 4-117 "Paper Feed Unit")
4.
5.
SM
Replacement
and Adjustment
4, 3, 4)
4-127
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-128
SM
2.
3.
4.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
SM
1)
4-129
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2.
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-130
SM
2.
1.
2.
SM
4-131
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
Input the output value from SP5-803-087 (INPUT Check SI Bypass SF Paper Contact
Sensor: Front) to SP1-008-007 (SI By-Pass Size Detection Adj Sidefence F adj2).
Input the output value from SP5-803-088 (INPUT Check SI Bypass SF Paper Contact
Sensor: Rear) to SP1-008-009 (SI By-Pass Size Detection Adj Sidefence R adj2).
2.
Remove the extension tray [A] of the by-pass tray, make the side fence slightly wider than the
width of the extension tray, and set it in the by-pass tray as follows.
3.
When the extension tray is set, switch SP5-804-087 (OUTPUT Check SI Bypass SF Drive
Motor:CCW (500pps)) ON, and move the side fence inside until it contacts the extension tray
and can no longer move.
4.
When the side fence is in contact with the extension tray, input the following output values into
SP mode.
Input the output value from SP5-803-087 (INPUT Check SI Bypass SF Paper Contact
Sensor: Front) to SP1-008-006 (SI By-Pass Size Detection Adj Sidefence F adj1).
Input the output value from SP5-803-088 (INPUT Check SI Bypass SF Paper Contact
Sensor: Rear) to SP1-008-008 (SI By-Pass Size Detection Adj Sidefence R adj1).
5.
While holding the feeler of the By-pass length sensor with your hand, perform SP1-008-032
(SI By-Pass Size Detection Adj Main Scan Size Adj). When the auto-adjusting SP starts,
release the feeler (the SP value of each paper size is read automatically, and stored).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-132
SM
6.
When the side fence starts to move towards the outside, remove the extension tray.
7.
Check SP1-008-033 (SI By-Pass Size Detection Adj Main Scan Size Adj Result), and check
SM
Replacement
and Adjustment
that it is 1: Succeed.
4-133
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Duplex Unit
Unlock the lever [A], and then open the right cover [B].
2.
3.
4.
Open the 1st paper feed tray [A] and 2nd paper feed tray [B].
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-134
SM
5.
Cover [A] ( 1)
6.
Replacement
and Adjustment
Duplex Unit
3)
To attach the duplex unit, loop the harness around as shown in the diagram.
MP C6003
SM
4-135
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Duplex Unit
MP C5503/C4503/C3503/C3003
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1,
3)
4-136
SM
Duplex Unit
Replacement
and Adjustment
4.
2.
3.
SM
4-137
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Duplex Unit
4.
5.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1)
4-138
SM
Duplex Unit
2.
1)
1.
2.
3.
4.
SM
Replacement
and Adjustment
1)
4-139
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Duplex Unit
2.
3.
4.
Remove two tabs, and remove the vertical transport guide plate [A] ( 4).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-140
SM
Duplex Unit
5.
6.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1)
SM
4-141
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Electrical Components
4.17.1 OVERVIEW
Printed Circuits/Parts Inside the Controller Box
[A]
[B]
IPU
[C]
BCU
[D]
[E]
[F]
Controller Board
[G]
HDD
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-142
SM
Electrical Components
[A]
HVP_TTS
[B]
Imaging IOB
Replacement
and Adjustment
SM
[A]
[B]
[C]
4-143
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Electrical Components
[A]
HVP_CB
[B]
2.
2)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-144
SM
Electrical Components
4.17.3 IPU
The FFC connector has a lock mechanism. Do not use force to pull it out.
1.
2.
IPU [A]
D150:
12)
Replacement
and Adjustment
( 8,
D149/D148:
( 7,
12)
D147/D146:
( 6,
SM
12)
4-145
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Electrical Components
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-146
SM
Rev. 04/15/2015
Electrical Components
4.17.4 BCU
The FFC connector has a lock mechanism. Do not use force to pull it out.
1.
2.
BCU [A] ( 2,
6)
Referring to the following procedure, be sure that there are no mistakes in the mounting
position and orientation of the NVRAMs.
SC195 (Machine serial number error) will be displayed if you forget to attach the NVRAM.
If you mounted the NVRAM in the wrong direction, each component needs to be replaced
because a short circuit was caused in the controller board and the NVRAM.
Passwords for the Supervisor and Administrator 1 will be discarded later in this
procedure.
If the NVRAM is replaced for any malfunction of data corruption, DO NOT upload old
NVRAM data from the old NVRAM and download in to the new NVRAM.
1.
Make sure you have the SMC report (factory settings). This report comes with the machine.
2.
Output all the SMC data using SP5-990-001 (SP Print Mode: All (Data List)) or download the
SMC data to an SD card using SP5-992-001 (SP Text mode: ALL (Data List)).
3.
4.
Insert an SD card into Slot 2 and turn the main power switch ON.
5.
Upload the NV-RAM data on the controller board to the SD card using SP5-824-001
(NV-RAM Data Upload).
6.
Make sure that the customer has backed up their Address Book data. If they have not, save
the Address Book data to an SD card using SP5-846-051 (Backup All Addr Book).
The address data stored in the machine will be discarded later during this procedure.
So be sure to obtain a backup of the customers address book data.
Note that the counters for the user will be reset when doing the backup/restore of the
address book data.
SM
4-147
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
Electrical Components
Rev. 03/16/2015
If they have a backup of the address book data, use their own backup data for
restoring. This is because there is a risk that the data cannot be backed up properly
depending on the NV-RAM condition.
STEPS 7-10: Additional steps ONLY for machines that have the FAX installed.
7.
Print the Box List by pressing these buttons in the following order: [Facsimile Features] [General Setting] - [Box Setting: Print List]
8.
Print the Special Sender List by pressing these buttons in the following order: [Facsimile
Features] - [Reception] - [Program Special Sender: Print List]
9.
4-148
SM
Electrical Components
Rev. 03/16/2015
After turning the power ON, SC870 in Japanese will occur and the address book data will
be cleared.
STEP15~17: Additional procedure only for machines that have the Smart Operation Panel
installed.
SC673 will be displayed in Japanese at start-up, but this is normal behavior. This is
because the controller and the smart operation panel cannot communicate with each
other due to changing the SP settings for the operation panel.
18. Download the NV-RAM data stored in the SD card to the brand-new NV-RAM using
SP5-825-001 (NV-RAM Data Download).
19. Turn the power OFF and remove the SD card from slot 2.
20. Turn the power ON.
After you execute this SP and exit SP mode, the Home screen is displayed and user
functions can be used.
22. Restore the original settings of the following SPs, referring to the SMC data obtained in step
2.
SM
4-149
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
Electrical Components
Rev. 03/16/2015
SP5-825-001 does not download the following SP data to the new NV-RAM. So you
must set them manually.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
setting)
23. If the security functions (HDD Encryption and HDD Data Overwrite Security) were applied, set
the functions again.
24. Ask the customer to restore their address book. Or restore the address book data using
SP5-846-052 (UCS Setting: Restore All Addr Book), and ask the customer to ensure the
address book data has been restored properly.
If you obtained the backup of the customers address book data in step 6, delete the
backup immediately after the NV-RAM replacement to avoid accidentally taking out
the customers data.
25. Output all the SMC data with SP5-990-001 and make sure all the SP/UP settings except for
counter information are properly restored, by checking the SMC data obtained in step 2.
26. Make sure that the list output in steps 4 to 6 matches the destination information. If not, set it
to the setting before replacement.
27. Execute the process control (SP3-011-001).
28. Do the "Automatic Color Calibration (ACC)" for the copier mode & printer mode as follows:
Print the ACC test pattern (User Tools Maintenance ACC Start).
Put 10 sheets of white paper on the test chart. This ensures the precise ACC
adjustment.
Press "Start Scanning" on the LCD. Then, the machine starts the ACC.
If you cannot execute SP5-824-001 or SP5-825-001 for some reason, try all the
following things.
Check the changed SP value on the SMC which was output in step 2 and set it
manually. Especially, ensure that the values of the following SPs are same as the
setting before the replacement. a. SP5-045-001 (Accounting counter: Counter
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-150
SM
Electrical Components
Rev. 03/16/2015
If a message tells you need a SD card to restore displays after the NV-RAM
replacement, create a SD card for restoration and restore with the SD card.
Main Chapters > Installation > Main Machine Installation > Important notice on
security issues > Password setting procedure
Correspondence Table
Label on the
board
[A]
Upper
FRAM2
2M-2
[B]
Lower
FRAM1
2M-1
Replacement
and Adjustment
Position
When replacing the controller board, first, check which SDK applications have been installed.
After replacing the controller board, re-install the SDK applications by following the installation
instructions for each application.
After reinstalling the SDK applications, print the SMC (SP-5-990-024/025 (SMC:
SDK/Application Info)). Then open the Main power switch cover. Store the SMC sheet and the
SD card(s) that was used to install the SDK application(s).
SM
4-151
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 03/16/2015
Electrical Components
Keep NVRAMs away from any objects that can cause static electricity. Static electricity
can damage NVRAM data.
1.
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
**)
4-152
SM
Electrical Components
Rev. 03/16/2015
4.17.6 HDD
Before replacing the HDD, copy the address book data to an SD card with SP5846-051 if
possible.
If the customer is using the Data Overwrite Security, the Data Encryption feature or OCR
Scanned PDF, these applications must be installed again.
1.
2.
HDD [A] ( 3,
Replacement
and Adjustment
2)
2.
3.
Run SP5846-052, to copy the address book from the SD card to the HDD.
4.
2.
SM
4-153
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Electrical Components
Rev. 03/16/2015
2.
Scanner rear small cover (page 4-12 "Scanner Rear Cover (Small)")
3.
4.
5.
**)
4.17.9 HVP_TTS
1.
2.
HVP_TTS [A]
D148/D149/D150
( 2,
**)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-154
SM
Electrical Components
Rev. 03/16/2015
D146/D147
( 4,
**)
2.
Replacement
and Adjustment
**)
PSU (DC) for D146/D147 is different from the PSU (DC) for D148/D149/D150.
1.
2.
SM
**)
4-155
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 03/16/2015
Electrical Components
2.
3.
10,
4)
The power box [A] is hooked onto the machine at the locations in the blue circles.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
**)
4-156
SM
Electrical Components
Rev. 03/16/2015
4.17.13 HVP-CB
1.
2.
HVP_CB [A] ( 4,
Replacement
and Adjustment
**)
SM
4-157
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Fans/Filters
Rev. 03/16/2015
4.18 FANS/FILTERS
4.18.1 OZONE FILTER/DUST FILTER
Adjustment before replacing the dust filter
Before replacing the Dust filter, set SP3-701-132 to "1" and switch the power OFF. Then replace
the Dust filter and switch the power ON.
Replacement
1.
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-158
SM
Rev. 03/16/2015
Fans/Filters
2.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1.
SM
4-159
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 03/16/2015
Fans/Filters
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-160
1,
1)
SM
Rev. 03/16/2015
Fans/Filters
2.
3.
1)
2.
SM
1)
4-161
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Fans/Filters
Rev. 03/16/2015
Main power switch cover (page 4-13 "Main power switch cover")
2.
1)
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1,
4-162
1)
SM
Fans/Filters
Rev. 03/16/2015
2.
3.
4.
1)
SM
4-163
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Fans/Filters
Rev. 03/16/2015
2.
Scanner rear small cover (page 4-12 "Scanner Rear Cover (Small)")
3.
4.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1)
4-164
SM
Fans/Filters
Rev. 03/16/2015
2.
3.
Replacement
and Adjustment
1)
SM
4-165
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 03/16/2015
Fans/Filters
D146/D147
1.
2.
3.
4.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1)
4-166
SM
Fans/Filters
Rev. 03/16/2015
2.
3.
1.
SM
4-167
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 03/16/2015
Fans/Filters
2.
3.
1)
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-168
SM
Image Adjustment
Rev. 03/16/2015
Replacement
and Adjustment
A: Sub-scan magnification
1.
Put the test chart on the exposure glass. Then make a copy from one of the feed stations.
2.
Put the test chart on the exposure glass. Then make a copy from one of the feed stations.
2.
Check the leading edge and side-to-side registration. Adjust the following SP modes if
necessary.
SM
4-169
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Image Adjustment
Rev. 03/16/2015
Standard: 0 2mm for the leading edge registration, 0 2.5mm for the side-to-side
registration.
SP mode
Leading Edge Registration
SP4-010-001
Side-to-Side Registration
SP4-011-001
4.19.2 ARDF
ARDF side-to-side, leading edge registration and trailing edge
Put the temporary test chart on the ARDF. Then make a copy from one of the feed stations.
2.
Check the registration. Check the leading edge and side-to-side registration. Adjust the
following SP modes if necessary.
Standard: 4.2 2 mm for the leading edge registration, 2 1 mm for the side-to-side
registration. Use the following SP modes to adjust if necessary.
SP Code
What It Does
SP6-006-001
3.0 mm
SP6-006-003
5.0 mm
SP6-006-005
3.0 mm
SP6-006-006
2.5 mm
SP6-006-007
10.0 mm
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-170
Adjustment Range
SM
Rev. 03/16/2015
Image Adjustment
Put the temporary test chart on the ARDF. Then make a copy from one of the feed stations.
2.
Standard: 5.0%
4.19.3 REGISTRATION
Replacement
and Adjustment
Image Area
Leading Edge
Adjusts the leading edge registration for each paper type and process line speed.
Side to Side
Adjusts the side-to-side registration for each paper feed station. Use SP mode (SP1-002) to adjust
the side-to-side registration for the optional paper feed unit, LCT, and duplex unit.
Adjustment Standard
Sub-scan direction: 0 9 mm
Main-scan direction: 0 4 mm
SM
4-171
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Image Adjustment
Rev. 03/16/2015
Adjustment Procedure
1.
Enter SP2-109-003.
2.
Print out the test pattern (14: 1-dot trimming pattern) with SP2-109-003.
Registration can change slightly as shown on the previous page. Print some pages of
the 1-dot trimming pattern for step 3 and 4. Then average the leading edge and
side-to-side registration values, and adjust each SP mode.
3.
key.
key.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-172
SM
Image Adjustment
Rev. 03/16/2015
Adjust the erase margin C and D only if the registration (main scan and sub scan) cannot
be adjusted within the standard values. Do the registration adjustment after adjusting the
Replacement
and Adjustment
erase margin C and D, and then adjust the erase margin A and B.
1.
Enter SP2-109-003.
2.
Print out the test pattern (14: 1-dot trimming pattern) with SP2-109-003.
3.
Check the erase margin A and B. Adjust them with SP2-103-001 to -015 if necessary.
After you transport or move the machine (you should do the forced line position
adjustment if you install the machine at the user location.) if the machine is pre-installed
SM
4-173
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 03/16/2015
Image Adjustment
When you remove or replace the motors, clutches, and/or gears related to the
drum/development/transfer sections
When you remove or replace the image transfer belt, image transfer belt unit or laser
optical housing unit
The ACC is usually sufficient to adjust the color balance to get the best print output. You
only need the printer gamma correction to fine-tune to meet user requirements.
Use SP modes if you want to modify the printer gamma curve created with ACC. You can adjust
the gamma data for the following:
Highlight
Middle
Shadow areas
IDmax.
Copy Mode
- KCMY Color Balance Adjustment The adjustment uses only "Offset" values.
ID max
Offset
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-174
SM
Image Adjustment
Rev. 03/16/2015
1.
Copy the C-4 chart in the mode that you want to adjust.
2.
3.
4.
Select SP4-918-009.
5.
Adjust the offset values until the copy quality conforms to the standard (see the table below).
2. Adjust the density in this order: "ID Max", "Middle", "Shadow", "Highlight".
Item to Adjust
Adjustment Standard
Adjust the offset value so
ID max:
(K, C, M, and Y)
(K, C, M, and Y)
(K, C, M, and Y)
SM
4-175
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
- Adjustment Procedure -
Rev. 03/16/2015
Image Adjustment
(K, C, M, and Y)
(C,M, and Y)
(no C, M, or Y should be
copy>
Item to Adjust
Adjustment Standard
Adjust the offset value so
ID max: (K)
(K)
(K)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-176
SM
Image Adjustment
Rev. 03/16/2015
(K)
Item to Adjust
Adjustment Standard
Adjust the offset value so
ID max: (K, C, M,
and Y)
(K, C, M, and Y)
(K, C, M, and Y)
(K, C, M, and Y)
SM
4-177
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
Image Adjustment
Rev. 03/16/2015
Item to Adjust
Adjustment Standard
Adjust the offset value so
ID max: (K)
(K)
(K)
(K)
Text parts of the test pattern cannot be printed clearly after you adjust "shadow" as shown
above. At this time, check if the 5 line/mm pattern at each corner is printed clearly. If it is
not, adjust the offset value of "shadow" again until it is.
Printer Mode
There are six adjustable modes (select these modes with printer SP1-102-001):
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-178
SM
Image Adjustment
Rev. 03/16/2015
Highlight
SP1-104-1
SP1-104-21
SP1-104-41
SP1-104-61
Shadow
SP1-104-2
SP1-104-22
SP1-104-42
SP1-104-62
Middle
SP1-104-3
SP1-104-23
SP1-104-43
SP1-104-63
IDmax
SP1-104-4
SP1-104-24
SP1-104-44
SP1-104-64
1.
2.
3.
Enter SP mode.
4.
5.
6.
Choose SP1-103-1 to print out a tone control test sheet if you want to examine the image
quality for these settings.
7.
Adjust the color density with SP1-104. Compare the tone control test sheet with the C4 test
chart.
8.
SM
Adjust the density in this order: "ID Max", "Shadow", "Middle", "Highlight".
4-179
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Replacement
and Adjustment
- Adjustment Procedure -
TROUBLESHOOTING
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
P a ge
Date
A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew
27 124
03/12/2015
99
3/25/2015
218
03/12/2015
219 226
12/16/2014
Self-Diagnostic Mode
5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5.1 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5.1.1 SERVICE CALL CODES
Service Call Conditions
SC call or SC
Pattern
Display
alarm in
How to reset
customer
support system
The SC is
displayed on the
Occurrence &
operation panel,
and the machine
cannot be used
(SC544-00/SC554-00/SC564-00/SC574
(safety-related
SC).
Immediate
alarm
When a function
Occurrence &
is selected, the
alarm count
SC is displayed
on the operation
B
(down-time
mitigation).
if recurrence
No display on the
Occurrence
operation panel,
and use is
Logging count
& alarm count
permitted.
SM
ON
Alarm count
be used
Power OFF
5-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
alarm count
Self-Diagnostic Mode
SC call or SC
Pattern
Display
How to reset
alarm in
customer
support system
Occurrence &
The SC is
alarm count
displayed on the
operation panel,
D
Power supply
Switch user reset power key or main power
ON
(machine-error
SC).
OFF
if recurrence
Automatic reboot can be enabled or disabled with SP5-875-001 (SC automatic reboot
setting) (default value: ON).
SC logging
When an SC is generated, the "total count value when the SC is generated" and the "SC code"
are logged. However, if the total count value during the SC is the same as last time, logging is not
performed.
Logged data can be checked by outputting an administrative report (SMC print). The SC history is
logged up to the last 10 entries, and if there are more than 10 entries, data are progressively
deleted starting from the oldest.
SC automatic reboot
When an ordinary SC (pattern D) is generated, automatically reboot is performed. Automatic
reboot or reboot by user operation can be set by SP5-875-001 (SC automatic reboot setting out)
(default value: 0 "Automatic reboot").
However, when a NRS report is performed, a reboot is not performed even in the case of the
corresponding SC.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-2
SM
Self-Diagnostic Mode
When an automatic reboot is performed, a confirmation screen is displayed after reboot. The
confirmation screen can be cancelled by pressing the [OK] key (display is not cancelled only when
the main power switch is switched OFF to ON).
Screen display during reboot
Timing of SC reboot
When NRS is enabled, and when a NRS alarm*1 is not generated, the corresponding SC
is the object of an automatic reboot.
counts 10 times.
Automatic reboot
See the flowchart below.
SM
5-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
*1 NRS alarm: Issued when an ordinary SC (type D) is generated twice while the total counter
Self-Diagnostic Mode
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-4
SM
Self-Diagnostic Mode
After attaching the option "extension 1284 board" to the controller board, connect the
conversion connector provided.
2.
3.
Press the main power supply switch while simultaneously pressing the "#" and "./* key.
The display changes to the following screen, and self-diagnosis starts.
SM
5-5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
4.
Self-Diagnostic Mode
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-6
SM
Troubleshooting
Self-Diagnostic Mode
SM
5-7
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Self-Diagnostic Mode
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-8
SM
Troubleshooting
Self-Diagnostic Mode
SM
5-9
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC101-01
LED defective
SBU defective
IPU defective
-02
LED defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-10
SM
SC No.
Level
2.
3.
SC No.
Level
SC102-00
LED defective
SBU defective
IPU defective
Troubleshooting
adjustments.
SM
5-11
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC120-00
Harness defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-12
SM
SC No.
Level
SC121-00
During homing
Harness defective
SC No.
Level
SC141-00
SBU defective
IPU defective
SM
5-13
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC142-00
SBU defective
LED defective
IPU defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-14
SM
SC No.
Level
SC144-00
SBU defective
SC No.
Level
SC161-01
SM
5-15
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC161-02
SC No.
Level
SC165-00
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-16
SM
SC No.
Level
SC185-00
Troubleshooting
disconnected or defective
SM
5-17
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC186-00
During scanning:
Details:
During initialization:
During scanning:
During scanning:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-18
SM
SC No.
Level
SC No.
Level
SC187-00
Troubleshooting
CIS defective
Replace the CIS and CIPB.
SM
5-19
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC188-00
The shading data peak value read out from the CIS is
abnormal.
Details:
CIS defective
1. Reconnect the power/signal harness.
2. Replace the following parts:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-20
SM
SC No.
Level
SC189-00
CIS defective
Replace the adjustment chart. (Degradation due to scratches
and smudges)
Level
SC195-00
SM
5-21
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC No.
Level
SC201-00
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-22
SM
SC No.
Level
SC202-00
Level
SC203-00
SM
5-23
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC No.
Level
SC204-00
SC No.
Level
SC220-01
SC220-04
LDB defective
BCU defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-24
SM
SC No.
Level
SC230-01
FGATE ON error: Bk
SC230-02
FGATE ON error: Cy
SC230-03
FGATE ON error: Ma
SC230-04
FGATE ON error: Ye
The FGATE signal did not turn ON within T1 sec. after the
GAVD defective
SC No.
Level
SC231-01
SC231-02
SC231-03
SC231-04
The FGATE signal did not turn OFF within T1 sec. after the
writing process of the corresponding color ended.
The FGATE signal did not turn OFF when the next job of the
corresponding color started.
SM
GAVD defective
5-25
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC240-01
LD error: Bk
SC240-04
LD error: Ma
LD driver defective
SC No.
Level
SC272-01
SC272-02
SC272-03
SC272-04
SC272-10
IPU defective
Harness defective
LDB defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-26
SM
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC285-00
TM sensor defective
ITB defective
PCU defective
LD unit defective
BCU defective
Harness defective
Replace BCU
SM
5-27
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC312-01
SC312-02
SC312-03
SC312-04
HVP_CB fault
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
PCU reset/replacement
Connector reset
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-28
SM
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC324-01
SC No.
Level
SC324-05
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
SM
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
5-29
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC360-01
SC360-02
SC360-03
SC360-04
TD sensor defective
Loose connection
Harness broken
SC No.
Level
SC361-01
SC361-02
SC361-03
SC361-04
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-30
SM
SC No.
Level
SC362-01
SC362-02
SC362-03
SC362-04
2.
SC No.
Level
SC370-01
SC370-02
SC370-03
SM
5-31
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
3.
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC No.
Level
SC396-05
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-32
SM
Rev. 03/12/2015
Level
SC441-00
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
SM
5-33
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC No.
Level
SC442-00
Sensor dirt
Sensor defective
Motor defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-34
SM
SC No.
Level
SC443-00
Encoder defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
SM
5-35
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
have an encoder.
SC No.
Level
SC444-00
SC No.
Level
SC452-00
Sensor dirt
Sensor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
Sensor dirt
Sensor defection
Motor defection
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-36
SM
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC491-00
HVP_CB error
Load error
Other
SM
5-37
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC492-00
HVP_TTS error
Load error
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-38
SM
SC No.
Level
SC493-00
Unit fault
Level
SC497-00
SM
Sensor defective
5-39
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC No.
Level
SC498-00
Sensor defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-40
SM
SC No.
Level
SC501-01
Troubleshooting
Replacement
Replacement
SC501-02
Replacement
SM
5-41
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
Paper overload
Replacement
Replacement
SC No.
Level
SC502-01
Replacement
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-42
SM
SC No.
Level
Replacement
Replacement
SC502-02
Replacement
Paper overload
Replacement
Replacement
SM
Replacement
5-43
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC503-01
Harness broken
SC503-02
Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-44
SM
SC No.
Level
Harness broken
Paper overload
SC503-11
Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray
Harness broken
SM
5-45
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC503-12
Level
Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray
Harness broken
Paper overload
Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-46
SM
SC No.
Level
SC503-31
Harness broken
SM
5-47
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC503-32
Level
Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-48
SM
SC No.
Level
Harness broken
SC503-33
Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray
SM
5-49
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
right tray
SC No.
Level
Paper overload
Harness broken
SC503-34
Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray
Paper set fault (paper is offset from position for pushing end
fence)
Harness broken
Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-50
SM
SC No.
Level
SC503-35
Harness broken
Paper overload
SM
Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray
5-51
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC503-36
Harness broken
Paper overload
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-52
SM
SC No.
Level
SC No.
Level
SC504-21
Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray
Harness broken
SM
5-53
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC504-22
Level
Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray
Harness broken
Paper overload
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-54
SM
SC No.
Level
SC No.
Level
SC505-41
Replace the control board for the optional paper feed tray
SM
5-55
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
Harness broken
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-56
SM
SC No.
Level
SC505-42
Harness broken
SM
5-57
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC505-43
Level
Paper overload
Harness broken
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-58
SM
SC No.
Level
SC509-00
2.
paper size in the paper can be pulled through the paper. Should
fit the paper guide plate" that.
Accumulated count of error detection are 3 (CW) or 13 (CCW),
the SC is displayed on the operation panel.
In addition, the accumulated count is reset under the following
conditions.
a Turn the power off/on
b If the by-pass side fence is back correct adjustment
c Return from sleep
SM
5-59
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC No.
Level
SC511-00
SC No.
Level
SC520-01
SC520-02
SC520-03
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-60
SM
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
Encoder defective
SC No.
Level
SC521-01
SC521-02
SM
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
Encoder defective
5-61
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC522-00
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC530-00
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
Encoder defective
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-62
SM
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC531-01
SC531-02
SC531-03
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
SC No.
Level
SC533-01
SC533-03
SC533-04
SM
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
5-63
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC No.
Level
SC534-01
SC534-02
SC534-03
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-64
SM
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC535-00
SC No.
Level
SC540-00
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
SM
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
5-65
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC541-01
SC541-02
disconnection
Connector disconnected
SC541-03
NC sensor disconnection
Connector disconnected
NC short-circuit
Connector disconnected
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-66
SM
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC No.
Level
SC542-02
SC542-03
Thermopile modification/float
SC No.
Level
543-00
SM
Triac short-circuit
5-67
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC544-01
SC No.
Level
SC544-02
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-68
SM
SC No.
Level
SC545-00
SM
Thermistor deformation/float
Heater disconnection
5-69
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
excluded.
SC No.
Level
SC547-01
SC547-02
SC547-03
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-70
SM
SC No.
Level
SC548-00
SC No.
Level
549-01
Motor defective
Sensor defective
549-03
549-04
SM
Motor defective
Sensor defective
Shield modification/defective
5-71
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC No.
Level
SC551-01
SC551-02
Thermopile disconnection
Connector disconnected
SC551-03
NC sensor disconnection
Connector disconnected
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-72
SM
SC No.
Level
SC No.
Level
SC552-02
NC sensor short-circuit
Connector disconnected
SC552-03
SM
5-73
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC553-00
SC No.
Level
SC554-01
Triac short-circuit
BCU defective
SC No.
Level
SC554-02
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-74
SM
SC No.
Level
SC555-00
SC No.
Level
SC557-00
Thermistor deformation/float
Heater disconnection
SM
5-75
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
excluded
SC No.
Level
SC559-00
Detection conditions
Displays the SC559-00 at the time of integrating the counter
each time fusing jam occurs, became fusing jam counter
value = 3.
The counter value is retained without fusing jam also reset
by OFF/ON the power supply.
Control ON/OFF
And enables ON / OFF is this SC, the default is set to OFF,
then ON at the time of customer requirements.
SP1-142-001 0: OFF (default), 1: ON (Set at the time of
customer requirements)
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-76
SM
SC No.
Level
SC561-00
SC No.
Level
SC562-02
Thermistor disconnection
Connector disconnected
Troubleshooting
Does not reach (T21) degree C after heater 1ON for (t3)
seconds.
SM
Thermistor dirt
5-77
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC563-00
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC564-00
Triac short-circuit
BCU defective
Triac short-circuit
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-78
SM
SC No.
Level
SC569-00
SC No.
Level
SC571-00
Motor defective
Sensor defective
SM
Thermistor disconnection
Connector disconnected
5-79
Troubleshooting
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC572-04
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC573-00
Thermistor dirt
Triac short-circuit
BCU defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-80
SM
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC574-00
SC No.
Level
SC581-00
Triac short-circuit
BCU defective
SM
Thermistor disconnection
Connector disconnected
5-81
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC582-04
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC583-00
Thermistor dirt
Triac short-circuit
BCU defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-82
SM
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC584-00
Troubleshooting
SM
5-83
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC620-01
SC620-02
SC No.
Level
SC621-00
ADF defection
Noise contamination
BCU defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-84
SM
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC622-00
SC No.
Level
SC623-00
BCU defective
When the upper bank side recognizes the lower bank, the
break of the lower bank is not canceled within t5ms.
2.
After the upper bank side recognizes the lower bank, there
is no ACK within t6ms after transmission of a data frame to
the lower bank, and a timeout error occurs for 3 times
consecutively even if retransmission is performed
SM
Connector disconnected
5-85
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC664
SC664-01
SC664-02
SC664-03
SC No.
Noise
Hardware defection
Level
SC665
SC665-01
SC665-02
SC display
SC665-03
SC No.
Level
SC669
SC669-01
SC669-02
SC669-03
SC669-04
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-86
SM
Level
SC669-05
SC669-06
SC669-07
SC669-08
SC669-09
SC669-10
SC669-11
SC669-12
SC669-13
SC669-14
SC669-15
SC669-16
SC669-17
SC669-18
SC669-19
SC669-20
SC669-21
SC669-22
SC669-23
SC669-24
SC669-25
SC669-26
SC669-27
SC669-28
SC669-29
SM
5-87
Troubleshooting
SC No.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC669-30
SC669-31
SC669-32
SC669-33
SC669-34
SC No.
Electrical noise
EEPROM damaged
BCU damaged
Level
SC681-
01 - 04
Invalid Device ID
06 - 09
Channel error
11 - 14
Device Error
16 - 19
21 - 24
Communication timeout
26 - 29
31 - 34
36 - 39
No error code
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-88
SM
SC No.
Level
Level
SC682-
01 - 04
Invalid Device ID
06 - 09
Channel error
11 - 14
Device Error
16 - 19
21 - 24
Communication timeout
26 - 29
31 - 34
36 - 39
No error code
When error notification was received during communication with
the tag and operation is not resumed after 3 retries.
SM
5-89
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC No.
Level
EEPROM defective
01 - 04
06 - 09
11 - 14
No ID chip
16 19, 21 24, 26 - 29
Noise
31 - 34, 36 - 39
Software defection
SC No.
Level
SC687-00
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-90
SM
SC No.
Level
SC632-00
B
Serial line between the optional counter device, the relay board
and copier control board is disconnected or damaged.
SC No.
Level
Serial line between the optional counter device, the relay board
and copier control board is disconnected or damaged.
SC No.
Level
SC634-00
SM
5-91
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC635-00
SC No.
Level
SC636-01
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-92
SM
SC No.
Level
SC636-02
correct.
Incorrect module version
Install the correct file of the expanded authentication module.
SC No.
Level
SC636-11
SC No.
Level
SC637-01
SM
5-93
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC637-02
Network error
SC No.
Level
SC650-01
SP5-816-156
SP5-816-157
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-94
SM
SC No.
Level
SC650-04
Level
SC650-05
SM
5-95
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC No.
Level
SC650-13
SC No.
Level
SC650-14
power on.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-96
SM
SC No.
SC No.
Level
Level
SC651-01
SC No.
Level
Center.
Troubleshooting
SC651-02
Software bug
Logging only.
SM
5-97
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC652-00
SC No.
Level
SC653-00
All spaces
NULL
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-98
SM
Rev. 3/25/2015
SC No.
Level
Case 1
Case 2
Case 1
Troubleshooting
SC670-00
Case 2
SC670-01
Mechanical problem
SC670-02
Firmware problem
SM
5-99
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC672-10
SC No.
Controller stalled
Controller late
Level
SC672-11
Controller stalled
Controller late
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-100
SM
SC No.
Level
SC No.
Controller stalled
Controller late
Level
SC672-13
SM
Controller stalled
Controller late
5-101
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC672-12
SC No.
Level
SC672-99
Controller stalled
Controller late
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-102
SM
Level
SC700
SC700-01
SC700-02
SC700-04
SC700-05
SC700-06
SC700-07
SC700-09
SM
5-103
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC No.
Level
Controller error
-02
Controller error
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Harness broken
Overload
-01, 02
SC No.
Level
SC701-02
Over current
Heating
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-104
SM
SC No.
Level
SC701-03
SC701-08
Encoder disconnection
Encoder defective
Overload
Motor deterioration
SM
Encoder disconnection
Encoder defective
Overload
Motor deterioration
5-105
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC702-01
SC702-02
SC702-03
SC702-04
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-106
SM
SC No.
Level
SC702-05
Level
SC720
SC720-03
SC No.
Level
SC720
SC720-10
SM
Short-circuit defective
Overload defective
Motor defective
Solenoid defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC No.
Level
SC720-11
SC720-12
SC720-13
SC720-16
SC No.
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Overload
Encoder defective
Level
SC720
SC720-20
SC720-24
SC720-25
SC720-27
SC720-28
SC720-30
SC720-33
SC720-41
SC720-42
SC720-50
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-108
SM
SC No.
Level
SC720-51
SC720-53
SC720-65
SC720-71
SC720-72
SC720-73
SC720-74
SC720-77
SM
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Overload
5-109
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC720
SC720-44
SC720-60
SC720-75
SC720-78
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Overload
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-110
SM
SC No.
Level
SC720
SC720-62
SC720-63
SC720-62
Motor driver detects an error (DC motor control error) (1st
time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC notification).
SC720-63
Motor driver detects an error (short-circuit/ overheating) (1st
SM
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Overload
Encoder defective
5-111
Troubleshooting
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC720-70
SC No.
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Overload
Level
SC721
SC721-03
SC721-10
SC721-11
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-112
SM
SC No.
Level
SC721-17
SC721-24
The time to return to home without fail, the time coming from
home, and the time for which the encoder output can be
counted during normal operation, are taken as t0, t1 and t2.
SC721-27
SC721-28
SC721-30
SM
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC721-25
SC No.
Level
SC721-33
SC721-41
The return pulse to home and pulse coming from home during
normal operation are calculated and measured. The pulses
which are 1.5-2 times the normal operation pulse are taken as
p0 and p1.
SC721-42
The return pulse to home and pulse coming from home during
normal operation are calculated and measured. The pulses
which are 1.5-2 times the normal operation pulse are taken as
p0, p1 and p2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-114
SM
SC No.
Level
SC721-44
During motor drive, the output from the encoder could not
be counted for a predetermined number of times within a
predetermined time (t0 sec) (1st time is jam notification, 2nd
time is SC notification).
The time to return to home without fail, the time coming from
home, and the time for which the encoder output can be counted
during normal operation, are taken as t0, t1 and t2.
B
The return pulse to home and pulse coming from home during
normal operation are calculated and measured. The pulses
which are 1.5-2 times the normal operation pulse are taken as
p0 and p1.
SM
5-115
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC721-52
SC No.
Level
SC721-53
The return pulse to home and pulse coming from home during
normal operation are calculated and measured. The pulses
which are 1.5-2 times the normal operation pulse are taken as
p0 and p1.
SC721-54
The return pulse to home and pulse coming from home during
normal operation are calculated and measured. The pulses
which are 1.5-2 times the normal operation pulse are taken as
p0 and p1.
SC721-58
SC721-59
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-116
SM
SC No.
Level
The return pulse to home and pulse coming from home during
normal operation are calculated and measured. The pulses
which are 1.5-2 times the normal operation pulse are taken as
p0 and p1.
SC No.
Level
SC721-80
The return pulse to home and pulse coming from home during
normal operation are calculated and measured. The pulses
which are 1.5-2 times the normal operation pulse are taken as
p0 and p1.
SC721-71
SM
5-117
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC721-70
SC No.
Level
The return pulse to home and pulse coming from home during
normal operation are calculated and measured. The pulses
which are 1.5-2 times the normal operation pulse are taken as
p0 and p1.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-118
SM
SC No.
Level
SC724
SC724-24
SC724-25
SC724-27
SC724-28
SM
5-119
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC724-31
When front jogger motor is driven for T22 msec when front
jogger HP sensor is ON, the HP sensor does not switch
OFF (1st time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC
notification).
When front jogger motor is driven for T23 msec when front
jogger HP sensor is OFF, the HP sensor does not switch ON
(1st time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC notification).
SC724-32
When rear jogger motor is driven for T24 msec when rear
jogger HP sensor is ON, the HP sensor does not switch
OFF (1st time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC
notification).
When rear jogger motor is driven for T25 msec when rear
jogger HP sensor is OFF, the HP sensor does not switch ON
(1st time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC notification).
SC724-33
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-120
SM
SC No.
Level
When the strike roller is lifted from the press position, even
when driven for T2 msec, the HP sensor does not switch
ON (1st time is jam notification, 2nd time is SC notification).
SC724-38
SC724-42
SC724-70
SM
5-121
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC724-71
SC724-80
Connector disconnected
harness defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-122
SM
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC724-86
SC761
Motor defective
Connector disconnected
Motor overload
SC761-03
SC761-04
SM
5-123
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
notification).
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC780-01
SC780-01
Motor defective
Solenoid defective
SC791-00
Motor defective
Solenoid defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-124
SM
Rev. 03/12/2015
SC No.
Level
SC792-00
Finisher defective
Troubleshooting
off/on
SM
5-125
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC816
[0x0000]
SC816-01
Subsystem error
SC816-02
SC816-03
SC816-04
SC816-05
SC816-07
SC816-08
SC816-09
SC816-10
SC816-11
SC816-12
SC816-13
open() error
SC816-14
SC816-15
open() error
SC816-16
open() error
SC816-17
open() error
SC816-18
open() error
SC816-19
SC816-20
open() error
SC816-22
Parameter error
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-126
SM
Level
SC816-23
read() error
SC816-24
read() error
SC816-25
read() error
SC816-26
SC816-27
SC816-28
SC816-29
SC816-30
SC816-35
read() error
SC816-36
Subsystem error
SC816-37
Subsystem error
SC816-38
Subsystem error
SC816-39
Subsystem error
SC816-40
Subsystem error
SC816-41
Subsystem error
SC816-42
Subsystem error
SC816-43
Subsystem error
SC816-44
Subsystem error
SC816-45
Subsystem error
SC816-46
Subsystem error
SC816-47
Subsystem error
SC816--48
Subsystem error
SC816--49
Subsystem error
SC816--50
Subsystem error
SC816--51
Subsystem error
SM
Troubleshooting
SC No.
5-127
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC816--52
Subsystem error
SC816--53
Subsystem error
SC816--54
Subsystem error
SC816--55
Subsystem error
SC816--56
Subsystem error
SC816--57
Subsystem error
SC816--58
Subsystem error
SC816--59
Subsystem error
SC816--60
Subsystem error
SC816--61
Subsystem error
SC816--62
Subsystem error
SC816--63
Subsystem error
SC816--64
Subsystem error
SC816--65
Subsystem error
SC816--66
Subsystem error
SC816--67
Subsystem error
SC816--68
Subsystem error
SC816--69
Subsystem error
SC816--70
Subsystem error
SC816--71
Subsystem error
SC816--72
Subsystem error
SC816--73
Subsystem error
SC816--74
Subsystem error
SC816--75
Subsystem error
SC816--76
Subsystem error
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-128
SM
Level
SC816--77
Subsystem error
SC816--78
Subsystem error
SC816--79
Subsystem error
SC816--80
Subsystem error
SC816--81
Subsystem error
SC816--82
Subsystem error
SC816--83
Subsystem error
SC816--84
Subsystem error
SC816--85
Subsystem error
SC816--86
Subsystem error
SC816--87
Subsystem error
SC816--88
Subsystem error
SC816--89
Subsystem error
SC816--90
Subsystem error
SC816--91
Subsystem error
SC816--92
Subsystem error
SC816--93
Subsystem error
SC816--94
Subsystem error
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SM
5-129
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC840-00
SC No.
Level
SC841-00
original data.
Data in the specific area of the EEPROM has been modified.
-
SC No.
Level
SC842-00
Nand-Flash.
Nand-Flash damaged
Turn the main power off/on.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-130
SM
SC No.
Level
SC842-01
SC No.
Level
SC No.
Level
SC853-00
SM
5-131
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC842-02
SC No.
Level
SC854-00
SC No.
Level
SC855-01
SC No.
Loose connection
Level
SC855-02
Loose connection
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-132
SM
SC No.
Level
SC857-00
SC No.
Level
SC858-01
Troubleshooting
interference etc.
Controller board defective
SC No.
Level
SC858-02
SM
5-133
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SC No.
Level
SC858-30
SC No.
Level
SC858-31
SC No.
Level
SC859-01
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-134
SM
SC No.
SC No.
Level
Level
SC859-02
The display after restart instructs the user to format the HDD.
SC No.
Level
SC859-10
SM
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
None
SC No.
Level
SC860-00
Unformatted HDD
HDD defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-136
SM
SC No.
Level
SC863-01
2.
SM
5-137
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC863-02
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-138
SM
SC No.
Level
SC863-03
2.
SM
5-139
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC863-04
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-140
SM
SC No.
Level
SC863-05
2.
SM
5-141
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC863-06
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-142
SM
SC No.
Level
SC863-07
2.
SM
5-143
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC863-08
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-144
SM
SC No.
Level
SC863-09
2.
SM
5-145
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC863-10
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-146
SM
SC No.
Level
SC863-11
2.
SM
5-147
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC863-12
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-148
SM
SC No.
Level
SC863-13
2.
SM
5-149
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC863-14
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-150
SM
SC No.
Level
SC863-15
2.
SM
5-151
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC863-16
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-152
SM
SC No.
Level
SC863-17
2.
SM
5-153
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC863-18
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-154
SM
SC No.
Level
SC863-19
2.
SM
5-155
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC863-20
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-156
SM
SC No.
Level
SC863-21
2.
SM
5-157
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC863-22
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-158
SM
SC No.
Level
SC863-23
2.
SC No.
Level
SC864-01
SM
5-159
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC864-02
SC No.
Level
SC864-03
SC No.
Level
SC864-04
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-160
SM
SC No.
Level
SC864-05
SC No.
Level
SC864-06
SC No.
Level
SC864-07
SM
5-161
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC864-08
SC No.
Level
SC864-09
SC No.
Level
SC864-10
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-162
SM
SC No.
Level
SC864-11
SC No.
Level
SC864-12
SC No.
Level
SC864-13
SM
5-163
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC864-14
SC No.
Level
SC864-15
SC No.
Level
SC864-16
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-164
SM
SC No.
Level
SC864-17
SC No.
Level
SC864-18
SC No.
Level
SC864-19
SM
5-165
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC864-20
SC No.
Level
SC864-21
SC No.
Level
SC864-22
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-166
SM
SC No.
Level
SC864-23
SC No.
Level
SC865-00
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
SC No.
Level
SC865-01
SM
5-167
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC865-02
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "a".)
Replace the HDD.
SC No.
Level
SC865-03
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "b".)
Replace the HDD.
SC No.
Level
SC865-03
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "c".)
Replace the HDD.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-168
SM
SC No.
Level
SC865-05
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "d".)
Replace the HDD.
SC No.
Level
SC865-06
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
SC No.
Level
SC865-07
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "f".)
Replace the HDD.
SM
5-169
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC865-08
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "g".)
Replace the HDD.
SC No.
Level
SC865-09
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "h".)
Replace the HDD.
SC No.
Level
SC865-10
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "i".)
Replace the HDD.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-170
SM
SC No.
Level
SC865-11
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "j".)
Replace the HDD.
SC No.
Level
SC865-12
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
SC No.
Level
SC865-13
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "l".)
Replace the HDD.
SM
5-171
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC865-14
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "m".)
Replace the HDD.
SC No.
Level
SC865-15
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "n".)
Replace the HDD.
SC No.
Level
SC865-16
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "o".)
Replace the HDD.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-172
SM
SC No.
Level
SC865-17
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "p".)
Replace the HDD.
SC No.
Level
SC865-18
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
SC No.
Level
SC865-19
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "r".)
Replace the HDD.
SM
5-173
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC865-20
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "s".)
Replace the HDD.
SC No.
Level
SC865-21
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "t".)
Replace the HDD.
SC No.
Level
SC865-22
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "u".)
Replace the HDD.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-174
SM
SC No.
Level
SC865-23
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "v".)
Replace the HDD.
SC No.
Level
SC866-00
was detected.
Invalid program data is stored on the SD card.
SC No.
Level
SC867-00
D
The SD card that starts an application was removed from the
slot (mount point of /mnt/sd0).
Turn the main power off/on.
SM
5-175
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC867-01
D
The SD card that starts an application was removed from the
slot (mount point of /mnt/sd1).
Turn the main power off/on.
SC No.
Level
SC867-02
D
The SD card that starts an application was removed from the
slot (mount point of /mnt/sd2).
Turn the main power off/on.
SC No.
Level
SC868-00
SD card defective
SD controller defective
* Do not format an SD card supplied with the main machine or sold as an option. You may only format SD
cards used for Firmware Update by a Customer Engineer.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-176
SM
SC No.
Level
SD card defective
SD controller defective
Turn the main power off and check the SD card insertion
status.
SC868-01
* Do not format an SD card supplied with the main machine or sold as an option. You may only format SD
cards used for Firmware Update by a Customer Engineer.
SC No.
Level
SC868-02
SM
SD card defective
SD controller defective
5-177
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
Turn the main power off and check the SD card insertion
status.
* Do not format an SD card supplied with the main machine or sold as an option. You may only format SD
cards used for Firmware Update by a Customer Engineer.
SC No.
Level
SC870-00
SC870-01
SC870-02
SC870-03
SC870-04
SC870-05
SC870-06
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-178
SM
SC No.
Level
SC870-07
SC870-08
SC870-09
SC870-10
SC870-11
SC870-20
SC870-21
SC870-22
SC870-23
SC870-24
SC870-25
Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to check file size.)
SC870-26
SC870-27
SC870-30
SC870-31
SC870-32
SC870-41
SM
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC870-50
SC870-51
SC870-52
SC870-53
SC870-54
SC870-55
SC870-56
SC870-57
SC870-58
SC870-59
SC870-60
Address Book data error (Unable to obtain the on/off setting for
administrator authentication (06A and later).)
When an error related to the Address Book is detected during
startup or operation.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-180
SM
SC No.
Level
Software bug
Level
SC872-00
HDD defective
SM
5-181
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC No.
Level
SC873-00
HDD defective
SC No.
Level
SC875-01
SC875-02
SC No.
Level
SC876-01
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-182
SM
SC No.
Level
SC876-02
D
Log encryption is enabled but encryption module is not installed.
SC No.
Level
SC No.
Level
SC876-04
Log encryption key is enabled but the log data file is not
encrypted. (NVRAM data corruption)
SM
5-183
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC876-03
SC No.
Level
SC876-05
Only the HDD has been replaced with one previously used
in another machine.
SC No.
Level
SC876-99
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-184
SM
SC No.
Level
SC877-00
If the SD card has been removed, turn the main power off
and reinstall a working Data Overwrite Security option SD
card.
SC No.
Level
System hash registered in the TPM did not match the data on
SC878-00
SC No.
Level
SC878-01
D
USB Flash file system has been destroyed.
Replace the controller board.
SM
5-185
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC878-02
D
TPM defective
Replace the controller board.
SC No.
Level
SC878-03
SC No.
Level
SC880-00
MLB defective
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-186
SM
SC No.
Level
D
SC881-01
cause it.)
Level
SC882-01
SM
5-187
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC No.
Level
D
SC899-00
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-188
SM
SC No.
Level
SC995-01
SC No.
Level
SC995-02
replacement or malfunctioning.
machine serial number (11 digits) or machine identification code
does not match.
SM
5-189
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC995-03
SC No.
Level
SC995-04
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-190
SM
SC No.
Level
SC900-00
NV-RAM defective
Level
SC910-00
B
Subject to external application (external controller) specification
Turn the main power off/on.
SC No.
Level
SC911-00
B
Subject to external application (external controller) specification
Turn the main power off/on.
SM
5-191
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC No.
Level
SC912-00
B
Subject to external application (external controller) specification
Turn the main power off/on.
SC No.
Level
SC913-00
B
Subject to external application (external controller) specification
Turn the main power off/on.
SC No.
Level
SC914-00
B
Subject to external application (external controller) specification
Turn the main power off/on.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-192
SM
SC No.
Level
SC915-01
SC915-02
SC915-03
SC915-04
SC915-05
Level
SC919-00
D
External controller and the machine had been operating
correctly (*) but the external controller was turned off or
rebooted, or the video bus was disconnected.
* Printing or scanning using the external controller.
Turn the main power off/on.
SM
5-193
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
SC No.
Level
SC920-00
SC920-01
SC920-02
SC920-03
SC920-04
Software bug
SC No.
Level
SC921-00
B
Preinstalled font files not found.
Turn the main power off/on.
SC No.
Level
SC921-01
startup.
Optional emulation font not found
Turn the main power off/on.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-194
SM
SC No.
Level
SC925-00
SC925-01
HDD defective
Software bug
2.
3.
SM
5-195
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC No.
Level
SC990-00
Parameter error
SC No.
Level
SC991-00
Parameter error
Logging only
SC No.
Level
SC992-00
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-196
SM
SC No.
Level
SC994-00
SC No.
Level
SM
5-197
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
SC997-00
SC No.
Level
SC998-00
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-198
SM
Jam Detection
SM
5-199
Troubleshooting
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Jam Detection
ARDF DF3090
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
14
64
16
66
17
67
239
Misfeed:Original Removed
SPDF DF3080
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
13
63
14
64
15
65
16
66
17
67
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-200
SM
Jam Detection
Cause code
239
Cause of jam
Display code
Misfeed:Original Removed
Initial jam
Overload jam
MFP
Cause of jam
Display code
A1
A2
Timing disappearance
Only remaining
paper position
10
information
displayed
11
12
SM
sensor
5-201
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
Cause code
Jam Detection
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
17
18
19
20
51
52
sensor
57
60
24
64
25
25
65
27
27
67
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-202
SM
Jam Detection
Cause code
Cause of jam
13
53
Display code
Y1
Cause of jam
Display code
Y1
13
sensor 3
53
sensor 3
1
3
6
Y2
14
sensor 4
54
sensor 4
1
SM
5-203
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
Cause code
Jam Detection
LCIT PB3170
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
Y1
13
sensor 3
53
sensor 3
1
LCIT RT3030
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
Y1
Y2
13
sensor 3
14
sensor 4
53
sensor 3
54
sensor 4
1
3
1
4
5
Y1
13
sensor 3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-204
SM
Jam Detection
Cause code
53
Cause of jam
Paper did not clear vertical transport
Display code
Y
sensor 3
1
3
7
U1
15
58
Cause of jam
Display code
21
22
61
62
Cause code
SM
Cause of jam
Display code
100
R1-R2
101
R1-R2
102
R1-R2
103
R1-R2
104
R1-R2
105
R1-R2
106
R1-R2
5-205
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
Cause code
Jam Detection
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
107
R1-R2
108
R1-R2
109
R1-R2
110
R1-R2
111
R1-R2
112
Stapler motor
R1-R2
113
R1-R2
114
Punch motor
R1-R2
115
R1-R2
116
R1-R2
148
R1-R2
149
R1-R2
Finisher SR3160
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
R1-R5
R1-R5
sensor
1
R1-R5
sensor
1
R1-R5
R1-R5
150
R1-R5
151
R1-R5
152
R1-R5
transport sensor
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-206
SM
Jam Detection
Cause code
153
Cause of jam
Jam due to paper held up at horizontal
Display code
R1-R5
transport sensor
154
R1-R5
transport sensor
155
R1-R5
156
R1-R5
157
R1-R5
159
R1-R5
160
R1-R5
161
R1-R5
162
R1-R5
163
R1-R5
164
R1-R5
165
R1-R5
plate motor
166
R1-R5
167
R1-R5
168
R1-R5
displacement motor
169
R1-R5
170
R1-R5
171
R1-R5
172
R1-R5
173
R1-R5
motor
174
SM
R1-R5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
transport sensor
Jam Detection
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
183
R1-R5
184
R1-R5
185
R1-R5
186
R1-R5
187
R1-R5
188
R1-R5
189
R1-R5
190
R1-R5
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
R1-R5
R1-R5
sensor
1
R1-R5
sensor
1
R1-R5
R1-R5
R6-R11
sensor
150
R1-R5
151
R1-R5
152
R1-R5
transport sensor
153
R1-R5
transport sensor
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-208
SM
Jam Detection
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
154
R1-R5
transport sensor
155
R1-R5
156
R1-R5
157
R1-R5
158
R6-R11
159
R1-R5
160
R1-R5
161
R1-R5
162
R1-R5
163
R1-R5
164
R1-R5
165
R1-R5
plate motor
166
R1-R5
167
R1-R5
168
R1-R5
displacement motor
169
R1-R5
170
R1-R5
171
R1-R5
172
R1-R5
173
R1-R5
motor
174
SM
5-209
R1-R5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
sensor
Jam Detection
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
175
R6-R11
176
R6-R11
displacement motor
177
R6-R11
178
R6-R11
179
R6-R11
180
R6-R11
182
R6-R11
183
R1-R5
184
R1-R5
185
R1-R5
186
R1-R5
187
R1-R5
188
R1-R5
189
R1-R5
190
R1-R5
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
200
R1-R4
201
R1-R4
202
R1-R4
203
R1-R4
204
R1-R4
right
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-210
SM
Jam Detection
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
205
R1-R4
left
206
R1-R4
207
R1-R4
208
R1-R4
209
R5-R10
210
R5-R10
transport
211
R5-R10
212
R5-R10
213
R5-R10
220
R1-R4
221
R1-R4
222
R1-R4
roller motor
223
R1-R4
224
R1-R4
225
R1-R4
motor
SM
226
R1-R4
227
R1-R4
228
R1-R4
229
R1-R4
230
R1-R4
231
R1-R4
5-211
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
transport
Jam Detection
Cause code
Cause of jam
Display code
232
R5-R10
233
R5-R10
234
R5-R10
248
R1-R4
249
R1-R4
Size Code
Paper Size
Size Code
Paper Size
005
A4 LEF
141
B4 SEF
006
A5 LEF
142
B5 SEF
014
B5 LEF
160
DLT SEF
038
LT LEF
164
LG SEF
044
HLT LEF
166
LT SEF
132
A3 SEF
172
HLT SEF
133
A4 SEF
255
Others
134
A5 SEF
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-212
SM
Jam Detection
Troubleshooting
SM
5-213
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Name
Part number
Voltage
Part name
Remarks
15A
11071241
Yes
AC
TLC-15A-N4
15A
11071241
AC
TLC-15A-N4
10A
11071216
Yes
FBT 250V
Installed on DC
10A(EM)
power supply
11071216
Yes
FBT 250V
Installed on DC
10A(EM)
power supply
11071216
Yes
FBT 250V
Installed on DC
10A(EM)
power supply
11071216
Yes
FBT 250V
Installed on DC
10A(EM)
power supply
Output connector
FU3
CN912(IOB, SIO)
24V
10A
FU4
[IOB])
24V
Installed on AC
control board
Yes
Installed on AC
control board
24V
10A
FU7
10A
FU5
Can be changed in
Capacity
CN913(FIN)
CN914(BANK)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
24V
5-214
SM
5.12.2 D146/D147
Part number
Voltage
Part name
Remarks
15A
11071241
Yes
AC
TLC-15A-N4
15A
11071241
AC
TLC-15A-N4
8A
11071283
Yes
FBT 250V
Installed on DC
8A(EM)
power supply
11071283
Yes
FBT 250V
Installed on DC
8A(EM)
power supply
11071283
Yes
FBT 250V
Installed on DC
8A(EM)
power supply
11071283
Yes
FBT 250V
Installed on DC
8A(EM)
power supply
Output connector
FU3
CN912(IOB, SIO)
24V
8A
FU4
[IOB])
24V
SM
control board
Yes
Installed on AC
control board
24V
8A
FU7
Installed on AC
8A
FU5
CN913(FIN)
CN914(BANK)
24V
5-215
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
Name
Can be changed in
Capacity
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-216
SM
Troubleshooting
SM
5-217
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Image Quality
Rev. 03/12/2015
Interval
31.4mm
36.1mm
39.8mm
40.2mm
44.0mm
54.8mm
94.2mm
94.2mm
100.5mm
963.8mm
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Target Part
Charge Roller Cleaner
lubricant Roller
Development Roller
Charge Roller
Paper Transfer Roller
Image Transfer Drive Roller
Drum
Fusing Sleeve Roller
Pressure Roller
Image Transfer Belt
5-218
Replacement Part
PCU
PCU
Development Unit
PCU
Paper Transfer Roller Unit
Image Transfer Roller Unit
PCU
Fusing Sleeve Unit/ Fusing Unit
Pressure Roller/ Fusing Unit
Image Transfer Belt/ Image Transfer Unit
SM
Other Problems
Rev. 12/16/2014
Compared to non-adhesive contaminants (such as paper fragments and eraser dust), adhesive
contaminants are more likely to lead to complaints from customers because of the following:
Vertical streaks caused by adhesive contaminants are more visible in terms of image quality.
The ARDF DF3090 (D779) features a system (non-contact scanning) to reduce vertical streaks
caused by adhesive contaminants.
Contact scanning:
Non-contact scanning:
Other ADFs/ARDFs
DF3090 (D779)
SM
5-219
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Troubleshooting
while non-adhesive contaminants stop producing streaks after they are dislodged.
Other Problems
Rev. 12/16/2014
The ARDF DF3090 (D779) can be converted from non-contact scanning to contact scanning for
users who wish to reduce vertical streaks caused by non-adhesive contaminants.
SP No.
Contact scanning
Non-contact scanning
97%
102%
Unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
1.
2.
3.
Remove the plastic guides [A] on the sides of the scanning guide plate( x1).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-220
SM
Other Problems
Rev. 12/16/2014
Attach the guides for contact scanning. Each guide has a hole [B].
5.
Mount the scanning guide plate, taking care not to damage the sheet [A].
6.
Peel off the gap sheet [A] from the DF exposure glass with your hands.
7.
Troubleshooting
4.
SM
5-221
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 12/16/2014
Other Problems
8.
9.
10. Select SP4-688-001 (DF Density Adjustment ARDF) and change the setting to 97% for the
contact scanning.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-222
SM
Other Problems
Rev. 12/16/2014
Troubleshooting
12. Clean the back [B] of the auxiliary tray [A] with alcohol
13. Attach the fixing sheet [B] to the auxiliary tray [A].
SM
5-223
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 12/16/2014
Other Problems
Place the sheet on the outer end [A] of the auxiliary tray and hook the bent portion [B]
at the edge of the tray.
16. Open and close the upper cover [A] or the front cover [B]. The shift tray [C] starts to descend.
17. "JAM227" is displayed about 3 seconds later. The shift tray descent is stopped. Release your
hand from the feeler.
18. Clean the place [A] to attach the fixing sheet with alcohol.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-224
SM
Other Problems
Rev. 12/16/2014
Troubleshooting
SM
5-225
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Rev. 12/16/2014
Other Problems
Installation procedure
22. Place the auxiliary tray [B] into the dent in the proof tray [A].
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-226
SM
ENERGY SAVE
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
Energy Save
6. ENERGY SAVE
6.1 ENERGY SAVE
6.1.1 ENERGY SAVER MODES
Customers should use energy saver modes properly, to save energy and protect the environment.
timers are at the default settings. If the timers are changed, then the energy saved will be different.
For example, if the timers are all set to 240 min., the grey area will disappear, and no energy is
saved before 240 min. expires.
Timer Settings
The user can set these timers with User Tools (System settings > Timer setting)
Energy saver timer (1 30 min for NA and EU/1-240 min for others): Low Power Mode.
Default setting: 1 min. (D148/D149/D150 only)
Auto off timer (1 60 min for NA and EU/1-240 min for others): Off/Sleep Mode. Default
setting: 1 min.
Normally, Energy Saver timer < Auto Off timer. But, for example, if Auto Off timer < or = Energy
Saver timer, the machine goes immediately to Off mode when the Auto Off timer expires. It skips
the Energy Saver mode.
Example
The machine goes to Off mode after 1 minute. Low Power mode is not used.
SM
6-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Energy Save
The area shaded grey in this diagram represents the amount of energy that is saved when the
Energy Save
Off/Sleep Mode
Recovery time.
Recommendation
We recommend that the default settings should be kept.
If the customer requests that these settings should be changed, please explain that their
energy costs could increase, and that they should consider the effects on the environment of
extra energy use.
If it is necessary to change the settings, please try to make sure that the Auto Off timer is not
too long. Try with a shorter setting first, such as 30 min., then go to a longer one (such as 60
min.) if the customer is not satisfied.
If the timers are all set to the maximum value, the machine will not begin saving energy until
240 minutes has expired after the last job. This means that after the customer has finished
using the machine for the day, energy will be consumed that could otherwise be saved.
If you change the settings, the energy consumed can be measured using SP8941, as
explained below.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
6-2
SM
Energy Save
With this data, and the power consumption values from the specifications, we can estimate the
amount of energy that is used by the machine.
This should only be used as a reference value, because the power consumption specifications are
measured in a controlled environment with a constant power supply.
To get an exact measurement at the customers site, a watt meter must be used to measure the
actual energy consumed.
To use SP8941 to calculate the energy consumed:
At the start of the measurement period, read the values of SP8941 001 to 005.
At the end of the measurement period, read the values of SP8941 001 to 005 again.
Find the amount of time spent in each mode (subtract the earlier measurement from the later
measurement).
Multiply this by the power consumption spec for each mode.
SM
Energy Save
6-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Paper Save
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
6-4
SM
Paper Save
3. Duplex + Combine:
Using both features together can further reduce paper volume by 3/4!
To check the paper consumption, look at the total counter and the duplex counter.
The total counter counts all pages printed.
The duplex counter counts pages that have images on both sides.
For a duplex job of a three-page original, the duplex counter will only increase by 1, even
though two sheets are used.
Energy Save
SM
6-5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE SECTION
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE SECTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. SERVICE PROGRAM MODE ........................................................ 1-1
1.1 ENABLING AND DISABLING SERVICE PROGRAM MODE .................... 1-1
1.1.1 ENTERING SP MODE ...................................................................... 1-1
1.1.2 EXITING SP MODE .......................................................................... 1-1
1.2 TYPES OF SP MODES ............................................................................. 1-2
1.2.1 SP MODE BUTTON SUMMARY ...................................................... 1-2
1.2.2 SWITCHING BETWEEN SP MODE AND COPY MODE FOR TEST
PRINTING .................................................................................................. 1-3
1.2.3 SELECTING THE PROGRAM NUMBER ......................................... 1-4
1.2.4 EXITING SERVICE MODE ............................................................... 1-4
1.2.5 SERVICE MODE LOCK/UNLOCK .................................................... 1-5
1.2.6 REMARKS ........................................................................................ 1-6
Others .................................................................................................. 1-7
1.3 REMARKS ................................................................................................. 1-8
1.3.1 OTHERS ........................................................................................... 1-9
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ii
iii
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Date
indicates that some data is coming to the machine. When the LED is on, wait for the
copier to process the data.
The Service Program Mode is for use by service representatives only. If this mode is
used by anyone other than service representatives for any reason, data might be deleted
or settings might be changed. In such case, product quality cannot be guaranteed any
more.
1-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Service Program
Mode
Types of SP Modes
Select one of the Service Program modes (System, Printer, Scanner, or Fax) from the touch panel
as shown in the diagram below after you access the SP mode. This section explains the functions
of the System/Printer/Scanner SP modes. Refer to the Fax service manual for the Fax SP modes.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-2
No.
Description
Closes all open groups and sublevels and restores the initial SP mode display.
Opens the copy window (copy mode) so you can make test copies. Press SP
Mode (highlighted) in the copy window to return to the SP mode screen,
Enter the SP code directly with the number keys if you know the SP number.
Then press
Press two times to leave the SP mode and return to the copy window to resume
normal operation.
Press to scroll to the previous or next display in segments the size of the screen
display (page).
Press to scroll the show the previous or next line (line by line).
10
Press to move the highlight on the left to the previous or next selection in the list.
In the SP mode, select the test print. Then press "Copy Window".
2.
Use the copy window (copier mode), to select the appropriate settings (paper size, etc.) for
the test print.
to start the test print.
3.
Press Start
4.
Press SP Mode (highlighted) to return to the SP mode screen and repeat from step 1.
1-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Service Program
Mode
Types of SP Modes
Types of SP Modes
Refer to the Service Tables to find the SP that you want to adjust before you begin.
2.
Press the Group number on the left side SP Mode window that contains the SP that you want
to adjust.
3.
Use the scrolling buttons in the center of the SP mode window to show the SP number that
you want to open. Then press that number to expand the list.
4.
Use the center touch-panel buttons to scroll to the number and title of the item that you want
to set and press it. The small entry box on the right activates and shows the below default or
the current settings.
5.
Press
to toggle between plus and minus and use the keypad to enter the appropriate
number. The number you enter writes over the previous setting.
Press
to enter the setting. (The value is not registered if you enter a number that is
out of range.)
6.
If you need to perform a test print, press Copy Window to open the copy window and select
the settings for the test print. Press Start
Press Exit two times to return to the copy window when you are finished.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-4
If you cannot go into the SP mode, ask the Administrator to log in with the User Tool and then
set "Service Mode Lock" to OFF after he or she logs in:
User Tools > System Settings > Administrator Tools > Service Mode Lock > OFF
This unlocks the machine and lets you get access to all the SP codes.
The CE can service the machine and turn the machine off and on. It is not necessary to
ask the Administrator to log in again each time the machine is turned on.
2.
Go into the SP mode and set SP5169 to "1" if you must use the printer bit switches.
3.
Turn the machine off and on. Tell the administrator that you have completed servicing the
machine.
The Administrator will then set the "Service Mode Lock" to ON.
1-5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Service Program
Mode
Types of SP Modes
Types of SP Modes
1.2.6 REMARKS
The maximum number of characters which can show on the control panel screen is limited to 30
characters. For this reason, some of the SP modes shown on the screen need to be abbreviated.
The following are abbreviations used for the SP modes for which the full description is over 20
characters.
Item
Description
Thin paper: 52-59 g/m 2, 13.9-15.7lb.
Plain Paper: 60-81 g/m 2, 16-21.6lb.
Middle Thick: 82-105 g/m 2, 21.9-28lb.
Paper Weight
Paper Type
P: Paper tray
B: By-pass table
[K]: Black in B&W mode
[Y], [M], or [C]: Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in Full Color mode
Print Mode
S: Simplex
D: Duplex
L: Low speed (73 mm/s)
Process Speed
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-6
Others
The following symbols are used in the SP mode tables.
FA: Factory setting
(Data may be adjusted from the default setting at the factory. Refer to the factory setting sheets
enclosed. You can find it under the jammed paper removal decal.)
DFU: Design/Factory Use only
Do not touch these SP modes in the field.
A sharp (#) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that the main switch must be
turned off and on to effect the setting change.
An asterisk (*) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that this mode is stored
in the NVRAM. If you do a RAM clear, this SP mode will be reset to the default value. "ENG" and
"CTL" show which NVRAM contains the data.
The settings of each SP mode are explained in the right-hand column of the SP table in the
following way.
[Adjustable range / Default setting / Step] Alphanumeric
If "Alphanumeric" is written to the right of the bracket as shown above, the setting of the
SP mode shows on the screen using alphanumeric characters instead of only numbers.
However, the settings in the bracket in the SP mode table are explained by using only the
numbers.
1-7
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Service Program
Mode
Types of SP Modes
Remarks
1.3 REMARKS
The maximum number of characters which can show on the control panel screen is limited to 30
characters. For this reason, some of the SP modes shown on the screen need to be abbreviated.
The following are abbreviations used for the SP modes for which the full description is over 20
characters.
Item
Description
Thin paper: 52-59 g/m 2, 13.9-15.7lb.
Plain Paper: 60-81 g/m 2, 16-21.6lb.
Middle Thick: 82-105 g/m 2, 21.9-28lb.
Paper Weight
Paper Type
P: Paper tray
B: By-pass table
[K]: Black in B&W mode
[Y], [M], or [C]: Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in Full Color mode
Print Mode
S: Simplex
D: Duplex
L: Low speed (73 mm/s)
Process Speed
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-8
1.3.1 OTHERS
The following symbols are used in the SP mode tables.
FA: Factory setting
(Data may be adjusted from the default setting at the factory. Refer to the factory setting sheets
enclosed. You can find it in the front cover.)
DFU: Design/Factory Use only
Do not touch these SP modes in the field.
A sharp (#) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that the main switch must be
turned off and on to effect the setting change.
An asterisk (*) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that this mode is stored
in the NVRAM. If you do a RAM clear, this SP mode will be reset to the default value. "ENG" and
"CTL" show which NVRAM contains the data.
The settings of each SP mode are explained in the right-hand column of the SP table in the
following way.
[Adjustable range / Default setting / Step] Alphanumeric
If "Alphanumeric" is written to the right of the bracket as shown above, the setting of the
SP mode shows on the screen using alphanumeric characters instead of only numbers.
However, the settings in the bracket in the SP mode table are explained by using only the
numbers.
1-9
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Service Program
Mode
Remarks
SP MODE TABLES
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
P a ge
Date
A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew
789
7/10/2014
807
8/12/2014
2. SP MODE TABLES
Notation
What it means
Example: [-9 to +9 / 0 / 0.1 mm step]. The setting
[range / default/step]
DFU
Japan only
SSP
FSP
2-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-2
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
Main SP Tables-1
[Side-to-Side Registration]
Adjust image position against the transfer paper by adjusting start position for
1002
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
006 Duplex
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
012 By-pass:Thick1
*ENG
1003
[Paper Buckle]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-4
013 Duplex:Thin
*ENG
014 Duplex:Plain
*ENG
*ENG
016 Duplex:Thick1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
028 By-pass:Thick1:1200
*ENG
029 Duplex:Thin:1200
*ENG
030 Duplex:Plain:1200
*ENG
*ENG
032 Duplex:Thick1:1200
*ENG
2-5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
001
Select either LT SEF or LG SEF to detect preferentially when using bypass tray
which can not auto detect size.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
By-Pass Jam Detection Set
ENG
0: Normal Detection
1: Simple Detection
002 Special order function for old models: When receiving long length FAX, enter
max. size of custom size for when setting receiving in bypass size, prevent from
jamming shorter data than that. 0: Normal detect : when paper size is different
form set size (longer of shorter), jam. 1: Simple detect: Jam when paper size
is longer than set size.
*ENG
1/step]
0: OFF
1: ON
001
With one action bypass models, switches do or do not side fence auto fine tune
when paper is set. But when setting auto fine tune off, detectable paper size will
drop to same as regular bypass tray.
*ENG
[0 to 10 / 2 /
1sec/step]
Set the waiting time to activate the side fence auto adjustment after a stack of
003 paper has been set on the by-pass tray. Will have more time till side fence to star
moving when setting waiting time longer, but time for setting paper will also be
loner. If waiting time is short, side fence might star to move during setting paper.
SC or malfunction or so will not occur.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-6
Main SP Tables-1
[-200 to 4000 /
*ENG 0 /
Sidefence Contact Detction:Timeout Adj Value
100msec/step]
004
With one action bypass tray, displays an alert message when side fence and
distance. Plus make movable distance longer.
[0.00 to 4.00 /
*ENG 0.00 /
005 Sidefence Adj Correction Value
0.01mm/step]
Fine tunes the distance of paper and side fence for one action bypass tray. Plus
makes more distance.
[0.000 to 3.300
Sidefence F adj1
*ENG / 0.000 /
0.001V/step]
006
Side fence of one action bypass: enter value of front sensor touched down
(papers exist).
[0.000 to 3.300
Sidefence F adj2
*ENG / 0.000 /
0.001V/step]
007
Side fence of one action bypass: enter value of front sensor free (paper doesn't
exist).
[0.000 to 3.300
Sidefence R adj1
*ENG / 0.000 /
0.001V/step]
008
Side fence of one action bypass: enter value of rear sensor touched down (papers
exist).
[0.000 to 3.300
Sidefence R adj2
*ENG / 0.000 /
0.001V/step]
009
Side fence of one action bypass: enter value of rear sensor free (paper doesn't
exist).
2-7
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
paper are more then 10mm apart due to not able to auto adjust. Adjust that
Main SP Tables-1
[0.000 to 3.300
Envelope Choukei 4_SEF/Postcard_SEF Th
*ENG / 0.000 /
0.001V/step]
010
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
011 Envelope Choukei 3_SEF/B6_SEF Threshold
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
012 B6_SEF/HLT_SEF Threshold
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
013 HLT_SEF/A5_SEF Threshold
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
014 A5_SEF/(C6/Envelope Youkei 2)_LEF,B5_SEF Th
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
015 (C6/Envelope Youkei 2)_LEF/Monarch_LEF Th
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-8
Main SP Tables-1
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
016 Monarch_LEF/(F/GL)_SEF,DoublePostcard_LEF Th
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
017 (F/GL)_SEF,DoublePostc_LEF/A5_LEF,LT_SEF Th
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
018 A5_LEF/DL Env_LEF Threshold
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
019 LT_SEF/SRA4_SEF Threshold
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
020 DL Env_LEF/C5_LEF Threshold
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
021 SRA4_SEF/Envelope Youchou 3_LEF Threshold
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
2-9
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
bypass tray.
Main SP Tables-1
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
022 C5_LEF/COM10_LEF,Env Kaku 2_SEF Threshold
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
023 (EvYouc3,COM10)LEF,EvKa2SEF/10x14SEF,B5LEFTh
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
024 10 x 14_SEF/Exe_LEF, 8K_SEF Threshold
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
025 Exe_LEF, 8K_SEF/DLT_SEF Threshold
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
026 DLT_SEF/A3_SEF Threshold
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
027 A3_SEF/12 x 18_SEF Threshold
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-10
Main SP Tables-1
[0.000 to 3.300
*ENG / 0.000 /
028 12 x 18_SEF/SRA3_SEF Threshold
0.001V/step]
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
[0 or 1 / 0 /
Switch Env Youchou 3 LEF/Env Youkei 4 LEF
*ENG
029
1/step]
0: OFF
1: ON
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0 or 1 / 0 /
Switch LT SEF/LG SEF
*ENG
030
1/step]
0: OFF
1: ON
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
[0 or 1 / 0 /
Switch C5 LEF/SRA4
*ENG
031
1/step]
0: OFF
1: ON
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
ENG
032
[0 or 1 / 0 /
1/step]
Fine tunes side fence position sensor of one action bypass tray.
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 /
1/step]
Displays result of fine tuning side fence position sensor of one action bypass tray.
[-1.6 to 3.0 /
034 Paper Press Amt Adj Value
*ENG 0.0 /
0.1mm/step]
2-11
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
bypass tray.
Main SP Tables-1
Have pressuring time for side fence of one action bypass tray (for truing up the
paper) When making this value larger than necessary, side effects might occur
like thin paper buckling.
[0.000 to 3.300
Postcard_SEF/Envelope Choukei 3_SEF Th
*ENG / 0.000 /
0.001V/step]
035
Adjoining paper width threshold with side fence position sensor of one action
bypass tray.
001
1101
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 0 /
1deg/step]
001
Do not change. Temperature for when to switch form no rotate heating to stand up
heating.
[0 to 190 /
D146:123,
D147:123,
Reload Target Temp.:Center
*ENG D148:141,
002
D149:157,
D150:157 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Reload permission target temperature: center
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-12
Main SP Tables-1
[0 to 200 /
D146:120,
D147:120,
Reload Target Temp.:Press
*ENG D148:150,
003
D150:148 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Reload permission target temperature: pressure
[0 to 200 /
D146:31,
D147:31,
Temp.:Delta:Cold:Center
*ENG D148:33,
004
D149:32,
D150:32 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Difference value from reload permission target value: cold: center
[0 to 200 /
D146:31,
D147:31,
Temp.:Delta:Cold:End
*ENG D148:33,
005
D149:32,
D150:32 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Reload permission temperature: difference: cold: edge
[0 to 200 /
D146:110,
D147:110,
Temp.:Delta:Cold:Press
*ENG D148:110,
D149:90,
006
D150:90 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Difference value from reload permission target value: cold:
pressure
2-13
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
D149:148,
Main SP Tables-1
[0.0 to 100.0 /
D146: 4.9, D147:
Forced Reload Time:Cold
007
Temp.:Delta:Low Power:Center
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 5 /
1deg/step]
008
Do not change. Difference value from reload permission target value: warm:
center
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 5 /
1deg/step]
*ENG D148:110,
D149:90,
010
D150:90 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Difference value from reload permission target value: warm:
pressure
[0.0 to 100.0 /
D146: 49, D147:
*ENG 49, D148: 50,
011
61 / 0.1sec/step]
*ENG
012 Temp.:Delta:Hot:Center
[0 to 200 / 5 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Difference value from reload permission target value: hot: center
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-14
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
013 Temp.:Delta:Hot:End
[0 to 200 / 5 /
1deg/step]
D146:110,
D147:110,
Temp.:Delta:Hot:Press
*ENG D148:110,
D149:90,
014
D150:90 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Difference value from reload permission target value: hot:
pressure
[0.0 to 100.0 /
D146: 4.9, D147:
Forced Reload Time:Hot
015
*ENG D148:33,
D149:32,
016
D150:32 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Difference value from reload permission target value: cold BW:
center
[0 to 200 /
D146:31,
D147:31,
017 Temp.:Delta:Cold:BW1/2:End
*ENG D148:33,
D149:32,
D150:32 /
1deg/step]
2-15
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
[0 to 200 /
Main SP Tables-1
Do not change. Difference value from reload permission target value: cold BW:
edge
[0 to 200 /
D146:110,
D147:110,
Temp.:Delta:Cold:BW1/2:Press
*ENG D148:110,
D149:90,
018
D150:90 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Difference value from reload permission target value: cold BW:
pressure
[0.0 to 100.0 /
D146:42,
D147:42,
*ENG D148:50,
019
D149:61,
D150:61 /
Forced Reload Time:Cold:BW1/2
0.1sec/step]
1deg/step]
*ENG D148:120,
D149:100,
D150:100 /
1deg/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-16
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 40 /
1deg/step]
[0 to 200 / 100 /
1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 70 /
1deg/step]
*ENG D148:200,
106
D149:340,
D150:340 /
0.1sec/step]
Do not change. Force reload time when cold BW2
*ENG
Temp.:Delta:Low Temp.:Center
[0 to 200 / 5 /
1deg/step]
151
Do not change. Difference value from reload permission target value: low temp:
center
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 5 /
1deg/step]
2-17
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
*ENG
Main SP Tables-1
Do not change. Difference value from reload permission target value: low temp:
pressure
[0.0 to 100.0 /
*ENG 60.0 /
154 Forced Reload Time:Low Temp.
0.1sec/step]
*ENG D148:33,
D149:32,
201
D150:32 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Reload permission temperature: difference: cold center: No
FIN/No ADF
[0 to 200 /
D146:31,
D147:31,
Temp.:Delta:Cold:End:FIN-less/ADF-less
*ENG D148:33,
D149:32,
202
D150:32 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Reload permission temperature: difference: cold edge: No FIN/No
ADF
[0 to 200 /
D146:110,
D147:110,
Temp.:Delta:Cold:Press:FIN-less/ADF-less
*ENG D148:110,
D149:90,
203
D150:90 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Reload permission temperature: difference: cold pressure: No
FIN/No ADF
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-18
Main SP Tables-1
[0.0 to 100.0 /
D146:4.9,
D147:4.9,
*ENG D148:5.0,
204
D150:6.1 /
Forced Reload Time:Cold:FIN-less/ADF-less
0.1sec/step]
Do not change. Reload permission force reload time: cold: No FIN/No ADF
[0 to 200 /
D146:31,
D147:31,
Temp:Delta:Cold:Center:FIN-less/ADF-attached
*ENG D148:33,
D149:32,
211
D150:32 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Reload permission temperature: difference: cold center: No
FIN/With ADF
[0 to 200 /
D146:31,
D147:31,
Temp.:Delta:Cold:End:FIN-less/ADF-attached
*ENG D148:33,
D149:32,
212
D150:32 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Reload permission temperature: difference: cold edge: No
FIN/With ADF
[0 to 200 /
D146:110,
D147:110,
Temp.:Delta:Cold:Press:FIN-less/ADF-attached
*ENG D148:110,
D149:90,
213
D150:90 /
1deg/step]
Do not change. Reload permission temperature: difference: cold pressure: No
FIN/With ADF
System Maintenance Section
2-19
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
D149:6.1,
Main SP Tables-1
[0.0 to 100.0 /
D146:4.9,
D147:4.9,
ForcedReloadTime:Cold:FIN-less/ADF-attached
*ENG D148:5.0,
214
D149:6.1,
D150:6.1 /
0.1sec/step]
Do not change. Reload permission force reload time: cold: No FIN/With ADF
1102
*ENG
001
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
center
[0 to 200 / D146:40, D147:40,
Temp.:Lower Delta:End
*ENG
002
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
edge
Temp.:Upper Delta:Center
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step]
003 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
center
Temp.:Upper Delta:End
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step]
004 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
edge
[0 to 200 / D146, 147: 90,
D148(NA, TW): 80, D148(EU, AS,
005 Temp.:Lower Delta:Press
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-20
Main SP Tables-1
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
pressure
Rotation Time
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
006
Temp.:Lower
Delta:Center:Sp.1
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 5 / 1deg/step]
007
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
center: special mode 1
Temp.:Lower Delta:End:Sp.1
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 5 / 1deg/step]
008 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
edge: special mode 1
Temp.:Upper
Delta:Center:Sp.1
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step]
009
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
center: special mode 1
Temp.:Upper Delta:End:Sp.1
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step]
010 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
edge: special mode 1
Temp.:Lower
Delta:Press:Sp.1
011
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
pressure: special mode 1
Rotation Time:Sp.1
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
012 Do not change. Paper feed permission setting rotate before decision time:
special mode 1
Temp.:Lower
Delta:Center:Sp.2
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 5 / 1deg/step]
013
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
center: special mode 2
2-21
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. : before decision rotate time
Main SP Tables-1
Temp.:Lower Delta:End:Sp.2
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 5 / 1deg/step]
014 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
edge: special mode 2
Temp.:Upper
Delta:Center:Sp.2
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 15 / 1deg/step]
015
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
center: special mode 2
Temp.:Upper Delta:End:Sp.2
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 15 / 1deg/step]
016 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
edge: special mode 2
Temp.:Lower
Delta:Press:Sp.2
*ENG
017
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
pressure: special mode 2
Rotation Time:Sp2
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
018 Do not change. Paper feed permission setting rotate before decision time:
special mode 2
Feed Permit Time
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 60 / 1sec/step]
019 Do not change. Setting time between Before paper feed action form paper feed
permission.
[0 to 200 / D146:40, D147:40,
Temp.:Lower Delta:Center
*ENG
020
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
center
[0 to 200 / D146:40, D147:40,
Temp.:Lower Delta:End
*ENG
021
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
edge
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-22
Main SP Tables-1
Temp.:Upper Delta:Center
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step]
022 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
center
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step]
023 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
edge
[0 to 200 / D146:26, D147:26,
Temp.:Lower Delta:Press
*ENG
024
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
pressure
[0 to 200 / D146:43, D147:43,
Temp.:Lower Delta:Press
*ENG
025
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
pressure
Rotation Time
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
026
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. : before decision rotate time
Temp.:Lower Delta:Center
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 5 / 1deg/step]
027 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
center
Temp.:Lower Delta:End
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 5 / 1deg/step]
028 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
edge
Temp.:Upper Delta:Center
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step]
029 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
center
Temp.:Upper Delta:End
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step]
030 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
edge
System Maintenance Section
2-23
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Temp.:Upper Delta:End
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
031
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
pressure
[0 to 200 / D146:28, D147:28,
Temp.:Lower Delta:Press
*ENG
032
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
pressure
Rotation Time
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
033
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. : before decision rotate time
Temp.:Lower Delta:Center
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 5 / 1deg/step]
034 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
center
Temp.:Lower Delta:End
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 5 / 1deg/step]
035 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
edge
Temp.:Upper Delta:Center
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 15 / 1deg/step]
036 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
center
Temp.:Upper Delta:End
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 15 / 1deg/step]
037 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
edge
Temp.:Lower Delta:Press
*ENG
038 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
pressure
Temp.:Lower Delta:Press
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 15 / 1deg/step]
039 Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
pressure
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-24
Main SP Tables-1
Rotation Time
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
040
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. : before decision rotate time
[0 to 2000 / D146(NA, TW): 1405,
D147(NA, TW): 1400, D147(EU,
AS, CHN, KOR):1510, D148(NA,
Judgment Power A
*ENG
041
Temp.:Lower
Delta:Center:Power A
042
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
center
[0 to 200 / D146:40, D147:40,
Temp.:Lower Delta::Power A
*ENG
043
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
edge
Temp.:Upper
Delta:Center:Power A
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step]
044
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
center
Temp.:Upper
Delta:End:Power A
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step]
045
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
edge
2-25
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
046
KOR): 45 / 1deg/step]
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
pressure
Rotation Time:Power A
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
047
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. : before decision rotate time
[0 to 2000 / D146(NA, TW): 1320,
D146(EU, AS, CHN, KOR): 1430,
D147(NA, TW): 1315, D147(EU,
AS, CHN, KOR):1425, D148(NA,
Judgment Power B
*ENG
051
Temp.:Lower
Delta:Center:Power B
052
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
center: special mode 1
Temp.:Lower
Delta:End:Power B
053
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
edge: special mode 1
054
Temp.:Upper
Delta:Center:Power B
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-26
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step]
Main SP Tables-1
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. lower diff from target temp. :
edge: special mode 1
Temp.:Upper
Delta:End:Power B
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1deg/step]
Do not change. Paper feed start permission temp. upper diff from target temp. :
edge: special mode 1
[0 to 200 / D146, D147:77,
Temp.:Lower
Delta:Press:Power B
056
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
057 Do not change. Paper feed permission setting rotate before decision time:
special mode 1
1105
*ENG
*ENG
002
2-27
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
055
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
*ENG
004
*ENG
*ENG
006
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-28
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
008
*ENG
*ENG
010
Do not change. paper through target temperature: thin paper: FC: pressure
[100 to 180 / D146:114, D147:114,
Thin:BW:Center
*ENG
*ENG
012
Do not change. paper through target temperature: thin paper: BW: pressure
[100 to 180 / D146:135, D147:135,
M-thick:FC:Center
*ENG
013 Paper through target temperature: middle thick paper: FC: center
Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
2-29
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
pressure
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
014
Do not change. paper through target temperature: middle thick paper: FC:
pressure
[100 to 180 / D146:135, D147:135,
M-thick:BW:Center
*ENG
015 Paper through target temperature: middle thick paper: BW: center
Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
[0 to 200 / D146:118, D147:118,
M-thick:BW:Press
*ENG
016
Do not change. paper through target temperature: middle thick paper: BW:
pressure
[100 to 180 / D146:125, D147:125,
Thick1:FC:Center
*ENG
*ENG
018
Do not change. paper through target temperature: thick paper 1: FC: pressure
[100 to 180 / D146:125, D147:125,
Thick1:BW:Center
*ENG
2-30
Main SP Tables-1
Thick1:BW:Press
*ENG
020
Do not change. paper through target temperature: thick paper 1: BW: pressure
*ENG
*ENG
022
Do not change. paper through target temperature: thick paper 2: FC: pressure
Thick2:BW:Center
*ENG
*ENG
024
Do not change. paper through target temperature: thick paper 2: BW: pressure
Thick3:FC:Center
*ENG
*ENG
026
Do not change. paper through target temperature: thick paper 3: FC: pressure
Thick3:BW:Center
*ENG
*ENG
028
Do not change. paper through target temperature: thick paper 3: BW: pressure
System Maintenance Section
2-31
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Thick2:FC:Center
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
*ENG
030
*ENG
*ENG
032
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-32
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
034
*ENG
*ENG
036
*ENG
*ENG
038
*ENG
2-33
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
pressure
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
040
*ENG
*ENG
042
Do not change. paper through target temperature: envelope: FC: pressure
Special1:FC:Center:Middle
Speed
*ENG
052
Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 1: FC:
pressure
053
Special1:BW:Center:Middle
Speed
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-34
Main SP Tables-1
Special1:BW:Press:Middle
Speed
*ENG
054
Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 1: BW:
pressure
Special2:FC:Center:Middle
Speed
*ENG
056
Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 2: FC:
pressure
Special2:BW:Center:Middle
Speed
*ENG
058
Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 2: BW:
pressure
059
Special3:FC:Center:Middle
Speed
2-35
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
060
Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 3: FC:
pressure
Special3:BW:Center:Middle
Speed
*ENG
062
Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 3: BW:
pressure
Plain1:FC:Center:Low Speed
*ENG
*ENG
102 Do not change. paper through target temperature: Standard 1: FC: pressure:
low speed
Plain1:BW:Center:Low Speed
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-36
Main SP Tables-1
Plain1:BW:Press:Low Speed
*ENG
104 Do not change. paper through target temperature: Standard 1: BW: pressure:
low speed
*ENG
*ENG
106 Do not change. paper through target temperature: Standard 2: FC: pressure:
low speed
Plain2:BW:Center:Low Speed
*ENG
*ENG
108 Do not change. paper through target temperature: Standard 2: BW: pressure:
low speed
M-thick:FC:Center:Low Speed
*ENG
Paper through target temperature: middle thick paper: FC: center: low speed
109 Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
M-thick:FC:Press:Low Speed
*ENG
110 Do not change. paper through target temperature: middle thick paper: FC:
pressure: low speed
111
M-thick:BW:Center:Low
Speed
*ENG
2-37
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Plain2:FC:Center:Low Speed
Main SP Tables-1
Paper through target temperature: middle thick paper: BW: center: low speed
Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
M-thick:BW:Press:Low Speed
*ENG
112 Do not change. paper through target temperature: middle thick paper: BW:
pressure: low speed
Thick1:FC:Center:Low Speed
*ENG
Paper through target temperature: Thick paper 1: FC: center: low speed
113 Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
Thick1:FC:Press:Low Speed
*ENG
114 Do not change. paper through target temperature: Thick paper 1: FC: pressure:
low speed
Thick1:BW:Center:Low Speed
*ENG
Paper through target temperature: Thick paper 1: BW: center: low speed
115 Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
Thick1:BW:Press:Low Speed
*ENG
116 Do not change. paper through target temperature: Thick paper 1: BW: pressure:
low speed
Special1:FC:Center:Low Spee
*ENG
paper through target temperature: Thick paper 1: BW: center: low speed
117 Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
118
Special1:FC:Press:Low
Speed
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-38
Main SP Tables-1
Speed
*ENG
119 Paper through target temperature: special paper 1: BW: center: low speed
Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
Special1:BW:Press:Low
Speed
*ENG
120
Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 1: BW:
pressure: low speed
Special2:FC:Center:Low
Speed
*ENG
121 Paper through target temperature: special paper 2: FC: center: low speed
Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
Special2:FC:Press:Low
Speed
*ENG
122
Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 2: FC:
pressure: low speed
Special2:BW:Center:Low
Speed
*ENG
123 Paper through target temperature: special paper 2: BW: center: low speed
Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
Special2:BW:Press:Low
Speed
*ENG
124
Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 2: BW:
pressure: low speed
2-39
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Special1:BW:Center:Low
Main SP Tables-1
Plain1:Glossy:Center
*ENG
*ENG
126
Do not change. paper through target temperature coat: standard 1: pressure
Plain2:Glossy:Center
*ENG
*ENG
128
Do not change. paper through target temperature coat: standard 2: pressure
M-thick:Glossy:Center
*ENG
*ENG
130
Do not change. paper through target temperature coat: middle thick: pressure
OHP:Center
*ENG
*ENG
132
Do not change. paper through target temperature OHP: pressure
133 Envelop:Center:Low Speed
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-40
Main SP Tables-1
134 Do not change. paper through target temperature: envelope: pressure: low
speed
Thin:FC:Center:Low Speed
*ENG
Paper through target temperature: thin paper: FC: center: low speed
135 Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
Thin:FC:Press:Low Speed
*ENG
136 Do not change. paper through target temperature: thin paper: FC: pressure: low
speed
Thin:BW:Center:Low Speed
*ENG
Paper through target temperature: thin paper: BW: center: low speed
137 Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
Thin:BW:Press:Low Speed
*ENG
138 Do not change. paper through target temperature: thin paper: BW: pressure:
low speed
Thick4:FC:Center
*ENG
*ENG
140
Do not change. paper through target temperature: thick paper 4: FC: pressure
141 Thick4:BW:Center
System Maintenance Section
*ENG
2-41
SP Mode Tables
Envelop:Press:Low Speed
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
142
Do not change. paper through target temperature: thick paper 4: BW: pressure
Postcard:Center
*ENG
*ENG
144
Do not change. paper through target temperature post card: pressure
Special3:FC:Center:Middle
Speed
*ENG
145 Paper through target temperature: Thick paper 1: BW: center: low speed
Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
Special3:FC:Press:Middle
Speed
*ENG
146
Do not change. paper through target temperature: special paper 1: FC:
pressure: low speed
Special3:BW:Center:Middle
Speed
*ENG
147 Paper through target temperature: special paper 1: BW: center: low speed
Fusing malfunction might improve by setting value larger.
Paper curl might improve by setting value smaller.
Adjusting range is +/- 5 deg. celsius.
148
Special3:BW:Press:Middle
Speed
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-42
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
1107
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 90 / 1deg/step]
001
Do not change. Ready/pre-heat 1 target temperature: center
Preheat2:Center
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 90 / 1deg/step]
003
Do not change. Pre-heat 2 target temperature: pressure
Low Power:Center
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 60 / 1deg/step]
005
Do not change. Energy save target temperature: pressure
2-43
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
1106
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
007
*ENG
008
Do not change. Prepare printing target temperature: pressure
Standby Heater Off Time
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
011
Do not change. After switching to ready, turn heater 3 OFF until passes.
1108
*ENG
001
*ENG
002
Do not change. After reload/after paper through target temperature: pressure
[0 to 200 / D146:112, D147:112,
Center:Energy Saving
*ENG
011
*ENG
012 Do not change. After reload/after paper through target temperature: pressure:
BW2
1111
[Environment Correction:Fusing]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-44
[0 to 100 / 17 / 1deg/step]
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1deg/step]
002
Do not change. Threshold to decide high temp. environment
*ENG
003
Do not change. Correction temp. for stand up, standby when under low temp.
environment
High Temp. Correction
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 0 / 1deg/step]
004 Do not change. Correction temp. for stand up, standby when under high temp.
environment
[0.0 to 100.0 / D146:5.0, D147:5.0,
Job Low Temp. Correction
*ENG
005
Do not change. Correction temp. for pass trough paper when under low temp.
environment
Job High Temp. Correction
*ENG
006 Do not change. Correction temp. for pass trough paper when under high temp.
environment
[0.0 to 100.0 / D146:5.0, D147:5.0,
Job Low Temp. Correction:Sp.
*ENG
007
Do not change. Special mode correction temp. for pass trough paper when
under low temp. environment
Job High Temp.
Correction:Sp.
*ENG
008
Do not change. Special mode correction temp. for pass trough paper when
under high temp. environment
Standard Environment Temp.
*ENG
[10 to 30 / 23 / 1deg/step]
011
Do not change. Standard environment temperature
2-45
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
1112
*ENG
[-20 to 20 / 0 / 1deg/step]
001
Do not change. Image process temperature correction: standard paper: Level 1
Temp.:Plain:Center:Energy
Saving
1113
[Curl Correction]
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
Execute Pattern
*ENG
001
0: OFF
1: ON(No Decurl)
2: ON
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 1 / 1%/step]
002
Do not change. Curl correct humidity: threshold: middle humidity
Humidity:Threshold:H-humid
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 65 / 1%/step]
003
Do not change. Curl correct humidity: threshold: high humidity
Permit
Temp.:Delta:Press:M-humid
004
Permit
Temp.:Delta:Press:H-humid
005
2-46
Main SP Tables-1
Permit
Temp.:Delta:Press:M-humid:No
006 Decurl
Permit
Temp.:Delta:Press:H-humid:No
007 Decurl
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
008
Do not change. Curl correction CPM: middle humidity
CPM:H-humid
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 65 / 1%/step]
009
Do not change. Curl correction CPM: high humidity
CPM:M-humid:No Decurl
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
010
Do not change. Curl correction CPM: middle humidity: de-curler not went through
CPM:H-humid:No Decurl
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 65 / 1%/step]
011
Do not change. Curl correction CPM: high humidity: de-curler not went through
1114
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 80 / 1deg/step]
001
Do not change. Pressuring temperature thresh to judge heat accumulation.
Temp.:Threshold:Atmosphere
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 60 / 1deg/step]
002
Do not change. Audience temperatures thresh to judge heat accumulation.
Temp.:Threshold:CPM down
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 60 / 1deg/step]
003
Do not change. Pressuring temperature thresh to judge heat accumulation.
004
Temp.:Threshold:Voltage
Detection
*ENG
2-47
[0 to 200 / 40 / 1deg/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
1115
*ENG
001
Do not change. Target temperature differential value of center and edge
1116
*ENG
001
0: OFF
1: ON(BW)
2: ON(BW/FC)
*ENG
[0 to 500 / 10 / 1sec/step]
011
Do not change. Time from start paper through to start temperature correct.
[0 to 20000 / D146:3590,
Delay:Standard Speed:FC:1
*ENG
021
D147:3590, D148:2810,
D149:2050, D150:2050 /
1msec/step]
Do not change. Time to get pressure temperature from F GATE standard peed:
FC: 1
[0 to 20000 / D146:1320,
Delay:Standard Speed:BW:1
*ENG
022
Do not change. Time to get pressure temperature from F GATE standard peed:
BW: 1
[0 to 20000 / D146:3590,
031 Delay:Standard Speed:FC:2
*ENG
D147:3590, D148:2810,
D149:2050, D150:2050 /
1msec/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-48
Main SP Tables-1
Do not change. Do not change. Time to get pressure temperature from F GATE
standard peed: FC: 2
[0 to 20000 / D146:1320,
Delay:Standard Speed:BW:2
*ENG
Do not change. Time to get pressure temperature from F GATE standard peed:
BW: 2
[0 to 200 / D146:70, D147:70,
Press Reference Temp.
*ENG
041
*ENG
[-30 to 0 / -1 / 1deg/step]
042
Do not change. Lower limit of temperature correcting value
Temp. Correction Upper Limit
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
043
Do not change. Upper limit of temperature correcting value
Paper Thickness
Coefficient:Plain1
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1/step]
051
Do not change. Coefficient to calculate temperature correction value standard
paper 1
Paper Thickness
Coefficient:Plain2
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1/step]
052
Do not change. Coefficient to calculate temperature correction value standard
paper 2
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
003 Temp.:Center:1:A3
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
2-49
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
D150:760 / 1msec/step]
032
Main SP Tables-1
004 Temp.:End:1:A3
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
005 Temp.:Center:2:A3
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
006 Temp.:End:2:A3
*ENG
[-30 to 30 /0 / 1deg/step]
[0 to 300 / D146:60, D147:51
*ENG
D148:40,D149:33, D150:30 /
1sec/step]
[0 to 300 / D146:60, D147:51
*ENG
D148:40,D149:33, D150:30 /
1sec/step]
013 Temp.:Center:1:DLT
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
[-30 to 30 / D146:0, D147:0,
014 Temp.:End:1:DLT
*ENG
015 Temp.:Center:2:DLT
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
[-30 to 30 / D146:0, D147:0,
016 Temp.:End:2:DLT
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
[0 to 300 / D146:10, D147:9,
*ENG
023 Temp.:Center:1:B4
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
024 Temp.:End:1:B4
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 25 / 1deg/step]
025 Temp.:Center:2:B4
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
026 Temp.:End:2:B4
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 25 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
033 Temp.:Center:1:LT
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 6 / 1deg/step]
034 Temp.:End:1:LT
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 21 / 1deg/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-50
Main SP Tables-1
035 Temp.:Center:2:LT
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 6 / 1deg/step]
036 Temp.:End:2:LT
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 21 / 1deg/step]
042
043
044
045
046
Saving
Temp.:Center:1:A3,DLT:Energy
Saving
Temp.:End:1:A3,DLT:Energy
Saving
Temp.:Center:2:A3,DLT:Energy
Saving
Temp.:End:2:A3,DLT:Energy
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 3 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
053 Temp.:Center:1:A4
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Saving
*ENG
055 Temp.:Center:2:A4
*ENG
056 Temp.:End:2:A4
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
2-51
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
041
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
063 Temp.:Center:1:A3:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
064 Temp.:End:1:A3:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
065 Temp.:Center:2:A3:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
066 Temp.:End:2:A3:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
[0 to 300 / D146:60, D147:51,
*ENG
*ENG
073 Temp.:Center:1:DLT:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
[-30 to 30 / D146:0, D147:0,
074 Temp.:End:1:DLT:M-thick
*ENG
075 Temp.:Center:2:DLT:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
[-30 to 30 / D146:0, D147:0,
076 Temp.:End:2:DLT:M-thick
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
083 Temp.:Center:1:Envelope:Long
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
084 Temp.:End:1:Envelope:Long
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 10 / 1deg/step]
085 Temp.:Center:2:Envelope:Long
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
086 Temp.:End:2:Envelope:Long
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 10 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
093 Temp.:Center:1:Envelope:Short
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-52
094 Temp.:End:1:Envelope:Short
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
095 Temp.:Center:2:Envelope:Short
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
096 Temp.:End:2:Envelope:Short
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
103 Temp.:Center:1:B5
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
104 Temp.:End:1:B5
*ENG
105 Temp.:Center:2:B5
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
106 Temp.:End:2:B5
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
113 Temp.:Center:1:12inch
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
114 Temp.:End:1:12inch
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
115 Temp.:Center:2:12inch
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
116 Temp.:End:2:12inch
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
123 Temp.:Center:1:12inch:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
124 Temp.:End:1:12inch:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
125 Temp.:Center:2:12inch:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
126 Temp.:End:2:12inch:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
[0 to 300 / D146:6, D147:6,
*ENG
2-53
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
134 Temp.:End:1:SRA3
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 25 / 1deg/step]
135 Temp.:Center:2:SRA3
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
136 Temp.:End:2:SRA3
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
[0 to 300 / D146:25, D147:25,
*ENG
143 Temp.:Center:1:SRA3:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
[-30 to 30 / D146:20, D147: 20,
144 Temp.:End:1:SRA3:M-thick
*ENG
145 Temp.:Center:2:SRA3:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
146 Temp.:End:2:SRA3:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
153 Temp.:Center:1:DLT:Low
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
154 Temp.:End:1:DLT:Low
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 5 / 1deg/step]
155 Temp.:Center:2:DLT:Low
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
156 Temp.:End:2:DLT:Low
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 5 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1sec/step]
163 Temp.:Center:1:DLT:M-thick:Low
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
164 Temp.:End:1:DLT:M-thick:Low
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 5 / 1deg/step]
165 Temp.:Center:2:DLT:M-thick:Low
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
166 Temp.:End:2:DLT:M-thick:Low
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 5 / 1deg/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-54
Main SP Tables-1
001 Temp.:Center:12inch
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
002 Temp.:End:12inch
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 10 / 1deg/step]
003 Temp.:Center:A3
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
004 Temp.:End:A3
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
005 Temp.:Center:DLT
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
006 Temp.:End:DLT
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
007 Temp.:Center:SRA3
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
008 Temp.:End:SRA3
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 20 / 1deg/step]
011 Temp.:Center:12inch:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
012 Temp.:End:12inch:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 10 / 1deg/step]
013 Temp.:Center:A3:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
014 Temp.:End:A3:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
015 Temp.:Center:DLT:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
016 Temp.:End:DLT:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
017 Temp.:Center:SRA3:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
018 Temp.:End:SRA3:M-thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 20 / 1deg/step]
021 Temp.:Center:12inch:Thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
022 Temp.:End:12inch:Thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 10 / 1deg/step]
023 Temp.:Center:A3:Thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
024 Temp.:End:A3:Thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
025 Temp.:Center:DLT:Thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
026 Temp.:End:DLT:Thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
027 Temp.:Center:SRA3:Thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]
2-55
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Do not change.
Main SP Tables-1
028 Temp.:End:SRA3:Thick
*ENG
[-30 to 30 / 20 / 1deg/step]
001 Page(%)
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 10 / 1%/step]
002 Rotation(%)
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 10 / 1%/step]
011 Temp.:Plain:FC
*ENG
[0 to 20 / 0 / 1deg/step]
012 Temp.:Plain:BW
*ENG
[0 to 20 / 0 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 20 / 10 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 60 / 1sec/step]
1119
1121
[Switch:Rotation Start/Stop]
Time:After Reload
001
Do not change. Time for to switch form reload to standby.
Time:After Recovery
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 15 / 1sec/step]
002
Do not change. Standby transition: Changes time out time till depressuring.
Time:After Job
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 60 / 1sec/step]
003
Do not change. Time for to switch form before paper through to standby.
Press Temp.:After Reload
*ENG
004
Do not change. Pressure thresh to apply time to switch from reload to standby
End Temp.:After Job:SRA3
*ENG
005 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part heat after
paper through (A3<paper width, pressure edge part)
-
*ENG
006 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part heat after
paper through (DLT<paper width<=A3, pressure edge part)
-
*ENG
007 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part heat after
paper through (B4<paper width<=DLT, pressure edge part)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-56
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
008
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 10 / 1sec/step]
009
Do not change. Time to continue avoid over heat
End Temp.:After Job:B4
*ENG
010 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: B4
[0 to 250 / D146:210, D147:210,
End Temp.:After Job:LT
*ENG
011
Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: LT
End Temp.:After Job:B5
*ENG
012 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: B5
End Temp.:After Job:A5
*ENG
013 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: A5
End Temp.:After Job:B6
*ENG
014 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: B6
-
*ENG
015 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: A6
-
*ENG
016 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: SRA3
2-57
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
017 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: A3
-
*ENG
018 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: DLT
-
*ENG
019 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: B4
-
*ENG
020 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: LT
Time:After Main Switch On
*ENG
[0 to 250 / 60 / 1deg/step]
021
Do not change. Shift time: after main power ON.
-
*ENG
022 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: B5
-
*ENG
023 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: A5
-
*ENG
024 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: B6
-
*ENG
025 Do not change. Rotation start temperature for equaling edge part after paper
through: A6
-
*ENG
031
Do not change. Last job paper through time: FC: A3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-58
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
032
Do not change. Equaling heat rotate time: FC: A3
-
*ENG
033
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
034
Do not change. Equaling heat rotate time: FC: DLT
[0 to 10000 / D146:235, D147:235,
-
*ENG
035
*ENG
036
*ENG
037
D148:10000, D149:10000,
D150:10000 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
038
*ENG
039
*ENG
040
2-59
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
041
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 25 / 1sec/step]
042
Do not change. Equaling heat rotate time: FC: A5
[0 to 10000 / D146:27, D147:27,
-
*ENG
043
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 25 / 1sec/step]
044
Do not change. Equaling heat rotate time: FC: B6
[0 to 10000 / D146:80, D147:80,
-
*ENG
045
*ENG
046
*ENG
051
Do not change. Last job paper through time: Bk: A3
-
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
052
Do not change. Equaling heat rotate time: Bk: A3
-
*ENG
053
Do not change. Last job paper through time: Bk: DLT
-
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
054
Do not change. Equaling heat rotate time: Bk: DLT
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-60
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
055
*ENG
056
*ENG
057
D148:10000, D149:10000,
D150:10000 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
058
*ENG
059
*ENG
060
*ENG
061
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 20 / 1sec/step]
062
Do not change. Equaling heat rotate time: Bk: A5
2-61
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
063
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 20 / 1sec/step]
064
Do not change. Equaling heat rotate time: Bk: B6
[0 to 10000 / D146:80, D147:80,
-
*ENG
065
*ENG
066
*ENG
[0 to 60000 / 0 / 1msec/step]
101
Do not change. Heater OFF time: start rotate: stand up
Heat Off Time:Start:End of A
102 Control
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1sec/step]
103
Do not change. Time from depressure filler edge detect to heater relay off.
Heat Off Time:Stop:After
111 Reload/Print Ready
*ENG
[0 to 60000 / 0 / 1msec/step]
Do not change. Heater OFF time: stop rotate: after reload/prepare print.
Heat Off Time:Stop:After Job
*ENG
[0 to 60000 / 0 / 1msec/step]
112
Do not change. Heater OFF time: stop rotate: after paper through
Heat Off Time:Stop:After
113 Job:Energy Saving
*ENG
[0 to 60000 / 0 / 1msec/step]
Do not change. Heater OFF time: stop rotate: after paper through: BW2
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-62
Main SP Tables-1
Relay ON Temp.:Warm Up
*ENG
114
Do not change. Relay OFF temperature: stand up
*ENG
[0 to 240 / 60 / 1min]
001
Do not change. Interval rotate interval for when standby.
Rotation Time
*ENG
002
Do not change. Interval rotate time for when standby.
1123
*ENG
[0 to 10000 / 75 / 1mm/step]
001
Do not change. Rotate when jammed setting: forward rotate distance.
Reverse Rotation Distance
*ENG
[0 to 10000 / 75 / 1mm/step]
002
Do not change. Rotate when jammed setting: reverse rotate distance.
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-63
SP Mode Tables
1122
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-64
020
021
022
023
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
Temp.:B5:Press Center
*ENG
Temp.:B5:Press Center
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-65
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
Main SP Tables-1
034
035
036
037
038
1124
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[1 to 250 / 4 / 1sec/step]
051
Do not change. CPM down judging interval.
[CPM Down Setting]
1124
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
104
105
106
[0 to 10000 / D146:10000,
107 High:1st CPM Down Time:B4
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-66
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
128
129
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-67
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
Main SP Tables-1
130
*ENG
Do not change. CPM down setting hot: 1st through 3rd CPM down time: low
speed
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-68
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 10000 / D146:10000,
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 10000 / D146:10000,
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-69
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
Main SP Tables-1
178
179
180
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[-50 to 0 / -5 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[-50 to 0 / -2 / 1deg/step]
Do not change. CPM down setting hot: 1st through 3rd CPM:
standard/middle/low speed.
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
High:1st CPM:A3:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:2nd CPM:A3:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:3rd CPM:A3:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:1st CPM:A3:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:2nd CPM:A3:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:3rd CPM:A3:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:1st CPM:DLT:Large
Size:Normal Speed
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
2-70
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
High:2nd CPM:DLT:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:3rd CPM:DLT:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:1st CPM:DLT:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:2nd CPM:DLT:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:3rd CPM:DLT:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:1st CPM:B4:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:2nd CPM:B4:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:3rd CPM:B4:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:1st CPM:B4:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:2nd CPM:B4:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:3rd CPM:B4:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:1st CPM:LT:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:2nd CPM:LT:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:3rd CPM:LT:Large
Size:Normal Speed
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
2-71
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
Main SP Tables-1
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
High:1st CPM:LT:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:2nd CPM:LT:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:3rd CPM:LT:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:1st CPM:A4:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:2nd CPM:A4:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:3rd CPM:A4:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:1st CPM:A4:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:2nd CPM:A4:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:3rd CPM:A4:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:1st CPM:B5:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:2nd CPM:B5:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:3rd CPM:B5:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:1st CPM:B5:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:2nd CPM:B5:Small
Size:Normal Speed
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
2-72
Main SP Tables-1
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
High:3rd CPM:B5:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:1st CPM:A5:Normal
Speed
High:2nd CPM:A5:Normal
Speed
High:3rd CPM:A5:Normal
Speed
High:1st CPM:B6:Normal
Speed
High:2nd CPM:B6:Normal
Speed
High:3rd CPM:B6:Normal
Speed
High:1st CPM:A6:Normal
Speed
High:2nd CPM:A6:Normal
Speed
High:3rd CPM:A6:Normal
Speed
High:1st CPM:SRA3:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:2nd CPM:SRA3:Large
Size:Normal Speed
High:3rd CPM:SRA3:Large
Size:Normal Speed
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
2-73
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
036
Main SP Tables-1
049
050
051
101
102
104
105
107
108
110
111
113
114
116
117
High:1st CPM:SRA3:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:2nd CPM:SRA3:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:3rd CPM:SRA3:Small
Size:Normal Speed
High:1st CPM:A3:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:A3:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:1st CPM:A3:Small
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:A3:Small
Size:Middle Speed
High:1st CPM:DLT:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:DLT:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:1st CPM:DLT:Small
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:DLT:Small
Size:Middle Speed
High:1st CPM:B4:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:B4:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:1st CPM:B4:Small
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:B4:Small
Size:Middle Speed
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
2-74
119
120
122
123
125
126
128
129
131
132
134
135
137
138
140
High:1st CPM:LT:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:LT:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:1st CPM:LT:Small
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:LT:Small
Size:Middle Speed
High:1st CPM:A4:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:A4:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:1st CPM:A4:Small
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:A4:Small
Size:Middle Speed
High:1st CPM:B5:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:B5:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:1st CPM:B5:Small
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:B5:Small
Size:Middle Speed
High:1st CPM:A5:Middle
Speed
High:2nd CPM:A5:Middle
Speed
High:1st CPM:B6:Middle
Speed
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 60 / 1%/step]
2-75
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
Main SP Tables-1
141
143
144
145
146
147
148
201
204
207
210
213
216
219
222
High:2nd CPM:B6:Middle
Speed
High:1st CPM:A6:Middle
Speed
High:2nd CPM:A6:Middle
Speed
High:1st CPM:SRA3:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:SRA3:Large
Size:Middle Speed
High:1st CPM:SRA3:Small
Size:Middle Speed
High:2nd CPM:SRA3:Small
Size:Middle Speed
High:1st CPM:A3:Large
Size:Low Speed
High:1st CPM:A3:Small
Size:Low Speed
High:1st CPM:DLT:Large
Size:Low Speed
High:1st CPM:DLT:Small
Size:Low Speed
High:1st CPM:B4:Large
Size:Low Speed
High:1st CPM:B4:Small
Size:Low Speed
High:1st CPM:LT:Large
Size:Low Speed
High:1st CPM:LT:Small
Size:Low Speed
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
2-76
225
High:1st CPM:A4:Large
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
228
231
234
Size:Low Speed
High:1st CPM:A4:Small
Size:Low Speed
High:1st CPM:B5:Large
Size:Low Speed
High:1st CPM:B5:Small
Size:Low Speed
*ENG
244
245
High:1st CPM:SRA3:Large
Size:Low Speed
High:1st CPM:SRA3:Small
Size:Low Speed
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
ENG
ENG
ENG
2-77
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
1127
0: Off
1: On
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-78
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
[0 to 200 / 60 / 1deg/step]
ENG
004
Do not change. Power source voltage of energy save judge control: lower limit
setting
ENG
005
Do not change. Power source voltage of energy save judge control: upper limit
setting
Judgment Time-Out
ENG
006
Do not change. Judge time out time of energy save judge control.
*ENG
0: Productivity Mode
1: Fusing Quality Mode
2: Fusing Quality Mode 2
1132
*ENG
0: Fixed Duty
1: AutoOffstCtl
001
Do not change. Switch between fixed duty and auto offset control of mix.
lighting duty.
2-79
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
003
Main SP Tables-1
1133
[Voltage Detection]
Voltage Detection
*ENG
001
Do not change. Displays AC voltage detect result.
1134
*ENG
001
1135
[Inrush Control]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Inrush Control
*ENG
001
1141
*ENG
[0 to 99999 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
001
Display occurring SC.
Htg Roller:Ctr Det1
*ENG
102 Display detailed conditions when SC occur. Displayed content is detect temp.:
center: occurred time.
103 Press Roller:Ctr Det1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-80
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
152 Display detailed conditions when SC occur. Displayed content is detect temp.:
center: 1 cycle a head of occurred time.
Press Roller:Ctr Det2
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
202 Display detailed conditions when SC occur. Displayed content is detect temp.:
center: 2 cycle a head of occurred time.
Press Roller:Ctr Det3
*ENG
*ENG
2-81
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
1142
*ENG
001
0: OFF
1: ON
1151
[Pressure Setting]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Pressure Change ON/OFF
*ENG
001
0: OFF
1: ON
*ENG
[0 to 10000 / 70 / 10msec/step]
002
Do not change. Rotate time form pressure filler edge to pressure 1
Pressure Time2
*ENG
[0 to 10000 / 70 / 10msec/step]
003
Do not change. Rotate time form pressure filler edge to pressure 2
Depressure Time
*ENG
[0 to 10000 / 0 / 10msec/step]
005
Do not change. Rotate time form depressure filler edge to depressure position
Shift Time:Energy Saving
*ENG
[0 to 3600 / 0 / 1sec/step]
010 Do not change. Printer: Change depressure timing when standing by after
paper trough of image process temperature correction level 2.
Shift Time
*ENG
[0 to 3600 / 60 / 1sec/step]
011
Do not change. Change depressure timing when standby.
Rotary speed
*ENG
051 Do not change. Adjusts rotate speed of fusing depressure drive. Rotate
speed[pps]= basis rotate speed[pps]+basis rotate speed[pps] x SP set value
[%}
1151
[Pressure Setting]
101 Pressure:Plain1/2
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-82
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
System Maintenance Section
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
102
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: thin paper
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
104
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: thick paper 1
Pressure:Thick2
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
105
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: thick paper 2:
Pressure:Thick3
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
106
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: thick paper 3:
Pressure:Special1
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
107
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: special paper 1
Pressure:Special2
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
108
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: special paper 2
Pressure:Special3
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
109
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: special paper 3:
Pressure:Envelope
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
110
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: envelope
Pressure:Special1:Middle
131 Speed
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
133
Pressure:Special3:Middle
Speed
*ENG
2-83
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Pressure:M-thick
103
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
151 Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: standard paper 1/2: low
speed
Pressure:M-thick:Low Speed
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
152
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: middle thick: low speed
Pressure:Thick1:Low Speed
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
153
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: thick paper 1: low speed
Pressure:Special1:Low Speed
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
154
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: special paper 1: low speed
Pressure:Special2:Low Speed
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
155
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: special paper 2: low speed
Pressure:Plain1/2:Glossy
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
156
Do not change. Pressure setting coat: standard paper 1/2
Pressure:M-thick:Glossy
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
157
Do not change. Pressure setting coat: middle thick
Pressure:OHP
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
158
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: OHP
Pressure:Envelope:Low
159 Speed
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
160
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: thin paper: low speed
Pressure:Thick4
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
161
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: thick paper 4:
162 Pressure:Postcard
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-84
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
163
Do not change. Pressure setting welding pressure: special paper 2: low speed
ENG
[0 to 9000000 / 0 / 1/step]
SP Mode Tables
1152
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
001
Measure nip.
Pre-idling Time
002
Do not change. Measuring fusing nip width before measure rotate time
Stop Time
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 20 / 1sec/step]
003
Do not change. Measuring fusing nip width stop time
Pressure Position
*ENG
[1 to 2 / 2 / 1/step]
004
Do not change. Measuring fusing nip width pressuring position
1153
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Do not change. Abnormal sound check control (Mode not available)
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
Operation Line Speed
ENG
003
0: Std Speed
1: Mid Speed
2: Low Speed
ENG
[0 to 240 / 60 / 1sec/step]
004
Do not change. Operating time of abnormal sound check control
005 Heat Center Target Temp
ENG
2-85
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
006 Do not change. Heating edge target temperature of abnormal sound check
control
Press Target Temp
ENG
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1deg/step]
007
Do not change. Pressuring target temperature of abnormal sound check control
1154
[Switch:Rotation Start/Stop]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Judging Method Change
*ENG
001
0: On
1: Off
*ENG
[0 to 250 / 50 / 10msec/step]
005
Do not change. Heater On timing of start rotate/stop control
[0 to 250 / D146:185, D147:185,
Overshoot Prevent Temp.:SC
*ENG
006
Do not change. Rotate start temperature of over heat prevent mode when error
occurs.
ENG
[0 to 300 / 0 / 1mm/step]
011
Feed Permit
Temp.:delta:Center
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
2-86
[0 to 200 / 5 / 1deg/step]
012
Feed Permit
ENG
ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
ENG
[0 to 200 / 5 / 1sec/step]
ENG
[0 to 200 / 5 / 1sec/step]
ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1sec/step]
Temp.:delta:Press
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1sec/step]
001
Off sleep shift time
[0 to 250 / D146:185, D147:185,
Decision Temp.
*ENG
002
Judge temperature
-
*ENG
[0 to 300 / 15 / 1sec/step]
ENG
003
Off sleep shift time
1161
001
Do not change. Temperature threshold of initial position judge
Judgment Temp B
ENG
002
Do not change. Temperature threshold of initial position judge
Position Transition Time
ENG
003 Do not change. Time from sensor temperature goes over threshold to position
shift fixed.
After Transition Time Out
ENG
[0 to 20000 / 0 / 1msec/step]
004
Do not change. Time from after position shifted to next position shift judge.
System Maintenance Section
2-87
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
Main SP Tables-1
1162
ENG
004
ENG
005
ENG
006
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-88
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
010
ENG
011
ENG
012
ENG
013
Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of LT
Shading Position Temp: LT: 2
ENG
014
Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) Transitions temperature of LT
Shading Position Temp: LT: 3
ENG
015
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of LT
Shading Position Temp: A4: 1
ENG
016
Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of A4
017 Shading Position Temp: A4: 2
ENG
2-89
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
018
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of A4
Shading Position Temp: B5: 1
ENG
019
Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of B5
Shading Position Temp: B5: 2
ENG
020
Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) Transitions temperature of B5
Shading Position Temp: B5: 3
ENG
021
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of B5
Shading Position Temp: A5: 1
ENG
022
Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of A5
Shading Position Temp: A5: 2
ENG
023
Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) Transitions temperature of A5
Shading Position Temp: A5: 3
ENG
024
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of A5
[0 to 250 / D146:165, D147:165,
Shading Position Temp: B6: 1
ENG
025
ENG
026
ENG
027
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-90
Main SP Tables-1
034
2-91
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
035
036
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-92
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
042
ENG
043
ENG
044
ENG
045
ENG
046
049
2-93
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
ENG
052
ENG
053
ENG
054
ENG
055
ENG
056
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of B4
Shading Position Temp: LT: 4
ENG
057
Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of LT
058 Shading Position Temp: LT: 5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
2-94
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
059
Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of LT
ENG
ENG
061
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of LT
Shading Position Temp: A4: 4
ENG
062
Do not change. No 4 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of A4
Shading Position Temp: A4: 5
ENG
063
Do not change. No 5 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of A4
Shading Position Temp: A4: 6
ENG
064
Do not change. No 6 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of A4
Shading Position Temp: A4: 7
ENG
065
Do not change. No 7 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of A4
Shading Position Temp: A4: 8
ENG
066
Do not change. No 8 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of A4
Shading Position Temp: B5: 4
ENG
067
Do not change. No 4 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of B5
Shading Position Temp: B5: 5
ENG
068
Do not change. No 5 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of B5
Shading Position Temp: B5: 6
ENG
069
Do not change. No 6 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of B5
Shading Position Temp: B5: 7
ENG
070
Do not change. No 7 position (large shade) Transitions temperature of B5
071 Shading Position Temp: B5: 8
System Maintenance Section
ENG
2-95
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
072
Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of A5
Shading Position Temp: A5: 5
ENG
073
Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of A5
Shading Position Temp: A5: 6
ENG
074
Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of A5
Shading Position Temp: A5: 7
ENG
075
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of A5
Shading Position Temp: A5: 8
ENG
076
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions temperature of A5
[0 to 250 / D146:165, D147:165,
Shading Position Temp: B6: 4
ENG
077
ENG
078
ENG
079
ENG
080
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-96
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
081
088
2-97
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
092
093
094
095
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-98
Main SP Tables-1
Postcard: 8
096
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
128
ENG
2-99
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step]
ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step]
ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step]
ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step]
ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step]
ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step]
ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step]
ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step]
ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-100
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step]
ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step]
ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step]
ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1deg/step]
1163
ENG
004
Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) Transitions time of A3
005 Shading Position Time: A3: 2
ENG
2-101
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
006
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions time of A3
[0 to 10000 / D146:10000,
Shading Position Time: DLT: 1
ENG
007
ENG
008
Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) Transitions time of DLT
Shading Position Time: DLT: 3
ENG
009
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions time of DLT
[0 to 10000 / D146:10000,
Shading Position Time: B4: 1
ENG
010
ENG
011
Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) Transitions time of B4
Shading Position Time: B4: 3
ENG
012
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions time of B4
Shading Position Time: LT: 1
ENG
013
Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) Transitions time of LT
Shading Position Time: LT: 2
ENG
014
Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) Transitions time of LT
Shading Position Time: LT: 3
ENG
015
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions time of LT
Shading Position Time: A4: 1
ENG
016
Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) Transitions time of A4
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-102
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
017
Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) Transitions time of A4
Shading Position Time: A4: 3
ENG
018
ENG
019
Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) Transitions time of B5
Shading Position Time: B5: 2
ENG
020
Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) Transitions time of B5
Shading Position Time: B5: 3
ENG
021
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions time of B5
Shading Position Time: A5: 1
ENG
022
Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) Transitions time of A5
Shading Position Time: A5: 2
ENG
023
Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) Transitions time of A5
Shading Position Time: A5: 3
ENG
024
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions time of A5
[0 to 10000 / D146:5, D147:5,
Shading Position Time: B6: 1
ENG
025
D148:10000, D149:10000,
D150:10000 / 1sec/step]
ENG
026
Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) Transitions time of B6
Shading Position Time: B6: 3
ENG
027
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) Transitions time of B6
028
D148:10000, D149:10000,
D150:10000 / 1sec/step]
2-103
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
ENG
D148:10000, D149:10000,
D150:10000 / 1sec/step]
ENG
ENG
D148:10000, D149:10000,
D150:10000 / 1sec/step]
ENG
ENG
037
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
2-104
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
042
Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) Transitions time of A3
Shading Position Time: A3: 5
ENG
043
Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) Transitions time of A3
Shading Position Time: A3: 6
ENG
044
Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions time of A3
Shading Position Time: A3: 7
ENG
045
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions time of A3
Shading Position Time: A3: 8
ENG
046
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions time of A3
Shading Position Time: DLT: 4
ENG
047
Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) Transitions time of DLT
Shading Position Time: DLT: 5
ENG
048
Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) Transitions time of DLT
2-105
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
049
Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions time of DLT
Shading Position Time: DLT: 7
ENG
050
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions time of DLT
Shading Position Time: DLT: 8
ENG
051
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions time of DLT
Shading Position Time: B4: 4
ENG
052
Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) Transitions time of B4
Shading Position Time: B4: 5
ENG
053
Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) Transitions time of B4
Shading Position Time: B4: 6
ENG
054
Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions time of B4
Shading Position Time: B4: 7
ENG
055
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions time of B4
Shading Position Time: B4: 8
ENG
056
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions time of B4
Shading Position Time: LT: 4
ENG
057
Do not change. No 14 position (small shade) Transitions time of LT
Shading Position Time: LT: 5
ENG
058
Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) Transitions time of LT
Shading Position Time: LT: 6
ENG
059
Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions time of LT
Shading Position Time: LT: 7
ENG
060
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions time of LT
Shading Position Time: LT: 8
ENG
061
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions time of LT
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-106
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
062
Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) Transitions time of A4
Shading Position Time: A4: 5
ENG
063
ENG
064
Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions time of A4
Shading Position Time: A4: 7
ENG
065
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions time of A4
Shading Position Time: A4: 8
ENG
066
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions time of A4
Shading Position Time: B5: 4
ENG
067
Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) Transitions time of B5
Shading Position Time: B5: 5
ENG
068
Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) Transitions time of B5
Shading Position Time: B5: 6
ENG
069
Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions time of B5
Shading Position Time: B5: 7
ENG
070
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions time of B5
Shading Position Time: B5: 8
ENG
071
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions time of B5
Shading Position Time: A5: 4
ENG
072
Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) Transitions time of A5
Shading Position Time: A5: 5
ENG
073
Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) Transitions time of A5
Shading Position Time: A5: 6
ENG
074
Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions time of A5
System Maintenance Section
2-107
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
075
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions time of A5
Shading Position Time: A5: 8
ENG
076
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions time of A5
Shading Position Time: B6: 4
ENG
077
Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) Transitions time of B6
Shading Position Time: B6: 5
ENG
078
Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) Transitions time of B6
Shading Position Time: B6: 6
ENG
079
Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) Transitions time of B6
Shading Position Time: B6: 7
ENG
080
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) Transitions time of B6
Shading Position Time: B6: 8
ENG
081
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) Transitions time of B6
Shading Position Time:
082 DLEnv: 4
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-108
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
087 COM10: 4
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
095
ENG
2-109
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-110
Main SP Tables-1
1164
ENG
001
ENG
002
ENG
003
ENG
004
ENG
005
ENG
006
ENG
007
2-111
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
1pluse/step]
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
008
ENG
009
ENG
010
ENG
011
ENG
012
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
013
Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) of LT
Shading Position: LT: 2
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
014
Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) of LT
Shading Position: LT: 3
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
015
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) of LT
Shading Position: A4: 1
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
016
Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) of A4
017 Shading Position: A4: 2
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
2-112
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
018
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) of A4
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
020
Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) of B5
Shading Position: B5: 3
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
021
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) of B5
Shading Position: A5: 1
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
022
Do not change. No 1 position (small shade) of A5
Shading Position: A5: 2
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
023
Do not change. No 2 position (middle shade) of A5
Shading Position: A5: 3
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
024
Do not change. No 3 position (large shade) of A5
[0 to 1000 / D146:320, D147:320,
Shading Position: B6: 1
ENG
025
ENG
026
ENG
027
2-113
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
028
ENG
029
ENG
030
ENG
031
ENG
032
ENG
033
ENG
034
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-114
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
036
ENG
037
ENG
038
ENG
039
ENG
040
ENG
041
ENG
042
2-115
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
1pluse/step]
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
043
ENG
044
ENG
045
ENG
046
ENG
047
ENG
048
ENG
049
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-116
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
051
ENG
052
ENG
053
ENG
054
ENG
055
ENG
056
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
057
Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) of LT
Shading Position: LT: 5
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
058
Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) of LT
059 Shading Position: LT: 6
System Maintenance Section
ENG
2-117
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
1pluse/step]
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
060
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) of LT
Shading Position: LT: 8
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
061
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) of LT
Shading Position: A4: 4
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
062
Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) of A4
Shading Position: A4: 5
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
063
Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) of A4
Shading Position: A4: 6
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
064
Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) of A4
Shading Position: A4: 7
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
065
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) of A4
Shading Position: A4: 8
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
066
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) of A4
Shading Position: B5: 4
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
067
Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) of B5
Shading Position: B5: 5
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
068
Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) of B5
Shading Position: B5: 6
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
069
Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) of B5
Shading Position: B5: 7
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
070
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) of B5
Shading Position: B5: 8
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
071
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) of B5
072 Shading Position: A5: 4
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
2-118
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
System Maintenance Section
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
073
Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) of A5
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
075
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) of A5
Shading Position: A5: 8
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
076
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) of A5
[0 to 1000 / D146:320, D147:320,
Shading Position: B6: 4
ENG
077
ENG
078
ENG
079
ENG
080
ENG
081
2-119
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
082
ENG
083
ENG
084
ENG
085
ENG
086
ENG
087
ENG
088
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-120
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
090
ENG
091
ENG
092
ENG
093
ENG
094
ENG
095
ENG
096
ENG
2-121
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
1pluse/step]
Main SP Tables-1
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
122
Do not change. No 2 position (small shade) of SRA2
Shading Position: SRA3: 3
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
123
Do not change. No 3 position (small shade) of SRA2
Shading Position: SRA3: 4
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
124
Do not change. No 4 position (small shade) of SRA2
Shading Position: SRA3: 5
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
125
Do not change. No 5 position (small shade) of SRA2
Shading Position: SRA3: 6
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
126
Do not change. No 6 position (small shade) of SRA2
Shading Position: SRA3: 7
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
127
Do not change. No 7 position (small shade) of SRA2
Shading Position: SRA3: 8
ENG
[0 to 1000 / 0 / 1pluse/step]
128
Do not change. No 8 position (small shade) of SRA2
1165
*ENG
001
0: ON
1: OFF
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
101
Do not change. Count of continuously judged as abnormal
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-122
Main SP Tables-1
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: All Off
001 Judging Method Change
*ENG
1: CPM Down:On
2: Job End Rotation:On
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 14 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 83 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 8 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 28 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 83 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 17 / 1/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 10 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 85 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 75 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
2-123
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
3: All On
Main SP Tables-1
[Dbl-Feed Detect]
1302
001 Tray1
ENG
002 Tray2
ENG
003 Tray3
ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: OFF
004 Tray4
ENG
005 LCT
ENG
ENG
1: ON
*ENG
002 Max
*ENG
003 Min
*ENG
001 Tray1
ENG
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Tray2
ENG
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Tray3
ENG
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Tray4
ENG
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
005 LCT
ENG
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-124
Main SP Tables-1
0: OFF
SP Mode Tables
001 ON/OFF
1: ON
*ENG
001 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflects adjusted value as they are. All:
73mm/s, 1200dpi mode
Feed CCW:Plain:Std
*ENG
Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
002 image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
Feed CCW:Mid-thick:Std
*ENG
Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
003 image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
Feed CCW:Thick 1:Low
*ENG
004 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 73mm/s, Metis-C1b: 73mm/s
Feed CCW:Thick 1:Mid
*ENG
005 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1c:
108mm/s, Metis-C1d: 108mm/s, Metis-C1e: 108mm/s
2-125
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
006 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Feed CCW:Thick 3:Low
*ENG
007 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Feed CCW:Thick 4:Low
*ENG
008 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Feed CW:Plain:Low
*ENG
009 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflects adjusted value as they are. All:
73mm/s, 1200dpi mode
Feed CW:Plain:Std
*ENG
Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
010 image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
Feed CW:Mid-thick:Std
*ENG
Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
011 image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
Feed CW:Thick 1:Low
*ENG
012 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 73mm/s, Metis-C1b: 73mm/s
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-126
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
013 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1c:
*ENG
014 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Feed CW:Thick 3:Low
*ENG
015 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Feed CW:Thick 4:Low
*ENG
016 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Vertical Feed:Plain:Low
*ENG
017 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflects adjusted value as they are. All:
73mm/s, 1200dpi mode
Vertical Feed:Plain:Std
*ENG
Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
018 image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
Vertical Feed:Mid-thick:Std
*ENG
Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
019 image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
2-127
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
020 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 73mm/s, Metis-C1b: 73mm/s
Vertical Feed:Thick 1:Mid
*ENG
021 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1c:
108mm/s, Metis-C1d: 108mm/s, Metis-C1e: 108mm/s
Vertical Feed:Thick 2:Low
*ENG
022 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Vertical Feed:Thick 3:Low
*ENG
023 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Vertical Feed:Thick 4:Low
*ENG
024 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Registration:Plain:Low
*ENG
025 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflects adjusted value as they are. All:
73mm/s, 1200dpi mode
Registration:Plain:Std
*ENG
Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
026 image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-128
Main SP Tables-1
Registration:Mid-thick:Std
*ENG
Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
027 image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
Registration:Thick 1:Low
*ENG
028 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 73mm/s, Metis-C1b: 73mm/s
Registration:Thick1:Mid
*ENG
029 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1c:
108mm/s, Metis-C1d: 108mm/s, Metis-C1e: 108mm/s
Registration:Thick 2:Low
*ENG
030 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Registration:Thick 3:Low
*ENG
031 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Registration:Thick 4:Low
*ENG
032 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Exit CCW:Plain:Low
*ENG
033 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflects adjusted value as they are.
All: 73mm/s, 1200dpi mode
2-129
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
Exit CCW:Plain:Std
*ENG
034 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
Exit CCW:Mid-thick:Std
*ENG
035 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
Exit CCW:Thick1:Low
*ENG
036 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 73mm/s, Metis-C1b: 73mm/s
Exit CCW:Thick1:Mid
*ENG
037 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1c: 108mm/s, Metis-C1d: 108mm/s, Metis-C1e: 108mm/s
Exit CCW:Thick2:Low
*ENG
038 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s
Exit CCW:Thick3:Low
*ENG
039 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s
Exit CCW:Thick4:Low
*ENG
040 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s
Reverse CW:Plain:Low
*ENG
041 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflects adjusted value as they are.
All: 73mm/s, 1200dpi mode
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-130
Main SP Tables-1
Reverse CW:Plain:Std
*ENG
042 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
Reverse CW:Mid-thick:Std
*ENG
043 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
Reverse CW:Thick1:Low
*ENG
044 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 73mm/s, Metis-C1b: 73mm/s
Reverse CW:Thick1:Mid
*ENG
045 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1c: 108mm/s, Metis-C1d: 108mm/s, Metis-C1e: 108mm/s
Reverse CW:Thick2:Low
*ENG
046 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s
Reverse CW:Thick3:Low
*ENG
047 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s
Reverse CW:Thick4:Low
*ENG
048 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s
Reverse CCW:Plain:Low
*ENG
049 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflects adjusted value as they are.
All: 73mm/s, 1200dpi mode
2-131
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
Reverse CCW:Plain:Std
*ENG
050 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
Reverse CCW:Mid-thick:Std
*ENG
051 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
Reverse CCW:Thick1:Low
*ENG
052 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 73mm/s, Metis-C1b: 73mm/s
Reverse CCW:Thick1:Mid
*ENG
053 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1c: 108mm/s, Metis-C1d: 108mm/s, Metis-C1e: 108mm/s
Reverse CCW:Thick2:Low
*ENG
054 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s
Reverse CCW:Thick3:Low
*ENG
055 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s
Reverse CCW:Thick4:Low
*ENG
056 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s
Duplex Enter CW:Plain:Low
*ENG
057 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflects adjusted value as they are.
All: 73mm/s, 1200dpi mode
058 Duplex Enter CW:Plain:Std
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-132
Main SP Tables-1
Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
CW:Mid-thick:Std
*ENG
059 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
Duplex Enter CW:Thick1:Low
*ENG
060 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 73mm/s, Metis-C1b: 73mm/s
Duplex Enter CW:Thick1:Mid
*ENG
061 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1c: 108mm/s, Metis-C1d: 108mm/s, Metis-C1e: 108mm/s
Duplex Enter CW:Thick2:Low
*ENG
062 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s
Duplex Enter CW:Thick3:Low
*ENG
063 Prevents coat strips, waving, image sore. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1 all: 73mm/s
Duplex CW:Plain:Low
*ENG
064 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflects adjusted value as they are. All:
73mm/s, 1200dpi mode
Duplex CW:Plain:Std
*ENG
Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
065 image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
2-133
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Duplex Enter
Main SP Tables-1
Duplex CW:Mid-thick:Std
*ENG
Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
066 image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
Duplex CW:Thick1:Low
*ENG
067 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 73mm/s, Metis-C1b: 73mm/s
Duplex CW:Thick1:Mid
*ENG
068 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1c:
108mm/s, Metis-C1d: 108mm/s, Metis-C1e: 108mm/s
Duplex CW:Thick2:Low
*ENG
069 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Duplex CW:Thick3:Low
*ENG
070 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Duplex CCW:Plain:Low
*ENG
071 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflects adjusted value as they are. All:
73mm/s, 1200dpi mode
Duplex CCW:Plain:Std
*ENG
Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
072 image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
256mm/s, Metis-C1e: 256mm/s
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-134
Main SP Tables-1
Duplex CCW:Mid-thick:Std
*ENG
Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
073 image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 146mm/s, Metis-C1b: 146mm/s, Metis-C1c: 186mm/s, Metis-C1d:
Duplex CCW:Thick1:Low
*ENG
074 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are
Metis-C1a: 73mm/s, Metis-C1b: 73mm/s
Duplex CCW:Thick1:Mid
*ENG
075 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1c:
108mm/s, Metis-C1d: 108mm/s, Metis-C1e: 108mm/s
Duplex CCW:Thick2:Low
*ENG
076 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Duplex CCW:Thick3:Low
*ENG
077 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
Duplex CCW:Thick4:Low
*ENG
078 Prevent shock jitter by adjusting sub scan scale, scale error rate declination,
image position accuracy improve. Reflect adjusted value as they are Metis-C1
all: 73mm/s
2-135
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
1801
ENG
079 Fine tunes relay motor speed. low speed (Process 73 mm/s, paper exit speed
up 108 mm/s)
Mid
ENG
080 Fine tunes relay motor speed. Middle speed (Process 108 mm/s, paper exit
speed up 146 mm/s)
Standard
ENG
081 Fine tunes relay motor speed. low peed (Process 146 mm/s, paper exit speed
up 256 mm/s)
1801
*ENG 0:Off
100
1:On
Selects ON/OFF of drum motor speed fine tune control.
Offset:ColorOpcMot:Standard
102 Sets offset amount of fine tuning drum motor speed C6003/C5503/C4503:
108mm/sec C3503/C3003: N/A
Offset:ColorOpcMot:Low
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-136
Main SP Tables-1
ColorOpcMot:Mid
BkDevMot:Standard
*ENG
109
Fine tunes motor speed
C6003/C5503: 256mm/sec C4503: 186mm/sec C3503/C3003: 146mm/sec
BkDevMot:Mid
*ENG
110
Fine tunes motor speed
C6003/C5503/C4503: 108mm/sec C3503/C3003: N/A
BkDevMot:Low
*ENG
111
ColorDevMot:Standard
*ENG
115
Fine tunes motor speed
C6003/C5503: 256mm/sec C4503: 186mm/sec C3503/C3003: 146mm/sec
ColorDevMot:Mid
*ENG
116
Fine tunes motor speed
C6003/C5503/C4503: 108mm/sec C3503/C3003: N/A
ColorDevMot:Low
*ENG
117
Fine tunes motor speed
C6003/C5503/C4503/C3503/C3003: 73mm/sec
2-137
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
ColorOpcMot:Low
Main SP Tables-1
Fusing:Standard
*ENG
118
Fine tunes motor speed
C6003/C5503: 256mm/sec C4503: 186mm/sec C3503/C3003: 146mm/sec
Fusing:Mid
*ENG
119
Fine tunes motor speed
C6003/C5503/C4503: 108mm/sec C3503/C3003: N/A
Fusing:Low
*ENG
120 Fine tune motor speed when printing to paper with thickness except standard
paper thickness
C6003/C5503/C4503/C3503/C3003: 73mm/sec
Fusing:Low:1200:Plain
*ENG
121 Fine tune motor speed when printing to paper with thickness except standard
paper thickness
C6003/C5503/C4503/C3503/C3003: 73mm/sec
OPCTransferMot:Standard
*ENG
122
Fine tunes motor speed
C6003/C5503: 256mm/sec C4503: 186mm/sec C3503/C3003: 146mm/sec
OPCTransferMot:Mid
*ENG
123
Fine tunes motor speed
C6003/C5503/C4503: 108mm/sec C3503/C3003: N/A
OPCTransferMot:Low
*ENG
124
Fine tunes motor speed
C6003/C5503/C4503/C3503/C3003: 73mm/sec
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-138
Main SP Tables-1
ColorOpcMot:Standard:independence
*ENG
133
Fine tunes motor speed
ColorOpcMot:Mid:independence
*ENG
134
Fine tunes motor speed
C6003/C5503/C4503: 108mm/sec C3503/C3003: N/A
*ENG
ColorOpcMot:Low:independence
135
Fine tunes motor speed
C6003/C5503/C4503/C3503/C3003: 73mm/sec
1902
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Execution SP to write rudder pattern.
1902
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Displays execution result of drum phase match
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Auto Execution
*ENG
003
0:Off
1:On
2-139
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-1
1902
[BIT1 Control]
Execute
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Execution SP of BIT1 control
Result
005
Displays execution result of BIT1 control
Sensing position
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
008
Scanning position of BIT1 control pattern
1903
[Amplitude Setting]
Threshold Trsns Bkdrum
*ENG
001
Execution threshold of BIT1 control
Threshold FC Drum
*ENG
002
Execution threshold of BIT1 control
Trsns Bkdrum
*ENG
003
Displays amplitude value of BIT1 control
FC Drum
*ENG
004
Displays amplitude value of BIT1 control
Cy
*ENG
005
Displays amplitude value of BIT1 control check
Ma
*ENG
006
Displays amplitude value of BIT1 control check
Ye
*ENG
007
Displays amplitude value of BIT1 control check
Bk Offset Amp
*ENG
008
Off set amplitude of BIT1 control
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-140
Main SP Tables-1
FC Offset Amp
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 359 / 0 / 1deg/step]
009
Off set amplitude of BIT1 control
[Phase Angle]
Trsns Bkdrum
001
Displays phase angle of BIT1 control
FC Drum
*ENG
[0 to 359 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
002
Displays phase angle of BIT1 control
Cy
*ENG
[0 to 359 / 0 / 1deg/step]
003
Displays phase angle of BIT1 control check
Ma
*ENG
[0 to 359 / 0 / 1deg/step]
004
Displays phase angle of BIT1 control check
Ye
*ENG
[0 to 359 / 0 / 1deg/step]
005
Displays phase angle of BIT1 control check
Bk Offset Angle
*ENG
[0 to 359 / 0 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 359 / 0 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
006
Off set angle of BIT1 control
FC Offset Angle
007
Off set angle of BIT1 control
1907
Adjusts waiting time till fix a size from size detector's output when paper is set
029 with standard bypass or one action bypass function is OFF. Will have more time
till start button to turn green when setting waiting time longer, but time for setting
paper will also be loner. Side effect might occur such as paper feed starts before
finish setting paper if waiting time is set shot.
2-141
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
1904
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0.0 to 120.0 / 0.0 / 0.1min]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 900 / 120 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
1952
*ENG
[0 to 60 / 10 / 1min./step]
001
Sets off mode time till start fan control.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-142
Main SP Tables-1
1953
*ENG
001
0: Disable
*ENG
003 Sets temperature threshold (diff. value between fan extend start temp.) of when
ending fan extend operation.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
*ENG
0: disable
1: enable
1955
[Fan Control]
Dev Cooling Fan A Op Sw
Temp
*ENG
003
Sets temperature threshold for when switching operation of imaging cooling fan
A.
Dev Cooling Fan B Op Sw
Temp
*ENG
004
Sets temperature threshold for when switching operation of imaging cooling fan
B.
Paper Exit Cooling Fan Low
Temp Op Sw Temp
*ENG
006
Sets temperature threshold for when switching operation during low temp. of
paper exit cooling fan.
System Maintenance Section
2-143
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
1: Enable
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
007 Sets temperature threshold for when switching operation of fusing exhaust heat
fan.
Ozone Fan Low Speed Op Sw
Temp
*ENG
009
Sets temperature threshold for when switching to low speed operation of fusing
exhaust heat fan.
Ozone Fan Middle Speed Op
Sw Temp
*ENG
010
Sets temperature threshold for when switching to middle speed operation of
fusing exhaust heat fan.
Ozone Fan High Speed Op
Sw Temp
*ENG
011
Sets temperature threshold for when switching to high speed operation of fusing
exhaust heat fan.
Ozone Fan Low Noise Op
012 DUTY
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 20 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 40 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 40 / 1%/step]
*ENG
2-144
Main SP Tables-1
*ENG
018 Sets temperature threshold (diff. value between switching temp.) of when
switching each fan.
Paper Exit Cooling Fan
019 Control Off Mode Time
*ENG
[0 to 60 / 10 / 1min./step]
Sets off mode time till start paper exit cooling fan.
Electrical Cooling Fan Control
020 Off Mode Time
*ENG
[0 to 60 / 10 / 1min./step]
2-145
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-146
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 15 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 15 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 16 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 16 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 22 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 22 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 23 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 23 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 28 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 28 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 29 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 29 / 1deg/step]
2005
2-147
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
[0 to 2000 / 0 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044
045
*ENG
*ENG
[0.000 to 2.000 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
2005
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 2000 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-148
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
SP Mode Tables
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
060
061
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
062
063
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[-125 to 125 / 0 / 1-V/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-149
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-150
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-151
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-152
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
2007
AC ampere target value when Electrify AC.
001 Environmental Target: Bk
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-153
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2012
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
2013
*ENG
[0 to 0 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Environment class divided based on the temperature / humidity sensor
information when controlling Electrify AC of latest main & subs FC mode.
Forced Setting
*ENG
[0 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-154
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1%RH/step]
008
Relative temperature detected with temperature / humidity sensor when
controlling Electrify AC of latest main and subs FC mode.
Absolute Humidity FC :
Display
*ENG
009
Absolute temperature detected with temperature / humidity sensor when
controlling Electrify AC of latest main and subs FC mode.
Environmental Bk: Display
*ENG
[0 to 0 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
2-155
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1%RH/step]
*ENG
013
Absolute temperature detected by the temperature / humidity sensor when
controlling Electrify AC of latest main & subs monochrome Bk mode.
2014
*ENG
001 Page interval to do main control when Power ON, recover from energy save
mode, front door close.
Exec Interval: Print
*ENG
[0 to 2000 / 0 / 1page/step]
002
Page interval to do main control when printing, finish printing.
Page Interval
*ENG
[0 to 500 / 10 / 1page/step]
003
Page interval to decide to adjust sub when printing in standard speed.
Temperature
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 35 / 1deg/step]
004
Temperature threshold for sub control execute decision,
Relative Humidity
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 50 / 1%RH/step]
005
Threshold of relative humidity conditions to do sub adjustments.
Absolute Humidity
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 12 / 1g/m^3/step]
006
Threshold of absolute Temperature conditions to do sub adjustments.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-156
Main SP Tables-2-1
Temp Threshold M
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 10 / 1deg/step]
RH Threshold M
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 50 / 1%RH/step]
008 Relative humidity variation threshold for deciding of executing main adjust.
0: Execute every time.
AH Threshold M
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 6 / 1g/m^3/step]
009 Relative humidity variation threshold for deciding of executing main adjust.
0: Execute every time.
Temp Threshold S
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 5 / 1%RH/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014
Flag to decide whether to adjust AC when SC491 is detected.
2-157
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
2015
*ENG
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Result of AC adjust control for Bk (main / sub common)
C
*ENG
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Result of AC adjust control for C (main / sub common)
M
*ENG
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Result of AC adjust control for M (main / sub common)
Y
*ENG
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Result of AC adjust control for Y (main / sub common)
2020
*ENG
[0 to 19 / 15 / 1deg/step]
001
Temperature threshold for calculating Electrify roller fatigue.
Absolute Humidity
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 6 / 1g/m^3/step]
002
Absolute humidity threshold for calculating Electrify roller fatigue.
Print Page Counter
*ENG
[0 to 999 / 0 / 1page/step]
003
Printing counter for multi-step correction.
Print Pages Threshold
*ENG
[0 to 999 / 10 / 1page/step]
004
Printing pages threshold when Multi-step correction.
Temp Thresh
*ENG
[20 to 99 / 20 / 1deg/step]
005
Temperature threshold 2 for calculating Electrify roller fatigue.
Coefficient a: K
*ENG
011
Coefficient a, K for calculating Electrify roller fatigue.
Coefficient a: C
*ENG
012
Coefficient a, C for calculating Electrify roller fatigue.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-158
Main SP Tables-2-1
Coefficient a: M
*ENG
013
Coefficient a, M for calculating Electrify roller fatigue.
Coefficient a: Y
*ENG
014
Coefficient b: K
*ENG
015
Coefficient b, K for calculating Electrify roller fatigue.
Coefficient b: C
*ENG
016
Coefficient b, C for calculating Electrify roller fatigue.
Coefficient b: M
*ENG
017
Coefficient b, M for calculating Electrify roller fatigue.
Coefficient b: Y
*ENG
018
Coefficient b, Y for calculating Electrify roller fatigue.
2021
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 0 / 1V/step]
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 0 / 1V/step]
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 0 / 1V/step]
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 0 / 1V/step]
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 10 / 10V/step]
001
DC bias correction value, K
Display:C
002
DC bias correction value, C
Display:M
003
DC bias correction value, M
Display:Y
004
DC bias correction value, Y
Setting1:K
005
Electric potential correction amount 1 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, K
Setting1:C
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 10 / 10V/step]
006
Electric potential correction amount 1 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, C
System Maintenance Section
2-159
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
Setting1:M
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 10 / 10V/step]
007
Electric potential correction amount 1 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, M
Setting1:Y
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 10 / 10V/step]
008
Electric potential correction amount 1 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, Y
Setting2:K
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 20 / 10V/step]
009
Electric potential correction amount 1 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, K
Setting2:C
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 20 / 10V/step]
010
VC calculating coefficient DC Electrify.
Setting2:M
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 20 / 10V/step]
011
Electric potential correction amount 2 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, M
Setting2:Y
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 20 / 10V/step]
012
Electric potential correction amount 2 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, Y
Setting3:K
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 30 / 5V/step]
013
Electric potential correction amount 3 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, K
Setting3:C
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 30 / 5V/step]
014
Electric potential correction amount 3 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, C
Setting3:M
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 30 / 5V/step]
015
Electric potential correction amount 3 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, M
Setting3:Y
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 30 / 5V/step]
016
Electric potential correction amount 3 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, Y
Setting4:K
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 40 / 5V/step]
017
Electric potential correction amount 4 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, K
Setting4:C
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 40 / 5V/step]
018
Electric potential correction amount 4 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, C
Setting4:M
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 40 / 5V/step]
019
Electric potential correction amount 4 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, M
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-160
Main SP Tables-2-1
Setting4:Y
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 40 / 5V/step]
020
Electric potential correction amount 4 against Electrify roller fatigue amount, Y
Setting5:K
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 10 / 1V/step]
changes.
Setting5:C
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 10 / 1V/step]
022 Variation amount 5 C, for correcting electric potential phase when environment
changes.
Setting5:M
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 10 / 1V/step]
023 Variation amount 5 M, for correcting electric potential phase when environment
changes.
Setting5:Y
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 10 / 1V/step]
024 Variation amount 5 Y, for correcting electric potential phase when environment
changes.
Setting6:K
*ENG
[-90 to 90 / 2 / 1V/step]
025 Electric potential correction amount 6 K, against Electrify roller total rotating
time.
Setting6:C
*ENG
[-90 to 90 / 2 / 1V/step]
026 Electric potential correction amount 6 C, against Electrify roller total rotating
time.
Setting6:M
*ENG
[-90 to 90 / 2 / 1V/step]
027 Electric potential correction amount 6,M, against Electrify roller total rotating
time.
Setting6:Y
*ENG
[-90 to 90 / 2 / 1V/step]
028 Electric potential correction amount 6 Y, against Electrify roller total rotating
time.
Display:Energized:K
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 0 / 1V/step]
029
Voltage correction value K, from Electrify roller fatigue.
2-161
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
021 Variation amount 5 K, for correcting electric potential phase when environment
Main SP Tables-2-1
Display:Energized:C
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 0 / 1V/step]
030
Voltage correction value C, from Electrify roller fatigue.
Display:Energized:M
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 0 / 1V/step]
031
Voltage correction value M, from Electrify roller fatigue.
Display:Energized:Y
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 0 / 1V/step]
032
Voltage correction value Y, from Electrify roller fatigue.
Display:Total Rotation:K
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1V/step]
033
Voltage correction value K, from Electrify roller total electrification.
Display:Total Rotation:C
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1V/step]
034
Voltage correction value C, from Electrify roller total electrification.
Display:Total Rotation:M
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1V/step]
035
Voltage correction value M, from Electrify roller total electrification.
Display:Total Rotation:Y
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 1V/step]
036
Voltage correction value Y, from Electrify roller total electrification.
Split Number n: K
*ENG
[1 to 99 / 15 / 1/step]
037 Coefficient K, for setting electric potential to multiple steps from total
electrification time.
[1 to 99 / D146: 15, D147: 15,
Split Number n: C
*ENG
038
*ENG
039
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-162
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
040
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 0 / 1V/step]
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 0 / 1V/step]
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 0 / 1V/step]
*ENG
[0 to 90 / 0 / 1V/step]
2022
*ENG
[0 to 999999 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Value K, showing the electrification fatigue amount of Electrify roller.
Display:C
*ENG
[0 to 999999 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Value C, showing the electrification fatigue amount of Electrify roller.
Display:M
*ENG
[0 to 999999 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Value M, showing the electrification fatigue amount of Electrify roller.
Display:Y
*ENG
[0 to 999999 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Value Y, showing the electrification fatigue amount of Electrify roller.
005
*ENG
2-163
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
electrification time.
Main SP Tables-2-1
Calculation value K, for calculating temporary value when RTC can not be
acquired.
PCU Rotation Time After
Correction: C
*ENG
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]
006
Calculation value C, for calculating temporary value when RTC can not be
acquired.
PCU Rotation Time After
Correction: M
*ENG
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]
007
Calculation value M, for calculating temporary value when RTC can not be
acquired.
PCU Rotation Time After
Correction: Y
*ENG
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]
008
Calculation value Y, for calculating temporary value when RTC can not be
acquired.
Threshold1:K
*ENG
[0 to 4000 / 30 / 1/step]
009
Threshold 1 K, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Threshold1:C
*ENG
[0 to 4000 / 30 / 1/step]
010
Threshold 1 C, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Threshold1:M
*ENG
[0 to 4000 / 30 / 1/step]
011
Threshold 1 M, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Threshold1:Y
*ENG
[0 to 4000 / 30 / 1/step]
012
Threshold 1 Y, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Threshold2:K
*ENG
[0 to 4000 / 70 / 1/step]
013
Threshold 2 K, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Threshold2:C
*ENG
[0 to 4000 / 70 / 1/step]
014
Threshold 2 C, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Threshold2:M
*ENG
[0 to 4000 / 70 / 1/step]
015
Threshold 2 M, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-164
Main SP Tables-2-1
Threshold2:Y
*ENG
[0 to 4000 / 70 / 1/step]
016
Threshold 2 Y, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Threshold3:K
*ENG
017
Threshold3:C
*ENG
018
Threshold 3 C, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Threshold3:M
*ENG
019
Threshold 3 M, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Threshold3:Y
*ENG
020
Threshold 3 Y, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Threshold4:K
*ENG
021
Threshold 4 K, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Threshold4:C
*ENG
022
Threshold 4 C, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Threshold4:M
*ENG
023
Threshold 4 M, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Threshold4:Y
*ENG
024
Threshold 4 Y, against Electrify roller fatigue amount.
Prev Correction Calculation
025 Bk:Year
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 0 / 1year/step]
*ENG
[1 to 12 / 1 / 1month/step]
*ENG
[1 to 31 / 1 / 1day/step]
2-165
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
[0 to 23 / 0 / 1hour/step]
*ENG
[0 to 59 / 0 / 1minute/step]
*ENG
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
2101
[Registration Correction]
Color Main Dot: Bk
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-166
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
By operating this SP, main scan position can be changed, but if MUSIC is
executed, automatically will be adjusted to BK position.
Color Main Dot: Cy
*ENG
By operating this SP, main scan position can be changed, but if MUSIC is
executed, automatically will be adjusted to BK position.
Color Main Dot: Ye
*ENG
By operating this SP, main scan position can be changed, but if MUSIC is
executed, automatically will be adjusted to BK position.
Color Sub Line: Bk
*ENG
005 For BK color, even using this SP, sub scan image position against paper will not
change, mush be adjust with paper feed timing.
Color Sub Line: Ma
006
*ENG
By operating this SP, sub scan position can be changed, but if MUSIC is
executed, automatically will be adjusted to BK position.
Color Sub Line: Cy
007
*ENG
By operating this SP, sub scan position can be changed, but if MUSIC is
executed, automatically will be adjusted to BK position.
2-167
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
002
Main SP Tables-2-1
008
*ENG
By operating this SP, sub scan position can be changed, but if MUSIC is
executed, automatically will be adjusted to BK position.
[Magnification Adjustment]
Adjusts main scan lower speed scale for BK color.
2102
CMY color scale will fit to standard BK speed after executing MUSIC; only BK
color will have a different scale in the image even with out executing MUSIC
after this SP.
001
*ENG
[-2.000 to 2.000 / 0.000 /
*ENG
*ENG
0.001%/step]
[Magnification Adjustment]
Adjusts main scan scale.
2102
With operating this SP, scale can be changed, but if MUSIC is executed after,
automatically will be adjusted so fit standard speed BK color scale.
004
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
007
0.001%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-168
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
SP Mode Tables
010
[Magnification Adjustment]
Adjusts scale against standard speed BK.
2102
With operating this SP, scale can be changed, but if MUSIC is executed after,
automatically will be adjusted so to match standard speed BK color scale
028
031
034
2102
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
037
Adjusts main scan beam pitch against BK color LD1
Only for factory adjust.
Bk: 1st-3rd
*ENG
038
Adjusts main scan beam pitch against BK color LD1
Only for factory adjust.
Bk: 1st-4th
*ENG
039
Adjusts main scan beam pitch against BK color LD1
Only for factory adjust.
2-169
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-2-1
Ma: 1st-2nd
*ENG
040
Adjusts main scan beam pitch against M color LD1
Only for factory adjust.
Ma: 1st-3rd
*ENG
041
Adjusts main scan beam pitch against M color LD1
Only for factory adjust.
Ma: 1st-4th
*ENG
042
Adjusts main scan beam pitch against M color LD1
Only for factory adjust.
Cy: 1st-2nd
*ENG
043
Adjusts main scan beam pitch against M color LD1
Only for factory adjust.
Cy: 1st-3rd
*ENG
044
Adjusts main scan beam pitch against M color LD1
Only for factory adjust.
Cy: 1st-4th
*ENG
045
Adjusts main scan beam pitch against M color LD1
Only for factory adjust.
Ye: 1st-2nd
*ENG
046
Adjusts main scan beam pitch against Y color LD1
Only for factory adjust.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-170
Main SP Tables-2-1
Ye: 1st-3rd
*ENG
047
Adjusts main scan beam pitch against Y color LD1
Ye: 1st-4th
*ENG
048
Adjusts main scan beam pitch against Y color LD1
Only for factory adjust.
2103
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-171
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 60 / 10 / 1sec/step]
001 Sets pre-rotating time for polygon motor. With touching the operating
standby, polygon motor will pre-rotate.
during
*ENG
002 Sets post-rotating time for polygon motor. Polygon motor will post-rotate after
printing. If a print order come during post-rotation, printing will start faster.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-172
Main SP Tables-2-1
2107
[Image Parameter]
Image Gamma Flag
ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Turns shading area correction ON/OFF. For Design evaluation.
2109
[Test Pattern]
Pattern Selection
ENG
[0 to 23 / 0 / 1/step]
Select patterns.
0 None
14 Trimming Area
17 Band (Horizontal)
18 Band (Vertical)
003
Color Selection
ENG
005
2: Ma
3: Ye
4: Cy
2-173
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
Density: Bk
ENG
[0 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
Density: Ma
007 Sets test patterns density.
Value increase: Deeper
Density: Cy
008 Sets test patterns density.
Value increase: Deeper
Density: Ye
009 Sets test patterns density.
Value increase: Deeper
[LD Driver]
2110
LD Driver error flag
Error Bk
*ENG
001
Error Ma
*ENG
002
LD Driver error flag Ma color (For only model D148/D149/D150. Abxyz models
does not use)
Error Cy
*ENG
003
LD Driver error flag Cy color (For only model D148/D149/D150. Abxyz models
does not use)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-174
Main SP Tables-2-1
Error Ye
*ENG
004
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Execution flag to download adjustment values of writing unit to main units SP.
Executes when replacing the writing unit or assembling main unit
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Executes MUSIC mode a ( fine-tune x 2)
Mode b
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Executes MUSIC mode b ( fine-tune x 1)
Mode c
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Executes MUSIC mode c (rough-tune x 1)
Mode d
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Executes MUSIC mode d (rough-tune then fine-tune)
2112
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Executes test mode for Image transfer belt / TMP sensor.
General:FCR
*ENG
[0 to 999 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Shows test results for Image transfer belt / TMP sensor test mode, with 3bits / in
the order of [Front][Center][Rear].
020 Threshold Setting
*ENG
2-175
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
Sets edge detecting threshold value of Image transfer belt / TMP sensor test
mode.
The results will turn out as following in Image transfer belt / TMP sensors test
mode.
When TMP sensor detection value is larger than this setting value: No
problems.
When TMP sensor detection value is smaller than this setting value: Edge
detected.
2115
[Gamma Correction]
Low CPP edge Correction
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
001 Sets gamma correction value of valid pixel for low CPP edge process.
Value increase: Deeper density
2117
[Skew Adjustment]
Pulse: M
*ENG
[-75 to 75 / 0 / 1pulse/step]
*ENG
[-75 to 75 / 0 / 1pulse/step]
*ENG
[-99 to 99 / 0 / 1pulse/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / - / -]
ENG
[0 or 1 / - / -]
ENG
[0 or 1 / - / -]
001
M: skew adjust: input
Pulse: C
002
C: skew adjust: input
Pulse: Y
003
Y: skew adjust: input
2118
[Skew Adjustment]
Execute: M
001
M: skew adjust: execute
Execute: C
002
C: skew adjust: execute
Execute: Y
003
Y: skew adjust: execute
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-176
Main SP Tables-2-1
2119
*ENG
[-75 to 75 / 0 / 1pulse/step]
*ENG
[-75 to 75 / 0 / 1pulse/step]
*ENG
[-99 to 99 / 0 / 1pulse/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
C
002
C: skew current location: display.
Y
003
Y: skew current location: display.
2120
001
Corrects thick paper skew.
2121
*ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Correcting coefficient for skew.
2140
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1/step]
Saves / Refreshes PWM setting value of TMP sensor [Front] to this setting
005 value when Vsg adjustment is done.
From then on, PWM setting value will be this setting value during belt check.
When Vsg adjust fails, saving / refreshing will not be done to this setting
2-177
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
PWM: Center
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1/step]
Saves / Refreshes PWM setting value of TMP sensor [Center] to this setting
006 value when Vsg adjustment is done.
From then on, PWM setting value will be this setting value during belt check.
When Vsg adjust fails, saving / refreshing will not be done to this setting
PWM: Rear
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1/step]
Saves / Refreshes PWM setting value of TMP sensor [Rear] to this setting
007 value when Vsg adjustment is done.
From then on, PWM setting value will be this setting value during belt check.
When Vsg adjust fails, saving / refreshing will not be done to this setting
2141
*ENG
005 Saves / Refreshes TMP sensor [Front] detecting result average data to this SP
from result of Image transfer belt / TMP sensor check mode.
Average: Center
*ENG
006 Saves / Refreshes TMP sensor [Center] detecting result average data to this
SP from result of Image transfer belt / TMP sensor check mode.
Average: Rear
*ENG
007 Saves / Refreshes TMP sensor [Rear] detecting result average data to this SP
from result of Image transfer belt / TMP sensor check mode.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-178
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
005 With the image transfer belt / TMP sensor check mode result, take average of
each 10 sampling data from TMP sensors [Front] detecting result data, and
from of all sampling data, save / refresh this SP with the max. value.
Maximum: Center
*ENG
006 With the image transfer belt / TMP sensor check mode result, take average of
each 10 sampling data from TMP sensors [Center] detecting result data, and
from of all sampling data, save / refresh this SP with the max. value.
Maximum: Rear
*ENG
007 With the image transfer belt / TMP sensor check mode result, take average of
each 10 sampling data from TMP sensors [Rear] detecting result data, and from
of all sampling data, save / refresh this SP with the max. value.
2143
*ENG
005 With the image transfer belt / TMP sensor check mode result, take average of
each 10 sampling data from TMP sensors [Front] detecting result data, and
from of all sampling data, save / refresh this SP with the min. value.
Minimum: Center
*ENG
006 With the image transfer belt / TMP sensor check mode result, take average of
each 10 sampling data from TMP sensors [Center] detecting result data, and
from of all sampling data, save / refresh this SP with the min. value.
Minimum: Rear
*ENG
007 With the image transfer belt / TMP sensor check mode result, take average of
each 10 sampling data from TMP sensors [Rear] detecting result data, and from
of all sampling data, save / refresh this SP with the min. value.
2-179
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
2142
Main SP Tables-2-1
2144
*ENG
005 Saves/ refreshes this SP with the max. value of all sampling data form TMP
sensor [Front] detecting result data by image transfer belt / TMP sensor check
mode result.
Maximum 2: Center
*ENG
006 Saves/ refreshes this SP with the max. value of all sampling data form TMP
sensor [Center] detecting result data by image transfer belt / TMP sensor check
mode result.
Maximum 2: Rear
*ENG
007 Saves/ refreshes this SP with the max. value of all sampling data form TMP
sensor [Rear] detecting result data by image transfer belt / TMP sensor check
mode result.
2145
*ENG
005 Saves/ refreshes this SP with the min. value of all sampling data form TMP
sensor [Front] detecting result data by image transfer belt / TMP sensor check
mode result.
Minimum 2: Center
*ENG
006 Saves/ refreshes this SP with the min. value of all sampling data form TMP
sensor [Center] detecting result data by image transfer belt / TMP sensor check
mode result.
Minimum 2: Rear
*ENG
007 Saves/ refreshes this SP with the min. value of all sampling data form TMP
sensor [Rear] detecting result data by image transfer belt / TMP sensor check
mode result.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-180
Main SP Tables-2-1
[TM-Sensor Test]
Number of Edge
Detection:Front
*ENG
[0 to 16 / 0 / 1/step]
005 When the TMP sensor [Front] detecting value from the image transfer belt /
TMP sensor check mode result is checked as smaller (Edge detected) as then
the edge detect threshold setting value (sp2-112-020), Save / refresh this PS
with the times checked so.
Number of Edge
Detection:Center
*ENG
[0 to 16 / 0 / 1/step]
006 When the TMP sensor [Center] detecting value from the image transfer belt /
TMP sensor check mode result is checked as smaller (Edge detected) as then
the edge detect threshold setting value (sp2-112-020), Save / refresh this PS
with the times checked so.
Number of Edge
Detection:Rear
*ENG
[0 to 16 / 0 / 1/step]
007 When the TMP sensor [Rear] detecting value from the image transfer belt / TMP
sensor check mode result is checked as smaller (Edge detected) as then the
edge detect threshold setting value (sp2-112-020), Save / refresh this PS with
the times checked so.
CMY color can be matched to adjusted BK color position by Using MUSIC after
operating this SP.
027 Area 0: Bk
*ENG
2-181
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
2146
Main SP Tables-2-1
CMY color can be matched to adjusted BK color position by Using MUSIC after
operating this SP.
028 Area 1: Bk
*ENG
029 Area 2: Bk
*ENG
030 Area 3: Bk
*ENG
031 Area 4: Bk
*ENG
032 Area 5: Bk
*ENG
033 Area 6: Bk
*ENG
034 Area 7: Bk
*ENG
035 Area 8: Bk
*ENG
036 Area 9: Bk
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
CMY color can be matched to adjusted BK color position by Using MUSIC after
operating this SP.
079 Area 0: Ma
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-182
Main SP Tables-2-1
CMY color can be matched to adjusted BK color position by Using MUSIC after
operating this SP.
080 Area 1: Ma
*ENG
081 Area 2: Ma
*ENG
082 Area 3: Ma
*ENG
083 Area 4: Ma
*ENG
084 Area 5: Ma
*ENG
085 Area 6: Ma
*ENG
086 Area 7: Ma
*ENG
087 Area 8: Ma
*ENG
088 Area 9: Ma
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
CMY color can be matched to adjusted BK color position by Using MUSIC after
operating this SP.
131 Area 0: Cy
*ENG
2-183
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
CMY color can be matched to adjusted BK color position by Using MUSIC after
operating this SP.
132 Area 1: Cy
*ENG
133 Area 2: Cy
*ENG
134 Area 3: Cy
*ENG
135 Area 4: Cy
*ENG
136 Area 5: Cy
*ENG
137 Area 6: Cy
*ENG
138 Area 7: Cy
*ENG
139 Area 8: Cy
*ENG
140 Area 9: Cy
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
CMY color can be matched to adjusted BK color position by Using MUSIC after
operating this SP.
183 Area 0: Ye
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-184
Main SP Tables-2-1
CMY color can be matched to adjusted BK color position by Using MUSIC after
operating this SP.
184 Area 1: Ye
*ENG
185 Area 2: Ye
*ENG
186 Area 3: Ye
*ENG
187 Area 4: Ye
*ENG
188 Area 5: Ye
*ENG
189 Area 6: Ye
*ENG
190 Area 7: Ye
*ENG
191 Area 8: Ye
*ENG
192 Area 9: Ye
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
Value increase: Light amount increases, and image density gets deeper.
Value decrease: Light amount decreases, and image density gets thinner.
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-185
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
Value increase: Light amount increases, and image density gets deeper.
Value decrease: Light amount decreases, and image density gets thinner.
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-186
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[10 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
002 600dpi: Ma
*ENG
[10 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
003 600dpi: Cy
*ENG
[10 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
004 600dpi: Ye
*ENG
[10 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
005 1200dpi: Bk
*ENG
[10 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
006 1200dpi: Ma
*ENG
[10 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
007 1200dpi: Cy
*ENG
[10 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
008 1200dpi: Ye
*ENG
[10 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
*ENG
[10 to 15 / 14 / 1/step]
2160
009
Vertical line width correction: isolated dot.
1200dpi:Indet.:Bk
*ENG
[10 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
2-187
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
Main SP Tables-2-1
2180
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Clears SP value of SP2-102-001 to 012[Magnification Adjustment].
MUSIC Result
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Clears SP value of SP2-181-003 to 082 [Line Position Adj. Result].
Area Magnification Correction
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Clears SP value of SP2-182-004 to 040 [Line Position Adj. Offset].
Values will be set from MUSIC (Auto color match) detect result.
Refreshes each time executed. No need to operate.
[-5000.000 to 5000.000 / 0.000 /
003 Skew: M
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
017
018
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
*ENG
2-188
0.001um/step]
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
021 Skew: C
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
035
036
*ENG
*ENG
0.001um/step]
*ENG
*ENG
039 Skew: Y
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-189
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
053
054
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 4 / 0 / 1line/step]
*ENG
[0 to 4 / 0 / 1line/step]
*ENG
[0 to 4 / 0 / 1line/step]
*ENG
[0 to 4 / 0 / 1line/step]
*ENG
[0 to 4 / 0 / 1line/step]
*ENG
[0 to 4 / 0 / 1line/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-190
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-191
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
2182
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-192
Main SP Tables-2-1
2182
*ENG
No need to operate.
[Method Select]
2187
MUSIC pattern setting. No need to operate.
002 MUSIC Pattern Length Adj.
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
Sets belt scratch misdetection avoiding level for color shift detection.
No need to operate.
2193
*ENG
*ENG
002 Condition threshold to auto execute MUSIC or not based on last printed sheets
from MUSIC when finish printing in B&W+Color mode.
Page: Job End: FC
*ENG
003 Condition threshold to auto execute MUSIC or not based on last printed sheets
from MUSIC when finish printing in Color mode.
Page: Interrupt: BW+FC
*ENG
004 Condition threshold to auto execute MUSIC or not based on last printed sheets
from MUSIC during printing in B&W+Color mode.
2-193
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-2-1
Page: Interrupt: FC
*ENG
005 Condition threshold to auto execute MUSIC or not based on last printed sheets
from MUSIC during printing in Color mode.
Page: Stand-By: BW
*ENG
006 Condition threshold to auto execute MUSIC or not based on last printed
B&W+Color sheets from MUSIC during stand-by.
Page: Stand-By: FC
*ENG
007 Condition threshold to auto execute MUSIC or not based on last printed Color
sheets from MUSIC during stand-by.
Temp.
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1deg/step]
008 Condition threshold to auto execute MUSIC or not based on the variation of
environment temperature (Temperature and humidity sensor) since last MUSIC.
Time
*ENG
009 Condition threshold to auto execute MUSIC on recover from energy save mode
/ Power on or not based on the elapsed time since last MUSIC.
010 Magnification
*ENG
Temp. 2
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1deg/step]
011 Condition threshold (Threshold revel: Mid.) to auto execute MUSIC or not
based on the variation of internal temperature (drum temp. sensor) since last
MUSIC.
012 Time 2
Temp. 3
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 10 / 1deg/step]
013 Condition threshold (Threshold revel: Hi.) to auto execute MUSIC or not based
on the variation of internal temperature (drum temp. sensor) since last MUSIC.
Page: Power ON:BW+FC
*ENG
016 Condition threshold to auto execute MUSIC on recover from energy save mode
/ Power on or not based sheets printed during electrification.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-194
Main SP Tables-2-1
2194
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 0 / 1year/step]
001
Saves / Refreshes this SP with Year of last MUSIC.
*ENG
[1 to 12 / 1 / 1month/step]
*ENG
[1 to 31 / 1 / 1day/step]
003
Saves / Refreshes this SP with Day of last MUSIC.
Hour
*ENG
[0 to 23 / 0 / 1hour/step]
004
Saves / Refreshes this SP with Hour of last MUSIC.
Minute
*ENG
[0 to 59 / 0 / 1minute/step]
005
Saves / Refreshes this SP with Minute of last MUSIC.
Temperature
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
0: Success
1: Failure
Number of Execution
*ENG
[0 to 999999 / 0 / 1time/step]
008 Saves / Refreshes this SP with the total count of MUSIC done since machine
shipped.
Number of Failure
*ENG
[0 to 999999 / 0 / 1time/step]
009 Saves / Refreshes this SP with the total count of MUSIC failed since machine
shipped.
Error Result: C
*ENG
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Saves / Refreshes this SP with the Cyan result among the MUSIC execution
result.
2-195
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Month
002
Main SP Tables-2-1
Error Result: M
*ENG
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Saves / Refreshes this SP with the Magenta result among the MUSIC execution
result.
Error Result: Y
*ENG
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
012 Saves / Refreshes this SP with the yellow result among the MUSIC execution
result.
Error Result: K
*ENG
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Saves / Refreshes this SP with the Black result among the MUSIC execution
result.
Temperature 2
*ENG
014 Saves / Refreshes this SP with the internal temperature (drum temp. sensor) of
last MUSIC.
2195
*ENG
001
0: OFF
1: ON
*ENG
[0 to 999 / 50 / 1page/step]
002 Condition threshold to auto execute real time MUSIC based on the sheets
printed with last MUSIC during printing in B&W+Color.
Page: Interrupt: FC
*ENG
[0 to 999 / 50 / 1page/step]
003 Condition threshold to auto execute real time MUSIC based on the sheets
printed with last MUSIC during printing in Color.
Temperature 4
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 1 / 1deg/step]
004 Condition threshold (Threshold revel: Mid.) to auto execute real time MUSIC or
not based on the variation of internal temperature (drum temp. sensor) since
last MUSIC.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-196
Main SP Tables-2-1
Temperature 5
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 1 / 1deg/step]
005 Condition threshold (Threshold revel: Hi.) to auto execute real time MUSIC or
not based on the variation of internal temperature (drum temp. sensor) since
2197
*ENG
[10 to 40 / 20 / 10ms/step]
001 Sets margin time for starting scan to set starting position of scan MUSIC pattern
accurately.
TM Sensor Position
*ENG
002 Sets physical distance information of TMP Sensor to set MUSIC pattern
scanning start position accurately.
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / -]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / -]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / -]
001
M: skew original setting.
C: Skew Motor
002
C: skew original setting.
Y: Skew Motor
003
Y: skew original setting.
2-197
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
last MUSIC.
Main SP Tables-2-1
Decides output setting value as the value set to this SP when not controlling
Process control.
001 K
*ENG
002 C
*ENG
003 M
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG
2229
[Develop DC Vias]
Standard Speed: Bk
*ENG
001 Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with
Process control is not set. (Std. speed: Bk)
Standard Speed: C
*ENG
002 Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with
Process control is not set. (Std. speed: C)
Standard Speed: M
*ENG
003 Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with
Process control is not set. (Std. speed: M)
Standard Speed: Y
*ENG
004 Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with
Process control is not set. (Std. speed: Y)
Middle Speed Bk
*ENG
005 Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with
Process control is not set.
Middle Speed C
*ENG
006 Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with
Process control is not set.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-198
Main SP Tables-2-1
Middle Speed M
*ENG
007 Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with
Middle Speed Y
*ENG
008 Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with
Process control is not set.
Low Speed: Bk
*ENG
009 Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with
Process control is not set.
Low Speed: C
*ENG
010 Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with
Process control is not set. (Low speed: C)
Low Speed: M
*ENG
011 Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with
Process control is not set. (Low speed: M)
Low Speed: Y
*ENG
012 Refers to develop bias set to this SP when electric potential control with
Process control is not set. (Low speed: Y)
2230
*ENG
[0 to 0 / 0 / 1%/step]
001
Decides light amount to remove electricity at Std. speed.
Middle Speed
*ENG
[0 to 0 / 0 / 1%/step]
002
Decides light amount to remove electricity at Mid. Speed.
Low Speed
*ENG
[0 to 0 / 0 / 1%/step]
003
Decides light amount to remove electricity at Low. Speed.
2-199
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
2241
[Temperature/Humidity: Display]
Exec Interval: Extra Fan
003 Control
*ENG
[1 to 3600 / 10 / 1sec/step]
Sets interval time for temperature detection to decide whether to extend control.
AIT Temperature
ENG
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
004
Displays imaging temperature.
2242
001 TS: imaging temperature (Celsius): developing with each temperature division
U: displays Bk rotation distance.
40<TS<=45
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
002 TS: imaging temperature (Celsius): developing with each temperature division
U: displays Bk rotation distance.
45<TS
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
003 TS: imaging temperature (Celsius): developing with each temperature division
U: displays Bk rotation distance.
Log Clear
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Clears image temperature usage environment log.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-200
Main SP Tables-2-1
[Environmental Correction:Trans]
Current Environmental
001 Display
ENG
[0 to 0 / 0 / 0/step]
*ENG
002
2: ML
3: MM
4: HM
5: HH
6: SLL
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[-5 to 30 / 5 / 1deg/step]
007
Sets absolute temperature threshold (SLL)
2-201
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
2302
Main SP Tables-2-1
2303
[Time-Lapse Correction]
Current Div K
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Displays the current time-lapse division
Current Div C
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Displays the current time-lapse division
Current Div M
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Displays the current time-lapse division
Current Div Y
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Displays the current time-lapse division
Correction Threshold 1_Bk
*ENG
005
Sets time-lapse correction threshold.
Correction Threshold 1_Color
*ENG
006
Sets time-lapse correction threshold.
Correction Threshold 2_Bk
*ENG
007
Sets time-lapse correction threshold.
Correction Threshold 2_Color
*ENG
008
Sets time-lapse correction threshold.
Correction Threshold 3_Bk
*ENG
009
Sets time-lapse correction threshold.
Correction Threshold 3_Color
*ENG
010
Sets time-lapse correction threshold.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-202
Main SP Tables-2-1
002 Threshold 2
*ENG
003 Threshold 3
*ENG
004 Threshold 4
*ENG
2308
Sets paper width threshold for paper size correction (when using optional
roller.).
005 Threshold 1
*ENG
006 Threshold 2
*ENG
007 Threshold 3
*ENG
008 Threshold 4
*ENG
*ENG
Paper Transfer
*ENG
[0 to 230 / 0 / 1-uA/step]
002
* When between papers are close.
003 Paper Transfer
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 80 / 5 / 1uA/step]
[Power ON:Bias]
2316
Sets bias for non image area.
001 Image Transfer
*ENG
*ENG
2-203
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
003
004
Positive:befor and
afterProcon
Negative:befor and
afterProcon
005 Positive:prevention
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Common:BW:Bias]
2351
Sets image transfer output value per line speed in BW mode.
[0 to 80 / D146: 33, D147: 33,
001 Image Transfer:standard
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 80 / 24 / 1uA/step]
*ENG
[0 to 80 / 16 / 1uA/step]
[Common:FC:Bias]
2357
Sets image transfer output value per line speed in FC mode.
[0 to (D146: 60, D147: 60, D148:
001 ImageTransfer:standard:Bk
*ENG
002 ImageTransfer:standard:C
*ENG
003 ImageTransfer:standard:M
*ENG
004 ImageTransfer:standard:Y
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-204
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
*ENG
007 ImageTransfer:Middle:M
*ENG
008 ImageTransfer:Middle:Y
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Common:BW:Env.CorrectionTable]
2360
Sets image transfer output environment correction table per line speed in BW
mode.
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 2 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 2 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 2 / 1/step]
2-205
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
006 ImageTransfer:Middle:C
Main SP Tables-2-1
[Common:FC:Env.CorrectionTable]
2360
Sets image transfer output environment correction table per line speed in FC
mode.
004 ImageTransfer:standard:Bk
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 1 / 1/step]
005 ImageTransfer:standard:C
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 2 / 1/step]
006 ImageTransfer:standard:M
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 3 / 1/step]
007 ImageTransfer:standard:Y
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 4 / 1/step]
008 ImageTransfer:Middle:Bk
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 1 / 1/step]
009 ImageTransfer:Middle:C
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 2 / 1/step]
010 ImageTransfer:Middle:M
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 3 / 1/step]
011 ImageTransfer:Middle:Y
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 4 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 1 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 2 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 3 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 4 / 1/step]
*ENG
ENG
ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-206
[1 to 60 / 2 / 1/step]
[1 to 60 / 1 / 1/step]
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
ENG
ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
ENG
ENG
[1 to 60 / 3 / 1/step]
[1 to 60 / 1 / 1/step]
010 Mid Speed: FC: M
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
2-207
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
ENG
ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
ENG
ENG
[1 to 60 / 4 / 1/step]
[1 to 60 / 1 / 1/step]
010 Mid Speed: FC: M
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
2400
*ENG
001
0: Default roller
1: Wide roller
*ENG
002
Detach timing in waiting
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-208
Main SP Tables-2-1
[Plain1:Bias:BW]
2403
Sets paper transfer ampere per paper thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed /
*ENG
PaperTransfer:standard:1side
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
003 PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:low:2side
*ENG
[Plain1:Bias:FC]
2407
Sets paper transfer ampere per paper thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed /
printing sides.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
001
*ENG
PaperTransfer:standard:1side
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
003 PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
2-209
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
printing sides.
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
[Plain1:SizeCorrection:BW]
2411
Sets paper transfer ampere per paper thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed /
printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-210
Main SP Tables-2-1
[Plain1:SizeCorrection:BW]
2411
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit)
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
2-211
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
021
Main SP Tables-2-1
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Plain1:SizeCorrection:FC]
2412
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-212
Main SP Tables-2-1
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Plain1:SizeCorrection:FC]
2412
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
2-213
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit)
Main SP Tables-2-1
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Plain1:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2413
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-214
Main SP Tables-2-1
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
2413
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
2-215
SP Mode Tables
[Plain1:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
Main SP Tables-2-1
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Plain1:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2414
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-216
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Plain1:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2414
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
2-217
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
Main SP Tables-2-1
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Plain1:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
2415
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
paper thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Side
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Plain1:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
2416
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
paper thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Plain1:TrailEdgeCorrection]
2417
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
paper thickness / line speed / printing sides.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-218
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Side
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Plain1:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
2418
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction of paper
thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Plain2:Bias:BW]
2423
Sets paper transfer ampere per paper thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed /
printing sides.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
003 PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:low:2side
*ENG
2-219
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
Main SP Tables-2-1
[Hhsmall:LeadEdgeCorrection]
2425
*Un used
001 PaperTransfer:1side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:2stSid
*ENG
[Plain2:Bias:FC]
2427
Sets paper transfer ampere per paper thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed /
printing sides.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
003 PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:low:2side
*ENG
[Plain2:SizeCorrection:BW]
2431
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-220
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Plain2:SizeCorrection:BW]
2431
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
2-221
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
Main SP Tables-2-1
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Plain2:SizeCorrection:FC]
2432
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-222
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Plain2:SizeCorrection:FC]
2432
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
2-223
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
Main SP Tables-2-1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Plain2:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2433
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-224
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Plain2:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2433
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
2-225
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
Main SP Tables-2-1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Plain2:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2434
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-226
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Plain2:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2434
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per paper thickness / mode
(FC/BW) / line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
2-227
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
Main SP Tables-2-1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-228
Main SP Tables-2-1
[Plain2:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
2435
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer leading edge correction per paper
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Side
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Plain2:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
2436
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correct per thickness /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Plain2:TrailEdgeCorrection]
2437
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer trailing edge correction per paper
thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Side
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-229
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
[Plain2:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
2438
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correct per thickness /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Middle:Bias:BW]
2443
Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing
sides.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
003 PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:low:2side
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-230
Main SP Tables-2-1
[Middle:Bias:FC]
2447
Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
003 PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:low:2side
*ENG
[Middle:SizeCorrection:BW]
2451
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
2-231
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
sides.
Main SP Tables-2-1
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Middle:SizeCorrection:BW]
2451
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-232
Main SP Tables-2-1
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Middle:SizeCorrection:FC]
2452
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
2-233
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
029
Main SP Tables-2-1
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Middle:SizeCorrection:FC]
2452
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-234
Main SP Tables-2-1
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Middle:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2453
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
2-235
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
029
Main SP Tables-2-1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Middle:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2453
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-236
Main SP Tables-2-1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Middle:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2454
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
2-237
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
026
Main SP Tables-2-1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Middle:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2454
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-238
Main SP Tables-2-1
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Middle:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
2455
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Side
*ENG
2-239
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
025
Main SP Tables-2-1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Side
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Middle:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
2456
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Middle:TrailEdgeCorrection]
2457
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Side
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Middle:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
2458
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-240
Main SP Tables-2-1
[Thin:Bias:BW]
2463
Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing
sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Thin:Bias:FC]
2467
Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing
sides.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid
*ENG
*ENG
2-241
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
*ENG
[Thin:SizeCorrection:BW]
2471
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-242
Main SP Tables-2-1
[Thin:SizeCorrection:BW]
2471
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit)
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
2-243
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
021
Main SP Tables-2-1
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Thin:SizeCorrection:FC]
2472
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-244
Main SP Tables-2-1
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Thin:SizeCorrection:FC]
2472
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
2-245
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-1
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Thin:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2473
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-246
Main SP Tables-2-1
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
2473
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
2-247
SP Mode Tables
[Thin:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
Main SP Tables-2-1
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-248
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Thin:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2474
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
2-249
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Thin:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2474
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-250
Main SP Tables-2-2
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Thin:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
2475
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
paper thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Side
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Thin:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
2476
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Thin:TrailEdgeCorrection]
2477
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
paper thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Side
*ENG
2-251
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
037
Main SP Tables-2-2
*ENG
*ENG
[Thin:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
2478
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Thick1:Bias:BW]
2483
Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing
sides.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
001 PaperTransfer:middle:1side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:middle:2side
*ENG
003 PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:low:2side
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-252
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Thick1:Bias:FC]
2487
Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / line speed / printing
001
PaperTransfer:middle:1side
*ENG
002
PaperTransfer:middle:2side
*ENG
003
PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
004
PaperTransfer:low:2side
[Thick1:SizeCorrection:BW]
2491
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3
2-253
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
sides.
Main SP Tables-2-2
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Thick1:SizeCorrection:BW]
2491
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit)
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-254
Main SP Tables-2-2
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Thick1:SizeCorrection:FC]
2492
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1
2-255
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
029
Main SP Tables-2-2
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Thick1:SizeCorrection:FC]
2492
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides. (With using optional wide unit)
021
022
023
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-256
Main SP Tables-2-2
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S5
2-257
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
024
Main SP Tables-2-2
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Thick1:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2493
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-258
Main SP Tables-2-2
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Thick1:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2493
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S4
2-259
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Thick1:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2494
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-260
012 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Thick1:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2494
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per thickness / mode (FC/BW) /
line speed / printing sides.(With using optional wide unit)
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
2-261
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:middle:2Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Thick1:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
2495
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:middle:1Side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:middle:2Side
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-262
Main SP Tables-2-2
*ENG
*ENG
2496
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge per thickness / line
speed / printing speed.
001 PaperTransfer:middle:1side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:middle:2side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Thick1:TrailEdgeCorrection]
2497
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:middle:1Side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:middle:2Side
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Thick1:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
2498
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
thickness / line speed / printing sides.
001 PaperTransfer:middle:1Side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:middle:2Side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
2-263
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
[Thick1:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Thick2:Bias:BW]
2503
Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
003 PaperTransfer:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2side
*ENG
[Thick2:Bias:FC]
2507
Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
003
*ENG
PaperTransfer:1side
004
*ENG
PaperTransfer:2side
[Thick2:SizeCorrection:BW]
2511
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-264
Main SP Tables-2-2
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[Thick2:SizeCorrection:BW]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Thick2:SizeCorrection:FC]
2512
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
2-265
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
2511
Main SP Tables-2-2
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[Thick2:SizeCorrection:FC]
2512
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-266
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
*ENG
[Thick2:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2513
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 70 / 1/step]
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 73 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 74 / 1/step]
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 75 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 76 / 1/step]
[Thick2:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2513
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 70 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 73 / 1/step]
2-267
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 74 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 75 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 76 / 1/step]
[Thick2:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2514
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step]
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 80 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 81 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 82 / 1/step]
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 83 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 84 / 1/step]
[Thick2:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2514
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-268
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 74 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 80 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 81 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 82 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 83 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 84 / 1/step]
[Thick2:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
2515
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
thickness / printing sides.
*ENG
*ENG
2-269
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Thick2:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
2516
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
thickness / printing sides.
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Thick2:TrailEdgeCorrection]
2517
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
thickness / printing sides.
*ENG
*ENG
[Thick2:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
2518
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
thickness / printing sides.
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Thick3:Bias:BW]
2523
Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
003 PaperTransfer:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2side
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-270
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Thick3:Bias:FC]
2527
Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
003 PaperTransfer:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2side
*ENG
[Thick3:SizeCorrection:BW]
2531
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[Thick3:SizeCorrection:BW]
2531
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
2-271
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Thick3:SizeCorrection:FC]
2532
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-272
Main SP Tables-2-2
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
2532
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-273
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
[Thick3:SizeCorrection:FC]
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Thick3:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2533
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 85 / 1/step]
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 87 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 88 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 89 / 1/step]
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 90 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 91 / 1/step]
[Thick3:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2533
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
032
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 85 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 87 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 88 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 89 / 1/step]
2-274
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 90 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 91 / 1/step]
[Thick3:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2534
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step]
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 92 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 93 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 94 / 1/step]
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 95 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 96 / 1/step]
[Thick3:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2534
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 92 / 1/step]
2-275
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 93 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 94 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 95 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 96 / 1/step]
[Thick3:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
2535
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
thickness / printing sides.
*ENG
*ENG
[Thick3:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
2536
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
thickness / printing sides.
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-276
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Thick3:TrailEdgeCorrection]
2537
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
*ENG
*ENG
[Thick3:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
2538
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
thickness / printing sides.
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[OHP:Bias:BW]
2543
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (FC/BW) of OHP.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
003
*ENG
PaperTransfer
[OHP:Bias:FC]
2547
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (FC/BW) of OHP.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
003
*ENG
PaperTransfer
[OHP:SizeCorrection:BW]
2551
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) of OHP.
003 PaperTransfer:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:S2
*ENG
2-277
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
011 PaperTransfer:S3
*ENG
015 PaperTransfer:S4
*ENG
019 PaperTransfer:S5
*ENG
[OHP:SizeCorrection:BW]
2551
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) of OHP. (When using optional wide unit.)
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[OHP:SizeCorrection:FC]
2552
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) of OHP.
003 PaperTransfer:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:S2
*ENG
011 PaperTransfer:S3
*ENG
015 PaperTransfer:S4
*ENG
019 PaperTransfer:S5
*ENG
[OHP:SizeCorrection:FC]
2552
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) of OHP. (When using optional wide unit.)
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-278
Main SP Tables-2-2
*ENG
[OHP:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) of OHP.
003 PaperTransfer:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 70 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
015 PaperTransfer:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
[OHP:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2553
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) of OHP. (When using optional wide unit.)
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 70 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
[OHP:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2554
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) of OHP.
003 PaperTransfer:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
015 PaperTransfer:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
2-279
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
2553
Main SP Tables-2-2
[OHP:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2554
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) of OHP. (When using optional wide unit.)
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
[OHP:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
2555
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction of
OHP.
*ENG
[OHP:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
2556
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction of OHP.
003 Paper Transfer
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[OHP:TrailEdgeCorrection]
2557
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction of OHP.
003 Paper Transfer
*ENG
[OHP:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
2558
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction of OHP.
003 Paper Transfer
2563
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Special1:Bias:BW]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-280
Main SP Tables-2-2
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper
1.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
003 PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:low:2side
*ENG
[Special1:Bias:FC]
2567
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper
1.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
003 PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
2-281
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side
Main SP Tables-2-2
*ENG
[Special1:SizeCorrection:BW]
2571
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (FC/BW) / printing
sides of special paper 1.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-282
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Special1:SizeCorrection:BW]
2571
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (FC/BW) / printing
sides of special paper 1. (When using optional wide unit.)
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
2-283
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
021
Main SP Tables-2-2
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Special1:SizeCorrection:FC]
2572
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (FC/BW) / printing
sides of special paper 1.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-284
Main SP Tables-2-2
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Special1:SizeCorrection:FC]
2572
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (FC/BW) / printing
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
2-285
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Special1:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2573
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper 1.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-286
Main SP Tables-2-2
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
2573
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper 1. (When using optional wide unit.)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
2-287
SP Mode Tables
[Special1:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
Main SP Tables-2-2
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Special1:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2574
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper 1.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-288
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Special1:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2574
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper 1. (When using optional wide unit.)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
2-289
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Special1:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
2575
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per line
speed / printing sides of special paper 1.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Side
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Special1:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
2576
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per line
speed / printing sides of special paper 1.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Special1:TrailEdgeCorrection]
2577
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per line
speed / printing sides of special paper 1.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-290
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Side
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Special1:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
2578
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per line
speed / printing sides of special paper 1.
001 PaperTransfer:Standard:1side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:Standard:2side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Special2:Bias:BW]
2583
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper
2.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
003 PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:low:2side
*ENG
2-291
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Special2:Bias:FC]
2587
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper
2.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
003 PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:low:2side
*ENG
[Special2:SizeCorrection:BW]
2591
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (FC/BW) / printing
sides of special paper 2.
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-292
010 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Special2:SizeCorrection:BW]
2591
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (FC/BW) / printing
sides of special paper 2. (When using optional wide unit.)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
2-293
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Special2:SizeCorrection:FC]
2592
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (FC/BW) / printing
sides of special paper 2.
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-294
009 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Special2:SizeCorrection:FC]
2592
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (FC/BW) / printing
sides of special paper 2. (When using optional wide unit.)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
2-295
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Special2:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2593
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper 2.
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S2
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-296
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Special2:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2593
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper 2. (When using optional wide unit.)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
2-297
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Special2:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2594
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper 2.
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-298
005 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Special2:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2594
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper 2. (When using optional wide unit.)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
2-299
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Special2:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
2595
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per line
speed / printing sides of special paper 2.
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1Side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2Side
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-300
Main SP Tables-2-2
*ENG
[Special2:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per line
speed / printing sides of special paper 2.
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Special2:TrailEdgeCorrection]
2597
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per line
speed / printing sides of special paper 2.
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1Side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2Side
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Special2:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
2598
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per line
speed / printing sides of special paper 2.
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
2-301
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
2596
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Special3:Bias:BW]
2603
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper
3.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
003 PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:low:2side
*ENG
[Special3:Bias:FC]
2607
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper
3.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1side
*ENG
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2side
*ENG
003 PaperTransfer:low:1side
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-302
Main SP Tables-2-2
*ENG
2611
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (FC/BW) / printing
sides of special paper 3.
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
2-303
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
[Special3:SizeCorrection:BW]
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Special3:SizeCorrection:BW]
2611
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (FC/BW) / printing
sides of special paper 3. (When using optional wide unit.)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
037
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-304
Main SP Tables-2-2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Special3:SizeCorrection:FC]
2612
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (FC/BW) / printing
sides of special paper 3.
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
2-305
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
038
Main SP Tables-2-2
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Special3:SizeCorrection:FC]
2612
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (FC/BW) / printing
sides of special paper 3. (When using optional wide unit.)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-306
Main SP Tables-2-2
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Special3:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2613
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper 3.
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
2-307
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
037
Main SP Tables-2-2
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Special3:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2613
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper 3. (When using optional wide unit.)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
2-308
Main SP Tables-2-2
037
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Special3:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2614
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper 3.
001 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S1
002 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S1
003 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S1
004 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S1
005 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S2
006 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S2
007 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S2
008 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S2
009 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S3
010 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S3
011 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S3
012 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S3
013 PaperTransfer:standard:1Sid:S4
014 PaperTransfer:standard:2Sid:S4
015 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S4
016 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S4
2-309
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
017 PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
018 PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
019 PaperTransfer:Low:1Side:S5
020 PaperTransfer:Low:2Side:S5
[Special3:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2614
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(FC/BW) / printing sides of special paper 3. (When using optional wide unit.)
021
022
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S1
025
026
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S2
029
030
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S3
033
034
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S4
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-310
Main SP Tables-2-2
038
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:1Sid:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:Standard:2Sid:S5
[Special3:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
2615
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per line
speed / printing sides of special paper 3.
001
Paper
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
002
Transfer:standard:1side
Paper
Transfer:standard:2side
[Special3:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
2616
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per line
speed / printing sides of special paper 3.
001
Paper
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002
Transfer:standard:1side
Paper
Transfer:standard:2side
2-311
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
037
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Special3:TrailEdgeCorrection]
2617
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per line
speed / printing sides of special paper 3.
001
Paper
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
002
Transfer:standard:1side
Paper
Transfer:standard:2side
[Special3:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
2618
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per line
speed / printing sides of special paper 3.
001
Paper
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
002
Transfer:standard:1side
Paper
Transfer:standard:2side
[Special1 Thick:Bias:BW]
2623
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper
1 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick paper 2 or upper with
model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model D146/D147.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
003 PaperTransfer:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2side
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-312
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Special1 Thick:Bias:FC]
2627
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper
1 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick paper 2 or upper with
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2side
*ENG
[Special1Thick:PaperSizeCorr:BW]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (BW/FC) / printing
2631
sides of special paper 1 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model
D146/D147.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
2631
[Special1Thick:PaperSizeCorr:BW]
2-313
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (BW/FC) / printing
sides of special paper 1 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model
D146/D147. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Special1Thick:PaperSizeCorr:FC]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (BW/FC) / printing
2632
sides of special paper 1 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model
D146/D147.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-314
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[Special1Thick:PaperSizeCorr:FC]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (BW/FC) / printing
2632
sides of special paper 1 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model
D146/D147. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-315
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Sp1Thick:PaperSizeEnvCorr:BW]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
2633
(BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper 1 using thick paper setting. Thick
paper means thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1
or upper with model D146/D147.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 85 / 1/step]
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 87 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 88 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 89 / 1/step]
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 90 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 91 / 1/step]
[Sp1Thick:PaperSizeEnvCorr:BW]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
2633
(BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper 1 using thick paper setting. Thick
paper means thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1
or upper with model D146/D147. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-316
[1 to 100 / 85 / 1/step]
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 87 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 88 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 89 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 90 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 86 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 91 / 1/step]
[Sp1Thick:PaperSizeEnvCorr:FC]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
2634
(BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper 1 using thick paper setting. Thick
paper means thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1
or upper with model D146/D147.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step]
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 92 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 93 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 94 / 1/step]
2-317
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 95 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 96 / 1/step]
[Sp1Thick:PaperSizeEnvCorr:FC]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
2634
(BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper 1 using thick paper setting. Thick
paper means thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1
or upper with model D146/D147. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 92 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 93 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 94 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 95 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 96 / 1/step]
2-318
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Sp1Thick:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
2635
printing sides of special paper 1 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means
thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with
*ENG
*ENG
[Sp1Thick:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
2636
printing sides of special paper 1 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means
thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with
model D146/D147.
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Sp1Thick:TrailEdgeCorrection]
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
2637
printing sides of special paper 1 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means
thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with
model D146/D147.
*ENG
*ENG
[Sp1Thick:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per printing
2638
sides of special paper 1 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with
model D146/D147.
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
2-319
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
model D146/D147.
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Special2 Thick:Bias:BW]
2643
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper
2 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick paper 2 or upper with
model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model D146/D147.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
003 PaperTransfer:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2side
*ENG
[Special2 Thick:Bias:FC]
2647
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper
2 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick paper 2 or upper with
model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model D146/D147.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
003 PaperTransfer:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2side
*ENG
[Special2Thick:PaperSizeCorr:BW]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (BW/FC) / printing
2651
sides of special paper 2 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model
D146/D147.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-320
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[Special2Thick:PaperSizeCorr:BW]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (BW/FC) / printing
2651
sides of special paper 2 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model
D146/D147. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-321
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
040
Wide
*ENG
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
[Special2Thick:PaperSizeCorr:FC]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (BW/FC) / printing
2652
sides of special paper 2 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model
D146/D147.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[Special2Thick:PaperSizeCorr:FC]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (BW/FC) / printing
2652
sides of special paper 2 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model
D146/D147. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-322
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Sp2Thick:PaperSizeEnvCorr:BW]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
2653
(BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper 2 using thick paper setting. Thick
paper means thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1
or upper with model D146/D147.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 70 / 1/step]
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 73 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 74 / 1/step]
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 75 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
2-323
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 76 / 1/step]
[Sp2Thick:PaperSizeEnvCorr:BW]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
2653
(BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper 2 using thick paper setting. Thick
paper means thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1
or upper with model D146/D147. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
2654
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 70 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 73 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 74 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 75 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 76 / 1/step]
[Sp2Thick:PaperSizeEnvCorr:FC]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-324
Main SP Tables-2-2
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
(BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper 2 using thick paper setting. Thick
paper means thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step]
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 80 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 81 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 82 / 1/step]
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 83 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 84 / 1/step]
[Sp2Thick:PaperSizeEnvCorr:FC]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
2654
(BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper 2 using thick paper setting. Thick
paper means thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1
or upper with model D146/D147. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 80 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 81 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
2-325
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 82 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 83 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 84 / 1/step]
[Sp2Thick:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
2655
printing sides of special paper 2 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means
thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with
model D146/D147.
*ENG
*ENG
[Sp2Thick:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
2656
printing sides of special paper 2 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means
thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with
model D146/D147.
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-326
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Sp2Thick:TrailEdgeCorrection]
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
2657
printing sides of special paper 2 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means
model D146/D147.
*ENG
*ENG
[Sp2Thick:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per printing
2658
sides of special paper 2 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with
model D146/D147.
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Special3 Thick:Bias:BW]
2663
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper
3 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick paper 2 or upper with
model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model D146/D147.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
003 PaperTransfer:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2side
*ENG
2-327
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Special3 Thick:Bias:FC]
2667
Sets paper transfer ampere per mode (BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper
3 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick paper 2 or upper with
model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model D146/D147.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
003 PaperTransfer:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2side
*ENG
[Special3Thick:PaperSizeCorr:BW]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (BW/FC) / printing
2671
sides of special paper 3 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model
D146/D147.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
2671
[Special3Thick:PaperSizeCorr:BW]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-328
Main SP Tables-2-2
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (BW/FC) / printing
sides of special paper 3 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Special3Thick:PaperSizeCorr:FC]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (BW/FC) / printing
2672
sides of special paper 3 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model
D146/D147.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
2-329
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[Special3Thick:PaperSizeCorr:FC]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size correction per mode (BW/FC) / printing
2672
sides of special paper 3 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with model
D146/D147. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-330
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Sp3Thick:PaperSizeEnvCorr:BW]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
2673
(BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper 3 using thick paper setting. Thick
paper means thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1
or upper with model D146/D147.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 70 / 1/step]
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 73 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 74 / 1/step]
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 75 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 76 / 1/step]
[Sp3Thick:PaperSizeEnvCorr:BW]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
2673
(BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper 3 using thick paper setting. Thick
paper means thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1
or upper with model D146/D147. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
2-331
[1 to 100 / 70 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 73 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 74 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 75 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 76 / 1/step]
[Sp3Thick:PaperSizeEnvCorr:FC]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
2674
(BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper 3 using thick paper setting. Thick
paper means thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1
or upper with model D146/D147.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step]
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 80 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 81 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 82 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-332
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 83 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 84 / 1/step]
[Sp3Thick:PaperSizeEnvCorr:FC]
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per mode
2674
(BW/FC) / printing sides of special paper 3 using thick paper setting. Thick
paper means thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1
or upper with model D146/D147. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 80 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 81 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 82 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 83 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 84 / 1/step]
2-333
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Sp3Thick:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
2675
printing sides of special paper 3 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means
thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with
model D146/D147.
*ENG
*ENG
[Sp3Thick:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
2676
printing sides of special paper 3 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means
thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with
model D146/D147.
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[Sp3Thick:TrailEdgeCorrection]
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
2677
printing sides of special paper 3 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means
thick paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with
model D146/D147.
*ENG
*ENG
[Sp3Thick:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per printing
2678
sides of special paper 3 using thick paper setting. Thick paper means thick
paper 2 or upper with model D148/D149/D150, thick paper 1 or upper with
model D146/D147.
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-334
Main SP Tables-2-2
2690
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Enter 1 when outputting in B&W monochrome but using all OPC drum (FC
mode) with Thick paper 2.
Thick3
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Enter 1 when outputting in B&W monochrome but using all OPC drum (FC
mode) with Thick paper 3.
Thick4
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Enter 1 when outputting in B&W monochrome but using all OPC drum (FC
mode) with Thick paper 4.
Special1Thick1234
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Enter 1 when outputting in B&W monochrome but using all OPC drum (FC
mode) with Thick paper 1234 and special paper 1.
Special2Thick1234
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015 Enter 1 when outputting in B&W monochrome but using all OPC drum (FC
mode) with Thick paper 1234 and special paper 2.
Special3Thick1234
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
016 Enter 1 when outputting in B&W monochrome but using all OPC drum (FC
mode) with Thick paper 1234 and special paper 3.
[Thick4:Bias:BW]
2703
Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
003 PaperTransfer:1side
*ENG
2-335
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
001 Enter 1 when outputting in B&W monochrome but using all OPC drum (FC
Main SP Tables-2-2
*ENG
[Thick4:Bias:FC]
2707
Sets paper transfer ampere per thickness / mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
[0 to (D146: 200, D147: 200, D148:
003 PaperTransfer:1side
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2side
*ENG
[Thick4:SizeCorrection:BW]
2711
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[Thick4:SizeCorrection:BW]
2711
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-336
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Thick4:SizeCorrection:FC]
2712
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
2-337
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[Thick4:SizeCorrection:FC]
2712
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-338
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Thick4:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2713
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 70 / 1/step]
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 73 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 74 / 1/step]
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 75 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 76 / 1/step]
[Thick4:Size-Env.Correct:BW]
2713
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
027
028
031
032
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 70 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 71 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 73 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 74 / 1/step]
2-339
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 75 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 72 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 76 / 1/step]
[Thick4:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2714
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides.
003 PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step]
004 PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 80 / 1/step]
007 PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
008 PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 81 / 1/step]
011 PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
012 PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 82 / 1/step]
015 PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
016 PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 83 / 1/step]
019 PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
020 PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 84 / 1/step]
[Thick4:Size-Env.Correct:FC]
2714
Sets paper transfer ampere paper size environment correction per thickness /
mode (FC/BW) / printing sides. (When using optional wide unit.)
023
024
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S1
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 77 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 80 / 1/step]
2-340
027
028
031
032
035
036
039
040
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S2
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S3
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S4
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:1Side:S5
Wide
Roller:PaperTransfer:2Side:S5
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 78 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 81 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 82 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 83 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 79 / 1/step]
*ENG
[1 to 100 / 84 / 1/step]
[Thick4:LeadingEdgeCorrection]
2715
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
thickness / printing sides.
*ENG
*ENG
[Thick4:SwitchTimingLeadEdge]
2716
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere leading edge correction per
thickness / printing sides.
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
2-341
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
Main SP Tables-2-2
[Thick4:TrailEdgeCorrection]
2717
Sets output value [%] for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
thickness / printing sides.
*ENG
*ENG
[Thick4:SwitchTimingTrailEdge]
2718
Sets switch timing for paper transfer ampere trailing edge correction per
thickness / printing sides.
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm/step]
2902
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 50 / 10msec/step]
001
Sets reversing time when stopping drum (K) / image transfer motor.
All: FC
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 50 / 10msec/step]
002
Sets reversing time when stopping drum (FC) motor.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-342
Main SP Tables-2-2
003 All
2905
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 40 / 10msec/step]
ENG
[0 to 200 / 80 / 10msec/step]
003 Reversing time of when Bk drum motor reversing; Stripes occurring when toner
density is high can might be solved by setting value larger.
Cl
ENG
[0 to 200 / 80 / 10msec/step]
004 Reversing time of when FC develop motor reversing; Stripes occurring when
toner density is high can might be solved by setting value larger.
ALL
ENG
005 Interval of rotation distance till develop unit goes in to reverse; Stripes occurring
when toner density is high can might be solved by setting value smaller.
K
*ENG
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
006
Counter total value for reverse decision.
Cl
*ENG
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
007
Counter total value for reverse decision.
*ENG
[0 to 359 / 0 / 1deg/step]
002 Bk
*ENG
[0 to 359 / 0 / 1deg/step]
2-343
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
*ENG
[0 to 10 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
001 OPCTransferM:256mm/sec
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
002 OPCTransferMot:186mm/sec
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
003 OPCTransferMot:146mm/sec
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
004 OPCTransferM:108mm/sec
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
005 OPCTransferM:73mm/sec
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
010 BkDevM:256mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
011 BkDevM:186mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
012 BkDevM:108mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 BkDevM:73mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Low
1:High
0: Low
1:High
016 ColorOpcM:256mm/sec
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-344
Main SP Tables-2-2
017 ColorOpcM:186mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
018 ColorOpcM:108mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 ColorOpcM:73mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 ColorDevM:256mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
021 ColorDevM:186mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
022 ColorDevM:108mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
023 ColorDevM:73mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 FusingM:256mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
027 FusingM:186mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
028 FusingM:146mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
029 FusingM:108mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
030 FusingM:73mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
2908
SP Mode Tables
0: Low
1:High
2908
0: Low
1: High
1:High
2-345
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-2-2
ColorDevM:146mm/sec
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
1:High
[Transfer:Bias Limiter]
2930
Sets limiter voltage of image transfer output.
001 Bias
*ENG
[Process Interval]
2960
Sets waiting time for till to switch to fall action after finish imaging.
001 Additional Time
*ENG
[0 to 10 / 0 / 1sec/step]
10mm or so, the cause might be form having the image transfer bias ON. In that
case, with add 100ms a step to this SP, problem will be solved. About from
100ms or more to 500ms will be the best.
*ENG
*ENG
ENG
2980
[0 to 3000 / 0 / 10msec/step]
[LubricantApplication Operation]
Lubricant Application Setting
*ENG
001
Decides whether to apply lubricant.
Idle Time: BK
*ENG
[0 to 600 / 30 / 1sec/step]
002
Operating time for applying lubricant for Bk (s)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-346
Main SP Tables-2-2
Idle Time: FC
*ENG
[0 to 600 / 30 / 1sec/step]
003
2990
*ENG
001
0: Non restricted
1: Restricted
*ENG
002
Sets decision time interval for to decide whether to restrict imaging Duty.
Forced CPM Down Thresh:
004 No Duty Control
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]
Sets force fall threshold for when imaging Duty is not restricted.
Down-time_BW: No Duty
005 Control
*ENG
[0 to 20000 / 0 / 10msec/step]
Sets BW mode break time for when imaging Duty is not restricted.
Down-time_FC: No Duty
006 Control
*ENG
[0 to 20000 / 0 / 10msec/step]
Sets FC mode break time for when imaging Duty is not restricted.
Forced CPM Down Thresh:
007 Duty Control
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 20 / 1page/step]
*ENG
008
Sets BW mode break time for when imaging Duty is restricted.
Down-time_FC: Duty Control
*ENG
009
Sets FC mode break time for when imaging Duty is restricted.
2-347
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-2-2
*ENG
010
Sets coefficient for when correcting threshold of imaging Duty control with
external temperature.
[20.0 to 70.0 / D146: 42.0, D147:
Execution Temp. Threshold
*ENG
011
Sets temperature threshold for to execute restricting imaging Duty. Does not
execute when "0".
Cancellation Temp. Threshold
*ENG
012 Sets temperature threshold (differential value between imaging Duty restrict
execution temperature) to call off imaging Duty restriction.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON/OFF Setting
*ENG
013
0: Not execute
1: Execute
*ENG
[0 to 240000 / 0 / 10msec/step]
014
Break time for BW mode of imaging Duty.
Duty Control_Down-time_FC
*ENG
[0 to 240000 / 0 / 10msec/step]
015
Break time for FC mode of imaging Duty.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-348
Main SP Tables-3
3011
Normal ProCon
ENG
001
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
Executes Pro-Con.
Density Adjustment
ENG
002
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
ENG
003
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
Full MUSIC
ENG
004
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
Normal MUSIC
ENG
005
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
[ProCon OK?]
3012
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Displays latest Pro-Con execution result.
History:Last 2(Front)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Displays Pro-Con execution result for the time before last.
2-349
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
History:Last 3(Front)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 3 times before.
History:Last 4(Front)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 4 times before.
History:Last 5(Front)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
005
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 5 times before.
History:Last 6(Front)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
006
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 6 times before.
History:Last 7(Front)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
007
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 7 times before.
History:Last 8(Front)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
008
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 8 times before.
History:Last 9(Front)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 9 times before.
History:Last 10(Front)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
010
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 10 times before.
History:Last(Center)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
011
Displays latest Pro-Con execution result.
History:Last 2(Center)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
012
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 2 times before.
History:Last 3(Center)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
013
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 3 times before.
History:Last 4(Center)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
014
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 4 times before.
History:Last 5(Center)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
015
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 5 times before.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-350
Main SP Tables-3
History:Last 6(Center)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
016
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 6 times before.
History:Last 7(Center)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
017
History:Last 8(Center)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
018
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 8 times before.
History:Last 9(Center)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
019
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 9 times before.
History:Last 10(Center)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
020
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 10 times before.
History:Last(Rear)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
021
Displays latest Pro-Con execution result.
History:Last 2(Rear)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
022
Displays Pro-Con execution result for the time before last.
History:Last 3(Rear)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
023
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 3 times before.
History:Last 4(Rear)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
024
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 4 times before.
History:Last 5(Rear)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
025
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 5 times before.
History:Last 6(Rear)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
026
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 6 times before.
History:Last 7(Rear)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
027
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 7 times before.
History:Last 8(Rear)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
028
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 8 times before.
System Maintenance Section
2-351
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
History:Last 9(Rear)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
029
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 9 times before.
History:Last 10(Rear)
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
030
Displays Pro-Con execution result for 10 times before.
*SP3-012 Display result detail
Category
00 and lager
10 and lager
Result(Normal)
Code
Result name
00
Not executed
11
Succeed
21
22
23
Description
Factory default setting(SP
default)
ID Sensor Output
error(Positive reflect)
Vsg_reg<Min(Max)
20 and lager
ID Sensor
24
25
26
ID Sensor output
error(Diffusion reflect)
ID Sensor offset Voltage
error(Positive reflect)
ID Sensor offset Voltage
error(Diffusion reflect)
Vsg_dif<Min(Max)
Voffset_reg>Max
Voffset_dif>Max
45
50
Vmin_Bk/K2 error(Max)
K:Vmin_Bk / CMY:K2>Max
51
Vmin_Bk/K2 error(Min)
K:Vmin_Bk / CMY:K2<Min
52
K5 error(Max)
K5>Max
53
K5 error(Min)
K5<Min
K5 calculated approximate
K5 calculated approximate
point error
point <Min
45 and lager
ID Pattern detect
54
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-352
Main SP Tables-3
56
57
58
Develop gamma
error(Max)
Develop
gamma
error(Min)
Start developing
error(Max)
voltage:Vk>Max
Start developing
error(Min)
voltage:Vk<Min
Adhesion amount data for
59
61
LD wont light
62
Vr>Max
Electrified potential:Vd
adjust error
target range.
Exposure potential:Vpl
adjust error
target range
60 and lager
Potential adjust
63
64
90
90 and lager
Kill by door open, power off,
Result(End)
99
Kill
error.
(Set when execute.)
Starting adjust:[99,99,99,99]
Succeed:[11,11,11,11]
2-353
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
55
Main SP Tables-3
[IBACC OK?]
3014
Displays latest IBACC execution result.
001 History:Last
*ENG
002 History:Last 2
*ENG
003 History:Last 3
*ENG
004 History:Last 4
*ENG
005 History:Last 5
*ENG
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
006 History:Last 6
*ENG
007 History:Last 7
*ENG
008 History:Last 8
*ENG
009 History:Last 9
*ENG
010 History:Last 10
*ENG
3030
Execute: ALL
ENG
001
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
Execute: Col
ENG
002
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
Execute: K
ENG
003
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
Execute: C
ENG
004
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-354
Main SP Tables-3
Execute: M
ENG
005
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
ENG
006
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 30 / 1sec/step]
020
Sets developing powder stirring time for when TD sensor's setting is in initial.
Initial TC
*ENG
021
Sets toner density for initial chemical.
Vt Target:K
*ENG
031
Sets Vt target value (K) for when TD sensor's setting is in initial.
Vt Target:C
*ENG
032
Sets Vt target value (C) for when TD sensor's setting is in initial.
Vt Target:M
*ENG
033
Sets Vt target value (M) for when TD sensor's setting is in initial.
Vt Target:Y
*ENG
034
Sets Vt target value (M) for when TD sensor's setting is in initial.
Vt Target Corr:K
*ENG
041
Sets metachronic correcting amount (K) for when TD sensor's setting is in initial.
Vt Target Corr:C
*ENG
042 Sets metachronic correcting amount (C) for when TD sensor's setting is in
initial.
Vt Target Corr:M
*ENG
043 Sets metachronic correcting amount (M) for when TD sensor's setting is in
initial.
2-355
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Execute: Y
Main SP Tables-3
Vt Target Corr:Y
*ENG
044
Sets metachronic correcting amount (Y) for when TD sensor's setting is in initial.
3031
ENG
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Displays execution result of TD sensor initial setting.
3050
Execute: ALL
ENG
001
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
Execute: Col
ENG
002
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
Execute: K
ENG
003
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
Execute: C
ENG
004
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
Execute: M
ENG
005
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
Execute: Y
ENG
006
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
*ENG
2-356
Main SP Tables-3
Sets the amount [wt%/step] to supply toner (K) with Force toner supply.
Supply Quantity:C
*ENG
022
Sets the amount [wt%/step] to supply toner (C) with Force toner supply.
*ENG
Sets the amount [wt%/step] to supply toner (M) with Force toner supply.
Supply Quantity:Y
*ENG
024
Sets the amount [wt%/step] to supply toner (Y) with Force toner supply.
ON Time
*ENG
031
Sets supply ON time for 1time of force toner supplying process routine.
OFF Time
*ENG
032
Sets supply OFF time for 1time of force toner supplying process routine.
RepeatCount
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 8 / 1times/step]
033
Sets repeating times for 1time of force toner supplying process routine.
[T Sensor: Check]
3072
Executes testing mode to test TD sensor's output (Vt) without stating up the
engine.
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
*ENG
002 Vt:C
*ENG
003 Vt:M
*ENG
004 Vt:Y
*ENG
2-357
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Supply Quantity:M
023
Main SP Tables-3
3100
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 to 10 / 10 / 1/step]
002 C
ENG
10: Full
003 M
ENG
1: Near end
0: Toner end
004 Y
ENG
[Toner Remain:Disp]
3102
Remaining toner calculated form motor running time.
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Toner Remain:Disp]
3102
Remaining toner calculated from imaging size.
011 Pixel: Bk
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-358
Main SP Tables-3
012 Pixel: C
*ENG
013 Pixel: M
*ENG
014 Pixel: Y
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Toner Remain:Disp]
3102
Consumption amount of toner.
031
032
033
034
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0.000 to 1000.000 / 0.000 / 0.001g]
041
042
043
044
3103
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-359
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
001 Bk
*ENG
002 C
*ENG
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1/step]
003 M
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG
[Flag: Display]
3104
Sets flag when replacing toner bottle.
001 NE Toner: Bk
*ENG
002 NE Toner: C
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 NE Toner: M
*ENG
004 NE Toner: Y
*ENG
[Flag: Display]
3104
Sets Flag when Vt ends.
011 Vt end:Bk
*ENG
012 Vt end:C
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Vt end:M
*ENG
014 Vt end:Y
*ENG
*ENG
002 C
*ENG
003 M
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-360
[0 to 500 / 65 / 1g/step]
[0 to 500 / 45 / 1g/step]
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
002 C
*ENG
003 M
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG
[0 to 1000 / 411 /
0.001mg/cm2/step]
[0 to 1000 / 444 /
0.001mg/cm2/step]
[0 to 1000 / 500 /
0.001mg/cm2/step]
[0 to 1000 / 444 /
0.001mg/cm2/step]
*ENG
002 C
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
003 M
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG
*ENG
002 C
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 0 / 1times/step]
003 M
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG
[TE Sn NE Thresh]
3122
001 Bk
System Maintenance Section
*ENG
2-361
[0 to 99 / 80 / 1times/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
001 Bk
Main SP Tables-3
002 C
*ENG
003 M
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG
3131
[Vt TE Thresh]
Delta Vt Thresh
*ENG
001
Threshold to start adding delta Vt after NE.
Delta Vt Sum Thresh
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 10 / 1V/step]
*ENG
002
Threshold to decide TE after NE.
Delta Vt Thresh BF NE
011
Threshold to start adding delta Vt before NE.
Delta Vt Sum Thresh BF NE
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 10 / 1V/step]
012
Threshold to decide TE before NE.
[Delta Vt Sum]
3132
Added value of delta Vt.
001 Bk
*ENG
002 C
*ENG
[0.00 to 99.00 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
003 M
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG
3133
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 10 / 1sheet/step]
001
Sets min. assured sheets to display toner end after toner near end is fixed.
Set Sheets(Max)
*ENG
002
Sets max. assured sheets to display toner end after toner near end is fixed.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-362
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
Sets dimension (cm2) in terms of blotted out A4 sized sheet to decide as toner
end after near toner end is fixed.
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 1000000 / 0 / 1cm2/step]
*ENG
*ENG
3150
*ENG
[4 to 20 / 10 / 1counts/step]
001
Sets arrangement size of TE sensor.
Judge:p
*ENG
002
Sets threshold for to decide toner existing..
[T TE Sensor :Set]
3150
Percentage for "No remaining toner" of storing arrangement.
003 result:K
*ENG
004 result:C
*ENG
2-363
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Displays the amount of sheets printed after toner near end is fixed.
Main SP Tables-3
005 result:M
*ENG
006 result:Y
*ENG
*ENG
0: TE Sensor Control
1: TonerSupplyMotor Track Control
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-364
Main SP Tables-3
[-58 to 50 / 40 / 1%/step]
[-58 to 50 / 18 / 1%/step]
[TnrDensity]
SP Mode Tables
3200
Displays toner density (wt%).
001 K
*ENG
002 C
*ENG
003 M
*ENG
004 Y
*ENG
[TnrDensity]
3201
Sets min./max. density (wt%) for toner density controlling range.
001 Upper TC
*ENG
002 Lower TC
*ENG
[TD.Sens Sensitivity]
3205
001 HL:K
*ENG
002 HL:C
*ENG
003 HL:M
*ENG
0.001-V/wt%/step]
004 HL:Y
*ENG
[TD.Sens Sensitivity]
3205
011 HM:K
*ENG
012 HM:C
*ENG
0.001-V/wt%/step]
2-365
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-3
013 HM:M
*ENG
014 HM:Y
*ENG
[TD.Sens Sensitivity]
3205
021 ML:K
*ENG
022 ML:C
*ENG
023 ML:M
*ENG
0.001-V/wt%/step]
024 ML:Y
*ENG
3205
[TD.Sens Sensitivity]
Upper Limit
*ENG
031
Lower Limit
*ENG
032
*ENG
033
Sets HM interval as TC of K for to calculate TD sensor sensitivity.
TC Between M-L:K
*ENG
034
Sets ML interval as TC of K for to calculate TD sensor sensitivity.
TC Between H-M:Col
*ENG
043
Sets HM interval as TC of CMY for to calculate TD sensor sensitivity.
TC Between H-M:Col
*ENG
044
Sets ML interval as TC of CMY for to calculate TD sensor sensitivity.
[TD.Sens:Vt :Disp]
3210
Displays latest T sensor output.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-366
Main SP Tables-3
001 Current: K
*ENG
002 Current: C
*ENG
003 Current: M
*ENG
004 Current: Y
*ENG
3211
*ENG
002
Sets Vt upper limit threshold to decide as Vt upper limit error.
Thresh Num of UpperCounter
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 20 / 1times/step]
003 Sets the number of times excessing Vt upper limit to set off SC360 to 363 (Vt
upper limit error).
Lower Threshold
*ENG
004
Sets Vt upper limit threshold to decide as Vt lower limit error.
Threshold Num of
LowerCounter
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 10 / 1times/step]
005
Sets the number of times excessing Vt lower limit to set off SC365 to 363 (Vt
upper limit error).
[Vt Limits Err :Disp]
3211
Counts times of Vt(K/C/M/Y) excessing Vt upper limit threshol
011 Upper Counter: Bk
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1times/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1times/step]
*ENG
2-367
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
*ENG
Sets middle speed correction amount for correcting Vt shift caused by line
speed.
001
Mid Spd:K
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
ON/OFF
0: OFF
1:ON
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-368
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
3218
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 20 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Sets flag "1" when Vt(K) excesses Vt upper limit error threshold (SP3-221-002)
even 1 time.
UppErr Flag: C
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Sets flag "1" when Vt(C) excesses Vt upper limit error threshold (SP3-221-002)
even 1 time.
UppErr Flag: M
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Sets flag "1" when Vt(M) excesses Vt upper limit error threshold (SP3-221-002)
even 1 time.
UppErr Flag: Y
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Sets flag "1" when Vt(Y) excesses Vt upper limit error threshold (SP3-221-002)
even 1 time.
LowErr Flag: K
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Sets flag "1" when Vt(K) excesses Vt lower limit error threshold (SP3-221-004)
even 1 time.
012 LowErr Flag: C
*ENG
2-369
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-3
Sets flag "1" when Vt(C) excesses Vt lower limit error threshold (SP3-221-004)
even 1 time.
LowErr Flag: M
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Sets flag "1" when Vt(M) excesses Vt lower limit error threshold (SP3-221-004)
even 1 time.
LowErr Flag: Y
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Sets flag "1" when Vt(Y) excesses Vt lower limit error threshold (SP3-221-004)
even 1 time.
[TD.Sens:Vt':Disp]
3219
Displays Vt before Vt shift correction.
001 Vt'0Current: K
ENG
002 Vt'0Current: C
ENG
003 Vt'0Current: M
ENG
004 Vt'0Current: Y
ENG
011 Vt'1Current: K
ENG
012 Vt'1Current: C
ENG
[0.00 to 5.00 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
013 Vt'1Current: M
ENG
014 Vt'1Current: Y
ENG
021 Vt'2Current: K
ENG
022 Vt'2Current: C
ENG
023 Vt'2Current: M
ENG
024 Vt'2Current: Y
ENG
3220
[Vtcnt :Disp/Set]
Current: K
*ENG
001
Displays/Sets Current TD Sensor Control Voltage (K).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-370
Main SP Tables-3
Current: C
*ENG
002
Displays/Sets Current TD Sensor Control Voltage (C).
Current: M
*ENG
003
Current: Y
*ENG
004
Displays/Sets Current TD Sensor Control Voltage (Y).
Initial: K
*ENG
011
Displays control voltage of TD sensor when default setting TD sensor.
Initial: C
*ENG
012
Displays control voltage of TD sensor when default setting TD sensor.
Initial: M
*ENG
013
Displays control voltage of TD sensor when default setting TD sensor.
Initial: Y
*ENG
014
Displays control voltage of TD sensor when default setting TD sensor.
3230
[Vtref :Disp/Set]
Current: K
*ENG
001
Displays / Sets current target value of TD sensor's output voltage: Vtref (K).
Current: C
*ENG
002
Displays / Sets current target value of TD sensor's output voltage: Vtref (C).
Current: M
*ENG
003
Displays / Sets current target value of TD sensor's output voltage: Vtref (M).
Current: Y
*ENG
004
Displays / Sets current target value of TD sensor's output voltage: Vtref (Y).
011 Initial: K
*ENG
2-371
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
012 Displays target value of TD sensor's (C) output voltage when executing TD
sensor initial setting.
Initial: M
*ENG
013 Displays target value of TD sensor's (M) output voltage when executing TD
sensor initial setting.
Initial: Y
*ENG
014 Displays target value of TD sensor's (Y) output voltage when executing TD
sensor initial setting.
[Vtref :Disp/Set]
3230
Displays pixel correction amount of Vtref correction by image area.
021 Pixel Correction: K
*ENG
*ENG
[-5.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
*ENG
*ENG
3231
*ENG
001
Sets upper limit for target value of TD sensor's output voltage: Vtref (K).
Upper:C
*ENG
002
Sets upper limit for target value of TD sensor's output voltage: Vtref (C).
Upper:M
*ENG
003
Sets upper limit for target value of TD sensor's output voltage: Vtref (M).
Upper:Y
*ENG
004
Sets upper limit for target value of TD sensor's output voltage: Vtref (Y).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-372
Main SP Tables-3
Lower:K
*ENG
011
Sets lower limit for target value of TD sensor's output voltage: Vtref (K).
Lower:C
*ENG
012
Lower:M
*ENG
013
Sets lower limit for target value of TD sensor's output voltage: Vtref (M).
Lower:Y
*ENG
014
Sets lower limit for target value of TD sensor's output voltage: Vtref (Y).
3232
[Vtref Correct:Pixel]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON/OFF
*ENG
001
0: OFF
1: ON
area.
Vtref correction value: SP3-222-009 to 012 = calculated Vtref correction value
small area coefficient (This SP)
How to use this SP: Vtref correction by image area.
*ENG
*ENG
[0.0 to 5.0 / 1.0 / 0.1/step]
*ENG
*ENG
3232
[Vtref Correct:Pixel]
2-373
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Sets lower limit for target value of TD sensor's output voltage: Vtref (C).
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
*ENG
[0.0 to 5.0 / 0.5 / 0.1/step]
*ENG
*ENG
3232
[Vtref Correct:Pixel]
Initial ProCon Thresh
*ENG
*ENG
041 How to use this SP: Refer to this SP when printing large area images.
When image area accumulate average M (SP3-224-009 to 012) is larger than
this SP, judges that high area images are continuing, then set Pro-Con flag and,
ProCon Thresh
*ENG
Executes Pro-Con by setting a Pro-Con flag when image area total average M
050 (SP3-224-009 to 012) is larger than the specified value and then so deciding
that large area images are continuing. When large area images are continuing,
specified
Low Coverage Thresh
*ENG
060 How to use this SP: Refer to this SP when printing small area images.
When image area accumulate average L (SP3-224-013 to 016) is less than this
SP, judges that low high area images are continuing, then temporarily dis
3232
[Vtref Correct:Pixel]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-374
Main SP Tables-3
Switches to a mode able to call off Vtref lower limit (Upper limit of TC) by
deciding small area images are continuing when image area cumulative
average L (SP3-224-013 to 016) is small.
This SP
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
3233
001 ON/OFF
0: OFF
1: ON
Controls ON/OFF the Vtref correction done based on RTP pattern deposit
amount during print.
[RTP Vtref Corr :Disp/Set]
3233
Sets Vtref correction value (K/C/M/Y) when RTP pattern deposit amount goes
over deposit amount threshold (upper/lower limit).
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
3233
2-375
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
3233
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1%/step]
041 Sets the weight of Vtavg and Vtref used for Vtref Correction Standard Value
when Paper Interval Adhesion Amount exceeds Adhesion Amount Threshold
(Upper Limit).
Vtavg Weight Coeff (M)
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1%/step]
051 Sets the weight of Vtavg and Vtref used for Vtref Correction Standard Value
when Paper Interval Adhesion Amount exceeds Adhesion Amount Threshold
(Lower Limit).
Vtavg Weight Coeff (L)
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1%/step]
061 Sets the weight of Vtavg and Vtref used for Vtref Correction Standard Value
when Paper Interval Adhesion Amount exceeds Adhesion Amount Threshold
(Lower Limit).
3234
001 ON/OFF
0: OFF
1: ON
Set when controlling to keep toner density low with electric potential based on
develop gamma.
Means Vtref correction (+) side correction amount.
*ENG
2-376
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
3234
Set when controlling to keep toner density low with electric potential based on
develop gamma.
Means Vtref correction (-) side correction amount.
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
3234
*ENG
Meaning the threshold for P_Rank decision formula below, to decide develop
031 gamma is "High" or "Little High" then the develop gamma target value and
develop gamma detection value's diff (delta gamma) among the Vtref correct
execution conditions. (Unit:
P Rank 2 Threshold
*ENG
Meaning the threshold for P_Rank decision formula below, to decide develop
032 gamma is "Little High" or "Fair" then the develop gamma target value and
develop gamma detection value's diff (delta gamma) among the Vtref correct
execution conditions. (Unit:
P Rank 3 Threshold
*ENG
Meaning the threshold for P_Rank decision formula below, to decide develop
033 gamma is "Little Low" or "Fair" then the develop gamma target value and
develop gamma detection value's diff (delta gamma) among the Vtref correct
execution conditions. (Unit:
034 P Rank 4 Threshold
*ENG
2-377
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
Meaning the threshold for P_Rank decision formula below, to decide develop
gamma is "Low" or "Little Low" then the develop gamma target value and
develop gamma detection value's diff (delta gamma) among the Vtref correct
execution conditions. (Unit:
T Rank 1 Threshold
*ENG
041 Threshold to decide toner density as "Deep" or "Fair" by Vt and Vtref's diff (delta
Vt) among the Vtref correct execution conditions.
T Rank 2 Threshold
*ENG
042 Threshold to decide toner density as "Thin" or "Fair" by Vt and Vtref's diff (delta
Vt) among the Vtref correct execution conditions.
Correction Coefficient
*ENG
050
Sets correction coefficient for Vtref correction amount.
[ImgArea :Disp]
3250
Displays image area for the latest page.
001 ImgArea:K
*ENG
002 ImgArea:C
*ENG
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1cm2/step]
003 ImgArea:M
*ENG
004 ImgArea:Y
*ENG
3251
[DotCoverage :Disp]
DotCoverage:K
*ENG
001
Displays image area rate (K) for the latest page.
DotCoverage:C
*ENG
002
Displays image area rate (C) for the latest page.
DotCoverage:M
*ENG
003
Displays image area rate (M) for the latest page.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-378
Main SP Tables-3
DotCoverage:Y
*ENG
004
Displays image area rate (Y) for the latest page.
*ENG
011
Displays image area rate cumulative average: S (K)
DC Avg.:S:C
*ENG
012
Displays image area rate cumulative average: S (C)
DC Avg.:S:M
*ENG
013
Displays image area rate cumulative average: S (M)
DC Avg.:S:Y
*ENG
014
Displays image area rate cumulative average: S (Y)
DC Avg.:M:K
*ENG
021
Displays image area rate cumulative average: M (K)
DC Avg.:M:C
*ENG
022
Displays image area rate cumulative average: M (C)
DC Avg.:M:M
*ENG
023
Displays image area rate cumulative average: M (M)
DC Avg.:M:Y
*ENG
024
Displays image area rate cumulative average: M (Y)
DC Avg.:L:K
*ENG
031
Displays image area rate cumulative average: L (K)
DC Avg.:L:C
*ENG
032
Displays image area rate cumulative average: L (C)
DC Avg.:L:M
*ENG
033
Displays image area rate cumulative average: L (M)
034 DC Avg.:L:Y
System Maintenance Section
*ENG
2-379
SP Mode Tables
DC Avg.:S:K
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
[1 to 255 / 10 / 1sheet/step]
*ENG
[1 to 500 / 10 / 1sheet/step]
*ENG
[1 to 999 / 50 / 1sheet/step]
*ENG
[1 to 255 / 20 / 1sheet/step]
*ENG
[1 to 500 / 10 / 1sheet/step]
*ENG
[1 to 999 / 50 / 1sheet/step]
041
Sets cumulative sheets: S
TotalPage:M:Set
042
Sets cumulative sheets: M
TotalPage:L:Set
043
Sets cumulative sheets: L
TotalPage:S:Set
051
Sets cumulative sheets: S
TotalPage:M:Set
052
Sets cumulative sheets: M
TotalPage:S:Set
053
Sets cumulative sheets: L
[AccumImgArea :Disp]
3252
Displays cumulative image area.
001 ImgArea:K
*ENG
002 ImgArea:C
*ENG
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1cm^2/step]
003 ImgArea:M
*ENG
004 ImgArea:Y
*ENG
3260
[Temperature/Humidity: Display]
Temperature
ENG
001
Displays temperature of environment sensor output.
Relative Humidity
ENG
002
Displays relative humidity of environment sensor output.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-380
Main SP Tables-3
Absolute Humidity
ENG
003
3300
M/A(Latest):K
*ENG
001
M/A(Latest):C
*ENG
002
M/A(Latest):M
*ENG
003
M/A(Latest):Y
*ENG
004
M/A(Target):K
*ENG
011
M/A(Target):C
*ENG
012
M/A(Target):M
*ENG
013
M/A(Target):Y
*ENG
014
2-381
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
3301
ENG
[0 to 200 / 10 / 1pages]
001
Sets creating interval (K) for RTP pattern.
Create Intrvl:FC
ENG
[0 to 200 / 10 / 1pages]
002
Sets creating interval (C) for RTP pattern.
Page Cnt:BW
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1pages]
011
Displays sheets counter value (K) for RTP pattern.
Page Cnt:FC
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1pages]
012
Displays sheets counter value (C) for RTP pattern.
M/A UppErr:K
ENG
021
Sets error decision threshold (K) for SC380 RTP patter error.
M/A UppErr:Col
ENG
022
Sets error decision threshold (CMY) for SC381 to SC383 RTP patter error.
M/A LowErr:K
ENG
023
Sets error decision threshold (K) for SC385 RTP patter error.
M/A LowErr:Col
ENG
024
Sets error decision threshold (CMY) for SC386 to SC388 RTP patter error.
Feed Cnt :Set
*ENG
031 Totals up ON time of sub hopper feed clutch (Reset when toner end sensor
detects toner).
Feed Cnt :K
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ms/step]
041
Totals up ON time of sub hopper feed clutch (K).
042 Feed Cnt :C
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-382
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ms/step]
System Maintenance Section
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ms/step]
043
Totals up ON time of sub hopper feed clutch (M).
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ms/step]
[0 to 200 / 10 / 1pages/step]
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1pages/step]
[0 to 99 / 3 / 1times/step]
M/A(RTP)_Std
*ENG
081
Sets standard deposit amount of RTP pattern deposit amount target value (K).
M/A Thresh_Upp:K
*ENG
091
Sets upper limit threshold of RTP pattern deposit amount target value (K).
M/A Thresh_Upp:C
*ENG
092
Sets upper limit threshold of RTP pattern deposit amount target value (C).
M/A Thresh_Upp:M
*ENG
093
Sets upper limit threshold of RTP pattern deposit amount target value (M).
M/A Thresh_Upp:Y
*ENG
094
Sets upper limit threshold of RTP pattern deposit amount target value (Y).
2-383
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Feed Cnt :Y
044
Main SP Tables-3
M/A Thresh_Low:K
*ENG
101
Sets lower limit threshold of RTP pattern deposit amount target value (K).
M/A Thresh_Low:C
*ENG
102
Sets lower limit threshold of RTP pattern deposit amount target value (C).
M/A Thresh_Low:M
*ENG
103
Sets lower limit threshold of RTP pattern deposit amount target value (M).
M/A Thresh_Low:Y
*ENG
104
Sets lower limit threshold of RTP pattern deposit amount target value (Y).
Weight Coeff:K
*ENG
[1 to 10 / 1 / 1/step]
111
Adds weight to leveling process of RTP pattern deposit amount target value (K).
Weight Coeff:Col
*ENG
[1 to 10 / 1 / 1/step]
112 Adds weight to leveling process of RTP pattern deposit amount target value
(Col).
[ID.Sens :Voffset]
3310
Displays specular reflection light output voltage of ID sensor's LED OFF time.
001 Voffset reg (Front)
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[ID.Sens :Voffset]
3310
Displays diffuse reflection light output voltage of ID sensor's LED OFF time.
011 Voffset dif (Front)
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-384
Main SP Tables-3
[ID.Sens :Voffset]
3310
Displays specular reflection light output voltage of TM_Front sensor's LED OFF
time.
*ENG
021 Displays specular reflection light output voltage of TM_Front sensor's LED OFF
time.
Voffset TM(Center)
*ENG
022 Displays specular reflection light output voltage of TM_Center sensor's LED
OFF tim
Voffset TM(Rear)
*ENG
023 Displays specular reflection light output voltage of TM_Rear sensor's LED OFF
time.
[ID.Sens :Vmin]
3311
Displays Black Vmin output of tone pattern.
001 Vmin_K(Front)
*ENG
002 Vmin_K(Center)
*ENG
003 Vmin_K(Rear)
*ENG
[ID.Sens :Vct]
3312
Factory adjust value of ID sensor.
001 Vct_reg(Front)
*ENG
002 Vct_reg(Center)
*ENG
003 Vct_reg(Rear)
*ENG
011 Vct_dif(Front)
*ENG
0.001V/step]
012 Vct_dif(Center)
*ENG
013 Vct_dif(Rear)
*ENG
2-385
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Voffset TM(Front)
Main SP Tables-3
3320
P Sensor
ENG
001
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
Adjusts Vsg.
Voffset Threshold
*ENG
012
Sets upper limit threshold of Voffset error.
Vsg Upper Threshold
*ENG
013
Sets upper limit threshold of Vsg adjust error.
Vsg Lower Threshold
*ENG
014
Sets lower limit threshold of Vsg adjust error.
Ifsg UpperLimit
*ENG
015
Sets error decision threshold of SC382 (If upper limit error).
Interval :Set
*ENG
[0 to 2000 / 0 / 1page/step]
Sets Vsg adjusting execute page interval to be decided after or during printing.
020
Page Cnt
*ENG
[0 to 2000 / 0 / 1page/step]
021
Displays Page counter for Vsg execute decision.
Vsg Error Counter (Front)
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 0 / 1times/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 0 / 1times/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 0 / 1times/step]
031
Counts Vsg error.
Vsg Error Counter (Center)
032
Counts Vsg error.
Vsg Error Counter (Rear)
033
Counts Vsg error.
3321
[Adjusted Vsg]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-386
Main SP Tables-3
Displays specular reflection light output of belt background area adjusted Vsg.
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Adjusted Vsg]
3321
Displays diffuse reflection light output of belt background area adjusted Vsg.
011 Vsg dif (Front)
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
Vsg reg(BW)
*ENG
021
Displays specular reflection light output of belt background area adjusted Vs
Vsg dif(BW)
*ENG
031
Displays diffuse reflection light output of belt background area adjusted Vsg.
Vsg TM(Front)
*ENG
041 Displays specular reflection light output of belt background area adjusted Vsg.
(TM_Front sensor)
Vsg TM(Center)
*ENG
042 Displays specular reflection light output of belt background area adjusted Vsg.
(TM_Center sensor)
Vsg TM(Rear)
*ENG
043 Displays specular reflection light output of belt background area adjusted Vsg.
(TM_Rear sensor)
[Adjusted Ifsg]
3322
LED ampere value for RTP.
001 Ifsg RTP (Front)
*ENG
[0.0 to 50.0 / 10.0 / 0.1mA/step]
*ENG
2-387
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
[Adjusted Ifsg]
3322
LED ampere value min. value.
011 Ifsg Min (Front)
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Adjusted Ifsg]
3322
LED ampere value for electric potential control;, MUSIC.
021 Ifsg: TM(Front)
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
Result
detail
(SP default)
Succeed
ID sensor proofread
error
value)x.x[V/step]
Voffset_reg>Max. or Voffset_dif>Max.
Vsg< Vsg_reg(error)
Kill
3323
001 Latest
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-388
[0 to 999 / 0 / 1/step]
System Maintenance Section
002 Latest 2
*ENG
003 Latest 3
*ENG
004 Latest 4
*ENG
005 Latest 5
*ENG
006 Latest 6
*ENG
007 Latest 7
*ENG
008 Latest 8
*ENG
009 Latest 9
*ENG
010 Latest 10
*ENG
3330
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
K2(Latest) (Front)
*ENG
001
K2(Latest) (Center)
*ENG
002
K2(Latest) (Rear)
*ENG
003
K5(Latest) (Front)
*ENG
011
K5(Latest) (Center)
*ENG
012
*ENG
2-389
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-3
Assign (no need with Tomahawk) for having compatibility with unification model
sires (Ap/At, Diana, Zeus).
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
3331
004 Sets upper limit valid range of standardization value for specular reflection used
for calculating sensitivity correction: K5.
Kn: Lower
*ENG
005 Sets lower limit valid range of standardization value for specular reflection used
for calculating sensitivity correction: K5
K5: Upper
*ENG
006
Sets upper limit value of calculated sensitivity correction coefficient: K5.
K5: Lower
*ENG
007
Sets lower limit value of calculated sensitivity correction coefficient: K5.
K5: Target Point
*ENG
008
Sets proofreading point (Kn) of sensitivity correction coefficient: K5.
K5: Target Voltage
*ENG
009
Sets proofreading point (Kn) of sensitivity correction coefficient: K5.
Corrct Coef:C
*ENG
012
Sets color diff correction coefficient (C) of Delta Vsp_Dif_Dash.
Corrct Coef:M
*ENG
013
Sets color diff correction coefficient (M) of Delta Vsp_Dif_Dash.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-390
Main SP Tables-3
Corrct Coef:Y
*ENG
014
Sets color diff correction coefficient (Y) of Delta Vsp_Dif_Dash.
3332
Assign (no need with Tomahawk) for having compatibility with unification model
sires (Ap/At, Diana, Zeus).
*ENG
*ENG
[0.50 to 2.00 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[ID.Sens TestVal:F]
3333
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[ID.Sens TestVal:C]
3334
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-391
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
[M/A Calculation]
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[ID.Sens TestVal:R]
3335
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
002 C
*ENG
0: Fixed
003 M
*ENG
2: PID
[0 to 4 / 4 / 1/step]
4: DANC
004 Y
*ENG
Displays latest value of supply amount calculated from toner supply amount
computation formula.
001 K
ENG
002 C
ENG
003 M
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-392
Main SP Tables-3
004 Y
ENG
[DeveloperWeight]
3420
001 Total_Weight:K
*ENG
002 Total_Weight:CMY
*ENG
[TnrSplyAbility]
3421
Sets toner supply ability from sub hopper to develop unit.
001 K
*ENG
002 C
*ENG
003 M
*ENG
0.001mg/msec]
004 Y
*ENG
[TnrSplyAbility]
3421
Corrects supply ability based on supplying time per time unit.
011 TnrSplyAbilityCoef1
*ENG
[0.50 to 2.00 / 1.12 / 0.01/step]
012 TnrSplyAbilityCoef2
*ENG
013 TnrSplyAbilityCoef3
*ENG
014 TnrSplyAbilityCoef4
*ENG
015 TnrSplyAbilityCoef5
*ENG
016 TnrSplyAbilityCoef6
*ENG
017 TnrSplyAbilityCoef7
*ENG
018 TnrSplyAbilityCoef8
*ENG
019 TnrSplyAbilityCoef9
*ENG
020 TnrSplyAbilityCoef10
*ENG
2-393
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
[TnrSplyAbility]
3421
Sets absolute humidity threshold 1 of supply ability correction.
031 AbsHum Threshold:1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[TnrSplyAbility]
3421
Corrects supply ability based on absolute humidity.
041 Environ Coef1
*ENG
*ENG
[0.50 to 2.00 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 100 / 1%/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-394
Main SP Tables-3
[TnrSplyCarryOver :Disp]
3423
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 10000 / 0 / 1msec/step]
[TnrSplyDelay : Setting]
3428
Sets toner supply delay time.
001 Delay
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1msec/step]
[TnrSplyPosTime :Disp]
3429
Sets toner supplying rate for fixed amount supplying mode.
001 Latest: K
*ENG
002 Latest: C
*ENG
003 Latest: M
*ENG
004 Latest: Y
*ENG
[0 to 20000 / 0 / 1msec/step]
[DrvTime: Setting]
3431
Sets toner supplying rate for fixed amount supplying mode.
001 Tmon:K
*ENG
002 Tmon:C
*ENG
003 Tmon:M
*ENG
004 Tmon:Y
*ENG
2-395
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
[DrvTime: Setting]
3432
Sets max. continuous supplying time.
001 DriveTime(max)
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 10 / 1%/step]
001 Vt Proportion: K
*ENG
002 Vt Proportion: C
*ENG
[0 to 2550 / 50 / 1/step]
003 Vt Proportion: M
*ENG
004 Vt Proportion: Y
*ENG
Sets supplying coefficient to supply proportion to output image's pixel (Pxl) with
toner supply control. Uses PID control for toner supply.
*ENG
*ENG
[0.00 to 2.55 / 0.47 / 0.01/step]
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-396
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
Sets supplying coefficient to supply proportion to output image's pixel (Pxl) with
toner supply control. Uses PID control for toner supply.
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0.70 to 1.30 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]
*ENG
*ENG
Sets supplying coefficient to supply proportion to output image's pixel (Pxl) with
toner supply control. Uses PID control for toner supply.
2-397
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
*ENG
061 P_Pxl_Coef_Err
*ENG
Sets supplying coefficient to supply proportion to output image's pixel (Pxl) with
toner supply control. Uses PID control for toner supply.
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
0.01/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-398
[1 to 255 / 20 / 1times/step]
Main SP Tables-3
[TonerSupply :DANC]
Time_Min
*ENG
[0 to 250 / 0 / 1msec/step]
*ENG
011
Sets DANC min. supplying time.
Time_Max
012
Sets DANC max. supplying time.
[TonerSupply :DANC]
3460
Sets supplying amount for when creating SMITH model.
022 SMITH_Weight:K
*ENG
[1 to 500 / 140 / 1mg/step]
023 SMITH_Weight:CMY
*ENG
[TonerSupply :DANC]
3460
Sets transferring rate for to compensate reverse transfer amount of ANC term
(pixel term).
111 Rev_Fix:K
*ENG
112 Rev_Fix:C
*ENG
113 Rev_Fix:M
*ENG
114 Rev_Fix:Y
*ENG
[TonerSupply :DANC]
3460
Sets delay time of from toner supplying door to sensor for SMITH model, by
control sample count.
121 TnrSplyDelay:StdSpd:K
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 7 / 1/step]
122 TnrSplyDelay:MidSpd:K
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 13 / 1/step]
123 TnrSplyDelay:LowSpd:K
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 19 / 1/step]
131 TnrSplyDelay:StdSpd:CMY
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 7 / 1/step]
132 TnrSplyDelay:MidSpd:CMY
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 13 / 1/step]
133 TnrSplyDelay:LowSpd:CMY
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 19 / 1/step]
2-399
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
3460
*ENG
Main SP Tables-3
3461
[TonerSupply :DANC]
PI:Power
*ENG
001
Changes all demand value of PI term.
PI:P Gain:K
*ENG
011
*ENG
012
Sets limit against P term demanding value. (Supply plus side, K)
PI:P Limits:Low:K
*ENG
013
Sets limit against P term demanding value. (Supply minus side, K)
PI:I Gain:K
*ENG
021
*ENG
022
Sets limit against I term demanding value. (Supply plus side, K)
PI:I Limits:Low:K
*ENG
023
Sets limit against I term demanding value. (Supply minus side, K)
PI:P Gain:CMY
*ENG
031
*ENG
032
Sets limit against P term demanding value. (Supply plus side, CMY)
PI:P Limits:Low:CMY
*ENG
033
Sets limit against P term demanding value. (Supply minus side, CMY)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-400
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
042
Sets limit against I term demanding value. (Supply plus side, CMY)
*ENG
Sets limit against I term demanding value. (Supply minus side, CMY)
AW:AWIlow:K
*ENG
051
Sets AW gain (K). (Normally reciprocal of P gain)
AW:AWIpni:K
*ENG
052 Sets rate to rapidly decrease accumulate value of difference between toner
density and target value. (K: Supply plus side)
AW:AWIlow:CMY
*ENG
061
Sets AW gain (CMY). (Normally reciprocal of P gain)
AW:AWIpni:CMY
*ENG
062 Sets rate to rapidly decrease accumulate value of difference between toner
density and target value. (CMY: Supply plus side)
[TonerSupply :DANC]
3461
Corrects line speed for demand value of PI term.
102 PI:LineSpdCoef:MidSpd:K
*ENG
103 PI:LineSpdCoef:LowSpd:K
*ENG
[0.05 to 1.00 / 0.50 / 0.01/step]
112 PI:LineSpdCoef:StdSpd:CMY
*ENG
113 PI:LineSpdCoef:LowSpd:CMY
*ENG
3461
[TonerSupply :DANC]
SMITH:Gain:K
*ENG
121
Changes gain (amplitude of model) for SMITH model. (K)
SMITH:MidSpd:K
*ENG
122
Corrects line speed for gain of SMITH model. (Middle speed, K)
2-401
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
PI:I Limits:Low:CMY
043
Main SP Tables-3
SMITH:LowSpd:K
*ENG
123
Corrects line speed for gain of SMITH model. (Low speed, K)
SMITH:Gain:CMY
*ENG
131
Changes gain (amplitude of model) for SMITH model. (CMY)
SMITH:MidSpd:CMY
*ENG
132
Corrects line speed for gain of SMITH model. (Middle speed, CMY)
SMITH:LowSpd:CMY
*ENG
133
Corrects line speed for gain of SMITH model. (Low speed, CMY)
3462
[TonerSupply :DANC]
[0 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
ANC:Power
*ENG
001
*ENG
*ENG
101
Sets gain for all ANC filters. (K)
ANC:MidSpd:K
102
Corrects line speed for gain of all ANC filters. (Middle speed, K)
ANC:LowSpd:K
*ENG
103
Corrects line speed for gain of all ANC filters. (Low speed, K)
ANC:Gain:CMY
*ENG
111
Sets gain for all ANC filters. (CMY)
ANC:MidSpd:CMY
*ENG
112
Corrects line speed for gain of all ANC filters. (Middle speed, CMY)
ANC:LowSpd:CMY
*ENG
113
Corrects line speed for gain of all ANC filters. (Low speed, CMY)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-402
Main SP Tables-3
[TonerSupply :DANC]
3463
101 Int:I:K
*ENG
102 Int:I:C
*ENG
103 Int:I:M
*ENG
0.0001/step]
104 Int:I:Y
*ENG
[TonerSupply :DANC]
3463
Saves ANC term (pixel term) corresponding to power OFF/ON.
111 ANC:ref Sum:K
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
0.0001/step]
*ENG
[TonerSupply :DANC]
3463
Displays image area for the latest page.
201 ImgArea:K
*ENG
202 ImgArea:C
*ENG
203 ImgArea:M
*ENG
204 ImgArea:Y
*ENG
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1cm2/step]
3500
[ImgQltyAdj :ON/OFF]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ALL
*ENG
001
0: OFF
1: ON
*ENG
0: OFF
1: ON
2-403
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
003
Forcedly sets MUSIC auto execution to OFF.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Init TD Sensor
*ENG
004
0: OFF
1: ON
[ImgQltyAdj :ExeFlag]
3510
Sets execution flag for toner recovery (Executes toner recovery with setting to
"1" and power OFF/ON, or close front cover.)
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
[ImgQltyAdj :ExeFlag]
3510
Sets execution flag for initial setting of TD sensor. (TD sensor's initial setting will
be executed by setting to "1" and power OFF/ON)
*ENG
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
*ENG
3510
[ImgQltyAdj :ExeFlag]
Process Control
*ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
021 Sets execution flag for Pro-Con (Executes Pro-Con with setting to "1" and power
OFF/ON, or close front cover.)
022 Developer Agitating
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-404
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables-3
Sets execution flag for developer stir (Executes developer stir with setting to "1"
and power OFF/ON, or close front cover.)
Blade Damage Prevention
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
mode with setting to "1" and power OFF/ON or closing front cover.)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF
MUSIC
*ENG
1: Mode:b
2: Mode:a
024
3: Mode:e
Sets execution flag for MUSIC (MUSIC (1time) with setting "1" and power
OFF/ON or closing font cover, MUSIC (2times) with setting "2", real time MUSIC
with setting "3")
Vsg Adj.
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
025 Sets execution flag for Vsg adjust (Executes Vsg adjust with setting to "1" and
power OFF/ON, or close front cover.)
Charge AC Adj.
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 Sets execution flag for Electrify roller cleaning (K) (Executes Electrify roller
cleaning (K) with setting to "1" and power OFF/ON, or close from cover.)
3510
[ImgQltyAdj :ExeFlag]
Init Toner Replenish: K
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 Sets execution flag for toner initial filler (K) (Executes toner recovery (K) with
setting to "1" and power OFF/ON, or close front cover.)
Init Toner Replenish: C
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 Sets execution flag for toner initial filler (C) (Executes toner recovery (C) with
setting to "1" and power OFF/ON, or close front cover.)
Init Toner Replenish: M
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033 Sets execution flag for toner initial filler (M) (Executes toner recovery (M) with
setting to "1" and power OFF/ON, or close front cover.)
034 Init Toner Replenish: Y
*ENG
2-405
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
023 Sets execution flag for blade burr prevent mode (Executes blade burr prevent
Main SP Tables-3
Sets execution flag for toner initial filler (Y) (Executes toner recovery (Y) with
setting to "1" and power OFF/ON, or close front cover.)
041 DEMS
IBACC
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042 Sets execution flag for toner initial filler (Y) (Executes toner recovery (Y) with
setting to "1" and power OFF/ON, or close front cover.)
Vsg in TrnsBlt:corr
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
043 Sets execution flag for toner initial filler (Y) (Executes toner recovery (Y) with
setting to "1" and power OFF/ON, or close front cover.)
Dev. AC Adj.
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044 Sets execution flag for develop AC adjust (Executes with setting to "1" and
power OFF/ON, or close from cover.)
BIT1
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
045
Execution flag for image adjust of BIT 1 control.
3520
[ImgQltyAdj :Interval]
During Job
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1page/step]
001
Sets image adjust judgment page interval for during print.
During Stand-by
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1minute/step]
002
Sets image adjust judgment time interval for during standby.
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 0 / 1year/step]
002 Month
*ENG
[1 to 12 / 1 / 1month/step]
003 Day
*ENG
[1 to 31 / 1 / 1day/step/step]
004 Hour
*ENG
[0 to 23 / 0 / 1hour/step]
005 Minute
*ENG
[0 to 59/ 0 / 1 minutes/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-406
Main SP Tables-3
3522
*ENG
001
Rel Humidity
*ENG
002
Displays (relative humidity) of when imaging finished.
Abs Humidity
*ENG
003
Displays (absolute humidity) of when imaging finished.
3529
*ENG
001
0: OFF
1: ON
Sets ON/OFF develop gamma correction for Pro-Con auto execute interval.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Environ Corr
*ENG
002
0: OFF
1: ON
*ENG
003 Sets absolute humidity threshold of environment correction for Pro-Con auto
execute interval.
Max Cnt Threshhold
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 2 / 1counts/step]
004
Sets max. count threshold of Interrupt Pro-Con/Job end Pro-Con.
Exe Cnt
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1counts/step]
005
Sets max. count counter of Interrupt Pro-Con/Job end Pro-Con.
Page Cnt:BW
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
006
Displays Pro-Con (BW) sheets count.
007 Page Cnt:FC
*ENG
2-407
[0 to 5000 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
3530
*ENG
001
Sets Pro-Con execute judgment threshold of when Power ON.
Temperature Range
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 10 / 1deg/step]
002
Sets Pro-Con execute judgment threshold of when Power ON.
Relative Humidity Range
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 50 / 1%RH/step]
003
Sets Pro-Con execute judgment threshold of when Power ON.
Absolute Humidity Range
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 6 / 1g/m3/step]
004
Sets Pro-Con execute judgment threshold of when Power ON.
Interval:BW
*ENG
005
Sets Pro-Con execute judgment threshold of when Power ON.
Interval:FC
*ENG
006
Sets Pro-Con execute judgment threshold of when Power ON.
Page Cnt:BW
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheet/step]
007
Sets sheets count for Power ON Pro-Con (BW).
Page Cnt:FC
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheet/step]
008
Sets sheets count for Power ON Pro-Con (FC).
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 10 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 50 / 1%RH/step]
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 6 / 1g/m3/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-408
Main SP Tables-3
3533
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 10 / 1times/step]
*ENG
001
Sets number of sheets interval for Interrupt Pro-Con (BW).
Interval:Disp:BW
*ENG
002
Displays number of sheets interval for Interrupt Pro-Con (BW).
Corr(Short):BW
*ENG
003 Sets correcting coefficient (Short) of number of sheets interval for Interrupt
Pro-Con (BW).
Corr(Mid):BW
*ENG
004 Sets correcting coefficient (Mid) of number of sheets interval for Interrupt
Pro-Con (BW).
Interval:Set:FC
*ENG
011
Sets number of sheets interval for Interrupt Pro-Con (FC).
Interval:Disp:FC
*ENG
012
Displays number of sheets interval for Interrupt Pro-Con (FC).
Corr(Short):FC
*ENG
013 Sets correcting coefficient (Short) of number of sheets interval for Interrupt
Pro-Con (FC).
Corr(Mid):FC
*ENG
014 Sets correcting coefficient (Mid) of number of sheets interval for Interrupt
Pro-Con (FC).
2-409
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Sets upper limit of continuously executing count for Pro-Con during standby.
Main SP Tables-3
3534
*ENG
001
Sets number of sheets interval for Job end Pro-Con (BW).
Interval:Disp:BW
*ENG
002
Displays number of sheets interval for Job end Pro-Con (BW).
Corr(Short):BW
*ENG
003 Sets correcting coefficient (Short) of number of sheets interval for Job end
Pro-Con (BW).
Corr(Mid):BW
*ENG
004 Sets correcting coefficient (Mid) of number of sheets interval for Job end
Pro-Con (BW).
Interval:Set:FC
*ENG
011
Sets number of sheets interval for Job end Pro-Con (FC).
Interval:Disp:FC
*ENG
012
Displays number of sheets interval for Job end Pro-Con (FC).
Corr(Short):FC
*ENG
013 Sets correcting coefficient (Short) of number of sheets interval for Job end
Pro-Con (FC).
Corr(Mid):FC
*ENG
014 Sets correcting coefficient (Mid) of number of sheets interval for Job end
Pro-Con (FC).
3539
*ENG
[0 to 3000 / 10 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001
Sets Developer Agitating Time.
ON/OFF(by RelHum)
010
Sets ON/OFF for Absolute Humidity Correction for Developer Agitating Time.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-410
Main SP Tables-3
012 by RelHum:2
*ENG
013 by RelHum:3
*ENG
014 by RelHum:4
*ENG
015 by RelHum:5
*ENG
016 by RelHum:6
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 1000 / 4 / 1%RH/step]
*ENG
[0 to 1000 / 8 / 1%RH/step]
*ENG
[0 to 1000 / 12 / 1%RH/step]
*ENG
[0 to 1000 / 16 / 1%RH/step]
*ENG
[0 to 1000 / 24 / 1%RH/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
3539
[0 to 3000 / 0 / 1sec/step]
[0 to 3000 / 5 / 1sec/step]
030
Sets ON/OFF exposure time correction of developer stirring time.
031 by Non-use Time:1
032 by Non-use Time:2
033 by Non-use Time:3
034 by Non-use Time:4
035 by Non-use Time:5
[0 to 3000 / 0 / 1sec/step]
036 by Non-use Time:6
037 by Non-use Time:7
038 by Non-use Time:8
039 by Non-use Time:9
040 by Non-use Time:10
System Maintenance Section
2-411
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
011 by RelHum:1
Main SP Tables-3
[0 to 5000 / 15 / 1min/step]
[0 to 5000 / 30 / 1min/step]
[0 to 5000 / 60 / 1min/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
050
Sets ON/OFF image area correction of developer stirring time.
[Dev Agitating Time :Set]
3539
Sets stirring time based on image area of developer stirring time.
051 by DotCoverage :1
*ENG
052 by DotCoverage :2
*ENG
053 by DotCoverage :3
*ENG
054 by DotCoverage :4
*ENG
[0 to 3000 / 0 / 1sec/step]
[0 to 3000 / 5 / 1sec/step]
055 by DotCoverage :5
*ENG
056 by DotCoverage :6
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 10 / 1min/step]
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 20 / 1min/step]
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 30 / 1min/step]
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 40 / 1min/step]
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 50 / 1min/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-412
Main SP Tables-3
3539
*ENG
099
SP Mode Tables
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
Saves / Updates this SP with print count in B&W + color mode since the last
MUSIC for to use with real time MUSIC.
*ENG
[0 to 5000 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
[Refresh Mode]
3550
Display image area needs to be refreshed. Consumes toner with density adjust
or when print finished if this value is larger than set.
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1cm^2]
[Refresh Mode]
3550
Uses for to calculate discharge amount when discharging toner at end of print.
2-413
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-3
011
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
3550
[Refresh Mode]
Rotation Threshold
*ENG
021
Uses for execute judging of discharging toner at end of print.
[Refresh Mode]
3550
Uses for to calculate discharge amount when discharging toner at end of print.
With increasing the value, more will be discharged.
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 17 / 1cm^2/step]
*ENG
*ENG
3550
[Refresh Mode]
Mode Selection Coefficient
ENG
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
035
Uses for to calculate discharge amount when discharging toner at end of print.
[Refresh Mode]
3550
Uses for to calculate discharge amount when discharging toner at end of print.
With increasing the value, more will be discharged.
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 40 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 25 / 1mm/step]
044
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-414
045
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 40 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 25 / 1mm/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 20 / 1times/step]
3550
Coefficient:YMC
[Refresh Mode]
TC Adj. Consume(Upp Limit)
081
Sets consume counts (upper limit) for toner density adjusting Pro-Con.
3552
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 40 / 1deg/step]
001
Sets temperature threshold for creating blade Tear off prevent pattern.
3553
*ENG
001 Prevents poor cleaning by racing the image transfer when going over
temperature threshold t2 and poor cleaning occurred right after Pro-Con/MUSIC
etc... adjust pattern was entered.
TransferIdleTime
Temperature:M
*ENG
002 Prevents poor cleaning by racing the image transfer when between temperature
threshold t1to t2 and poor cleaning occurred right after Pro-Con/MUSIC etc...
adjust pattern was entered.
TransferIdleTime
Temperature:L
*ENG
003 Prevents poor cleaning by racing the image transfer when smaller than
temperature threshold t1 and poor cleaning occurred right after Pro-Con/MUSIC
etc... adjust pattern was entered.
004
TransferIdleTime
Temperature:L:ON
*ENG
2-415
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
Main SP Tables-3
Prevents poor cleaning by racing the image transfer when smaller than
temperature threshold t1 and poor cleaning occurred right after Pro-Con/MUSIC
etc... adjust pattern was entered when starting up machine fist in the morning.
Temperature Threshold:T2
*ENG
[20 to 30 / 25 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 15 / 1deg/step]
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 5 / 1deg/step]
007 Adjusts threshold for wide stripes to occur in the image of the next job caused
by image transfer belt cleaning after job stops.
3554
[TransBltCleanBladeReplMode:Exe]
Execute
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
002 Sets paper transfer racing time for when replace mode of paper transfer
cleaning blade.
* Specification unapplied SP, No use.
3555
*ENG
[0 to 2000 / 0 / 1page/step]
001
For to use with adjusting control of electrify AC bias.
3600
[Select ProCon]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
*ENG
0: OFF
1: ON
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-416
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
002
0: OFF
*ENG
003
1: 1st Power On
2: 1st Power On & Job End
3: 1st P_On & JE &printing
*ENG
004
0: NotExecute
1: ProcessControl
2: TCContorol
*ENG
006
0: FIXED
1: INITIALIZED
2: CALCULATED
*ENG
010
0: OFF
1: ON
*ENG
030
0: OFF
1: ON
060
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
*ENG
0: OFF
1: ON
2-417
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
1: ON
Main SP Tables-3
[Chrg AC Control]
3610
Displays electrify AC control value decided with electrify AC control.
001 Std Speed: K
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Chrg DC Control]
3611
Displays electrify DC bias decided with Pro-Con.
001 Std Speed: K
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[300 to 1000 / 690 / 1-V/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Chrg DC Control]
3611
Displays electrify DC bias decided with Pro-Con.
031 Std Speed: K (Front)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-418
2-419
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
Main SP Tables-3
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[Chrg DC Control]
3611
Electrify bias to actually set including value corrected with RTP.
211 Now:Mid Speed: K
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-420
Main SP Tables-3
[Dev DC Control]
3612
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-421
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-422
Main SP Tables-3
3612
[Dev DC Control]
Set:Vb Limit
*ENG
[0 to 500 / 50 / 1V/step]
120
[Dev DC Control]
3612
Sets upper limit develop Vb.
121 Set:Limit TC1
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Dev DC Control]
3612
Develop bias to actually set including value corrected with RTP.
201 Now:Std Speed: K
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
2-423
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-424
ENG
102 PrcsCntrlCorrect:C
ENG
103 PrcsCntrlCorrect:M
ENG
104 PrcsCntrlCorrect:Y
ENG
2-425
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
Main SP Tables-3
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[Bias:Spd Corr]
3619
Sets correction conditions per line speed of develop bias.
001 VbCoef:Std Spd: K
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-426
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
3620
Maximum M/A:K
*ENG
001
2-427
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
Main SP Tables-3
Maximum M/A:C
*ENG
002
Maximum M/A:M
*ENG
003
Maximum M/A:Y
*ENG
004
[Backgroud Pot:Set]
3621
Default: 100V, carrier deposit will occur when setting value too high.
001 Slope:K
*ENG
002 Slope:C
*ENG
[-1000 to 1000 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Slope:M
*ENG
004 Slope:Y
*ENG
011 intercept:K
*ENG
012 intercept:C
*ENG
013 intercept:M
*ENG
014 intercept:Y
*ENG
[Backgroud Pot:Set]
3621
Sets background potential. (Upper/lower limit).
051 UpperLimit
*ENG
052 LowerLimit
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
3622
001 Current:K
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-428
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
002
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (C).
*ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
*ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
004
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (Y).
Current:F_K
*ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
011
Displays Development Potential: Target Value (K).
Current:F_C
*ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
012
Displays Development Potential: Target Value (C).
Current:F_M
*ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
013
Displays Development Potential: Target Value (M).
Current:F_Y
*ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
014
Displays Development Potential: Target Value (Y).
Current:C_K
ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
021
Displays develop potential (K).
Current:C_C
022
Displays develop potential (C).
Current:C_M
023
Displays develop potential (M).
Current:C_Y
024
Displays develop potential (Y).
Current:R_K
031
Displays develop potential (K).
032 Current:R_C
System Maintenance Section
2-429
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Current:M
003
Main SP Tables-3
ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
*ENG
033
Displays develop potential (M).
Current:R_Y
034
Displays develop potential (Y).
UpperLimit
051
Sets Development Potential (Upper Limit) (K).
UpperLimit
*ENG
052
Sets Development Potential (Upper Limit) (C).
UpperLimit
*ENG
053
Sets Development Potential (Upper Limit) (M).
UpperLimit
*ENG
054
Sets Development Potential (Upper Limit) (Y).
LowerLimit
*ENG
061
Sets Development Potential (Lower Limit) (K).
LowerLimit
*ENG
062
Sets Development Potential (Lower Limit) (C).
LowerLimit
*ENG
063
Sets Development Potential (Lower Limit) (M).
LowerLimit
*ENG
064
Sets Development Potential (Lower Limit) (Y).
Target:K
*ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
101
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (K) according to paper.
Target:C
*ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
102
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (C) according to paper.
103 Target:M
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-430
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
System Maintenance Section
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
[0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
104
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (Y) according to paper.
*ENG
*ENG
112
Displays develop potential target value correction amount (C).
Target Corr:M
*ENG
113
Displays develop potential target value correction amount (M).
Target Corr:Y
*ENG
114
Displays develop potential target value correction amount (Y).
Vk:Upper_K
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 30 / 1-V/step]
121
Regulates upper limit of start developing voltage value (K).
Vk:Upper_Col
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 30 / 1-V/step]
122
Regulates upper limit of start developing voltage value (Col).
Vk:Lower_K
*ENG
123
Regulates lower limit of start developing voltage value (K).
Vk:Lower_Col
*ENG
124
Regulates lower limit of start developing voltage value (Col).
Default: 100V
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-431
SP Mode Tables
Target Corr:K
111
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[-1000 to 1000 / -18 / 1/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
3624
Target(Upp Limit)
*ENG
001
Sets Development gamma Adjustment Target (Upp Limit) for Toner Density
Adjustment.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-432
Main SP Tables-3
Target(Lwr Limit)
*ENG
002
Sets Development gamma Adjustment Target (Lwr Limit) for Toner Density
*ENG
005
*ENG
006
Sets Consume (Upp Limit) for Density Adjustment.
Consume(Upp Limit)
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 20 / 1times/step]
007
Sets Consume (Upp Limit) for Density Adjustment.
*ENG
008
*ENG
009
Sets Supply (Upp Limit) for Density Adjustment.
Supply(Lwr Limit)
*ENG
010
Sets Supply (Lwr Limit) for Density Adjustment.
021 Consumption Pat: DUTY: K
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
3624
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]
031
Sets consume counts (upper limit) for toner density adjusting Pro-Con.
[TC Adj. Mode]
3624
Sets adjust counts for toner density adjusting Pro-Con.
2-433
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Adjustment.
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 50 / 3 / 1/step]
071 AbsHumThresh(Upp)
*ENG
072 AbsHumThresh(Low)
*ENG
073 AbsHumThresh(Range)
*ENG
001
002
Edge Detection
Threshold :K
Edge Detection
Threshold :C
*ENG
*ENG
[0.0 to 5.0 / 2.5 / 0.1V/step]
003
004
Edge Detection
Threshold :M
Edge Detection
Threshold :Y
Edge Upper
Limit:Potential Control
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
011 Sets upper limit value of edge interval sampling count of P pattern by electric
potential control.
(Processes an error when exceeding upper limit)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-434
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
012 Sets upper limit value of edge interval sampling count of P pattern by IBACC.
(Processes an error when exceeding upper limit)
Edge Lower
Limit:Potential Control
[50 to 80 / 70 / 0.1mm/step]
*ENG
021
Sets lower limit value of edge interval sampling count of P pattern by electric
potential control. (Keeps searching when below lower limit value)
Edge Lower Limit:IBACC
*ENG
022 Sets lower limit value of edge interval sampling count of P pattern IBACC.
(Keeps searching when below lower limit value)
Edge Lower Limit:RTP
*ENG
023 Sets lower limit value of edge interval sampling count of P pattern RTP. (Keeps
searching when below lower limit value)
3628
*ENG
001
Adjusts timing of Pro-Con pattern detect by P sensor.
Detection Delay Time
*ENG
[0 to 2500 / 0 / 1msec/step]
002
Adjusts alienation start timing of paper transfer.
Delay Time
*ENG
003
Adjusts start write timing of P pattern.
MUSIC Delay Time
*ENG
004
Adjusts start write timing of MUSIC.
2-435
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
[ProCon Pattern:Set]
3629
Sets imaging conditions for electric potential control pattern.
001 ChargeDC: Pattern1: Bk
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-436
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 999 / 50 / 1V/step]
*ENG
[0 to 999 / 90 / 1V/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-437
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
Main SP Tables-3
110
DevelopmentDC: Pattern10:
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 999 / 50 / 1V/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
140
3630
Bk
DevelopmentDC: Pattern10:
Y
Current:K
*ENG
001
Current:C
*ENG
002
Current:M
*ENG
003
2-438
Main SP Tables-3
Current:Y
*ENG
004
011
*ENG
Environ Corr:Col
*ENG
042
TnrDensity Corr:K
*ENG
051
TnrDensity Corr:C
*ENG
052
TnrDensity Corr:M
*ENG
053
TnrDensity Corr:Y
*ENG
054
*ENG
061
Displays Toner Density (K) converted based on TD Sensor output.
TnrDensity:C
*ENG
062
Displays Toner Density (C) converted based on TD Sensor output.
TnrDensity:M
*ENG
063
Displays Toner Density (M) converted based on TD Sensor output.
2-439
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Target:K
Main SP Tables-3
TnrDensity:Y
*ENG
064
Displays Toner Density (Y) converted based on TD Sensor output.
Environ Corr1:K
*ENG
071
Sets environment correction table value (environment section 1) of develop
gamma.
Environ Corr2:K
*ENG
072
Sets environment correction table value (environment section 2) of develop
gamma.
Environ Corr3:K
*ENG
073
Sets environment correction table value (environment section 3) of develop
gamma.
Environ Corr4:K
*ENG
074
Sets environment correction table value (environment section 4) of develop
gamma.
Environ Corr5:K
*ENG
075
Sets environment correction table value (environment section 5) of develop
gamma.
Environ Corr6:K
*ENG
076
Sets environment correction table value (environment section 6) of develop
gamma
Environ Corr1:Col
*ENG
081
Sets environment correction table value (environment section 1) of develop
gamma.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-440
Main SP Tables-3
Environ Corr2:Col
*ENG
082
Sets environment correction table value (environment section 2) of develop
Environ Corr3:Col
*ENG
083
Sets environment correction table value (environment section 3) of develop
gamma.
Environ Corr4:Col
*ENG
084
Sets environment correction table value (environment section 4) of develop
gamma.
Environ Corr5:Col
*ENG
085
Sets environment correction table value (environment section 5) of develop
gamma.
Environ Corr6:Col
*ENG
086
Sets environment correction table value (environment section 6) of develop
gamma.
TC-Gamma
*ENG
*ENG
090
Slope of TC-develop gamma.
TC Corr ThreshHold:K
091 Sets toner density threshold for correction using TC correction term of develop
gamma (target).
TC Corr ThreshHold:C
*ENG
092 Sets toner density threshold for correction using TC correction term of develop
gamma (target).
093 TC Corr ThreshHold:M
*ENG
2-441
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
gamma.
Main SP Tables-3
Sets toner density threshold for correction using TC correction term of develop
gamma (target).
TC Corr ThreshHold:Y
*ENG
094 Sets toner density threshold for correction using TC correction term of develop
gamma (target).
3630
UpperLimit
*ENG
101
LowerLimit
*ENG
102
111 Current:F_K
ENG
112 Current:F_C
ENG
113 Current:F_M
ENG
114 Current:F_Y
ENG
121 Current:C_K
ENG
122 Current:C_C
ENG
123 Current:C_M
ENG
124 Current:C_Y
ENG
131 Current:R_K
ENG
132 Current:R_C
ENG
133 Current:R_M
ENG
0.01mg/cm2/-kV/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-442
0.01mg/cm2/-kV/step]
Main SP Tables-3
134 Current:R_Y
ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[Vk :Disp]
3631
Displays latest develop start voltage.
001 Current:K
*ENG
002 Current:C
*ENG
003 Current:M
*ENG
004 Current:Y
*ENG
111 Current:F_K
ENG
112 Current:F_C
ENG
ENG
114 Current:F_Y
ENG
121 Current:C_K
ENG
122 Current:C_C
ENG
123 Current:C_M
ENG
124 Current:C_Y
ENG
131 Current:R_K
ENG
2-443
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
132 Current:R_C
ENG
133 Current:R_M
ENG
134 Current:R_Y
ENG
3650
[APC: Set]
Interval
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1page/step]
001
Sets executing interval of electric potential control during printing.
[APC: Set]
3650
Sets deposit amount threshold (upper/lower limit) to start supplying with supply
gain 3 of electric potential control during print.
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1pages/step]
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1pages/step]
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1pages/step]
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1pages/step]
[-150.000 to 150.000 / 1.000 /
0.001mg/cm2/step]
[-150.000 to 150.000 / 1.000 /
0.001mg/cm2/step]
[-150.000 to 150.000 / 1.000 /
0.001mg/cm2/step]
[-150.000 to 150.000 / 1.000 /
0.001mg/cm2/step]
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-444
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
3650
[APC: Set]
Corr Gain(GAMMA)
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 5 / 1/step]
051
Sets correction gain 1 of electric potential control during printing.
Corr Gain(ASSIST)
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 4 / 1/step]
052
Sets correction gain 2 of electric potential control during printing.
Corr Gain(ADJUST)
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 6 / 1/step]
053
Sets correction gain 3 of electric potential control during printing.
Corr3MaxCnt
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 30 / 1time/step]
054 Sets correction times for correction gain 3 of electric potential control during
printing.
Interval Coef
*ENG
055
Correction coefficient to correct Paper interval P pattern create interval.
ADJUSTMaxCnt
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 5 / 1time/step]
056
Sets correction times for ASSIST of electric potential control during printing.
[APC: Set]
3650
Sets execution flag for correction gain 3 of electric potential control during
printing.
*ENG
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[APC: Set]
3650
2-445
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 99 / 0 / 1pages]
*ENG
*ENG
[APC: Set]
3650
Sets delta Vt value to decide Vt threshold of electric potential during printing.
081 Vt Thresh:Range:K
*ENG
082 Vt Thresh:Range:C
*ENG
083 Vt Thresh:Range:M
*ENG
084 Vt Thresh:Range:Y
*ENG
3650
[APC: Set]
limit:LDP
*ENG
[0 to 10 / 10 / 1%/step]
101
Upper limit threshold for LDP variable amount of APC.
limit:Bias
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 10 / 1V/step]
102
Upper limit threshold for bias variable amount of APC.
[IBACC:Disp/Set]
3660
Density target value per IBACC pattern.
001 TargetValue:K_P1
*ENG
002 TargetValue:K_P2
*ENG
003 TargetValue:K_P3
*ENG
004 TargetValue:K_P4
*ENG
005 TargetValue:K_P5
*ENG
006 TargetValue:K_P6
*ENG
021 TargetValue:C_P1
*ENG
022 TargetValue:C_P2
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-446
Main SP Tables-3
023 TargetValue:C_P3
0.000001mg/mm2/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024
Displays latest date done mechanical detect.
3810
[0 to 999999999 / D146,D147:
*ENG
0, D148,D149,D150: 689336 /
1cm/step]
001
*No use for this machine.
Rotation distance threshold: Bk from near end detect to near end detect 2.
End Detection Distance:
Thres2:Bk
*ENG
[0 to 999999999 / 689336 /
1cm/step]
003
*No use for this machine.
Rotation distance threshold: Bk from near end detect to end detect.
Conduction Detection Times
Counter:K
*ENG
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
011
*No use for this machine.
Accumulation of continues detecting times.
Near End Distance:K
*ENG
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1cm/step]
saving SP
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Undetected
021 Detection Flag:K
*ENG
1: mechanically detected
2: Near end detected
3: End detected.
2-447
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
3800
*ENG
Main SP Tables-3
*ENG
0: Normal state
1: New article detected
025
*No use for this machine.
New article detect flag
3894
001 Mainframe SP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 All
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sets a flag able to recognize whether PCU is New or recycled per machine unit.
(Set to "1" for recycled)
001 OPC:K
*ENG
002 OPC:C
*ENG
003 OPC:M
*ENG
004 OPC:Y
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-448
Main SP Tables - 4
*ENG
increases.
Picture will shrink as value
decreases.
*ENG
*ENG
increases.
Picture moves to left as value
decreases.
4012
2-449
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
Adjusts scanning margins for the leading and trailing edges (sub scan) and right
and left edge (main scan).
Book:Sub LEdge
*ENG
001 Sets mask area to erase scale shadow of sub scan leading edge (left side or
original table) when scanning with book scanner.
Book:Sub TEdge
*ENG
002 Sets mask area to erase scale shadow of sub scan trailing edge (right side or
original table) when scanning with book scanner.
Book:Main:LEdge
*ENG
003 Sets mask area to erase scale shadow of main scan leading edge (rear side or
original table) when scanning with book scanner.
Book:Main:TEdge
*ENG
004 Sets mask area to erase scale shadow of main scan trailing edge (front side or
original table) when scanning with book scanner.
ADF: Leading Edge
*ENG
005 Sets mask area to erase scale shadow of sub scan leading edge when
scanning with ADF.
ADF: Right
*ENG
007 Sets mask area to erase scale shadow of main scan leading edge when
scanning with ADF.
ADF: left
*ENG
008 Sets mask area to erase scale shadow of main scan trailing edge when
scanning with ADF.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-450
Main SP Tables - 4
ENG
001
0: OFF
1: ON
ENG
002
0: OFF
1: ON
4014
[Scan]
HP Detection Enable
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1:ON
HP Detection Disable
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1:ON
4020
[Dust Check]
Dust Detect:On/Off
*ENG
001
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF, 1: ON
2-451
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
[0 to 8 / 4 / 1/step]
Dust Detect:Lvl
*ENG
002
*ENG
[0 to 4 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Sets ON/OFF and switches level of Vertical stripes correction. 0=OFF, sets level
to 1 from 4. Stronger correction as value increases.
4020
*ENG
011
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF, 1: ON
*ENG
012
0:Lowest level
8:Highest level
Sets DF: Rear dust detection level. As the value enlarges, easier to detect.
4201
*ENG
001
edge.
Toner decrease: Toner adhesion
amount will decrease for Bk picture
edge.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-452
Main SP Tables - 4
[0 to 15 / 11 / 1/step]
Value increase: Tonner adhesion
amount will increase for Bk picture
600dpi 2bit edge23
*ENG
002
edge.
amount will decrease for Bk picture
edge
*ENG
003
edge.
Toner decrease: Toner adhesion
amount will decrease for Bk picture
edge.
*ENG
004
edge.
Toner decrease: Toner adhesion
amount will decrease for Bk picture
edge.
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
2-453
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
4301
*ENG
001
0: Not detected
1: Detected
4303
*ENG
0 : No Original
1: A5-Lengthwise
001 Sets display when non-standard (small size) size original is detected.
4305
[8K/16K Detection]
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Normal Detection
-
*ENG
1: A4-Sideways LT-Lengthwise
2: LT-Sideways A4-Lengthwise
3: 8K 16K
001
4308
*ENG
001
0: OFF
1: ON
2: APS
2-454
Main SP Tables - 4
4309
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 12 / 1digit/step]
001
Detection Time
*ENG
002
Detection time for scan size detection.
Lamp ON:Delay Time
*ENG
003
Adjusts lamp light timing for scan size detection.
LED PWM Duty
*ENG
[0 to 100 / 45 / 1/step]
004
Adjusts lamp light timing for scan size detection.
ENG
002 S1:G
ENG
003 S1:B
ENG
004 S2:R
ENG
005 S2:G
ENG
006 S2:B
ENG
007 S3:R
ENG
008 S3:G
ENG
009 S3:B
ENG
2-455
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
4350
ENG
001
ENG
002 Sets Intermittent Shading interval 1(from light on to the times done in
Intermittent Shading interval set with SP4-350-003) when scanning BW.
Interval 1 Repetitions
ENG
[1 to 60 / 1 / 1/step]
003
Sets Shading time within Interval1 when scanning BW.
Interval 2
ENG
004 Sets Intermittent Shading interval 2(Intermittent Shading interval after interval1
is dome) when scanning BW.
4351
ENG
001
ENG
002
Sets interval shading interval 1 for Color scanning (Duplex/Simplex).
Interval 1 Repetitions
ENG
[1 to 60 / 1 / 1/step]
003 Sets operating times of interval shading interval 1 for color scanning
(Duplex/Simplex).
Interval 2
ENG
004
Sets interval shading interval 2 for Color scanning (Duplex/Simplex).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-456
Main SP Tables - 4
4400
*ENG
001 Sets mask area to erase original shadow of sub scan leading edge (left side or
Book:Sub:TEdge(Right)
*ENG
002 Sets mask area to erase original shadow of sub scan trailing edge (right side or
original table) when scanning with book scanner.
Book:Main:LEdge(Rear)
*ENG
003 Sets mask area to erase original shadow of main scan leading edge (rear side
or original table) when scanning with book scanner.
Book:Main:Tedge(Front)
*ENG
004 Sets mask area to erase original shadow of main scan trailing edge (front side
or original table) when scanning with book scanner.
4400
*ENG
005 Sets mask area to erase original shadow of sub scan leading edge when
scanning with ADF.
ADF:Main:LEdge(Rear)
*ENG
007 Sets mask area to erase original shadow of main scan leading edge when
scanning with ADF.
ADF:Main:TEdge(Front)
*ENG
008 Sets mask area to erase original shadow of main scan trailing edge when
scanning with ADF.
2-457
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
4417
ENG
001
3: Grid pattern A
4: Slant grid pattern B
5: Slant grid pattern C
6: Slant grid pattern D
7: Scanned+Slant Grid C
8: Scanned+Slant Grid D
4429
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
001 Switches unjust copy output pattern density for copy. As the value enlarges,
gets deeper.
Scanning
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
002 Switches unjust copy output pattern density for scan. As the value enlarges,
gets deeper.
Fax Operation
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
003 Switches unjust copy output pattern density for fax. As the value enlarges, gets
deeper.
4450
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON(Normal)
001
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-458
Main SP Tables - 4
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
SH ON/OFF
*ENG
0: ON(Normal)
1: OFF
002
4460
[Digital AE]
Low Limit Value
*ENG
001 Sets lower limit threshold to detect background when scanning with DF front/
Book. Considers as background when an area of input image is brighter (larger
value) than threshold.
Background level
*ENG
002 Sets background level to decide output value of background erase when
scanning DF front / Book. As the value enlarges, gets thinner.
4501
*ENG
[0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]
001
Sets target value of copy ACC against letter (edge) part Black plate.
Copy:C:Text
*ENG
[0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]
002
Sets target value of copy ACC against letter (edge) part Cyan plate.
Copy:M:Text
*ENG
[0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]
003
Sets target value of copy ACC against letter (edge) part Magenta plate.
Copy:Y:Text
*ENG
[0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]
004
Sets target value of copy ACC against letter (edge) part Yellow plate.
Copy:K:Photo
*ENG
[0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]
005
Sets target value of copy ACC against photo (non edge) part Black plate.
Copy:C:Photo
*ENG
[0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]
006
Sets target value of copy ACC against photo (non edge) part Cyan plate.
2-459
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
Copy:M:Photo
*ENG
[0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]
007
Sets target value of copy ACC against photo (non edge) part Magenta plate.
Copy:Y:Photo
*ENG
[0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]
008
Sets target value of copy ACC against photo (non edge) part Yellow plate.
4505
[ACC Cor:Bright]
Master:K
*ENG
001 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against letter (edge) part
Black plate (Highlight area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Master:C
*ENG
002 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against letter (edge) part
Cyan plate (Highlight area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Master:M
*ENG
003 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against letter (edge) part
Magenta plate (Highlight area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Master:Y
*ENG
004 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against letter (edge) part
Yellow plate (Highlight area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Slave:K
*ENG
005 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against photo (non edge) part
Black plate (Highlight area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Slave:C
*ENG
006 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against photo (non edge) part
Cyan plate (Highlight area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Slave:M
*ENG
007 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against photo (non edge) part
Magenta plate (Highlight area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
008 Slave:Y
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-460
Main SP Tables - 4
Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against photo (non edge) part
Yellow plate (Highlight area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
[ACC Cor:Dark]
Master:K
*ENG
001 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against letter (edge) part
Black plate (Shadow area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Master:C
*ENG
002 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against letter (edge) part
Cyan plate (Shadow area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Master:M
*ENG
003 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against letter (edge) part
Magenta plate (Shadow area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Master:Y
*ENG
004 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against letter (edge) part
Yellow plate (Shadow area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Slave:K
*ENG
005 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against photo (non edge) part
Black plate (Shadow area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Slave:C
*ENG
006 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against photo (non edge) part
Cyan plate (Shadow area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Slave:M
*ENG
007 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against photo (non edge) part
Magenta plate (Shadow area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Slave:Y
*ENG
008 Adjusts target value (larger, thinner) of copy ACC against photo (non edge) part
Yellow plate (Shadow area) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
2-461
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
4506
Main SP Tables - 4
[IBACC:DetectedValue]
4520
Latest density detecting value per IBACC pattern.
001 Latest:K_P1
*ENG
002 Latest:K_P2
*ENG
003 Latest:K_P3
*ENG
004 Latest:K_P4
*ENG
005 Latest:K_P5
*ENG
006 Latest:K_P6
*ENG
021 Latest:C_P1
*ENG
022 Latest:C_P2
*ENG
023 Latest:C_P3
*ENG
024 Latest:C_P4
*ENG
025 Latest:C_P5
*ENG
026 Latest:C_P6
*ENG
041 Latest:M_P1
*ENG
042 Latest:M_P2
*ENG
043 Latest:M_P3
*ENG
044 Latest:M_P4
*ENG
045 Latest:M_P5
*ENG
046 Latest:M_P6
*ENG
061 Latest:Y_P1
*ENG
062 Latest:Y_P2
*ENG
063 Latest:Y_P3
*ENG
064 Latest:Y_P4
*ENG
065 Latest:Y_P5
*ENG
066 Latest:Y_P6
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-462
Main SP Tables - 4
[IBACC:DetectedValue]
4520
101 Previous:K_P1
*ENG
102 Previous:K_P2
*ENG
103 Previous:K_P3
*ENG
104 Previous:K_P4
*ENG
105 Previous:K_P5
*ENG
106 Previous:K_P6
*ENG
121 Previous:C_P1
*ENG
122 Previous:C_P2
*ENG
123 Previous:C_P3
*ENG
124 Previous:C_P4
*ENG
125 Previous:C_P5
*ENG
126 Previous:C_P6
*ENG
141 Previous:M_P1
*ENG
142 Previous:M_P2
*ENG
143 Previous:M_P3
*ENG
144 Previous:M_P4
*ENG
145 Previous:M_P5
*ENG
146 Previous:M_P6
*ENG
161 Previous:Y_P1
*ENG
162 Previous:Y_P2
*ENG
163 Previous:Y_P3
*ENG
164 Previous:Y_P4
*ENG
165 Previous:Y_P5
*ENG
166 Previous:Y_P6
*ENG
SP Mode Tables
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1/step]
2-463
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables - 4
4540
[Print Coverage]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
RY Phase: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
001
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of R (to Y) Phase.
RY Phase: R
*ENG
002 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
R (to Y) Phase. Larger the darker.
RY Phase: G
*ENG
003 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
R (to Y) Phase. Larger the darker.
RY Phase: B
*ENG
004 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
R (to Y) Phase. Larger the darker.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
YR Phase: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
005
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of Y (to R) Phase.
YR Phase: R
*ENG
006 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
Y (to R) Phase. Larger the darker.
YR Phase: G
*ENG
007 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
Y (to R) Phase. Larger the darker.
YR Phase: B
*ENG
008 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
Y (to R) Phase. Larger the darker.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-464
Main SP Tables - 4
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
YG Phase: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
009
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
YG Phase: R
*ENG
010 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
Y (to G) Phase. Larger the darker.
YG Phase: G
*ENG
011 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
Y (to G) Phase. Larger the darker.
YG Phase: B
*ENG
012 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
Y (to G) Phase. Larger the darker.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
GY Phase: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
013
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of G (to Y) Phase.
GY Phase: R
*ENG
014 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
G (to Y) Phase. Larger the darker.
GY Phase: G
*ENG
015 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
G (to Y) Phase. Larger the darker.
GY Phase: B
*ENG
016 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
G (to Y) Phase. Larger the darker.
2-465
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
GC Phase: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
017
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of G (to C) Phase.
GC Phase: R
*ENG
018 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
G (to C) Phase. Larger the darker.
GC Phase: G
*ENG
019 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
G (to C) Phase. Larger the darker.
GC Phase: B
*ENG
020 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
G (to C) Phase. Larger the darker.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
CG Phase: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
021
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of C (to G) Phase.
CG Phase: R
*ENG
022 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
C (to G) Phase. Larger the darker.
CG Phase: G
*ENG
023 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
C (to G) Phase. Larger the darker.
CG Phase: B
*ENG
024 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
C (to G) Phase. Larger the darker.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-466
Main SP Tables - 4
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
CB Phase: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
025
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
CB Phase: R
*ENG
026 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
C (to B) Phase. Larger the darker.
CB Phase: G
*ENG
027 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
C (to B) Phase. Larger the darker.
CB Phase: B
*ENG
028 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
C (to B) Phase. Larger the darker.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
BC Phase: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
029
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of B (to C) Phase.
BC Phase: R
*ENG
030 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
B (to C) Phase. Larger the darker.
BC Phase: G
*ENG
031 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
B (to C) Phase. Larger the darker.
BC Phase: B
*ENG
032 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
B (to C) Phase. Larger the darker.
2-467
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
BM Phase: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
033
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of B (to M) Phase.
BM Phase: R
*ENG
034 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
B (to M) Phase. Larger the darker.
BM Phase: G
*ENG
035 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
B (to M) Phase. Larger the darker.
BM Phase: B
*ENG
036 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
B (to M) Phase. Larger the darker.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
MB Phase: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
037
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of M (to B) Phase.
MB Phase: R
*ENG
038 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
M (to B) Phase. Larger the darker.
MB Phase: G
*ENG
039 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
M (to B) Phase. Larger the darker.
MB Phase: B
*ENG
040 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
M (to B) Phase. Larger the darker.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-468
Main SP Tables - 4
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
MR Phase: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
041
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
MR Phase: R
*ENG
042 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
M (to R) Phase. Larger the darker.
MR Phase: G
*ENG
043 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
M (to R) Phase. Larger the darker.
MR Phase: B
*ENG
044 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
M (to R) Phase. Larger the darker.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
RM Phase: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
045
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of R (to M) Phase.
RM Phase: R
*ENG
046 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
R (to M) Phase. Larger the darker.
RM Phase: G
*ENG
047 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
R (to M) Phase. Larger the darker.
RM Phase: B
*ENG
048 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
R (to M) Phase. Larger the darker.
2-469
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
WHITE: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
049
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of highlight area.
WHITE:R
*ENG
050 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
highlight area. Larger the darker.
WHITE:G
*ENG
051 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
highlight area. Larger the darker.
WHITE:B
*ENG
052 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
highlight area. Larger the darker.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
BLACK: Option
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON
053
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of shadow area.
BLACK:R
*ENG
054 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
shadow area. Larger the darker.
BLACK:G
*ENG
055 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
shadow area. Larger the darker.
BLACK:B
*ENG
056 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
shadow area. Larger the darker.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-470
Main SP Tables - 4
4550
[Scan Apli:Txt/Print]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Text/Chart mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Text/ Chart mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, the Smoother.
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text/ Chart mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text/ Chart mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Text/ Chart mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
4551
[Scan Apli:Txt]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
005
Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
the Smoother.
2-471
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
005
Main SP Tables - 4
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text mode. 128 is for No Correction,
Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
the value, Stronger the Erase.
4552
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
005
Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Text (Drop Out Color) mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Text (Drop Out Color) mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, the Smoother.
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text (Drop Out Color) mode. 128
is for No Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text (Drop Out Color) mode. 128 is
for No Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Text (Drop Out Color) mode. 0
is for OFF, Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-472
Main SP Tables - 4
4553
[Scan Apli:Txt/Photo]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, the Smoother.
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
4554
[Scan Apli:Photo]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
005
Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
the Smoother.
2-473
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
005
Main SP Tables - 4
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Photo mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Photo mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
4565
[Scan Apli:GrayScale]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
005
Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: GrayScale mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: GrayScale mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, the Smoother.
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: GrayScale mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: GrayScale mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: GrayScale mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-474
Main SP Tables - 4
4570
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
the value, Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
the value, the Smoother.
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 128 is for
No Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 128 is for
No Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 0 is for
OFF, Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
4571
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
005
Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Color Gloss Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
the value, Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Color Gloss Photo mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, the Smoother.
2-475
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
005
Main SP Tables - 4
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Color Gloss Photo mode. 128 is
for No Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Color Gloss Photo mode. 128 is for
No Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Color Gloss Photo mode. 0 is
for OFF, Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
4572
[Scan Apli:AutoCol]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
005
Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Auto Color mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Auto Color mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, the Smoother.
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Auto Color mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Auto Color mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Auto Color mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-476
Main SP Tables - 4
4580
[Fax Apli:Txt/Chart]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, the Smoother.
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
Texture Erase: 0
*ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Sets Texture Erase for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 0: Fixed Threshold, 1:
Variable Threshold, 2: Variable Threshold (Threshold type used for 1 and 2 are
different)
4581
[Fax Apli:Txt]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
005
Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
Stronger the emphasis.
2-477
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
005
Main SP Tables - 4
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for FAX Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
the Smoother.
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text mode. 128 is for No Correction,
Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for FAX Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
the value, Stronger the Erase.
4582
[Fax Apli:Txt/Photo]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
005
Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, the Smoother.
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-478
Main SP Tables - 4
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF,
Texture Erase: 0
*ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Sets Texture Erase for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0: Fixed Threshold, 1:
Variable Threshold, 2: Variable Threshold (Threshold type used for 1 and 2 are
different)
4583
[Fax Apli:Photo]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
005
Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
the Smoother.
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
010 Texture Erase: 0
*ENG
2-479
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
Sets Texture Erase for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 0: Fixed Threshold, 1: Variable
Threshold, 2: Variable Threshold (Threshold type used for 1 and 2 are different)
4584
[Fax Apli:Original 1]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
005
Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Special Original 1 mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
the value, Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
006
Sets Smoothing level for FAX Apli: Special Original 1 mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
the value, the Smoother.
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Special Original 1 mode. 128 is for
No Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Special Original 1 mode. 128 is for
No Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for FAX Apli: Special Original 1 mode. 0 is for
OFF, Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
4585
[Fax Apli:Original 2]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15
(Weak-Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
005
Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Special Original 2 mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
the value, Stronger the emphasis.
006
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*ENG
2-480
[0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables - 4
Sets Smoothing level for FAX Apli: Special Original 2 mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
the value, the Smoother.
Brightness: 1-255
*ENG
*ENG
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Special Original 2 mode. 128 is for
No Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Independent Dot Erase (0)/
1-7 (Strong)
*ENG
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for FAX Apli: Special Original 2 mode. 0 is for
OFF, Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
4600
ENG
001 In case of SBU's ID is irregular due to SBU malfunction, or wrong part is set,
sets a cause flag to SP 4-647-001 and makes SC 144-00.
SCAT ID
ENG
001 -
ENG
ENG
ENG
2-481
0x000000 / -]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Special Original 2 mode. 128 is for
Main SP Tables - 4
Runs SBU adjustment (light quantity adjust, SSCG correct, checking back level,
adjusting white level) normally done when scanner powers on from SP.
Use for process adjust/design evaluation/error analyze.
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
4604
[FGATE Open/Close]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: OFF
1: ON
001
Used for to forcedly open/close FGATE to input scanner image data when doing
scanner optical adjustment during the process.
Use for process adjust/design evaluation/error analyze.
4609
*ENG
001 Displays/Saves gray balance adjustment value (RED) of scanners face side
(Book).
Adjusted value during the scanner unit Warranty process is saved.
DF Scan
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-482
Main SP Tables - 4
*ENG
001 Displays/Saves gray balance adjustment value (GREEN) of scanners face side
(Book).
Adjusted value during the scanner unit Warranty process is saved.
DF Scan
*ENG
4611
*ENG
001 Displays/Saves gray balance adjustment value (BLUE) of scanners face side
(Book).
Adjusted value during the scanner unit Warranty process is saved.
DF Scan
*ENG
2-483
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
4610
Main SP Tables - 4
4635
*ENG
001
Selects SSCG noise correction mode.
Use when setting SSCG adjust OFF as a temporally proceed when SSCG does
not work correctly due to an unexpected malfunction.
Temporally use if by changing settings improves wide stripes, side stripes
caused by scanner when SSCG correction does not work correctly.
4637
ENG
[-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
ENG
[-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
ENG
[-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
ENG
[-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
2-484
[-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Main SP Tables - 4
[-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4638
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-485
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Latest:BO
Main SP Tables - 4
Latest:BO
*ENG
4639
*ENG
[-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-486
Main SP Tables - 4
Factory Setting:BE
*ENG
[-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
Factory Setting:BO
*ENG
[-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4640
ENG
ENG
ENG
2-487
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
005 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
Main SP Tables - 4
Factory Setting:GO
ENG
ENG
ENG
4641
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-488
Main SP Tables - 4
RO
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
adjusting.
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
GE
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
2-489
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
SSCG.
002 Correction value will be decided depending on detected Noise Amplitude when
Main SP Tables - 4
BO
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-490
Main SP Tables - 4
Bit15:Unused
Bit14: Unused
Bit13:White level abnormal (F
side/RED/EVEN pixel)
Bit12: White level abnormal (F side
/RED/ODD pixel)
Bit11: White level abnormal (F side
/GREEN/EVEN pixel)
Bit10: White level abnormal (F side
/GREEN/ODD pixel)
Bit9: White level abnormal (F side
/BLUE/EVEN pixel)
Bit8:White level abnormal (F side
001 White level
ENG
/BLUE/ODD pixel)
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5:gain abnormal (F side
/RED/EVEN pixel)
Bit4: gain abnormal (F side
/RED/ODD pixel)
Bit3: gain abnormal (F side
/GREEN/EVEN pixel)
Bit2: gain abnormal (F side
/GREEN/ODD pixel)
Bit1: gain abnormal (F side
/BLUE/EVEN pixel)
Bit0: gain abnormal (F side
/BLUE/ODD pixel)
2-491
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables - 4
Shows cause of error when an error occurs during the white level adjustment
when scanner turns on.
When an error, SC142-00(F side/white level adjustment error)will be
given.[format] binary
Scan adjust error (F side/White level) flag=
(b15,b14,b13,b12,b11,b10,b9,b8,b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5: Black level abnormal (F
side/RED/EVEN Pixel)
Bit4: Black level abnormal (F side
/RED/ODD Pixel)
Black level
ENG
002
/GREEN/ODD Pixel)
Bit1: Black level abnormal (F side
/BLUE/EVEN Pixel)
Bit0: Black level abnormal (F side
/BLUE/ODD Pixel)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs With the Black level check when
scanner turns on.
When an error, SC141-00(F side/Black level adjustment error) will be given.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (F side/Black level) flag=(b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-492
Main SP Tables - 4
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5: SSCG correction error
Bit4: SSCG correction error
(Fside/RED/ODD Pixel)
SSCG Correction
ENG
003
(Fside/GREEN/ODD Pixel)
Bit1: SSCG correction error
(Fside/BLUE/EVEN Pixel)
Bit0: SSCG correction error
(Fside/BLUE/ODD Pixel)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs With the SSCG Noise correction
when scanner turns on.
When an error, Correction turns off.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (F side/SSCG correction) flag= (b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
2-493
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
(Fside/RED/EVEN Pixel)
Main SP Tables - 4
ENG
001
Bit6: Unused
Bit5:SBU hardware error (Serial
communication error: L side)
Bit4:SBU hardware error (Reset
error:Lside)
Bit3: Unused
Bit2: Unused
Bit1: Unused
Shows cause of error when an error occurs with the SBU connection detect
when Scanner turns on..
When an error, SC144-00 (SBU Communication error) will be given.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (SSCG correction) flag=
(b15,b14,b13,b12,b11,b10,b9,b8,b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-494
Main SP Tables - 4
4651
ENG
[0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
ENG
[0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4652
ENG
[0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
ENG
[0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
2-495
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
4653
ENG
[0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
ENG
[0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4654
*ENG
[0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-496
Main SP Tables - 4
4655
*ENG
[0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4656
*ENG
[0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
2-497
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
4658
*ENG
[0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4659
*ENG
[0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4660
*ENG
[0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-498
Main SP Tables - 4
4661
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
White level adjust is done when scanner powers ON to keep the dynamic range
of image signal.
001 Image signal will be amplified or attenuated with white level adjust, therefore
gain adjust will be done by ASIC (SCAT) of SBU hardwarely, and adjusted value
will be given.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
Latest: RO Color
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4662
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
2-499
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
Latest: GO Color
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4663
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-500
Main SP Tables - 4
4670
*ENG
[0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
pixel).
001 Factory default black level analog adjustment value is saved during the main
unit warranty process.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
Factory Setting: RO Color
*ENG
[0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays/Saves factory default black level analog adjust value (RED/ODD pixel).
002 Factory default black level analog adjustment value is saved during the main
unit warranty process.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
4671
*ENG
[0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
2-501
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
4672
*ENG
[0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4673
*ENG
[0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays/Saves factory default black level digital adjust value (RED/ODD pixel).
002 Factory default black level digital adjustment value is saved during the main unit
warranty process.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-502
Main SP Tables - 4
4674
*ENG
[0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
pixel).
001 Factory default black level digital adjustment value is saved during the main unit
warranty process.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
Factory Setting: GO Color
*ENG
[0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4675
*ENG
[0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
2-503
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
4677
*ENG
[0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4678
*ENG
[0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4679
*ENG
[0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-504
Main SP Tables - 4
4680
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
001 Factory default analog gain adjustment value is saved during the main unit
warranty process.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
Factory Setting: RO Color
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4681
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
2-505
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
4682
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4688
*ENG
001
deeper.
Value decrease: ADF density
thinner.
For Oversetters only. Adjusts density difference between Book and ADF.
4688
*ENG
002 For Single-Pass simultaneous duplex models only. Adjusts density difference
between Book and ADF.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-506
Main SP Tables - 4
4690
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
White level adjust is done by scanning the white reference plate when scanner
powers ON to keep the dynamic range of image signal.
001 Scanning level of white reference plate from white level adjusting is given.
When white level peak scanning value is an error (adjustment not finishing
correctly) SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will be displayed on SP4-646-001.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
RO
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4691
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
2-507
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
GO
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4692
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-508
Main SP Tables - 4
4693
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Black level check is done when scanner powers ON, then offset level of image
signal is checked and that value will be given.
001 Check whether the offset adjustment of SBU (SCAT) is working correctly.
Gives SC141-00 if the black level scanning value is an error.
Cause of error will be displayed on SP4-646-001.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
RO
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
2-509
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
GO
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-510
Main SP Tables - 4
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
SP Mode Tables
001 On/Off
When DF powers ON, black level of CIS is checked, then detect the black level
per chip and display scanning level.
Cause of error will be displayed on SP4-745-001.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
001 Chip1
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
002 Chip2
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
003 Chip3
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
004 Chip4
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
005 Chip5
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
006 Chip6
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
007 Chip7
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
008 Chip8
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
009 Chip9
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
010 Chip10
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
011 Chip11
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
012 Chip12
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
013 Chip13
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
014 Chip14
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
015 Chip15
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
2-511
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables - 4
016 Chip16
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
017 Chip17
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
018 Chip18
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
019 Chip19
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
020 Chip20
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
021 Chip21
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
022 Chip22
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
023 Chip23
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
024 Chip24
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
1: WEAK
2: MEDIUM
3: STRONG
*ENG
1: WEAK
2: MEDIUM
3: STRONG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-512
Main SP Tables - 4
4797
*ENG
001 Sets lower limit threshold to detect background when scanning with DF rear.
Considers as background when an area of input image is brighter (larger value)
than threshold.
Background Erase Level
*ENG
002 Sets background level to decide output value of background erase when
scanning with DF rear. As the value enlarges, gets thinner.
4798
*ENG
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
2-513
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
reduced.
Main SP Tables - 4
4799
ENG
001
5: Grid Pattern
To print the test pattern selected with this SP, after setting SP, press the interrupt
key, and set paper size, scale, image processing conditions etc... from the panel
as like a regular copy job, then set original and press copy button.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
Even Output Level Setting
ENG
[0 to 4095 / 0 / 1digit/step]
002 Sets test pattern fixed value output level (Even) of CIS.
Fixed value will be displayed / set when SP4-799-001-1: full side fixed value, or
SP4-799-001-2: Fixed value per EO is selected.
Odd Output Level Setting
ENG
[0 to 4095 / 0 / 1digit/step]
003 Sets test pattern fixed value output level (ODD) of CIS.
Fixed value will be displayed / set when SP4-799-001-1: full side fixed value, or
SP4-799-001-2: Fixed value per EO is selected.
4802
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Repeat DF shading with lamp off.
DF mode :Lamp On
002
Repeat DF shading with lamp on.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-514
Main SP Tables - 4
4803
ENG
[-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1mm/step]
001
4804
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Run Home position operation (Homing).
4806
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Run Carriage retract operation.
4807
ENG
0:OFF
1:ON(default)
001
Switch ON/OFF for stopping CCD drive clock of SBU when scanner is standby.
Use for process adjustment/design evaluation.
2-515
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
4813
[ALC Selection]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
FC
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON(default)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-516
Main SP Tables - 4
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
BW
*ENG
0:OFF
1:ON(default)
4850
[PMW]
Latest
*ENG
[0 to 8191 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays LED lighting Duty (PWM) adjustment value of LED light quantity
adjust.
001 When output of CCD is overflowed from the amount of light, Reduces light
quantity by adjusting LED light source lighting duty when scanner powers ON.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
2-517
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
Factory Setting
*ENG
[0 to 8191 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays LED lighting Duty (PWM) adjustment value of factory default LED light
quantity adjust.
002 Factory default LED lighting Duty (PWM) adjustment value is saved during the
main unit warranty process.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
4851
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays white level peak scanning value (RED/EVEN pixel) of LED light
quantity adjustment.
001 Displays scanning levels of White reference plate when scanner powers on and
LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
SC102-00 is given when LED light quantity does not complete.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
Latest: RO
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays white level peak scanning value (RED/ODD pixel) of LED light quantity
adjustment.
002 Displays scanning levels of White reference plate when scanner powers on and
LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
SC102-00 is given when LED light quantity does not complete.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
Latest: GE
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays white level peak scanning value (GREEN/EVEN pixel) of LED light
quantity adjustment.
003 Displays scanning levels of White reference plate when scanner powers on and
LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
SC102-00 is given when LED light quantity does not complete.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-518
Main SP Tables - 4
Latest: GO
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays white level peak scanning value (GREEN/ODD pixel) of LED light
quantity adjustment.
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays white level peak scanning value (BLUE/EVEN pixel) of LED light
quantity adjustment.
005 Displays scanning levels of White reference plate when scanner powers on and
LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
SC102-00 is given when LED light quantity does not complete.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
Latest: BO
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays white level peak scanning value (BLUE/ODD pixel) of LED light
quantity adjustment.
006 Displays scanning levels of White reference plate when scanner powers on and
LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
SC102-00 is given when LED light quantity does not complete.
Use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal image,
SC).
2-519
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
004 Displays scanning levels of White reference plate when scanner powers on and
LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
Main SP Tables - 4
4852
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-520
Main SP Tables - 4
Factory Setting: BE
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
*ENG
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
4902
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (R component) of scanner for AAC pattern (white
background area)
G_DATA1
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (G component) of scanner for AAC pattern (white
background area)
B_DATA1
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (B component) of scanner for AAC pattern (white
background area)
R_DATA2
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (R component) of scanner for AAC pattern (Cyan
max. density area)
2-521
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
G_DATA2
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (G component) of scanner for AAC pattern
(Magenta max. density area)
B_DATA2
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (B component) of scanner for AAC pattern
(Yellow max. density area)
4905
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Sets when switching threshold matrix used for tone process.
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
002 Offset:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
003 Offset:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
004 Offset:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
005 Option:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Option:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 12 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Option:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Option:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-522
Main SP Tables - 4
[Man Gamma:Txt:K]
4910
001 Offset:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
002 Offset:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
003 Offset:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
004 Offset:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
005 Option:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Option:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 12 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Option:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Option:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Offset:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
002 Offset:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
003 Offset:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
004 Offset:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
005 Option:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Option:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 12 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Option:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Option:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
[Man Gamma:Txt:C]
4911
-
[Man Gamma:Txt:M]
4912
001 Offset:Highlight
2-523
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
002 Offset:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
003 Offset:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
004 Offset:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
005 Option:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Option:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 12 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Option:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Option:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Offset:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
002 Offset:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
003 Offset:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
004 Offset:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
005 Option:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Option:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 12 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Option:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Option:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Offset:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
002 Offset:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
003 Offset:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
004 Offset:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
005 Option:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[Man Gamma:Txt:Y]
4913
-
[Man Gamma:T:ColK]
4914
-
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-524
006 Option:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 12 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Option:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Option:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Offset:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
002 Offset:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
003 Offset:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
004 Offset:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
005 Option:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Option:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 12 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Option:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Option:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Offset:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
002 Offset:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
003 Offset:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
004 Offset:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
005 Option:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Option:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 12 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Option:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Option:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[Man Gamma:Pht:K]
4915
-
[Man Gamma:Pht:C]
4916
-
2-525
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
Main SP Tables - 4
[Man Gamma:Pht:M]
4917
001 Offset:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
002 Offset:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
003 Offset:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
004 Offset:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
005 Option:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Option:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 12 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Option:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Option:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Offset:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
002 Offset:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
003 Offset:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
004 Offset:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 30 / 15 / 1/step]
005 Option:Highlight
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Option:Middle
*ENG
[0 to 12 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Option:Shadow
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Option:IDmax
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[- / - / -]
[Man Gamma:Pht:Y]
4918
-
009 Adjusts manual gamma with setting value of "Option-IDmax" against highlight,
middle, shadow, and IdMax.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-526
Main SP Tables - 4
4930
*ENG
001 Sets text area total amount control value (0% to 400%) when full color copying
*ENG
002 Sets text area total amount control value (0% to 400%) when full color copying
with modes except text/photo mode.
Copy: Single Color
*ENG
003 Sets text area total amount control value (0% to 400%) when copying in color
mode (B&W).
Copy: Color Conversion
*ENG
004 Sets text area total amount control value (0% to 400%) when copying in color
mode (One color, Two colors).
Coverage Ctrl OFF
*ENG
005 Sets text area total amount control value (0% to 400%) when outputting image
in other image output modes (normally, decontrolling total amount control)
4931
*ENG
001 Sets photo area total amount control value (0% to 400%) when full color copying
with text/photo mode.
Copy: Full Color 2
*ENG
002 Sets photo area total amount control value (0% to 400%) when full color copying
with modes except text/photo mode.
Copy: Single Color
*ENG
003 Sets photo area total amount control value (0% to 400%) when copying in color
mode (B&W).
004 Copy: Color Conversion
*ENG
2-527
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
Sets photo area total amount control value (0% to 400%) when copying in color
mode (One color, Two colors).
Coverage Ctrl OFF
*ENG
005 Sets photo area total amount control value (0% to 400%) when outputting image
in other image output modes (normally, decontrolling total amount control)
001 N.K.x1.y1
*ENG
002 x2.y2.x3.y3
ENG
003 x4.y4.x5.y5
ENG
004 x6.y6.x7.y7
ENG
005 x8.y8.x9.y9
ENG
006 x10.y10.x11.y11
*ENG
007 x12.y12.x13.y13
*ENG
008 x14.y14.x15.y15
*ENG
009 x16.y16
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-528
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables - 4
ENG
002 x2.y2.x3.y3
ENG
003 x4.y4.x5.y5
ENG
004 x6.y6.x7.y7
ENG
005 x8.y8.x9.y9
ENG
006 x10.y10.x11.y11
ENG
007 x12.y12.x13.y13
ENG
008 x14.y14.x15.y15
ENG
009 x16.y16
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N.K.x1.y1
ENG
002 x2.y2.x3.y3
ENG
003 x4.y4.x5.y5
ENG
2-529
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
001 N.K.x1.y1
Main SP Tables - 4
004 x6.y6.x7.y7
ENG
005 x8.y8.x9.y9
ENG
006 x10.y10.x11.y11
ENG
007 x12.y12.x13.y13
ENG
008 x14.y14.x15.y15
ENG
009 x16.y16
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N.K.x1.y1
ENG
002 x2.y2.x3.y3
ENG
003 x4.y4.x5.y5
ENG
004 x6.y6.x7.y7
ENG
005 x8.y8.x9.y9
ENG
006 x10.y10.x11.y11
ENG
007 x12.y12.x13.y13
ENG
008 x14.y14.x15.y15
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-530
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
System Maintenance Section
Main SP Tables - 4
009 x16.y16
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N.K.x1.y1
ENG
002 x2.y2.x3.y3
ENG
003 x4.y4.x5.y5
ENG
004 x6.y6.x7.y7
ENG
005 x8.y8.x9.y9
ENG
006 x10.y10.x11.y11
ENG
007 x12.y12.x13.y13
ENG
008 x14.y14.x15.y15
ENG
009 x16.y16
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N.K.x1.y1
ENG
002 x2.y2.x3.y3
ENG
2-531
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
4944
Main SP Tables - 4
003 x4.y4.x5.y5
ENG
004 x6.y6.x7.y7
ENG
005 x8.y8.x9.y9
ENG
006 x10.y10.x11.y11
ENG
007 x12.y12.x13.y13
ENG
008 x14.y14.x15.y15
ENG
009 x16.y16
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N.K.x1.y1
ENG
002 x2.y2.x3.y3
ENG
003 x4.y4.x5.y5
ENG
004 x6.y6.x7.y7
ENG
005 x8.y8.x9.y9
ENG
006 x10.y10.x11.y11
ENG
007 x12.y12.x13.y13
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-532
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
System Maintenance Section
Main SP Tables - 4
ENG
009 x16.y16
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N.K.x1.y1
ENG
002 x2.y2.x3.y3
ENG
003 x4.y4.x5.y5
ENG
004 x6.y6.x7.y7
ENG
005 x8.y8.x9.y9
ENG
006 x10.y10.x11.y11
ENG
007 x12.y12.x13.y13
ENG
008 x14.y14.x15.y15
ENG
009 x16.y16
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 yy/mm/dd
ENG
2-533
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
008 x14.y14.x15.y15
Main SP Tables - 4
002 hh/mm/ss
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 yy/mm/dd
ENG
002 hh/mm/ss
ENG
4954
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Correct dispersion of scanner reading value among same models, based on the
Color degree rank setting value of Scanner (front side).(Setting value0:
Correction OFF)
4958
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Correct dispersion of scanner reading value among same models, based on the
Color degree rank setting value of Scanner (rear side).(Setting value0:
Correction OFF)
001 N K x1 y1
ENG
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
ENG
003 x4 y4 x5 y5
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-534
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables - 4
ENG
005 x8 y8 x9 y9
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N K x1 y1
ENG
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
ENG
003 x4 y4 x5 y5
ENG
004 x6 y6 x7 y7
ENG
005 x8 y8 x9 y9
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
2-535
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
004 x6 y6 x7 y7
Main SP Tables - 4
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N K x1 y1
ENG
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N K x1 y1
ENG
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
ENG
003 x4 y4 x5 y5
ENG
004 x6 y6 x7 y7
ENG
005 x8 y8 x9 y9
ENG
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-536
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables - 4
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N K x1 y1
ENG
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
ENG
003 x4 y4 x5 y5
ENG
004 x6 y6 x7 y7
ENG
005 x8 y8 x9 y9
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
2-537
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
001 N K x1 y1
ENG
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
ENG
003 x4 y4 x5 y5
ENG
004 x6 y6 x7 y7
ENG
005 x8 y8 x9 y9
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N K x1 y1
ENG
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
ENG
003 x4 y4 x5 y5
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-538
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables - 4
ENG
005 x8 y8 x9 y9
ENG
ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N K x1 y1
ENG
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
ENG
003 x4 y4 x5 y5
ENG
004 x6 y6 x7 y7
ENG
005 x8 y8 x9 y9
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
2-539
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
004 x6 y6 x7 y7
Main SP Tables - 4
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N K x1 y1
ENG
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
ENG
003 x4 y4 x5 y5
ENG
004 x6 y6 x7 y7
ENG
005 x8 y8 x9 y9
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N K x1 y1
ENG
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-540
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables - 4
*ENG
004 x6 y6 x7 y7
*ENG
005 x8 y8 x9 y9
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N K x1 y1
*ENG
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
ENG
003 x4 y4 x5 y5
ENG
004 x6 y6 x7 y7
ENG
005 x8 y8 x9 y9
ENG
ENG
ENG
2-541
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
003 x4 y4 x5 y5
Main SP Tables - 4
ENG
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N K x1 y1
ENG
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
ENG
003 x4 y4 x5 y5
ENG
004 x6 y6 x7 y7
ENG
005 x8 y8 x9 y9
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N K x1 y1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
2-542
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables - 4
ENG
003 x4 y4 x5 y5
ENG
004 x6 y6 x7 y7
ENG
005 x8 y8 x9 y9
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N K x1 y1
ENG
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
ENG
003 x4 y4 x5 y5
ENG
004 x6 y6 x7 y7
ENG
005 x8 y8 x9 y9
ENG
ENG
2-543
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
002 x2 y2 x3 y3
Main SP Tables - 4
ENG
ENG
*ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N.K.x1.y1
*ENG
002 x2.y2.x3.y3
ENG
003 x4.y4.x5.y5
ENG
004 x6.y6.x7.y7
ENG
005 x8.y8.x9.y9
ENG
006 x10.y10.x11.y11
*ENG
007 x12.y12.x13.y13
*ENG
008 x14.y14.x15.y15
*ENG
009 x16.y16
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-544
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables - 4
*ENG
002 x2.y2.x3.y3
*ENG
003 x4.y4.x5.y5
*ENG
004 x6.y6.x7.y7
*ENG
005 x8.y8.x9.y9
ENG
006 x10.y10.x11.y11
*ENG
007 x12.y12.x13.y13
*ENG
008 x14.y14.x15.y15
ENG
009 x16.y16
ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N.K.x1.y1
ENG
002 x2.y2.x3.y3
ENG
003 x4.y4.x5.y5
*ENG
2-545
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
001 N.K.x1.y1
Main SP Tables - 4
004 x6.y6.x7.y7
*ENG
005 x8.y8.x9.y9
*ENG
006 x10.y10.x11.y11
*ENG
007 x12.y12.x13.y13
*ENG
008 x14.y14.x15.y15
*ENG
009 x16.y16
*ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
001 N.K.x1.y1
*ENG
002 x2.y2.x3.y3
ENG
003 x4.y4.x5.y5
*ENG
004 x6.y6.x7.y7
*ENG
005 x8.y8.x9.y9
ENG
006 x10.y10.x11.y11
ENG
007 x12.y12.x13.y13
ENG
008 x14.y14.x15.y15
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-546
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
System Maintenance Section
Main SP Tables - 4
009 x16.y16
*ENG
[0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x00000000 / 1/step]
4984
*ENG
*ENG
[0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]
*ENG
*ENG
001
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0x000000 to 0xFFFFFF /
0x000000 / - /step]
[0x000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF /
0x000000 / - /step]
[0x000000 to 0x000000 / 0x000000
/ - /step]
ENG
[0 to 19 / 2 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 28 / 24 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 15 / 1 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 to 15 / 0 / 1/step]
2-547
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables - 4
4993
*ENG
0: Weak
9: Strong
001
Sets detect sensitivity for full color auto density. Larger the value, weaker (less
background tracking) the sensitivity.
[0 to 9 / 4 / 1/step]
Range Selection
*ENG
002
0: Weak
9: Strong
Sets detect area for full color auto density. Larger the value, wider the area.
4994
*ENG
[0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
001 Adjusts the guide for recognize images text area and image area. Settings are
0: textish, 1: basic 2:imageish
4996
*ENG
[0 to 6 / 3 / 1/step]
001
Sets blank paper detect level. Larger the value, easier detecting.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-548
Main SP Tables-5
201 Bit SW
*CTL
[1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
202 Bit SW
*CTL
[1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
203 Bit SW
*CTL
[1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
204 Bit SW
*CTL
[1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
1/step]
0: mm
1: inch
2-549
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
[Accounting counter]
Selects the counting method.
5045
*CTL
1: Prints
2: Coverage
7: Coverage (YMC)
[Paper Display]
5047
Turns on or off the printed paper display on the LCD.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 -
*CTL
0: OFF
1: ON
[TonerRefillDisplay]
5051
Enables or disables the toner refill detection display.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 -
*CTL
0: ON
1: OFF
[Display IP Address]
5055
Display or does not display the IP address on the operation panel.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 -
*CTL
0: OFF
1: ON
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-550
Main SP Tables-5
001 -
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
2-551
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
071 #Drum unit:Y
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-552
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
206 ADF Pick-up Roller
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
2-553
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 #Development unit:C
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-554
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
131 Filter Ozone Duct
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Service
1: User
Turn on or off the paper size confirmation pop-up on the LED. This pop-up
prevents mismatching between a paper size selected by the operation panel
and an actual paper size on the by-pass tray.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 -
CTL
0: Off
1: On
*CTL
0:No Display
1:Display
2-555
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
*CTL
0: Function disable
1: SDK application
2: Legacy application (reserved)
Product ID
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
092
Sets the Application product ID.
Application ID
093 Sets the display category of the application that is specified in the
SP5075-001,002.
[USB Keyboard]
5075
Sets the function of the external keyboard.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Function Setting
*CTL
0: Disable
1: Enable
001
*CTL
0: OFF
1: ON
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-556
Main SP Tables-5
5114
*CTL
0: Not installed
SP Mode Tables
[Disable Copying]
5118
This program disables copying.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 -
*CTL
0: Not disabled
1: Disabled
This program updates the information on the optional counter. When you install
or remove an optional counter, check the settings.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
001 -
*CTL
0: Yes (removed)
1: Standby (installed but not used)
2: No (not removed)
[Counter Up Timing]
5121
This program specifies when the counter goes up. The settings refer to paper
feed and paper exit respectively.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Feed
1: Exit
2-557
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-5
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
001 -
ENG
0: 8 1/2 x13
1: 8 1/4 x13
2: 8 x13
[APS Mode]
5127
This program disables the APS.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 -
*CTL
0: Not disabled
1: Disabled
The program selects a paper size system from the following alternatives: the AB
system (0), the LT system (1), and the AF system (2).
[0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
001 -
*ENG
0: JP (Japan)
1: NA
2: EU
0: Detect
1: Not Detect
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 -
*CTL
0: OFF
1: ON
limited to 600 mm, but this can be extended with this SP to 1260 mm.
Image quality is not assured for the length over 600mm.
When printing/feeding over 600mm length paper, customization request is
required for a customized printer driver.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-558
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 0: OFF 1: ON
CTL
0: OFF
1: ON
5162
001 -
*CTL
Enables or disables the automatic print out without an accounting device. This
SP is used when the receiving fax is accounted by an external accounting
device.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 -
*CTL
0: Automatic printing
1: No automatic printing
[CE Login]
5169
If you will change the printer bit switches, you must log in to service mode with
this SP before you go into the printer SP mode.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 CE Login
*CTL
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
5181
[Size Adjust]
[0 to 3 / NA:1, EU, AS, CHN, TW,
KOR:0 / 1/step]
001 TRAY 1
*ENG
0: A4 LEF
1: LT LEF
2: B5 LEF
3: A5 LEF
2-559
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
*ENG
002
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: A4 LEF
1: LT LEF
*ENG
003
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: A3
1: DLT
*ENG
004
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: B4
1: LG
*ENG
005
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: B5LEF
1: ExeLEF
*ENG
006
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: SRA3
1: 12X18
*ENG
007
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: A4LEF
1: LTLEF
Switches auto detection size of 3rd paper feed tray 1(LCT). 0: A4 LEF 1: LT
LEF
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-560
Main SP Tables-5
*ENG
008
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: A3
1: DLT
*ENG
009
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: B4
1: LG
*ENG
010
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: B5LEF
1: ExeLEF
Switches auto detection size of 3rd paper feed tray 4. 0: B5 LEF 1: Exe LEF
[0 or 1 / NA:1, EU, AS, CHN, TW,
TRAY 3: 5
*ENG
011
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: 12.6X17.7
1: 12X18
Switches auto detection size of 3rd paper feed tray 5. 0: 12.6x17.7 1: 12x18
[0 or 1 / NA:1, EU, AS, CHN, TW,
TRAY 4: 1
*ENG
012
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: A4LEF
1: LTLEF
Switches auto detection size of 4th paper feed tray 1. 0: A4 LEF 1: LT LEF
[0 or 1 / NA:1, EU, AS, CHN, TW,
TRAY 4: 2
*ENG
013
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: A3
1: DLT
2-561
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
*ENG
014
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: B4
1: LG
*ENG
015
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: B5LEF
1: ExeLEF
Switches auto detection size of 4th paper feed tray 4. 0: B5 LEF 1: Exe LEF
[0 or 1 / NA:1, EU, AS, CHN, TW,
TRAY 4: 5
*ENG
016
KOR:0 / 1/step]
0: 12.6X17.7
1: 12X18
Switches auto detection size of 4th paper feed tray 5. 0: 12.6x17.7 1: 12x18
[0 to 2 / NA:1, EU, AS, CHN, TW,
KOR:0 / 1/step]
LCT
*ENG
0: A4LEF
1: LTLEF
017
2: B5LEF
Switches auto detection size of Side set LCT
0: A4 LEF, 1: LT LEF 2: B5 LEF
[RK4]
5186
Sets whether to do the jam operation when pulling out RK4.
001 -
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Copy Nv Version]
5188
Displays the version number of the NVRAM on the controller board.
001 -
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*CTL
2-562
[- / - / -]
Main SP Tables-5
installed
1: EFI
2: Ratio
001 -
CTL
3: Egret
4: GJ
5:Creo
6: QX-100
7: Kurofune
8 to 10: Reserved
[Limitless SW]
5195
Switches productivity precede limit less feed and use paper up limit less feed.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 -
*CTL
0: Productivity Precede
1: Use paper up
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
If this setting is "1: ON", paper is fed out without stapling at the maximum
number of the finisher stapling when the machine gets a multiple printing
5199
If this setting is "0: OFF", paper is fed out with stapling at the maximum
number of the finisher stapling when the machine gets a multiple printing
job (over maximum number).
2-563
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-5
[ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 0: OFF 1: ON
CTL
0: OFF,
1: ON
[Page Numbering]
5212
003
004
5227
This program adjusts the position of the second side page numbers.
"- value" moves the page number positions to the left edge.
"+ value" moves the page number positions to the right edge.
*CTL
[-10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm/step]
*CTL
[-10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm/step]
*CTL
[2 to 9 / 9 / 1/step]
[Page numbering]
Allow Page No. Entry
201
Specify max. digits for Job serial numbering start number of optional text print.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Zero Surplus Stting
*CTL
0:OFF
1:ON
202
Specify zero suppress for Job serial numbering start number of optional text
print.
[Set Time]
Adjusts the RTC (real time clock) time setting for the local time zone.
Examples: For Japan (+9 GMT), enter 540 (9 hours x 60 min.)
DOM: +540 (Tokyo)
5302
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*CTL
2-564
Main SP Tables-5
5307
[Summer Time]
[0 to 1 / - / 1/step]
0: Disabled
*CTL
1: Enabled
(Default)
1: NA and EUR
001
Make sure that both SP5-307-3 and -4 are correctly set. Otherwise,
this SP is not activated even if this SP is set to "1".
[0 to 0xffffffff / - / 1hex/step]
(Default)
Rule Set(Start)
*CTL
NA: 0x11100200
EUR: 0x10500100
ASIA: 0x03100000
Other: 0x00000000
/step]
2-565
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Setting
Main SP Tables-5
5401
[Access Control]
[0 to 7 / 0 / power of 2/step]
0-1: SDK authentication available
0-0: Disable all functions
*CTL
Detail Option
*CTL
[0 to 7 / 0x00 / 0x01/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-566
Main SP Tables-5
5404
*CTL
004
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
5411
[LDAP Certification]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Easy Certification
*CTL
004
1: On
0: Off
*CTL
005
*CTL
006
0: OFF
1: ON
5413
[Lockout Setting]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Lockout On/Off
*CTL
001
0: Off
1: On
*CTL
[1 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]
002
Sets a limit on the frequency of lockouts for account lockouts.
2-567
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Off (no wait time, lockout not
Cancellation On/Off
*CTL
003
cancelled)
1: On (system waits, cancels
lockout if correct user ID and
password are entered.
Determines whether the system waits the prescribed time for input of a correct
user ID and password after an account lockout has occurred.
Cancellation Time
*CTL
[1 to 999 / 60 / 1 min./step]
004 Determines the length of time that the system waits for correct input of the user
ID and password after a lockout has occurred. This setting is used only if
SP5413-3 is set to "1" (on).
5414
[Access Mitigation]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Mitigation On/Off
*CTL
0: OFF
1: ON
001
Switches on/off masking of continuously used IDs and passwords that are
identical.
Mitigation Time
*CTL
[0 to 60 / 15 / 1min./step]
002 Sets the length of time for excluding continuous access for identical user IDs
and passwords.
5415
[Password Attack]
Permissible Number
*CTL
[0 to 100 / 30 / 1 attempt/step]
001 Sets the number of attempts to attack the system with random passwords to
gain illegal access to the system.
Detect Time
*CTL
[1 to 10 / 5 / 1 sec./step]
002 Sets the time limit to stop a password attack once such an attack has been
detected.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-568
Main SP Tables-5
5416
[Access Information]
Access User Max Num
*CTL
001 Limits the number of users used by the access exclusion and password attack
*CTL
002
Limits the number of passwords used by the access exclusion and password
attack detection functions.
Monitor Interval
*CTL
[1 to 10 / 3 / 1 sec./step]
003 Sets the processing time interval for referencing user ID and password
information.
5417
[Access Attack]
Access Permissible Number
*CTL
001 Sets a limit on access attempts when an excessive number of attempts are
detected for MFP features.
Attack Detect Time
*CTL
[10 to 30 / 10 / 1 sec./step]
002
Sets the length of time for monitoring the frequency of access to MFP features.
Productivity Fall Wait
*CTL
[0 to 9 / 3 / 1 sec./step]
003 Sets the wait time to slow down the speed of certification when an excessive
number of access attempts have been detected.
Attack Max Num
*CTL
004 Sets a limit on the number of requests received for certification in order to slow
down the certification speed when an excessive number of access attempts
have been detected.
2-569
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
detection functions.
Main SP Tables-5
[User Authentication]
5420
This setting should be done by System Administrators.
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Copy
*CTL
0: On
1: Off
001
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the copy
applications.
002 Color Security Setting
*CTL
DocumentServer
*CTL
0: On
1: Off
011
*CTL
0: On
1: Off
021
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the fax
application.
[0 or 1/ 0 / 1/step]
Scanner
*CTL
0: On
1: Off
031
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the scan
applications.
[0 or 1/ 0 / 1/step]
Printer
*CTL
0: On
1: Off
041
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the printer
applications.
051 SDK1
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
061 SDK2
*CTL
0: ON
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-570
Main SP Tables-5
071 SDK3
*CTL
1: OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
System Log Disp
*CTL
0: Off
1: On
001
Determines whether an error code appears in the system log after a user
authentication failure occurs.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Panel Disp
*CTL
1: On
0: Off
002
Determines whether an error code appears on the operation panel after a user
authentication failure occurs.
5490
*CTL
001
5501
*CTL
[PM Alarm]
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Alarm off
*CTL
2-571
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
5504
*CTL
1: L
2: M
001
3: H
Sets the alarm to sound for the specified jam level (document miss feeds are
not included).
[Error Alarm]
Sets the error alarm level.
5505
The error alarm counter counts "1" when any SC is detected. However, the error
alarm counter decreases by "1" when an SC is not detected during a set
number of copied sheets (for example, default 700 sheets).
The error alarm occurs when the SC error alarm counter reaches "5".
[0 to 25500 / D146: 2500, D147:
*CTL
[Supply/CC Alarm]
5507
Enables or disables the notifying a supply call via the @Remote.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Paper Supply Alarm
*CTL
0: OFF
1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: OFF
1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
003
0: OFF
1: ON
If you select "1" the alarm will sound when the copier detects toner end.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-572
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Toner Collection Bottle Alarm
*CTL
0:OFF
1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: At replacement
1: AtLessThanThresh
080
Changes the timing of the "Toner Supply Call" via the @Remote, when the
following conditions occur.
081 Toner Call Threshold
*CTL
Interval :Others
*CTL
[10 or 90 / 0 / 10%/step]
[250 to 10000 / 1000 /
1page/step]
128
The "Paper Supply Call Level: nn" SPs specify the paper control call interval for
the referenced paper sizes.
Interval :A3
*CTL
132
The "Paper Supply Call Level: nn" SPs specify the paper control call interval for
the referenced paper sizes.
Interval :A4
*CTL
133
The "Paper Supply Call Level: nn" SPs specify the paper control call interval for
the referenced paper sizes.
Interval :A5
*CTL
134
The "Paper Supply Call Level: nn" SPs specify the paper control call interval for
the referenced paper sizes.
Interval :B4
*CTL
141
The "Paper Supply Call Level: nn" SPs specify the paper control call interval for
the referenced paper sizes.
2-573
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
Interval :B5
*CTL
142
The "Paper Supply Call Level: nn" SPs specify the paper control call interval for
the referenced paper sizes.
Interval :DLT
*CTL
160
The "Paper Supply Call Level: nn" SPs specify the paper control call interval for
the referenced paper sizes.
Interval :LT
*CTL
166
The "Paper Supply Call Level: nn" SPs specify the paper control call interval for
the referenced paper sizes.
Interval :HLT
*CTL
172
The "Paper Supply Call Level: nn" SPs specify the paper control call interval for
the referenced paper sizes.
5508
[CC Call]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Jam Remains
*CTL
001
0: Disable
1: Enable
*CTL
002
0: Disable
1: Enable
*CTL
003
0: Disable
1: Enable
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-574
Main SP Tables-5
*CTL
[3 to 30 / 10 / 1min./step]
011 Sets the time a jam must remain before it becomes an unattended paper jam.
This setting is enabled only when SP5508-004 is set to "1".
Count
*CTL
[2 to 10 / 5 / 1time/step]
012
Sets the number of consecutive paper jams required to initiate a call. This
setting is enabled only when SP5508-004 is set to "1".
Door Open: Time Length
*CTL
[3 to 30 / 10 / 1min./step]
013 Sets the length of time the door remains open before the machine initiates a
call. This setting is enabled only when SP5-508-004 is set to "1".
[SC/Alarm Setting]
5515
With @Remote in use, these SP codes can be set to issue an SC call when an
SC error occurs. If this SP is switched off, the SC call is not issued when an SC
error occurs.
001 SC Call
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
010
011
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: OFF
1: ON
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
2-575
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
With @Remote in use, these SP codes can be set to issue an PM alarm call
when one of SP parts reaches its yield.
001
004
5517
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Not send
1: Send
*CTL
[1 to 255 / 75 / 1 %/step]
*CTL
031 When SMC info collect is interrupt, retries during the time between receving
Request for obtaining SMC info, to value set with this setting.
5610
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Factoryreset the ACC execution result (create base gamma with factory
adjusted value).
Set Factory Default
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Overwrites the factory adjusted value with base gamma control point (current
value).
Restore Orginal Value
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006
Reset the ACC execution result (create base gamma with last adjusted value).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-576
Main SP Tables-5
5611
*ENG
*ENG
002 Adjust (no correction: 100) output color (M component) from 0(%) to 128(%)
when setting basic color (blue) to single color.
G-C
*ENG
003 Adjust (no correction: 100) output color (C component) from 0(%) to 128(%)
when setting basic color (green) to single color.
G-Y
*ENG
004 Adjust (no correction: 100) output color (Y component) from 0(%) to 128(%)
when setting basic color (green) to single color.
R-M
*ENG
005 Adjust (no correction: 100) output color (M component) from 0(%) to 128(%)
when setting basic color (red) to single color.
R-Y
*ENG
006 Adjust (no correction: 100) output color (Y component) from 0(%) to 128(%)
when setting basic color (red) to single color.
5618
*CTL
001
2-577
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
001 Adjust (no correction: 100) output color (C component) from 0(%) to 128(%)
Main SP Tables-5
*CTL
[1 to 24 char. / NULL / -]
001
Input license codes to set JavaVM enabled / disabled.
*CTL
002
[Read Only / 1 / -]
1(enable)[FIXED]
*CTL
[0 to 999 / 20 / 1day/step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
212 STR
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
215 Printing
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
216 Scanning
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]
5745
[PowerConsumption]
[Browser Setting]
5747
201 JPEG Quality
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step ]
203 memory
*CTL
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-578
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
207 Browser4
CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
208 Browser5
CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
209 Browser6
CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
210 Browser7
CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
211 Browser8
CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
212 Browser9
CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
213 Browser10
CTL
[Import/Export]
5749
Imports and exports preference information.
[- / - / -]
Target: System, Printer, Fax,
Scanner
001 Export
CTL
101 Import
CTL
*CTL
meanings
bit
Setting
Description
0
2-579
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
Main SP Tables-5
Start of FlairAPI
Server
Off
(Do not
Start)
On
(Start)
Access permission
bit 1
of FlairAPI from
outside of the
Enabled
machine
bit 2
Reserved
bit 3
Reserved
bit 4
Simple UI Function
Disabled
Enabled
If it is 0, requesting URL of
Simple UI returns 404 Not
Found
If it is 0, accessing is
limited from the machine
Accessing
permission of
bit 5
Simple UI from
Disabled
Enabled
outside of the
MFP browser). If it is 1,
accessing is allowed from
outside of Simple UI such as
machine
bit 6
Reserved
bit 7
Reserved
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-580
Main SP Tables-5
5801
[Memory Clear]
All Clear
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
001
Resets all correction data for process control and all software counters, and
5801
SP Mode Tables
[Memory Clear]
Engine
ENG
002
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[Memory Clear]
5801
Select following SPs and press [Execute] on LCD. After executing, reboot the
machine.
SCS
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
003
Initializes default system settings, SCS (System Control Service) settings,
operation display coordinates, and ROM update information.
CTL
004
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Mcs
CTL
005
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Copier Application
CTL
006
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
CTL
2-581
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-5
Initializes the fax reset time, job login ID, all TX/RX settings, local storage file
numbers, and off-hook timer.
Printer Application
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Bit switches
Tray Priority
Menu Protect
PCL Menu
Scanner Application
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
009 Initializes the scanner defaults for the scanner and all the scanner SP modes.
Deletes the network file application management files and thumbnails, and
initializes the job login ID.
Web Service
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
010
Deletes the network file application management files and thumbnails, and
initializes the job login ID.
NCS
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
011
All setting of Network Setup (User Menu)
(NCS: Network Control Service)
R-Fax
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
012
Initializes the job login ID, SmartDeviceMonitor for
Admin, job history, and local storage file numbers.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-582
Main SP Tables-5
CTL
014
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
CTL
015
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
CTL
016
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
CCS
CTL
017
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
CTL
018
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
CTL
019
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Web Uapli
CTL
020
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
ECS
CTL
021
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
BROWSER
CTL
024
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
2-583
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
[INPUT Check]
5803
See page 3-1
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
See page 3-31
[Anti-Condensation Heater]
Switches ON/OFF dehumidify heater / dew condensation preventing heater
5805
during standby.
0: OFF... Switches OFF when standby (default setting)
1: ON... Switches ON when standby
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF... Switches OFF when
*ENG
5810
[SC Reset]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
5811
[MachineSerial]
Display
002
Displays serial number.
5811
[MachineSerial Set]
BCU
004
Displays/Enters serial number of BCU:FROM Same as SP5-811-001.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-584
Main SP Tables-5
5812
*CTL
[up to 20 / - / 1/step]
*CTL
[up to 20 / - / 1/step]
Sets the fax or telephone number for a service representative. This number is
002 printed on the Counter List.
This can be up to 20 characters (both numbers and alphabetic characters can
be input).
Supply
*CTL
[up to 20 / - / 1/step]
003 Use this to input the telephone number of your supplier for consumables. Enter
the number and press #.
Operation
*CTL
[up to 20 / - / 1/step]
004 Use this to input the telephone number of your sales agency. Enter the number
and press #.
5816
[Remote Service]
[0 to 2 / 2 / 1/step]
I/F Setting
*CTL
001
*CTL
002
Performs the CE Call at the start or end of the service.
2-585
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Sets the telephone number for a service representative. This number is printed
001 on the Counter List, which can be printed with the users Counter menu.
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Function Flag
*CTL
003
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
*CTL
007
*CTL
[1 to 90 / 30 / 1second/step]
008 Sets the length of time (seconds) for the time-out when the RCG (Remote
Communication Gate) connects during a call via the @Remote network.
RCG Connect Timeout
*CTL
[1 to 90 / 30 / 1second/step]
008 Sets the length of time (seconds) for the time-out when the RCG (Remote
Communication Gate) connects during a call via the @Remote network.
RCG Write Timeout
*CTL
[0 to 100 / 60 / 1second/step]
009 Sets the length of time (seconds) for the time-out when the RCG (Remote
Communication Gate) connects during a call via the @Remote network.
RCG Read Timeout
*CTL
[0 to 100 / 60 / 1second/step]
010 Sets the length of time (seconds) for the timeout when sent data is written from
the RCG during a call over the @Remote network.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Port 80 Enable
*CTL
011
Controls if permission is given to get access to the SOAP method over Port 80
on the @Remote network.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
RFU Timing
*CTL
013
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-586
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
RCG Error Cause
CTL
014
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
RCG C Registed
*CTL
021
*CTL
0: internet connection
1: Dial-up connection
023
Displays the connection type of the NRS G/W and Cumin.
The value will be changed after installation completed in the case of dial-up
connection.
[0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 1/step]
Cert Expire Timing
*CTL
061
0: Not use
1: Use
*CTL
0: Not use
1: Use
062
This SP setting determines if the proxy server is used when the machine
communicates with the service center.
Proxy Host
*CTL
[- / - / -]
This SP sets the address of the proxy server used for communication between
the RCG device and the gateway. Use this SP to set up or display the customer
proxy server address.
063 The address is necessary to set up the embedded RCG-N.
2-587
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
Proxy PortNumber
*CTL
[0 to 0xffff / 0 / 1/step]
This SP sets the port number of the proxy server used for communication
between the embedded RCG-N and the gateway. This setting is necessary to
064 set up the embedded RC Gate-N.
This port number is customer information and is not printed in the SMC
report.
*CTL
[up to 31 / - / 1/step]
This SP sets the HTTP proxy certification user name. The length of the name is
065 limited to 31 characters. Any character beyond the 31st character is ignored.
This name is customer information and is not printed in the SMC report.
Proxy Password
*CTL
[up to 31 / - / 1/step]
This name is customer information and is not printed in the SMC report.
Proxy Password
*CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
067 2
11
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-588
Main SP Tables-5
13
14
15
16
17
after completed the certification update request from the G/W and
noticed the result of certification update with the updated certification.
18
CERT: Error
*CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Displays a number code that describes the reason for the request for update of
the certification.
0
068
2-589
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
12
Main SP Tables-5
CERT: Up ID
*CTL
[- / - / -]
069
[0 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Waiting for accepting firm
update
1: Waiting for firm update start
schedule
2: Waiting for user confirmation
083 Firm Up Status
*CTL
CTL
[- / - / -]
This SP setting determines if the operator can confirm the previous version of
085 the firmware before the firmware update execution. If the option to confirm the
previous version is selected, a notification is sent to the system manager and the
firmware update is done with the firmware files from the URL.
Firmware Size
CTL
[- / - / -]
086 Allows the service technician to confirm the size of the firmware data files during
the firmware update execution.
CERT:Macro Ver.
CTL
[8digits / - / 1digit/step]
087 Displays the macro version of the @Remote certification. This SP displays
8-digit characters.
CERT:PAC Ver.
CTL
[16digits / - / 1digit/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-590
Main SP Tables-5
CERT:ID2Code
CTL
[17digits / - / 1digit/step]
089 Displays ID2 for the @Remote certification. Spaces are displayed as
underscores (_). Asterisks (****) indicate that no @Remote certification exists.
CERT:Subject
CTL
[17digits / - / 1digit/step]
090 Displays the common name of the @Remote certification subject. CN = the
following 17 bytes. Spaces are displayed as underscores (_). Asterisks (****)
indicate that no DESS exists.
CERT:Serial No.
CTL
[16digits / - / 1digit/step]
091 Displays serial number for the NRS certification. Asterisks (****) indicate that no
DESS exists. This SP displays 16-digit characters
CERT:Issuer
CTL
[30digits / - / 1digit/step]
092 Displays the common name of the issuer of the @Remote certification. CN = the
following 30 bytes. Asterisks (****)indicate that no DESS exists.
CERT:Valid Start
CTL
[10digits / - / 1digit/step]
093 Displays the start time of the period for which the current @Remote certification
is enabled. This SP displays 10-digit characters.
CERT:Valid End
CTL
[10digits / - / 1digit/step]
094 Displays the end time of the period for which the current @Remote certification
is enabled. This SP displays 10-digit characters.
CERT:Encrypt Level
*CTL
[1 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
102
Displays the encryption strength of NRS certification.
2-591
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
[0 to 10 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Japan
1: USA
2: Canada
3: UK
Selection Country
CTL
4: Germany
5: France
6: Italy
7: Netherlands
150
8: Belgium
9: Luxembourg
10: Spain
Select the country where embedded RCG-M is installed in the machine. After
selecting the country, you must also set the following SP codes for embedded
RCG-M:
SP5816-153
SP5816-154
SP5816-161
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Press [Execute].
151 Setting this SP classifies the telephone line where embedded RCG-M is
connected as either dial-up (pulse dial) or push (DTMF tone) type, so embedded
RCG-M can automatically distinguish the number that connects to the outside
line.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-592
Main SP Tables-5
CTL
[0 to 9 / - / 1/step]
Displays a number to show the result of the execution of SP5816 151. Here is a
list of what the numbers mean.
SP Mode Tables
0: Success
1: In progress (no result yet). Please wait.
2: Line abnormal
152 3: Cannot detect dial tone automatically
4: Line is disconnected
5: Insufficient electrical power supply
6: Line classification not supported
7: Error because fax transmission in progress ioctl() occurred.
8: Other error occurred
9: Line classification still in progress. Please wait.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Tone Dialing Phone
1: Pulse Dialing Phone
Selection Dial / Push
CTL
153
2-593
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-5
CTL
[- / - / -]
The SP sets the number that switches to PSTN for the outside connection for
embedded RCG-M in a system that employs a PBX (internal line).
154
The number setting for the external line can be entered manually (including
commas).
Dial Up User Name
CTL
[up to 32 / - / 1/step]
Use this SP to set a user name for access to remote dial up. Follow these rules
156 when setting a user name:
Name length: Up to 32 characters
Spaces and # allowed but the entire entry must be enclosed by double
quotation marks (").
Dial Up Password
CTL
[up to 32 / - / 1/step]
Use this SP to set a password for access to remote dial up. Follow these rules
157 when setting a user name:
Name length: Up to 32 characters
Spaces and # allowed but the entire entry must be enclosed by double
quotation marks (").
CTL
[up to 24 / - / 1/step]
Use this SP to set the telephone number of the line where embedded RCG-M is
161 connected. This number is transmitted to and used by the Call Center to return
calls.
Limit: 24 numbers (numbers only)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-594
Main SP Tables-5
CTL
[0 to 24 / 1 / 1/step]
162 repeating ID tone (*#1#). This SP sets the time the line remains open to send
these ID tones after the number of the embedded RCG-M modem is dialed up
and connected.
The actual amount of time is this setting x 2 sec. For example, if you set "2" the
line will remain open for 4 sec.
Access Point
CTL
[0 to 16 / 0 / 1/step]
This is the number of the dial-up access point for RCG-M. If no setting is done
163 for this SP code, then a preset value (determined by the country selected) is
used.
Default: 0
Allowed: Up to 16 alphanumeric characters
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Line Connecting
CTL
0: Sharing Fax
1: No Sharing Fax
This SP sets the connection conditions for the customer. This setting dedicates
the line to RCG-M only, or sets the line for sharing between RCG-M and a fax
164 unit.
If this setting is changed, the copier must be cycled off and on.
CTL
[- / - / -]
173
This SP displays the serial number registered for the RCG-M.
2-595
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
When the Call Center calls out to an embedded RCG-M modem, it sends a
Main SP Tables-5
Retransmission Limit
CTL
[- / - / -]
Normally, it is best to allow unlimited time for certification and ID2 update
requests, and for the notification that the certification has been completed.
174 However, RCG-M generates charges based on transmission time for the
customer, so a limit is placed upon the time allowed for these transactions.
If these transactions cannot be completed within the allowed time, do this SP to
cancel the time restriction.
[0 or 1/ 0 / 1/step]
FAX TX Priority
CTL
0: Disable
1: Enable
187
This SP determines whether pushing the off-hook button will interrupt a RCG-M
transmission in progress to open the line for fax transaction. This SP can be
used only if SP5816 164 is set to "0".
Manual Polling
CTL
200
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Regist Status
CTL
[0 to 4 / 0 / 1/step]
[Execute]
201
Letter Number
*CTL
[- / - / -]
202
Sets the request number that is required to install Cumin.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-596
Main SP Tables-5
Confirm Ececute
*CTL
203
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
0: Success Inquiry
1: Request number error
3: Communication error (Enabled
Proxy)
4: Communication error (Disabled
Proxy)
5: Proxy error (failed auth.)
6: Communication error
Confirm Result
CTL
204
2-597
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables-5
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Success registration
1: Request number error
3: Communication error (Enabled
Proxy)
4: Communication error (Disabled
Proxy)
5: Proxy error (failed auth.)
6: Communication error
Confirm Place
CTL
205
9: Processing registration
20: Failed Dial-up auth.
21: Failed answer tone detection
22: Failed career detection
23: Invalid modem value
24: Shortage of electrical current
25: Cable disconnected
26: Line occupied
Displays the installed section informed from G/W for response of request
number inquiry if the section is enrolled on the G/W.
Register Execute
CTL
206
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
207
Displays the registration result. Shows the executed status of SP5-816-206.
Error Code
CTL
208
[-2147483647 to 2147483647 / 0 /
-]
-11002
-11003
Unexpected error
208
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-598
Main SP Tables-5
-11004
-11005
208
-12003
-12004
-12005
-12006
-12007
208 -12008
-12009
-12010
-2387
-2389
DB failure
-2390
Program failure
-2391
-2392
Parameter error
-2393
-2394
-2395
208
208
2-599
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
-12002
Main SP Tables-5
-2396
-2397
-2398
CommLog Print
CTL
[- / - / -]
209
Releases the machine from its embedded RCG setup.
Commlog Print
CTL
[- / - / -]
250
Prints the content of communication log (mmeg 8182) on @Remote.
5821
RCG IP Address
*CTL
[00000000h to FFFFFFFFh /
00000000h / 1/step]
002
Sets the IP address of the RCG (Remote Communication Gate) destination for
call processing at the remote service center.
RCG Port Number
*CTL
003 Sets the port number of the RCG (Remote Communication Gate) destination for
call processing at the remote service center.
[0 to 16 characters (half
004 RCG URL Path
*CTL
characters)
Default /RCG/services/ -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-600
Main SP Tables-5
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
001 Address(Ethernet/IEEE
*CTL
SP Mode Tables
IPv4
[- / - / -]
802.11)
1284 Compatibility
050 (Centro)
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
*CTL
0: Disabled
052
1: Enabled
Enables or disables ECP Compatibility.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Job Spooling
*CTL
065
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: ON (Data is cleared)
1: OFF (Automatically printed)
2-601
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Validates
1: Invalidates
bit0: LPR
bit1: FTP
Job Spooling (Protocol)
*CTL
069
bit2: IPP
bit3: SMB
bit4: BMLinkS
bit5: DIPRINT
bit6: sftp
bit7: (Reserved)
* CTL
[0 or 1 / 0x00000000 / 1bit/step]
* CTL
090
0: Disable
1: Enable
* CTL
0: Disable
1: Enable
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-602
Main SP Tables-5
145
CTL
[- / - / -]
This is the IPv6 local address link referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN (802.11b)
in the format:
The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.
147
149
SettingActive IPv6
Stateless Address 1
SettingActive IPv6
Stateless Address 2
CTL
[000000000000000000000000000000000000h
to
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF80h
CTL
/ 0000000000000000000000000000000040h /
-]
These SPs are the IPv6 status addresses (1 to
5) referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
151
SettingActive IPv6
Stateless Address 3
CTL
153
155
SettingActive IPv6
Stateless Address 4
SettingActive IPv6
Stateless Address 5
CTL
[000000000000000000000000000000000000h
to
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF80h
CTL
/ 0000000000000000000000000000000040h /
-]
These SPs are the IPv6 status addresses (1 to
5) referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
*CTL
*CTL
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh /
00000000000000000000000000000000h / -]
158
This SP is the IPv6 gateway address referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
(802.11b). The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits
each.
2-603
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
IPv6 Stateless Auto Setting
*CTL
161
0: Disable
1: Enable
*CTL
*CTL
0: Not display
1:Display
237
Displays or does not display the link to Net RICOH on the top page and link page of the
web system.
[Up to 31char / URL1 / 1/step]
Web supplies Link visible
*CTL
0: Not display
1: Display
238
*CTL
239 This SP confirms or changes the URL1 name on the link page of the web system. The
maximum characters for the URL name are 31 characters.
Web Link1 URL
*CTL
240 This SP confirms or changes the link to URL1 on the link page of the web system. The
maximum characters for the URL are 127 characters.
[Up to 31 char / URL2/ -]
Web Link1 visible
*CTL
241
0: Not display
1: Display
Sets/displays whether to display the link of URL1 for websys top page.
242 Web Link2 Name
*CTL
[- / - / -]
*CTL
[- / - / -]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-604
Main SP Tables-5
*CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
5832
Initializes the hard disk. Use this SP mode only if there is a hard disk error.
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
005
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
009
CTL
CTL
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[Capture Settings]
5836
-
2-605
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
[HDD Formatting]
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Capture Function (0:Off 1:On)
* CTL
0: Disable
1: Enable
001
With this function disabled, the settings related to the capture feature cannot be
initialized, displayed, or selected.
[0 or 1 / 0/ 1 /step]
Panel Setting
*CTL
002
0: Displayed
1: Not displayed
5836
[Capture Settings]
[0 or 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: 1to-1
*CTL
1: 1/2
2: 1/3
3: 1/4
[0 to 3, 6 / 0 / 1/step]
0: 1to-1
*CTL
1: 1/2
2: 1/3
3: 1/4
6: 2/3
[0 to 3, 6 / 0 / 1/step]
0: 1to-1
073
*CTL
1: 1/2
2: 1/3
3: 1/4
6: 2/3
[0 or 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: 1to-1
*CTL
1: 1/2
2: 1/3
3: 1/4
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-606
Main SP Tables-5
[0 to 3, 6 / 0 / 1/step]
0: 1to-1
075 Reduction for Printer B&W
*CTL
1: 1/2
2: 1/3
6: 2/3
[1, 3 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
077
1:1/2
*CTL
3:1/4
4:1/6
5:1/8
[0 to 5 / 1 / 1/step]
0: 1
078
1: 1/2
*CTL
2: 1/3
3: 1/4
4: 1/6
5: 1/8
[0 / 0 / 1/step]
0: JFIF/JPEG
*CTL
1: TIFF/MMR
2: TIFF/MH
3: TIFF/MR
[ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: JFIF/JPEG
*CTL
1: TIFF/MMR
2: TIFF/MH
3: TIFF/MR
[ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: JFIF/JPEG
*CTL
1: TIFF/MMR
2: TIFF/MH
3: TIFF/MR
*CTL
2-607
[0 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
3: 1/4
Main SP Tables-5
[ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: JFIF/JPEG
085 Format for Printer B&W
*CTL
1: TIFF/MMR
2: TIFF/MH
3: TIFF/MR
*CTL
[5 to 95 / 50 / 1/step]
091 Sets the JPEG format default for documents sent to the document management
server via the MLB with JPEG selected as the format.
Enabled only when optional MLB (Media Link Board) is installed.
*CTL
[000.000.000.000 to
255.255.255.255 / - / 1/step]
101
Sets the IP address for the primary capture server. This is basically adjusted by
the remote system.
Primary srv scheme
*CTL
102
This is basically adjusted by the remote system.
Primary srv port number
*CTL
[1 to 65535 / 80 / 1/step]
103
This is basically adjusted by the remote system.
Primary srv URL path
*CTL
[0 to 16 char / - / 1/step]
104
This is basically adjusted by the remote system.
*CTL
[000.000.000.000 to
255.255.255.255 / - / 1/step]
111
Sets the IP address for the secondary capture server. This is basically adjusted
by the remote system.
Secondary srv scheme
*CTL
112
This is basically adjusted by the remote system.
Secondary srv port number
*CTL
[1 to 65535 / 80 / 1/step]
113
This is basically adjusted by the remote system.
Secondary srv URL path
*CTL
[0 to 16 char / - / 1/step]
114
This is basically adjusted by the remote system.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-608
Main SP Tables-5
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
120
This is basically adjusted by the remote system.
[0 to 255 / 2 / 1/step]
0:600DPi
Reso Copy(Color)
*CTL
121
SP Mode Tables
1:400DPi
2:300DPi
3:200DPi
4:150DPi
5:100DPi
6:75DPi
This is basically adjusted by the remote system.
[0 to 255 / 3 / 1/step]
0: 600dpi/
1: 400dpi/
Reso: Copy(Mono)
*CTL
122
2: 300dpi/
3: 200dpi/
4: 150dpi/
5: 100dpi/
6: 75dpi
*CTL
123
2:300DPi
3:200DPi
4:150DPi
5:100DPi
6:75DPi
2-609
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-5
[0 to 255 / 3 / 1/step]
0:600DPi
1:400DPi
Reso: Print(Mono)
*CTL
124
2:300DPi
3:200DPi
4:150DPi
5:100DPi
6:75DPi
Selects the resolution for BW print mode. This is basically adjusted by the
remote system.
[0 to 255 / 3 / 1/step]
0:600DPi
1:400DPi
Reso: Fax(Mono)
*CTL
126
2:300DPi
3:200DPi
4:150DPi
5:100DPi
6:75DPi
Selects the resolution for BW fax mode. This is basically adjusted by the remote
system.
[0 to 255 / 4 / 1/step]
0:600DPi
1:400DPi
Reso: Scanner(Color)
*CTL
127
2:300DPi
3:200DPi
4:150DPi
5:100DPi
6:75DPi
Selects the resolution for color scanning mode. This is basically adjusted by the
remote system.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-610
Main SP Tables-5
[0 to 255 / 3 / 1/step]
0:600DPi
1:400DPi
*CTL
128
2:300DPi
3:200DPi
4:150DPi
5:100DPi
6:75DPi
Selects the resolution for BW scanning mode. This is basically adjusted by the
remote system.
All Addr Info Switch
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
*CTL
141
142 Stand-by Doc Max Number
5840
[IEEE 802.11]
[1 to 11 or 13 / 11 or 13 / 1 /step]
Channel Max
*CTL
Europe/Asia: 1 to 13
NA/ Asia: 1 to 11
Sets the maximum number of channels available for data transmission via the
006 wireless LAN. The number of channels available varies according to location.
The default settings are set for the maximum end of the range for each area.
Adjust the upper 4 bits to set the maximum number of channels. DFU
Channel Min
*CTL
Europe: 1 to 13
NA/ Asia: 1 to 11
Sets the minimum number of channels available for data transmission via the
007 wireless LAN. The number of channels available varies according to location.
The default settings are set for the minimum end of the range for each area.
Adjust the lower 4 bits to set the minimum number of channels. DFU
2-611
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Reso: Scanner(Mono)
Main SP Tables-5
[00 to 11 / 00 / 1binary/step]
00: Key #1
WEP key Select
*CTL
011
*CTL
045
1: Info
2: wArning
3: error
5841
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
007 OrgStamp
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-612
Main SP Tables-5
5842
[GWWS Analysis]
[8bit assign / 00000000 / bit
switch]
0bit[LSB]: system, other group
2bit: authentication related group
3bit: address book related group
Setting 1
*CTL
001
*CTL
002
Optional settings for debug output mode for each NFA process.
5844
[USB]
[- / 0x04 / -]
Transfer Rate
*CTL
001
*CTL
[- / - / -]
002
Displays the vendor ID. DFU
2-613
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
Product ID
*CTL
[- / - / -]
*CTL
[- / - / -]
003
Displays the product ID. DFU
Device Release Number
004
Displays the development release version number. DFU
*CTL
001
Sets the FTP port number used when image files to the Scan Router Server.
[000.000.000.000 to
IP Address (Primary)
*CTL
255.255.255.255 /
000.000.000.000 / -/step]
002
Use this SP to set the Scan Router Server address. The IP address under the
transfer tab can be referenced by the initial system setting.
Delivery Error Display Time
*CTL
006 Use this setting to determine the length of time the prompt message is
displayed when a test error occurs during document transfer with the NetFile
application and an external device.
[000.000.000.000 to
IP Address (Secondary)
*CTL
255.255.255.255 /
000.000.000.000 / -/step]
008
Specifies the IP address assigned to the computer designated to function as the
secondary delivery server of Scan Router. This SP allows only the setting of the
IP address without reference to the DNS setting.
[0 to 4 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Unknown
Delivery Server Model
*CTL
009
1: SG1 Provided
2: SG1 Package
3: SG2 Provided
4: SG2 Package
Allows changing the model of the delivery server registered by the I/O device.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-614
Main SP Tables-5
*CTL
[0 to 255 / - / 1/step]
SP Mode Tables
*CTL
[0 to 255 / - / 1 /step]
Changes the capability of the registered that the I/O device registered.
011
Bit7 = 1 Address book usage limitation (Limitation for each authorized user)
Bit6 = 1 RDH authorization link
Bit5 to 0: Not used
Server Scheme (Primary)
*CTL
[ Up to 6 char / - / -/step]
013
This SP is used for the scan router program.
Server Port Number (Primary)
*CTL
[ - / - / -/step]
014
This is used for the scan router program.
Server URL Path (Primary)
*CTL
[ - / - / -/step]
015
This is used for the scan router program.
Server Scheme (Secondary)
*CTL
[ Up to 6 char / - / -/step]
016
This SP is used for the scan router program.
Server Port Number
017 (Secondary)
*CTL
[1 to 65535 / 80 / 1/step]
*CTL
2-615
[ Up to 16 byte / - / -/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-5
*CTL
0: Control disabled
1: Control enabled
022
Enables or disables the prevention function for the continuous data sending
error.
5846
[UCS Setting]
Machine ID (for Delivery
Server)
*CTL
[- / - / -]
001 Displays the unique device ID in use by the delivery server directory. The value
is only displayed and cannot be changed. This ID is created from the NIC MAC
or IEEE 1394 EUI. The ID is displayed as either 6-byte or 8-byte binary.
Machine ID Clear(for Delivery
Server)
*CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
002 Clears the unique ID of the device used as the name in the file transfer
directory. Execute this SP if the connection of the device to the delivery server
is unstable. After clearing the ID, the ID will be established again automatically
by cycling the machine off and on.
Maximum Entries
*CTL
003 Changes the maximum number of entries that UCS can handle.
If a value smaller than the present value is set, the UCS managed data is
cleared, and the data (excluding user code information) is displayed.
Delivery Server Retry Timer
*CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Sets the interval for retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the
delivery server address book.
Delivery Server Retry Times
*CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Sets the number of retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the
delivery server address book.
008
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*CTL
2-616
Main SP Tables-5
Sets the maximum number account entries of the delivery server user
information managed by UCS.
LDAP Search Timeout
*CTL
[1 to 255 / 60 / 1/step]
010
*CTL
020
Sets the maximum entries for the address book of the WSD (WS-scanner).
040
Addr Book
Migration(USB->HDD)
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Login User, 1: Destination
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
2.
3.
4.
The address book and its initial data are created on the HDD automatically.
5.
However, at this point the address book can be accessed by only the
system administrator or key operator.
6.
2-617
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Sets the length of the timeout for the search of the LDAP server.
Main SP Tables-5
[0 to 30 / 0 /1/step]
0: Unconfirmed
1: SD Slot 1
2: SD Slot 2
Addr Book Media
*CTL
043
3: SD Slot 3
4: USB Flash ROM
10: SD Slot 10
20: HDD
30: Nothing
CTL
047
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Clears the local address book information, including the user code.
CTL
048
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Clears the distribution address book information, except the user code.
CTL
049
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Clears the LDAP address book information, except the user code.
CTL
050
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Clears all directory information managed by UCS, including all user codes.
CTL
051
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
CTL
052
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-618
Main SP Tables-5
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
053 Deletes only the files that were uploaded from this machine.
This feature does not work if the card is write-protected.
After you do this SP, go out of the SP mode, and then turn the power
off. Do not remove the SD card until the Power LED stops flashing.
Search Option
*CTL
This SP uses bit switches to set up the fuzzy search options for the UCS local
address book.
Bit: Meaning
060 0: Checks both upper/lower case characters
1: Japan Only
2: Japan Only
3: Japan Only
4 to 7: Not Used
Complexity Option 1
*CTL
[0 to 32 / 0 / 1/step]
Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address
book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to upper case and sets the
062 length of the password.
Complexity Option 2
*CTL
[0 to 32 / 0 / 1/step]
063 Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address
book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to lower case and defines
the length of the password.
Complexity Option 3
*CTL
[0 to 32 / 0 / 1/step]
064 Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address
book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to numbers and defines the
length of the password.
System Maintenance Section
2-619
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Deletes the address book data from the SD card in the service slot.
Main SP Tables-5
Complexity Option 4
*CTL
[0 to 32 / 0 / 1/step]
065 Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address
book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to symbols and defines the
length of the password.
FTP Auth Port Setting
*CTL
091 Specifies the FTP port for getting a distribution server address book that is used
in the identification mode.
Encryption Stat
*CTL
[0 to 255 / - / 1/step]
094
Shows the status of the encryption function for the address book data.
SP5847-21 sets the default for JPEG image quality of image files handled by
NetFile.
Net files are jobs to be printed from the document server using a PC and the
DeskTopBinder software.
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[ 0 to 5 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: 1x
1: 1/2x
2: 1/3x
3: 1/4x
4: 1/6x
5: 1/8x
[ 0 to 5 / 4 / 1 /step]
0: 1x
1: 1/2x
*CTL
2: 1/3x
3: 1/4x
4: 1/6x
5: 1/8x
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-620
Main SP Tables-5
[ 0 to 5 / 1 / 1 /step]
0: 1x
1: 1/2x
007 Rate for Printer B&W 1200dpi
*CTL
2: 1/3x
4: 1/6x
5: 1/8x
*CTL
[5 to 95 / 50 / 1 /step]
021
Sets the default value for the quality of JPEG images sent as NetFile pages.
This function is available only with the MLB (Media Link Board) option installed.
002
*CTL
*CTL
2-621
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
3: 1/4x
Main SP Tables-5
[- / - / -]
Access Ctrl: Comm. Log Fax
007 (Lower 4 bits)
*CTL
*CTL
Access Ctrl:
Devicemanagement (Lower
*CTL
011 4bits)
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
099
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*CTL
2-622
DFU
100
5849
*CTL
*CTL
NIA
*CTL
[- / - / -]
[Installation Date]
001 Display
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
002 Switch to Print
*CTL
5850
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Replacement of Circuit
Classifications
*CTL
6: G3-2- EXT
7: G3-3
8: G3-3-EXT
9: G3-idle-EXT
10: idle-EXT
11: I-G3
12: I-G3-EXT
13: G4
5851
[Bluetooth]
mode
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Sets the operation mode for the Bluetooth Unit. Press either key.
2-623
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
Main SP Tables-5
the hard disk. Then these stamps can be used by the system. If this is not done,
the user will not have access to the fixed stamps ("Confidential", "Secret", etc.).
You must always execute this SP after replacing the HDD or after formatting the
HDD. Always switch the machine off and on after executing this SP.
001 -
CTL
[- / - / -]
Allows the technician to upgrade the firmware using a local port (IEEE1284)
when updating the remote ROM.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: Disable
1: Enable
*CTL
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/Step]
Enables log trace function or debug log saving function. The debug log cannot
be captured until this feature is switched on.
001
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-624
Main SP Tables-5
[ 1 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
Target (2:HDD 3:SD)
*CTL
002
1:IC Card
2: HDD
*CTL
Saves the debug log of the input SC number in memory to the HDD.
005 A unique file name is generated to avoid overwriting existing file names on the
SD Card. Up to 4MB can be copied to an SD Card. 4 MB segments can be
copied one by one to each SD Card.
Save to SD Card
*CTL
006
Saves the debug log of the input SC number in memory to the SD card.
Copy HDD to SD Card (Latest
4MB)
*CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Takes the most recent 4 MB of the log written to the hard disk and copies them
009 to the SD Card.
A unique file name is generated to avoid overwriting existing file names on the
SD Card. Up to 4MB can be copied to an SD Card. 4 MB segments can be
copied one by one to each SD Card.
Copy HDD to SD Card (Latest
4MB Any Key)
*CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Takes the log of the specified key from the log on the hard disk and copies it to
010 the SD Card.
A unique file name is generated to avoid overwriting existing file names on the
SD Card. Up to 4 MB can be copied to an SD Card. 4 MB segments can be
copied one by one to each SD Card. This SP does not execute if there is no log
on the HDD with no key specified.
*CTL
011
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
2-625
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
3: SD Card
Main SP Tables-5
*CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
012 Erases all debug logs on the SD Card. If the card contains only debugging files
generated by an event specified by SP5858, the files are erased when SP5857
010 or 011 is executed.
To enable this SP, the machine must be cycled off and on.
*CTL
013
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
*CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
014
Copies the most recent 4 MB of the debug log from an SD card to a different SD
card.
Copy SD to SD (Latest 4MB
Any Key)
*CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
015
This SP copies the log on an SD card (the file that contains the information
written directly from shared memory) to a log specified by key number.
*CTL
016
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Make SD Debug
*CTL
017
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
*CTL
[- / 20120101 / 1/step]
101
Sets start date of the debug log output.
Debug Logging End Date
*CTL
[- / 20371212 / 1/step]
102
Sets end date of the debug log output.
*CTL
103
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
2-626
Main SP Tables-5
*CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
105 Logs
*CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
SP Mode Tables
*CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
*CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Outputs the controller debug log to the media inserted front I/F.
Engine SC Error
001 (0: OFF, 1: ON)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/ step]
*CTL
0: OFF
1: ON
Turns on/off the debug save for SC codes generated by copier engine errors.
Controller SC Error
002 (0: OFF, 1: ON)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/ step]
*CTL
0: OFF
1: ON
Turns on/off the debug save for SC codes generated by GW controller errors.
Any SC Error
*CTL
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 /step]
003
Sets the SC code whose logs are collected.
2-627
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/ step]
Jam(0: OFF 1: ON)
*CTL
004
0: OFF
1: ON
These SPs allow you to set up to 10 keys for log files for functions that use
common memory on the controller board.
001 Key 1
*CTL
002 Key 2
*CTL
003 Key 3
*CTL
004 Key 4
*CTL
005 Key 5
*CTL
[9999999 to 9999999 / 0 / 1
006 Key 6
*CTL
/step]
007 Key 7
*CTL
008 Key 8
*CTL
009 Key 9
*CTL
010 Key 10
*CTL
5860
[SMTP/POP3/IMAP4]
Partial Mail Receive Timeout
*CTL
[1 to 168 / 72 / 1 hour/step]
020 Sets the amount of time to wait before saving a mail that breaks up during
reception. The received mail is discarded if the remaining portion of the mail is
not received during this prescribed time.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: No
1: Yes
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-628
Main SP Tables-5
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
022
Determines whether the FROM item of the mail header is switched to the
*CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / - /step]
*CTL
026
standard
1: Internet Draft standard
2: RFC standard
S/MIME: Authentication
028 Check
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: No (not check)
1: Yes (check)
5866
[Email Report]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CTL
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
2-629
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Add Date Field
CTL
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
5870
Writing
CTL
001
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Initialize
CTL
003
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Writing: 2048bit
CTL
004
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Writes the authentication data 2048bit (used for NRS) in the memory.
5873
Move Exec
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
001
This SP copies the application programs from the original SD card in SD card
slot 2 to an SD card in SD card slot 1.
Undo Exec
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
002 This SP copies back the application programs from an SD card in SD Card Slot
2 to the original SD card in SD card slot 1. Use this menu when you have
mistakenly copied some programs by using "Move Exec" (SP5873-1).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
* CTL
2-630
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Main SP Tables-5
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Reboot Type
*CTL
0: Manual reboot
1: Automatic reboot
[Option Setup]
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
001
Enables the Data Overwrite Security unit. Press "Execute" on the operation
panel. Then turn the machine off and on.
CTL
002
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
OCR Dictionary
CTL
004
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
5881
CTL
[- / - / -]
001
Delets the fixed pharase
2-631
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
5878
Main SP Tables-5
5885
*CTL
DocSvr Format
*CTL
050
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Thumbnail, 1: Icon, 2: Details
*CTL
[ 5 to 20 / 10 / 1/step]
051
Sets the number of documents to be displayed in the document box list.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
Set Signature
*CTL
100
Selects whether the signature is added to the scanned documents with the WIM
when they are transmitted by an e-mail.
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
Set Encrypsion
*CTL
0: Not encrypted
1: Encryption
101
Determines whether the scanned documents with the WIM are encrypted when
they are transmitted by an e-mail.
200 Detect Mem Leak
*CTL
*CTL
Not Used
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-632
Main SP Tables-5
[SD GetCounter]
This SP sends a text file to an SD card inserted in SD card Slot 2 (lower slot).
The operation stores.
SD_COUNTER.
5887
The file is saved as a text file (*.txt) prefixed with the number of the machine.
1.
2.
001 SD GetCounter
5888
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5893
001 SDK-1
CTL
002 SDK-2
CTL
003 SDK-3
CTL
004 SDK-4
CTL
005 SDK-5
CTL
2-633
[- / - / -]
[Display text]
[- / - / -]
[Display text]
[- / - / -]
[Display text]
[- / - / -]
[Display text]
[- / - / -]
[Display text]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
The file is stored in a folder created in the root directory of the SD card called
Main SP Tables-5
006 SDK-6
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Display text]
CTL
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Printer
CTL
[- / - / -]
002 Scanner
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Application invalidation]
5895
-
5900
*ENG
[0 to 4 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Specifies target module group for engine log up load.
Trigger
*ENG
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Specifies target trigger group for engine log up load.
5907
*CTL
[- / - / -]
Selects the brand name and the production name for Windows Plug & Play.
001 This information is stored in the NVRAM. If the NVRAM is defective, these
names should be registered again.
After selecting, press the "Original Type" key and "#" key at the same time.
When the setting is completed, the beeper sounds five times.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-634
Main SP Tables-5
*CTL
[3 to 30, immediate / 3 /
1sec/step]
[State of Encryption]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 -
*CTL
prevents image data from being left in the temporary area of the HDD. After
changing this setting, you must switch the main switch off and on to enable the
new setting.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
0: ON
1: OFF
5974
[Cherry Server]
(0:Light 1:Full)
CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / -]
001
Switches Light or Full ver.of the cherry application.
[Device Setting]
5985
The NIC and USB support features are built into the GW controller. Use this SP
to enable and disable these features. In order to use the NIC and USB functions
built into the controller board, these SP codes must be set to "1".
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
CTL
0: Disable
1: Enable
2: Function limitation
2-635
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
5919
Main SP Tables-5
On Board USB
CTL
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Switches Light or Full ver.of the cherry application.
5990
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
006 Non-Default
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
022 Scanner SP
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-636
Main SP Tables-5
006 Non-Default
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
022 Scanner SP
5998
SP Mode Tables
Warm Up In Advance
ON/OFF
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
*ENG
1: Silent
0: Fast
001
2-637
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-6
6006
[ADF Adjustment]
Side-to-Side Regist: Front
*ENG
001
Adjusts front side main scan register for ADF.
Side-to-Side Regist: Rear
*ENG
002
Adjusts rear side main scan register for ADF.
Leading Edge Registration
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-638
Main SP Tables-6
*ENG
is larger than adjust range. When finishing setting without defining, remains as
the last set value.
L-Edge Regist (1-Pass):
Rear
*ENG
011 For 1 path simultaneous duplex models only. Adjusts the rear side sheet
through register. Adjusts to max. value in the adjustment range, when set value
is larger than adjust range. When finishing setting without defining, remains as
the last set value.
1st Buckle (1-Pass)
*ENG
For 1 path simultaneous duplex models only. Adjusts pull out roller buckle
012 amount. Adjusts to max. value in the adjustment range, when set value is larger
than adjust range. When finishing setting without defining, remains as the last
set value.
2nd Buckle (1-Pass)
*ENG
For 1 path simultaneous duplex models only. Adjusts scanning entrance roller
013 buckle amount. Adjusts to max. value in the adjustment range, when set value
is larger than adjust range. When finishing setting without defining, remains as
the last set value.
T-Edge Erase (1-Pass):
Front
*ENG
For 1 path simultaneous duplex models only. Adjusts the front side trailing edge
register.
014
Adjusts to max. value in the adjustment range, when set value is larger than
adjust range. When finishing setting without defining, remains as the last set
value. Sets initial setting to -1.5mm instead of 0mm considering originals
shadow.
2-639
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
010 For 1 path simultaneous duplex models only. Adjusts the front side sheet
through register. Adjusts to max. value in the adjustment range, when set value
Main SP Tables-6
*ENG
For 1 path simultaneous duplex models only. Adjusts the rear side trailing edge
register.
015
Adjusts to max. value in the adjustment range, when set value is larger than
adjust range. When finishing setting without defining, remains as the last set
value. Sets initial setting to -1.5mm instead of 0mm considering originals
shadow.
6009
[ADF FreeRun]
Free Run Simplex Motion
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Runs simplex free run when setting original to ADF.
Free Run Duplex Motion
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Runs duplex free run when setting original to ADF.
Free Run Stamp Motion
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Runs simplex free run (with DONE stamp) when setting original to ADF.
Free Run Simplex
004 Motion(low speed)
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Runs paper existing simplex free run of ADF in low line speed.
Free Run Simplex
005 Motion(high speed)
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Runs paper existing simplex free run of ADF in low line speed.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-640
Main SP Tables-6
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Runs paper existing duplex free run of ADF in high line speed.
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Runs paper existing duplex free run of ADF in high line speed.
001 -
*ENG
Sets to judge as witch original size for two original sizes that can not be judged
with ADF. Size of each bit is different depending on region. Set corresponding
bit to "0" when to prior the default size. Set "1" to let the switching size judge.
001 -
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Fine-tunes scale error. Changes line speed corresponding to scale rate setting
value.
2-641
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-6
001 -
*ENG
001 -
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Sub-scanPunchPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
6100
Adjusts position of carry direction (sub scan direction) for punch. Adjusting
value to -: hole position moves toward trailing edge of paper when intaking.
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[Main-scanPunchPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
6101
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-642
Main SP Tables-6
[SkewCorrectBuckleAdj:2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts the skew correction bending amount when punching specified paper.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 A4 LEF
ENG
005 B5 SEF
ENG
006 B5 LEF
ENG
007 A5 LEF
ENG
ENG
009 LG SEF
ENG
010 LT SEF
ENG
011 LT LEF
ENG
ENG
013 12"x18"
ENG
014 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
ENG
Other
ENG
Adjusts the skew correction bending amount when punching except the
017 specified paper.
2-643
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
6102
Main SP Tables-6
[SkewCorrectCtrlSW:2K/3K FIN]
6103
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 A4 LEF
ENG
005 B5 SEF
ENG
006 B5 LEF
ENG
007 A5 LEF
ENG
ENG
009 LG SEF
ENG
010 LT SEF
ENG
011 LT LEF
ENG
ENG
013 12"x18"
ENG
014 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: With Buckle Adj
1: Without Buckle Adj
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: With Buckle Adj
1: Without Buckle Adj
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: With Buckle Adj
1: Without Buckle Adj
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: With Buckle Adj
Other
017
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-644
Main SP Tables-6
[ShiftTrayJogPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts position for moving direction (main scan direction) of setting unit jogger
when sending through specified paper.
6104
Adjusts value to -: move towards setting jogger width is tighter than base
value.
Adjusts value to +: move towards setting jogger width is wider than base
value.
* Not use: currently, VOLGA-B does not have setting jogger in system
configuration.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 A4 LEF
ENG
005 B5 LEF
ENG
006 A5 LEF
ENG
ENG
008 LG SEF
ENG
009 LT SEF
ENG
010 LT LEF
ENG
ENG
012 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
014 Other
ENG
2-645
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-6
Adjusts position for moving direction (main scan direction) of setting unit jogger
when sending through except the specified paper.
Adjusts value to -: move towards setting jogger width is tighter than base
value.
Adjusts value to +: move towards setting jogger width is wider than base
value.
* Not use: currently, VOLGA-B does not have setting jogger in system
configuration.
[ShftTJogRtrctAngAdj:2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts the setting jogger retract angel when passing through specified paper.
6105
* Not use: currently, VOLGA-B does not have setting jogger in system
configuration.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
ENG
005 LG SEF
ENG
006 LT SEF
ENG
007 8K SEF
ENG
Other
ENG
[-10 to 10 / 0 / 5deg/step]
[-10 to 10 / 0 / 5deg/step]
Adjusts the setting jogger retract angel when passing through except the
specified paper.
008
* Not use: currently, VOLGA-B does not have setting jogger in system
configuration.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-646
Main SP Tables-6
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 A4 LEF
ENG
005 B5 LEF
ENG
006 A5 LEF
ENG
ENG
008 LG SEF
ENG
009 LT SEF
ENG
010 LT LEF
ENG
ENG
012 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Jogging On
1: Jogging Off
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Jogging On
1: Jogging Off
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Jogging On
1: Jogging Off
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Other
ENG
0: Jogging On
1: Jogging Off
014
Decides whether to use the setting jogger when passing through except the
specified paper. The setting jogger won't be used when selecting 1. * Not use:
currently, VOLGA-B does not have setting jogger in system configuration.
2-647
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
* Not use: currently, VOLGA-B does not have setting jogger in system
Main SP Tables-6
[JogPosAdj(CrnrStplr):2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts width (main scan direction) of edge stitch when running specified paper
6107
conformity.
Adjusts value to -: move towards jogger width is tighter than base value.
Adjusts value to +: move towards jogger width is wider than base value.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 A4 LEF
ENG
005 B5 SEF
ENG
006 B5 LEF
ENG
ENG
ENG
009 LT SEF
ENG
010 LT LEF
ENG
011 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
ENG
Other
ENG
Adjusts width (main scan direction) of edge stitch jogger when running
014 conformity to except the specified paper.
Adjusts value to -: move towards jogger width is tighter than base value.
Adjusts value to +: move towards jogger width is wider than base value.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-648
Main SP Tables-6
[JogPosAdj(BookStplr):2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts width (main scan direction) of saddle stitch when running specified
paper conformity.
Adjusts value to -: move towards jogger width is tighter than base value.
Adjusts value to +: move towards jogger width is wider than base value.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 B5 SEF
ENG
ENG
006 LG SEF
ENG
007 LT SEF
ENG
008 12"x18"
ENG
009 8K SEF
ENG
010 Other
ENG
[CrnrStplrJogTimeAdj:2K/3K FIN]
6109
Adjusts jogging count of edge stitch jogger fence when running specified paper
conformity (only last sheet).
001 A3 SEF
*ENG
002 B4 SEF
*ENG
003 A4 SEF
*ENG
004 A4 LEF
*ENG
005 B5 SEF
*ENG
006 B5 LEF
*ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1time/step]
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1time/step]
007 DLT SEF
*ENG
008 LG SEF
*ENG
2-649
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
6108
Main SP Tables-6
009 LT SEF
*ENG
010 LT LEF
*ENG
011 8K SEF
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
Other
*ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1time/step]
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1time/step]
014 Adjusts jogging count of edge stitch jogger fence running conformity to except
the specified paper (only last sheet).
[BookStplrJogTimeAdj:2K/3K FIN]
6110
Adjusts jogging count of saddle stitch jogger fence when running specified
paper conformity (only last sheet).
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 B5 SEF
ENG
ENG
006 LG SEF
ENG
007 LT SEF
ENG
008 12"x18"
ENG
009 8K SEF
ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1time/step]
Other
ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1time/step]
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1time/step]
010 Adjusts jogging count of saddle stitch jogger fence running conformity to except
the specified paper (only last sheet).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-650
Main SP Tables-6
Adjusts staple position (main scan direction) for 2K / 3K / FIN of specified paper.
Adjusting value to -: staple position moves toward front side of machine.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 A4 LEF
ENG
005 B5 SEF
ENG
006 B5 LEF
ENG
ENG
008 LG SEF
ENG
009 LT SEF
ENG
010 LT LEF
ENG
011 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
ENG
Other
ENG
Adjusts staple position (main scan direction) for the near side parallel stitch/ far
014 side parallel stitch / far side oblique stitch of paper except the specified paper.
2-651
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-6
[BookletStaplerPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts saddle stitch staple position (sub scan direction) of specified paper.
6112
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 B5 SEF
ENG
ENG
006 LG SEF
ENG
007 LT SEF
ENG
008 12"x18"
ENG
009 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
Other
Adjusts saddle stitch staple position (sub scan direction) of except the specified
paper.
010 Adjusting value to -: staple position moves toward trailing edge of paper
when intaking.
[BookletFolderPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts saddle stitch folding position (sub scan direction) of specified paper.
6113
001 A3 SEF
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
2-652
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 B5 SEF
ENG
ENG
006 LG SEF
ENG
007 LT SEF
ENG
008 12"x18"
ENG
009 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
Other
Adjusts saddle stitch folding position (sub scan direction) of except the specified
paper.
010
001 A3 SEF
ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
002 B4 SEF
ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
003 A4 SEF
ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
004 B5 SEF
ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
006 LG SEF
ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
007 LT SEF
ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
008 12"x18"
ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
2-653
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-6
Main SP Tables-6
009 8K SEF
Other
ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
Adjusts folding speed (extra folding time) of saddle stitch for except the
010 specified paper.
Adjust value: 0 (Standard)
Adjust value: 1 (Middle speed: standard+2.6[sec]
Adjust value: 2 (Low speed: standard+5.2[sec])
6115
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Execute shift mode no paper free run.
Free Run 2
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Execute edge stitch staple mode no paper free run.
Free Run 3
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Execute saddle stitch staple mode no paper free run.
Free Run 4
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Do not use with VOLGA-B.
[CrnrStplrMxPrstkShAdj:2K/3KFIN]
6116
Adjusts max pre-stack sheets count when edge stitching specified paper.
Adjust value: 0; 1sheet pre-stack (standard)
Adjust value: -1; No pre-stack
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
[-1 to 0 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 A4 LEF
ENG
005 B5 SEF
ENG
006 B5 LEF
ENG
[-1 to 0 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-654
ENG
008 LG SEF
ENG
009 LT SEF
ENG
010 LT LEF
ENG
011 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
ENG
Other
ENG
[-1 to 0 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
[-1 to 0 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
Adjusts max pre-stock sheets count when edge stitching except the specified
014 paper.
Adjust value: 0; 1sheet pre-stack (standard)
Adjust value: -1; No pre-stack.
[BookStplrMxPrstkShAdj:2K/3KFIN]
Adjusts max. pre-stock sheets count when saddle stitching specified paper.
6117
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
[-7 to 0 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 B5 SEF
ENG
ENG
006 LG SEF
ENG
007 LT SEF
ENG
008 12"x18"
ENG
009 8K SEF
ENG
2-655
[-7 to 0 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-6
Main SP Tables-6
Other
ENG
[-7 to 0 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
Adjusts max pre-stock sheets count when saddle stitching except the specified
paper.
010 Adjust value: 0; 3 sheets pre-stack (standard)
Adjust value: -1; 2 sheets pre-stack
Adjust value: -2; 1 sheet pre-stack,
Adjust value: -3 to -7; no pre-stack.
[CrnrStplrPrstkOffsAdj:2K/3KFIN]
6118
Adjusts pre-stack offset amount (sub scan direction shearing amount of 1st and
2nd sheet) when edge stitching specified paper. Default offset is 20mm, when
adjusting value to +, offset amount enlarges, when adjusting value to -, reduces.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
[-16 to 16 / 0 / 2mm/step]
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 A4 LEF
ENG
005 B5 SEF
ENG
006 B5 LEF
ENG
ENG
[-16 to 16 / 0 / 2mm/step]
008 LG SEF
ENG
009 LT SEF
ENG
010 LT LEF
ENG
011 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
ENG
014 Other
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-656
[-16 to 16 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[-16 to 16 / 0 / 2mm/step]
Main SP Tables-6
Adjusts pre-stack offset amount (sub scan direction shearing amount of 1st and
2nd sheet) when edge stitching except the specified paper. Default offset is
20mm, when adjusting value to +, offset amount enlarges, when adjusting value
[BookStplrPrstkOffsAdj:2K/3KFIN]
Adjusts pre-stack offset amount (sub scan direction shearing amount of 1st and
6119
2nd, 2nd and 3rd sheet) when saddle stitching specified paper. Default is No
offset, when adjusting value to +, offset amount enlarges, when adjusting value
to -, reduces.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 B5 SEF
ENG
ENG
006 LG SEF
ENG
007 LT SEF
ENG
008 12"x18"
ENG
009 8K SEF
ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 2mm/step]
Other
ENG
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 2mm/step]
[-30 to 30 / 0 / 2mm/step]
Adjusts pre-stack offset amount (sub scan direction shearing amount of 1st and
010 2nd, 2nd and 3rd sheet) when saddle stitching except the specified paper.
Default is No offset, when adjusting value to +, offset amount enlarges, when
adjusting value to -, reduces.
2-657
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
to -, reduces.
Main SP Tables-6
[CrnStpPosExFeedAmtAdj:2K/3KFIN]
6120
Adjusts over sending amount (sub scan direction) of positioning roller when
edge stitching specified paper.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 A4 LEF
ENG
005 B5 SEF
ENG
006 B5 LEF
ENG
ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 10mm/step]
[0 to 30 / 0 / 10mm/step]
008 LG SEF
ENG
009 LT SEF
ENG
010 LT LEF
ENG
011 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 30 / 0 / 10mm/step]
Other
ENG
014 Adjusts over sending amount (sub scan direction) of positioning roller when
edge stitching except the specified paper.
[BkFoldJogSolMovAmtAdj:2K/3KFIN]
Adjusts move amount of saddle stitch conformity claw when saddle stitching
6122
specified paper.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
[-5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-658
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 B5 SEF
ENG
ENG
006 LG SEF
ENG
007 LT SEF
ENG
008 12"x18"
ENG
009 8K SEF
ENG
[-5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm/step]
Other
ENG
Adjusts move amount of saddle stitch conformity claw when saddle stitching
010 except the specified paper.
[Sub-scan PunchPosAdj:FrontFIN]
Adjusts position of carry direction (sub scan direction) for punch.
6130
Adjusting value to -: hole position moves toward trailing edge of paper when
intaking.
001
Domestic 2Hole(Europe
2Hole)
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-659
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-6
Main SP Tables-6
*ENG
*ENG
[Main-scan PunchPosAdj:FrontFIN]
6131
001
Domestic 2Hole(Europe
2Hole)
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
paper conformity.
Adjusts value to -: move towards jogger width is tighter than base value.
Adjusts value to +: move towards jogger width is wider than base value.
001 A3T
*ENG
002 B4T
*ENG
003 A4T
*ENG
004 A4Y
*ENG
005 B5T
*ENG
006 B5Y
*ENG
007 DLT-T
*ENG
008 LG-T
*ENG
009 LT-T
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-660
010 LT-Y
*ENG
011 8K-T
*ENG
012 16K-T
*ENG
013 16K-Y
ENG
014 Other
ENG
001 Finisher1
6134
*ENG
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Execute shift mode no paper free run.
Free Run2
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Execute staple mode no paper free run.
Free Run3
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Tray package position move free run.
Free Run4
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Do not use with RUBICON-B.
2-661
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-6
Main SP Tables-6
001 -
ENG
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 B5 SEF
ENG
ENG
006 LG SEF
ENG
007 LT SEF
ENG
008 12"x18"
ENG
Adjusting value to -: hole position moves toward trailing edge of paper when
intaking.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
2-662
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
conformity.
Adjusts value to -: move towards jogger width is tighter than base value.
Adjusts value to +: move towards jogger width is wider than base value.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 A4 LEF
ENG
005 B5 SEF
ENG
006 B5 LEF
ENG
ENG
008 LG SEF
ENG
009 LT SEF
ENG
010 LT LEF
ENG
011 12"x18"
ENG
012 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
ENG
015 Other
ENG
2-663
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-6
Main SP Tables-6
conformity to
Adjusts value to -: move towards jogger width is tighter than base value.
Adjusts value to +: move towards jogger width is wider than base value.
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
Adjusts the skew correction bending amount when punching specified paper.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 A4 LEF
ENG
005 B5 SEF
ENG
006 B5 LEF
ENG
007 A5 LEF
ENG
ENG
009 LG SEF
ENG
010 LT SEF
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-664
Main SP Tables-6
011 LT LEF
ENG
ENG
013 12"x18"
ENG
014 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
ENG
Other
ENG
Adjusts the skew correction bending amount when punching except the
017 specified paper.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 B4 SEF
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 A4 SEF
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 A4 LEF
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 B5 SEF
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
2-665
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-6
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 B5 LEF
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 A5 LEF
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 LG SEF
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 LT SEF
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 LT LEF
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 12"x18"
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 8K SEF
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-666
Main SP Tables-6
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Other
ENG
0: enable
1: disable
017
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 B5 SEF
ENG
ENG
006 LG SEF
ENG
007 LT SEF
ENG
008 12"x18"
ENG
ENG
[0 to 29 / 0 / 1sec/step]
*ENG
2-667
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1time/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-6
[PositioningStrtTimingAdj:1KFIN]
Adjusts the positioning roller operation start timing when positioning specified
6150
paper.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 A4 LEF
ENG
005 B5 SEF
ENG
006 B5 LEF
ENG
ENG
008 LG SEF
ENG
009 LT SEF
ENG
010 LT LEF
ENG
011 12"x18"
ENG
012 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
ENG
Other
ENG
Adjusts the positioning roller operation start timing when positioning except the
015 specified paper.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-668
Main SP Tables-6
[PosTimeAdj(LstPr2ndTime):1KFIN]
6151
The positioning for the last sheet is done when [Last Paper Pos Time Adj:1K
FIN] adjust value is set to 1.
001 -
ENG
[PosTiAdj(ExcLstPr3rdTi):1KFIN]
6152
Adjust positioning time for specified paper except the last sheet 2nd time.
001 A3 SEF
ENG
002 B4 SEF
ENG
003 A4 SEF
ENG
004 A4 LEF
ENG
005 B5 SEF
ENG
006 B5 LEF
ENG
ENG
008 LG SEF
ENG
009 LT SEF
ENG
010 LT LEF
ENG
011 12"x18"
ENG
012 8K SEF
ENG
ENG
ENG
015 Other
ENG
2-669
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-6
Adjust positioning time for other than the specified paper except the last sheet
2nd time.
001 1 - 10 Sheets
ENG
002 11 - 20 Sheets
ENG
003 21 - 30 Sheets
ENG
004 31 - 40 Sheets
ENG
005 41 - 50 Sheets
ENG
6160
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Executes shift mode no paper free run.
Free Run 2
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Executes edge stitch (near side 1 point stitch) mode no paper free run.
Free Run 3
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
2-670
Main SP Tables-6
SP Mode Tables
CTL
1: 1 pages
2: 2 pages
3: 3 pages
2-671
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-6
6801
*ENG
0: NO
1: YES
001
CTL
1: 1 pages
2: 2 pages
3: 3 pages
[Extra Staples]
More than the standard number of sheets can be stapled. This SP sets the
additional number of sheets (This Setting + Standard Number = maximum
number of sheets).
6830
If the number of the maximum for staples is increased, and the mechanical
warranty of the unit can be guaranteed, then the setting can take effect
without changing the controller software.
001
*CTL
[0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
[0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Makes possible for staple to saddle stitch more sheets than basic amount.
Saddle stitch staple max. amount will be recognized as the total of this SPs
value and the basic amount.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-672
Main SP Tables-6
*CTL
[0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Makes possivle for finisher to middle fold more than the basic foldable amount.
Middle fold max. amount will be recognized as the total of this SPs value and
6890
001 -
CTL
0: No Punch
1: Punching OK
6900
*ENG
001
(default)
1: Bottom plate rise on paper exit
signal.
For 1 path simultaneous duplex models only. Changes bottom plate rising mode.
2-673
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
[Total SC]
7401
001 SC Counter
*CTL
[0 to 65535 / - / 1/step]
*CTL
[0 to 65535 / - / 1/step]
[SC History]
Logs and displays the SC codes detected.
The 10 most recently detected SC Codes are displayed on the screen, and also
7403
001 Latest
*CTL
002 Latest 1
*CTL
003 Latest 2
*CTL
004 Latest 3
*CTL
005 Latest 4
*CTL
[- / - / -]
006 Latest 5
*CTL
007 Latest 6
*CTL
008 Latest 7
*CTL
009 Latest 8
*CTL
010 Latest 9
*CTL
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-674
Main SP Tables-7
001 Latest
*CTL
002 Latest 1
*CTL
003 Latest 2
*CTL
004 Latest 3
*CTL
005 Latest 4
*CTL
006 Latest 5
*CTL
007 Latest 6
*CTL
008 Latest 7
*CTL
009 Latest 8
*CTL
010 Latest 9
*CTL
[- / - / -]
*CTL
001
If the JAM occurred in multiple places, it logs as one SC.
002 Total Jam Counter
*CTL
*CTL
[Manuscript Jam]
7503
00* -
2-675
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
7404
Main SP Tables-7
001 At Power On
*CTL
003 Tray1: On
*CTL
004 Tray2: On
*CTL
005 Tray3: On
*CTL
006 Tray4: On
*CTL
007 LCT: On
*CTL
008 Bypass: On
*CTL
009 Duplex: On
*CTL
010 Transport 1: On
*CTL
*CTL
013 Transport 3: On
*CTL
014 Transport 4: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
019 Registration: On
*CTL
022 TH Transport: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-676
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
2-677
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
Main SP Tables-7
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
096 Timing: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
100 Entrance: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
108 Pre-Stack: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
095
099
Double-Feed Detection:
Front
Double-Feed Detection:
Rear
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-678
111 Motors
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
119 Pre-Stack
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
120
148
152
153
154
155
Horizontal Transport
Sensor: On
Horizontal Transport
Sensor: Off
Switchback Transport
Sensor: On
Switchback Transport
Sensor: Off
2-679
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
Main SP Tables-7
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
162
163
166
167
S-to-S Registration
Detection
Lower Junction Solenoid
Motor
169
173
174
175
Positioning Roller
Rotation Motor
177
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-680
179
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
200 Entrance: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
206 Stopper 1: On
*CTL
*CTL
208 Stopper 2: On
*CTL
*CTL
210 Stopper 3: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
185
186
187
Roller
2-681
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
Main SP Tables-7
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
218
219
222
Direct-Send JG Motor
Error
249
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-682
Main SP Tables-7
005 A4 LEF
*CTL
006 A5 LEF
*CTL
014 B5 LEF
*CTL
038 LT LEF
*CTL
*CTL
132 A3 SEF
*CTL
133 A4 SEF
*CTL
134 A5 SEF
*CTL
141 B4 SEF
*CTL
142 B5 SEF
*CTL
*CTL
164 LG SEF
*CTL
166 LT SEF
*CTL
*CTL
255 Others
*CTL
SP Mode Tables
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 sheet/step]
Logs and displays the 10 most recent detected transfer paper jams.
(CAUSE, SIZE, TOTAL, DATE)
001 Latest
*CTL
002 Latest 1
*CTL
003 Latest 2
*CTL
004 Latest 3
*CTL
005 Latest 4
*CTL
[-/ - / - ]
2-683
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-7
006 Latest 5
*CTL
007 Latest 6
*CTL
008 Latest 7
*CTL
009 Latest 8
*CTL
010 Latest 9
*CTL
Logs and displays the 10 most recent detected transfer paper jams.
(CAUSE, SIZE, TOTAL, DATE)
001 Latest
*CTL
002 Latest 1
*CTL
003 Latest 2
*CTL
004 Latest 3
*CTL
005 Latest 4
*CTL
[- / - / -]
006 Latest 5
*CTL
007 Latest 6
*CTL
008 Latest 7
*CTL
009 Latest 8
*CTL
010 Latest 9
*CTL
001 At Power On
*CTL
003 Tray1: On
*CTL
004 Tray2: On
*CTL
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-684
005 Tray3: On
*CTL
006 Tray4: On
*CTL
007 LCT: On
*CTL
008 Bypass: On
*CTL
009 Duplex: On
*CTL
010 Transport 1: On
*CTL
*CTL
013 Transport 3: On
*CTL
014 Transport 4: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
019 Registration: On
*CTL
022 TH Transport: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
2-685
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
Main SP Tables-7
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-686
*CTL
*CTL
096 Timing: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
100 Entrance: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
108 Pre-Stack: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
111 Motors
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
095
099
Double-Feed Detection:
Front
Double-Feed Detection:
Rear
2-687
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
Main SP Tables-7
*CTL
119 Pre-Stack
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
120
148
152
153
154
155
162
163
Horizontal Transport
Sensor: On
Horizontal Transport
Sensor: Off
Switchback Transport
Sensor: On
Switchback Transport
Sensor: Off
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-688
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
166
167
S-to-S Registration
Detection
Lower Junction Solenoid
Motor
169
173
174
175
Positioning Roller
Rotation Motor
177
179
2-689
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
Main SP Tables-7
185
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
200 Entrance: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
206 Stopper 1: On
*CTL
*CTL
208 Stopper 2: On
*CTL
*CTL
210 Stopper 3: On
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
186
187
218
Motor
Drag Roller Oscillating
Motor
Leading Edge Guide
Motor
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-690
219
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
222
Error
Direct-Send JG Motor
Error
249
***
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / - / -]
*CTL
006 A5 LEF
*CTL
014 B5 LEF
*CTL
038 LT LEF
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 sheet/step]
2-691
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
Main SP Tables-7
132 A3 SEF
*CTL
133 A4 SEF
*CTL
134 A5 SEF
*CTL
141 B4 SEF
*CTL
142 B5 SEF
*CTL
*CTL
164 LG SEF
*CTL
166 LT SEF
*CTL
*CTL
255 Others
*CTL
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 sheet/step]
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 sheet/step]
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
2-692
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mg/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Developer:K
ENG
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
072 # Dev Unit:Y
System Maintenance Section
ENG
2-693
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
Main SP Tables-7
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
246
Development Unit:All
Colors
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
249
250 SCS
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
2-694
Main SP Tables-7
002 # PCU:K
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
2-695
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
115 # Fusing Unit
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mg/step]
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-696
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
ENG
7626
002 # PCU:K
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
132 Dust Filter: Fan Duct
ENG
ENG
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mg/step]
2-697
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
7801
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
CTL
[- / - / -]
[ROM No.]
Engine
002
Engine ROM part number.
ADF
005
ADF ROM part number.
Finisher
007
Finisher ROM part number.
PTU
009
Bank ROM part number.
LCT
010
LCT ROM part number.
PTU2
019
Bank 2 ROM part number.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
CTL
2-698
Main SP Tables-7
[0 to 999999 / 0 / 1/step]
*CTL
[- / - / -]
SP Mode Tables
001 Paper
Press the Enter key after the machine asks Execute?, which will store the PM
counter value in SP7-906 (PM Counter - Previous) and reset the value of the
current PM counter (SP7-803) to 0.
001 Paper
CTL
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
001 -
*CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
001
CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
2-699
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-7
[Self-Diagnose Display]
7832
Displays the result of the diagnostics. To scroll the return codes, press the
up-arrow key or the down-arrow key.
001 -
[- / - / -]
CTL
[Execute]
[ACC Counter]
7835
001 Copy ACC
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / - / - /step]
CTL
[- / - / -]
Records dates and times of resetting / changing Service SP mode switch code
setting for the recent 2 times.
(Decides whether the record is for setting changes or resets by branch number.)
*CTL
[- / - / -]
*CTL
[- / - / -]
*CTL
[- / - / -]
*CTL
[- / - / -]
*CTL
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
[Unified Counter]
7851
SP8951-007 refers to this SP.
001
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-700
Main SP Tables-7
7852
*ENG
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
and doesn't count. Counts when SP4-020-001: DF scan glass part dust detect
front is ON.
Dust Counter Clear
Counter
*ENG
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
002 For checking front side scan position move effect. Counts the times that strips
were avoided by detecting dust and move the sheet thrugh DF scan position.
Counts when SP4-020-001: DF scan glass part dust detect front is ON.
Dust Detection Counter:
Back
*ENG
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
003 For Single Path simultaneous duplex models only. Records the times detecting
dust at all points of rear side scan position. When there is a same dust even
when before starting the next job, consider as same dust and doesn't count. *
Counts when SP4-020-011: DF
[Replace Counter]
7853
002 # PCU:K
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
2-701
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Records the times detecting dust at all points of front side scan position. When
001 there is a dust even when before starting the next job, consider as same dust
Main SP Tables-7
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
222 Toner Sub Hopper:M
ENG
ENG
[Assert Info.]
7901
Records the location where a problem is detected in the program. The data
stored in this SP is used for problem analysis.
*CTL
[- / - / -]
*CTL
[- / - / -]
003 Location
*CTL
[- / - / -]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-702
Main SP Tables-7
[0 to 1000 / - / - /step]
SP Mode Tables
***
ENG
ENG
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
004 Developer:K
ENG
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer: C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer: M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer: Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1/step]
2-703
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
236 Middle Speed: # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
004 Developer:K
ENG
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
072 # Dev Unit:Y
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
2-704
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
222 Toner Sub Hopper:M
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
2-705
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
7931
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Model code used with model code API.
002 Cartridge Ver
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Brand ID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Area ID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Product ID
005
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Maintenance ID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Date
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-706
Main SP Tables-7
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011
Use for the individual toner detect.
*ENG
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
SP Mode Tables
Toner Remaining
012
Keeps data with 1% step.
EDP Code
013
EDP code of toner.
End History
014
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
Attachment: Total Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
016
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Attachment: Color
017 Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
Writes main unit color counter value in binary data when toner installed.
End: Total Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner ended. Write also
when near end.
End: Color Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Writes main unit color counter value in binary data when toner ended. Write also
when near end.
Attachment Date
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
End Date
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021
Write year/month/day of toner ended. Write also when near end.
2-707
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-7
7932
[Toner Bottle M]
Machine Serial ID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Model code used with model code API.
002 Cartridge Ver
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Brand ID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Area ID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Product ID
005
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Maintenance ID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Date
010
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011
Use for the individual toner detect.
Toner Remaining
*ENG
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012
Keeps data with 1% step.
EDP Code
013
EDP code of toner.
End History
014
Detect history or toner end, near end.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
Attachment: Total Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
016
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-708
Main SP Tables-7
Attachment: Color
017 Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
Writes main unit color counter value in binary data when toner installed.
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner ended. Write also
when near end.
End: Color Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Writes main unit color counter value in binary data when toner ended. Write also
when near end.
Attachment Date
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
End Date
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021
Write year/month/day of toner ended. Write also when near end.
7933
[Toner Bottle C]
MachineSerialID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Model code used with model code API.
002 Cartridge Ver
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Brand ID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Area ID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Product ID
005
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Maintenance ID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Date
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
2-709
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011
Use for the individual toner detect.
Toner Remaining
*ENG
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012
Keeps data with 1% step.
EDP Code
013
EDP code of toner.
End History
014
Detect history or toner end, near end.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
Attachment: Total Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
016
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Attachment: Color
017 Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
Writes main unit color counter value in binary data when toner installed.
End: Total Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner ended. Write also
when near end.
End: Color Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Writes main unit color counter value in binary data when toner ended. Write also
when near end.
Attachment Date
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
End Date
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021
Write year/month/day of toner ended. Write also when near end.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-710
Main SP Tables-7
7934
[Toner Bottle Y]
MachineSerialID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
001
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Brand ID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Area ID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Product ID
005
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Maintenance ID
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Date
010
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011
Use for the individual toner detect.
Toner Remaining
*ENG
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012
Keeps data with 1% step.
EDP Code
013
EDP code of toner.
End History
014
Detect history or toner end, near end.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
Attachment: Total Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
016
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
System Maintenance Section
2-711
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
Attachment: Color
017 Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
Writes main unit color counter value in binary data when toner installed.
End: Total Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner ended. Write also
when near end.
End: Color Counter
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Writes main unit color counter value in binary data when toner ended. Write also
when near end.
Attachment Date
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
End Date
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021
Write year/month/day of toner ended. Write also when near end.
7935
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
7935
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-712
Main SP Tables-7
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
013
Refill Information
*ENG
SP Mode Tables
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
7935
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
023
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
7935
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
033
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
2-713
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-7
7935
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
043
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
7936
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
7936
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
013 Attachment: Total Counter
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
2-714
Main SP Tables-7
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014
7936
SP Mode Tables
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
023
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
7936
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
033
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
2-715
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-7
7936
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
043
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
7937
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
7937
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-716
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
013
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014
7937
SP Mode Tables
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
023
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
7937
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
033
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
2-717
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-7
7937
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
043
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
7938
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
7938
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-718
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
013
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014
7938
SP Mode Tables
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
023
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
7938
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
033
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
2-719
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-7
7938
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041
Display conventional ASCII 16 byte in 8byte BCD.
Attachment Date
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042
Write year/month/day of toner installed.
Attachment: Total Counter
ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
043
Writes main unit total counter value in binary data when toner installed.
Refill Information
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044
Refill detect, IS ware detect information.
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 201151581 /
1mm/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
2-720
Main SP Tables-7
[0 to 999999999 / 287359403 /
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
1mm/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 143679701 /
[0 to 999999999 / 191572935 /
1mm/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 291305000 /
1mm/step]
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
2-721
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
1mm/step]
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
222 Toner Sub Hopper:M
ENG
ENG
*ENG
ENG
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
004 Developer:K
ENG
ENG
025 # PCU:C
*ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
*ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
2-722
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1/step]
222 Toner Sub Hopper:M
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1mm/step]
236 Middle Speed: # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
*ENG
*ENG
004 Developer:K
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
2-723
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
Main SP Tables-7
*ENG
025 # PCU:C
*ENG
*ENG
027 Developer:C
*ENG
048 # PCU:M
*ENG
*ENG
050 Developer:M
*ENG
071 # PCU:Y
*ENG
*ENG
073 Developer:Y
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-724
Main SP Tables-7
002 # PCU:K
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
2-725
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
2-726
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
ENG
7953
001 T<=0
ENG
002 0<T<=5:0<=H<30
ENG
003 0<T<=5:30<=H<70
ENG
004 0<T<=5:70<=H<=100
ENG
005 5<T<15:0<=H<30
ENG
006 5<T<15:30<=H<55
ENG
007 5<T<15:55<=H<80
ENG
008 5<T<15:80<=H<=100
ENG
009 15<=T<25:0<=H<30
ENG
010 15<=T<25:30<=H<55
ENG
011 15<=T<25:55<=H<80
ENG
012 15<=T<25:80<=H<=100
ENG
013 25<=T<30:0<=H<30
ENG
014 25<=T<30:30<=H<55
ENG
015 25<=T<30:55<=H<80
ENG
016 25<=T<30:80<=H<=100
ENG
017 30<=T:0<=H<30
ENG
018 30<=T:30<=H<55
ENG
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
019 30<=T:55<=H<80
ENG
020 30<=T:80<=H<=100
ENG
2-727
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
021 35<=T:0<=H<=100
ENG
[0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1mm/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
004 Developer:K
ENG
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
2-728
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
109 # PTR Unit
ENG
ENG
2-729
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-730
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
ENG
ENG
SP Mode Tables
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
2-731
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-7
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
ENG
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[1 to 30 / 15 / 1day/step]
[1 to 30 / 15 / 1day/step]
[1 to 30 / 15 / 1day/step]
[1 to 30 / 15 / 1day/step]
[1 to 30 / 15 / 1day/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[1 to 30 / 15 / 1day/step]
[1 to 30 / 15 / 1day/step]
2-732
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[1 to 30 / 15 / 1day/step]
7959
[Fusing: Stop]
Near End: Page
ENG
001
Displays life deterioration near end threshold of fusing R.
End: Page
ENG
002
Displays life deterioration end threshold of fusing belt.
ENG
003
[0 to 999999999 / 302229000 /
1mm/step]
End: Rotation
ENG
004
[0 to 999999999 / 313153000 /
1mm/step]
ENG
ENG
004 Developer:K
ENG
ENG
025 # PCU:C
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
026 # Dev Unit:C
System Maintenance Section
ENG
2-733
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-7
Main SP Tables-7
027 Developer:C
ENG
048 # PCU:M
ENG
ENG
050 Developer:M
ENG
071 # PCU:Y
ENG
ENG
073 Developer:Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
115 # Fusing Unit
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
7970
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
[Cumulative Counter]
Rotation:Bk Opc Drive
001 Unit
*ENG
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
*ENG
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
2-734
Main SP Tables-7
*ENG
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
008
Displays running distance count since first use.
*ENG
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
011
Displays sheets count since first use.
Page:Registration Drive
012 Unit
*ENG
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1page/step]
7972
[Yield Counter]
Bk Opc Drive Unit
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]
001
Displays reach level till life running distance threshold.
Color Opc Drive Unit
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]
002
Displays reach level till life running distance threshold.
Fusing Drive Unit
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]
008
Displays reach level till life running distance threshold.
Paper Transfer On-Off
010 Drive Unit
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]
011
Displays reach level till life sheets threshold.
Registration Drive Unit
*ENG
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]
012
Displays reach level till life sheets threshold.
2-735
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Count:Paper Transfer
Main SP Tables-7
7974
[Yield Setting]
[0 to 9999999 / D146: 548197, D147:
Bk Opc Drive Unit
*ENG
001
*ENG
002
Displays life running distance threshold of unit.
Fusing Drive Unit
*ENG
008
Displays life running distance threshold of unit.
Paper Transfer On-Off
010 Drive Unit
*ENG
*ENG
011
Displays life sheets threshold of unit.
Registration Drive Unit
*ENG
012
Displays life sheets threshold of unit.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-736
Main SP Tables-7
[Guaranteed Parameter]
7976
Sets life warranty value of unit.
002
Unit
010
Count:Paper Transfer
On-Off Drive Unit
012
Page:Registration Drive
Unit
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
*ENG
2-737
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
001
Main SP Tables-8
SP Numbers
What They Do
SP8211 to SP8216
SP8401 to SP8406
SP8691 to SP8696
Most of the SPs in this group are prefixed with a letter that indicates the mode of operation (the
mode of operation is referred to as an "application"). Before reading the Group 8 Service Table,
make sure that you understand what these prefixes mean.
Prefixes
What it means
T:
C:
Copy application.
F:
Fax application.
P:
Print application.
S:
Scan application.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
document server.
2-738
Main SP Tables-8
(document server)
O:
Other applications
(external network
applications, for
example)
The Group 8 SP codes are limited to 17 characters, forced by the necessity of displaying them on
the small LCDs of printers and faxes that also use these SPs. Read over the list of abbreviations
below and refer to it again if you see the name of an SP that you do not understand.
Abbreviation
What it means
>
AddBook
Address Book
Apl
Application
B/W
Bk
Black
Cyan
ColCr
Color Create
ColMode
Color Mode
2-739
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Local storage
Main SP Tables-8
Abbreviation
What it means
Comb
Combine
Comp
Compression
Deliv
Delivery
Designated Application. The application (Copy, Fax, Scan,
DesApl
Dev Counter
Dup, Duplex
Emul
Emulation
FC
Full Color
FIN
Full Bleed
No Margins
GenCopy
GPC
not count up. For jobs larger than 10 pages, this counter counts
up by the number that is in excess of 10 (e.g., for an 11-page
job, the counter counts up 11-10 =1)
IFax
ImgEdt
Internet Fax
Image Edit performed on the original with the copier GUI, e.g.
border removal, adding stamps, page numbers, etc.
Black (YMCK)
LS
LSize
Mag
Magnification
MC
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-740
Main SP Tables-8
Abbreviation
What it means
New Remote Service, which allows a service center to monitor
NRS
Org
OrgJam
Original Jam
Print Job Manager/Desk Top Editor: A pair of utilities that allows
Palm 2
PC
Personal Computer
Pages. A page is the total scanned surface of the original.
PGS
PJob
Print Jobs
Ppr
Paper
PrtJam
PrtPGS
Print Pages
Red (Toner Remaining). Applies to the wide format model A2
Rez
Resolution
SC
Scn
Scan
Sim, Simplex
S-to-Email
Scan-to-E-mail
SMC
Svr
2-741
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Japan.
Main SP Tables-8
Abbreviation
What it means
TonEnd
Toner End
TonSave
Toner Save
TXJob
Send, Transmission
YMC
YMCK
All of the Group 8 SPs are able to reset by SP5 801 1 Memory All Clear.
[T:Total Jobs]
*CTL
8002
[C:Total Jobs]
*CTL
8003
[F:Total Jobs]
*CTL
8001
8004
[P:Total Jobs]
*CTL
8005
[S:Total Jobs]
*CTL
8006
[L:Total Jobs]
*CTL
These SPs reveal the number of times an application is used, not the number of pages
processed.
When an application is opened for image input or output, this counts as one job.
Interrupted jobs (paper jams, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish.
Only jobs executed by the customer are counted. Jobs executed by the customer engineer
using the SP modes are not counted.
When using secure printing (when a password is required to start the print job), the job is
counted at the time when either "Delete Data" or "Specify Output" is specified.
A job is counted as a fax job when the job is stored for sending.
When a fax is received to fax memory, the F: counter increments but the L: counter does not
(the document server is not used).
A fax broadcast counts as one job for the F: counter (the fax destinations in the broadcast are
not counted separately).
A fax broadcast is counted only after all the faxes have been sent to their destinations. If one
transmission generates an error, then the broadcast will not be counted until the transmission
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-742
Main SP Tables-8
When a copy job on the document server is printed, SP8022 also increments, and when a
When an original is both copied and stored on the document server, the C: and L: counters
both increment.
When a print job is stored on the document server, only the L: counter increments.
When the user presses the Document Server button to store the job on the document server,
only the L: counter increments.
When the user enters document server mode and prints data stored on the document server,
only the L: counter increments.
When an image received from Palm 2 is received and stored, the L: counter increments.
When the customer prints a report (user code list, for example), the O: counter increments.
However, for fax reports and reports executed from the fax application, the F: counter
increments.
8011
8012
[T:Jobs/LS]
*CTL
These SPs count the number of jobs
[C:Jobs/LS]
*CTL
8013
[F:Jobs/LS]
*CTL
8014
[P:Jobs/LS]
*CTL
8015
[S:Jobs/LS]
*CTL
8016
[L:Jobs/LS]
*CTL
8017
[O:Jobs/LS]
*CTL
panel.
When a scan job is sent to the document server, the S: counter increments. When you enter
document server mode and then scan an original, the L: counter increments.
When a print job is sent to the document server, the P: counter increments.
When a network application sends data to the document server, the O: counter increments.
When an image from Palm 2 is stored on the document server, the O: counter increments.
8021
[T:Pjob/LS]
*CTL
2-743
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
print job stored on the document server is printed, SP8024 also increments.
Main SP Tables-8
8022
[C:Pjob/LS]
*CTL
8023
[F:Pjob/LS]
*CTL
8024
[P:Pjob/LS]
*CTL
8025
[S:Pjob/LS]
*CTL
8026
[L:Pjob/LS]
*CTL
8027
[O:Pjob/LS]
*CTL
When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with another application, the C:
counter increments.
When an application like DeskTopBinder merges a copy job that was stored on the document
server with a print job that was stored on the document server, the C: and P: counters both
increment.
When a job already on the document server is printed with another application, the L: counter
increments.
When a scanner job stored on the document server is printed with another application, the S:
counter increments. If the original was scanned from within document server mode, then the
L: counter increments.
When images stored on the document server by a network application (including Palm 2), are
printed with another application, the O: counter increments.
When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with a network application (Web
Image Monitor, for example), the C: counter increments.
8031
[T:Pjob/DesApl]
*CTL
8032
[C:Pjob/DesApl]
*CTL
8033
[F:Pjob/DesApl]
*CTL
8034
[P:Pjob/DesApl]
*CTL
8035
[S:Pjob/DesApl]
*CTL
8036
[L:Pjob/DesApl]
*CTL
8037
[O:Pjob/DesApl]
*CTL
When documents already stored on the document server are printed, the count for the
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-744
Main SP Tables-8
When the print job is started from a network application (Desk Top Binder, Web Image Monitor,
etc.) the L: counter increments.
[T:TX Jobs/LS]
*CTL
8042
[C:TX Jobs/LS]
*CTL
8043
[F:TX Jobs/LS]
*CTL
8044
[P:TX Jobs/LS]
*CTL
8045
[S:TX Jobs/LS]
*CTL
8046
[L:TX Jobs/LS]
*CTL
8047
[O:TX Jobs/LS]
*CTL
When a stored copy job is sent from the document server, the C: counter increments.
When images stored on the document server by a network application or Palm2 are sent as
an e-mail, the O: counter increments.
8051
[T:TX Jobs/DesApl]
*CTL
8052
[C:TX Jobs/DesApl]
*CTL
8053
[F:TX Jobs/DesApl]
*CTL
8054
[P:TX Jobs/DesApl]
*CTL
8055
[S:TX Jobs/DesApl]
*CTL
8056
[L:TX Jobs/DesApl]
*CTL
8057
[O:TX Jobs/DesApl]
*CTL
panel.
If the send is started from Desk Top Binder or Web Image Monitor, for example, then the O:
counter increments.
2-745
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
8041
Main SP Tables-8
[T:FIN Jobs]
8061
These SPs total the finishing methods. The finishing method is specified by
the application.
[P:FIN Jobs]
8062
These SPs total finishing methods for print jobs only. The finishing method is
specified by the application.
[F:FIN Jobs]
These SPs total finishing methods for fax jobs only. The finishing method is
8063
These SPs total finishing methods for print jobs only. The finishing method is
specified by the application.
[S:FIN Jobs]
These SPs total finishing methods for scan jobs only. The finishing method is
8065
8066
server mode screen at the operation panel. The finishing method is specified
from the print window within document server mode.
[O:FIN Jobs]
These SPs total finishing methods for jobs executed by an external
8067
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
001
Number of jobs started in Sort mode.
Stack
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002
Number of jobs started out of Sort mode.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-746
Main SP Tables-8
Staple
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003
Number of jobs started in Staple mode.
Booklet
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 Number of jobs started In any mode other than the Booklet mode and set for
folding (Z-fold).
Punch
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 Number of jobs started in Punch mode. When Punch is set for a print job, the
P: counter increments. (See SP8-064-6.)
Other
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
008 Inside-Flod
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
009 Three-In-Fold
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
010 Three-OUT-Fold
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
011 Four-Fold
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
012 KANNON-Fold
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
013 Perfect-Bind
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
014 Ring-Bind
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007
(Reserved)
[T:Jobs/PGS]
8071
These SPs count the number of jobs broken down by the number of pages in
the job, regardless of which application was used.
[C:Jobs/PGS]
8072
These SPs count and calculate the number of copy jobs by size based on the
number of pages in the job.
8073
[F:Jobs/PGS]
2-747
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
004 Number of jobs started in Booklet mode. If the machine is in staple mode, the
Main SP Tables-8
These SPs count and calculate the number of fax jobs by size based on the
number of pages in the job.
[P:Jobs/PGS]
8074
These SPs count and calculate the number of print jobs by size based on the
number of pages in the job.
[S:Jobs/PGS]
8075
These SPs count and calculate the number of scan jobs by size based on the
number of pages in the job.
[L:Jobs/PGS]
8076
These SPs count and calculate the number of jobs printed from within the
document server mode window at the operation panel, by the number of
pages in the job.
[O:Jobs/PGS]
8077
These SPs count and calculate the number of "Other" application jobs (Web
Image Monitor, Palm 2, etc.) by size based on the number of pages in the job.
001 1 Page
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 2 Pages
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 3 Pages
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 4 Pages
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 5 Pages
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 6 to 10 Pages
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 11 to 20 Pages
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
008 21 to 50 Pages
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-748
Main SP Tables-8
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
For example: When a copy job stored on the document server is printed in document server
Printing a fax report counts as a job and increments the F: counter (SP 8073).
Interrupted jobs (paper jam, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish.
If the finisher runs out of staples during a print and staple job, then the job is counted at the
time the error occurs.
For copy jobs (SP 8072) and scan jobs (SP 8075), the total is calculated by multiplying the
number of sets of copies by the number of pages scanned. (One duplex page counts as 2.)
The first test print and subsequent test prints to adjust settings are added to the number of
pages of the copy job (SP 8072).
When printing the first page of a job from within the document server screen, the page is
counted.
[T:FAX TX Jobs]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent by
8111
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent by
fax directly on a telephone line.
Note: Color fax sending is not available at this time.
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
This SP counts fax jobs sent over a telephone line with a fax application, including documents
stored on the document server.
If the mode is changed during the job, the job will count with the mode set when the job
2-749
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
started.
If the same document is faxed to both a public fax line and an I-Fax at a destination where
both are available, then this counter increments, and the I-Fax counter (8 12x) also
increments.
The fax job is counted when the job is scanned for sending, not when the job is sent.
[T:IFAX TX Jobs]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent,
8121
either directly or using a file stored on the document server, as fax images
using I-Fax.
Note: Color fax sending is not available at this time.
[F: IFAX TX Jobs]
These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent (not
8123
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
The counters for color are provided for future use; the color fax feature is not available at this
time.
The fax job is counted when the job is scanned for sending, not when the job is sent.
[T:S-to-Email Jobs]
8131
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned
and attached to an e-mail, regardless of whether the document server was
used or not.
[S: S-to-Email Jobs]
8135
These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned and
attached to e-mail, without storing the original on the document server.
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-750
Main SP Tables-8
003 ACS
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
If the job is stored on the document server, after the job is stored it is determined to be color
If the job is cancelled during scanning, or if the job is cancelled while the document is waiting
to be sent, the job is not counted.
If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on what stage
of the process had been reached when the job was cancelled.
If several jobs are combined for sending to the Scan Router, Scan-to-Email, or Scan-to-PC, or
if one job is sent to more than one destination. each send is counted separately. For example,
if the same document is sent by Scan-to-Email as well as Scan-to-PC, then it is counted twice
(once for Scan-to-Email and once for Scan-to-PC).
[T:Deliv Jobs/Svr]
8141
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned
and sent to a Scan Router server.
[S: Deliv Jobs/Svr]
8145
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 ACS
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
The jobs are counted even though the arrival and reception of the jobs at the Scan Router
server cannot be confirmed.
If even one color image is mixed with black-and-white images, then the job is counted as a
"Color" job.
If the job is cancelled during scanning, or if the job is cancelled while the document is waiting
to be delivered, the job is not counted.
If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on what stage
of the process had been reached when the job was cancelled.
Even if several files are combined for sending, the transmission counts as one job.
2-751
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
[T:Deliv Jobs/PC]
8151
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned
and sent to a folder on a PC (Scan-to-PC).
Note: At the present time, 8 151 and 8 155 perform identical counts.
[S:Deliv Jobs/PC]
8155
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned
and sent with Scan-to-PC.
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 ACS
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
If the job is cancelled while it is waiting to be sent, the job is not counted.
If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on what stage
of the process had been reached when the job was cancelled.
Even if several files are combined for sending, the transmission counts as one job.
8161
[T:PCFAX TX Jobs]
*CTL
8163
[F:PCFAX TX Jobs]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Note: At the present time, these
counters perform identical counts.
This counts fax jobs started from a PC using a PC fax application, and sending the data out to
the destination from the PC through the copier.
[T:Deliv Jobs/WSD]
8171
These SPs count the pages scanned by WS.
[S:Deliv Jobs/WSD]
8175
These SPs count the pages scanned by WS.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-752
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 ACS
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 ACS
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8191
*CTL
8192
*CTL
8193
*CTL
8195
*CTL
8196
*CTL
SP 8 191 to 8 196 count the number of scanned sides of pages, not the number of physical
pages.
These counters do not count reading user stamp data, or reading color charts to adjust color.
A count is done only after all images of a job have been scanned.
Examples
If 3 B5 pages and 1 A3 page are scanned with the scanner application but not stored, the S:
count is 4.
If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server using the Store File
button in the Copy mode window, the C: count is 6 and the L: count is 6.
If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied but not stored, the C: count is 6.
If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6.
2-753
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
Main SP Tables-8
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
These SPs count the total number of large pages input with the scanner for
8201
scan and copy jobs. Large size paper (A3/DLT) scanned for fax transmission
are not counted.
Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools
display.
[F: LSize Scan PGS]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
These SPs count the total number of large pages input with the scanner for
8203
fax transmission.
Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools
display.
[S:LSize Scan PGS]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
These SPs count the total number of large pages input with the scanner for
8205
scan jobs only. Large size paper (A3/DLT) scanned for fax transmission are
not counted.
Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools
display.
8211
[T:Scan PGS/LS]
*CTL
8212
[C:Scan PGS/LS]
*CTL
8213
[F:Scan PGS/LS]
*CTL
8215
[S:Scan PGS/LS]
*CTL
8216
[L:Scan PGS/LS]
*CTL
If a job is cancelled, the pages output as far as the cancellation are counted.
If the scanner application scans and stores 3 B5 sheets and 1 A4 sheet, the S: count is 4.
If pages are copied but not stored on the document server, these counters do not change.
If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server, the C: count is 6
and the L: count is 6.
If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-754
Main SP Tables-8
These SPs count the number of pages fed through the ADF for front and back
side scanning.
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
When 1 sheet is fed for duplex scanning the Front count is 1 and the Back count is 1.
If a jam occurs during the job, recovery processing is not counted to avoid double counting.
Also, the pages are not counted if the jam occurs before the first sheet is output.
[Scan PGS/Mode]
8231
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by each ADF mode to
determine the work load on the ADF.
Large Volume
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
001
Selectable. Large copy jobs that cannot be loaded in the ADF at one time.
SADF
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002
Selectable. Feeding pages one by one through the ADF.
Mixed Size
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003
Selectable. Select "Mixed Sizes" on the operation panel.
004 Custom Size
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
2-755
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Front
Main SP Tables-8
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005
Book mode. Raising the ADF and placing the original directly on the platen.
Mixed 1side/ 2side
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006
Simplex and Duplex mode.
If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches from ADF to
Platen mode, the count is done for the last selected mode.
The user cannot select mixed sizes or non-standard sizes with the fax application so if the
original's page sizes are mixed or non-standard, these are not counted.
If the user selects "Mixed Sizes" for copying in the platen mode, the Mixed Size count is
enabled.
In the SADF mode if the user copies 1 page in platen mode and then copies 2 pages with
SADF, the Platen count is 1 and the SADF count is 3.
[T:Scan PGS/Org]
8241
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step
These SPs count the total number of scanned pages by original type for all
jobs, regardless of which application was used.
[C:Scan PGS/Org]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step
8242
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Copy jobs.
[F:Scan PGS/Org]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step
8243
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Fax jobs.
[S:Scan PGS/Org]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step
8245
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Scan jobs.
[L:Scan PGS/Org]
8246
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step
These SPs count the number of pages scanned and stored from within the
document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the Store File
button from within the Copy mode screen
001 Text
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
8241
8242
8243
8245
8246
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2-756
002 Text/Photo
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
003 Photo
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
005 Map
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
006 Normal/Detail
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
008 Binary
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
009 Grayscale
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
010 Color
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
011 Other
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches from ADF to
Platen mode, the count is done for the last selected mode.
8251
[T:Scan PGS/ImgEdt]
*CTL
8252
[C:Scan PGS/ImgEdt]
*CTL
8254
[P:Scan PGS/ImgEdt]
*CTL
8255
[S:Scan PGS/ImgEdr]
*CTL
8256
[L:Scan PGS/ImgEdt]
*CTL
8257
[O:Scan PGS/ImgEdt]
*CTL
The L: counter counts the number of pages stored from within the document server mode screen
at the operation panel, and with the Store File button from within the Copy mode screen.
2-757
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
Main SP Tables-8
8261
[T:Scan PGS/ColCr]
8262
8265
[S:Scn PGS/Color]
8266
[L:Scn PGS/ColCr]
These SPs show how many times color creation features have been selected
at the operation panel.
8281
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 Background
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Other
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[T:Scan PGS/TWAIN]
[S:Scan PGS/TWAIN]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Note: At the present time, these
counters perform identical counts.
8291
[T:Scan PGS/Stamp]
*CTL
8293
[F:Scan PGS/Stamp]
*CTL
8295
[S:Scan PGS/Stamp]
*CTL
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-758
Main SP Tables-8
[T:Scan PGS/Size]
8301
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by all
applications. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and
[C:Scan PGS/Size]
8302
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Copy
application. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and
output (printing) page size [SP 8-442].
[F:Scan PGS/Size]
8303
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Fax
application. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and
output page size [SP 8-443].
[S:Scan PGS/Size]
8305
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Scan
application. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and
output page size [SP 8-445].
[L:Scan PGS/Size]
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned and stored from
8306
within the document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the
Store File button from within the Copy mode screen. Use these totals to
compare original page size (scanning) and output page size [SP 8-446].
001 A3
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 A4
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 A5
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 B4
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 B5
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 DLT
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 LG
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
008 LT
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
2-759
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
009 HLT
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
T:Scan PGS/Rez
8311
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by resolution setting the total number of pages scanned by
applications that can specify resolution settings.
S: Scan PGS/Rez
8315
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
These SPs count by resolution setting the total number of pages scanned by
applications that can specify resolution settings.
Note: At the present time, SP8-311 and SP8-315 perform identical counts.
001 1200dpi <
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
The Fax application does not allow finely-adjusted resolution settings so no count is done for
the Fax application.
8381
[T:Total PrtPGS]
*CTL
8382
[C:Total PrtPGS]
*CTL
8383
[F:Total PrtPGS]
*CTL
8384
[P:Total PrtPGS]
*CTL
8385
[S:Total PrtPGS]
*CTL
8386
[L:Total PrtPGS]
*CTL
8387
[O:Total PrtPGS]
*CTL
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-760
Main SP Tables-8
When the A3/DLT double count function is switched on with SP5104, 1 A3/DLT page is
counted as 2.
When several documents are merged for a print job, the number of pages stored are counted
These counters are used primarily to calculate charges on use of the machine, so the
following pages are not counted as printed pages:
- Blank pages in a duplex printing job.
- Blank pages inserted as document covers, chapter title sheets, and slip sheets.
- Reports printed to confirm counts.
- All reports done in the service mode (service summaries, engine maintenance reports, etc.)
- Test prints for machine image adjustment.
- Error notification reports.
- Partially printed pages as the result of a copier jam.
LSize PrtPGS
8391
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
These SPs count pages printed on paper sizes A3/DLT and larger.
Note: In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these counters are
also displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine.
8401
[T:PrtPGS/LS]
*CTL
8402
[C:PrtPGS/LS]
*CTL
8403
[F:PrtPGS/LS]
*CTL
8404
[P:PrtPGS/LS]
*CTL
8405
[S:PrtPGS/LS]
*CTL
8406
[L:PrtPGS/LS]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the L: count.
Fax jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the F: count.
2-761
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
Prints/Duplex
*CTL
[T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8421
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing. This is the total for all applications.
[C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8422
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing by the copier application.
[F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8423
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing by the fax application.
[P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8424
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing by the printer application.
[S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8425
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing by the scanner application.
[L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8426
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing from within the document server mode window
at the operation panel.
[O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8427
These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing by Other applications
001 Simplex> Duplex
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-762
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
012 Booklet
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
013 Magazine
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
2in1
006
2 pages on 1 side (2-Up)
4 in1
007
4 pages on 1 side (4-Up)
6 in1
008
6 pages on 1 side (6-Up)
8 in1
009
8 pages on 1 side (8-Up)
9 in1
010
9 pages on 1 side (9-Up)
16 in1
011
16 pages on 1 side (16-Up)
2-763
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
Main SP Tables-8
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
These counts (SP8 421 to SP8 427) are especially useful for customers who need to improve
their compliance with ISO standards for the reduction of paper consumption.
Pages that are only partially printed with the n-Up functions are counted as 1 page.
Here is a summary of how the counters work for Booklet and Magazine modes:
Booklet
Magazine
Original Pages
Count
Original Pages
Count
[T:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
8431
These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features
below, regardless of which application was used.
[C:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
8432
These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features
below with the copy application.
[P:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
8434
These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features
below with the print application.
8436
[L:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-764
Main SP Tables-8
These SPs count the total number of pages output from within the document
server mode window at the operation panel with the three features below.
[O:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features
below with Other applications.
Cover/Slip Sheet
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
001 Total number of covers or slip sheets inserted. The count for a cover printed
on both sides counts 2.
Series/Book
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 The number of pages printed in series (one side) or printed as a book with
booklet right/left pagination.
User Stamp
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 The number of pages printed where stamps were applied, including page
numbering and date stamping.
[T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8441
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by all
applications.
[C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8442
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the copy
application.
[F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8443
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the fax
application.
[P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8444
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the
printer application.
8445
[S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
2-765
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
8437
Main SP Tables-8
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the
scanner application.
[L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8446
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed from within
the document server mode window at the operation panel.
[O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8447
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by Other
applications.
001 A3
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 A4
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 A5
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 B4
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 B5
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 DLT
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 LG
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
008 LT
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
009 HLT
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[PrtPGS/Ppr Tray]
8451
These SPs count the number of sheets fed from each paper feed station.
*CTL
002 Tray 1
*CTL
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Bypass Tray
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Copier
2-766
Main SP Tables-8
003 Tray 2
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Tray 3
*CTL
005 Tray 4
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 Tray 5
*CTL
007 Tray 6
*CTL
008 Tray 7
*CTL
009 Tray 8
*CTL
010 Tray 9
*CTL
011 Tray 10
*CTL
012 Tray 11
*CTL
013 Tray 12
*CTL
014 Tray 13
*CTL
015 Tray 14
*CTL
016 Tray 15
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by all applications.
These counters are not the same as the PM counter. The PM counter is
based on feed timing to accurately measure the service life of the feed
8461
Blank sheets (covers, chapter covers, slip sheets) are also counted.
[C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
8462
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the copy
application.
8463
[F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
2-767
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
LCT (Option)
Main SP Tables-8
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the fax
application.
[P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
8464
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the printer
application.
[L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
8466
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed from within the
document server mode window at the operation panel.
001 Normal
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Recycled
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 Special
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Thick
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 OHP
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
008 Other
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[PrtPGS/Mag]
8471
These SPs count by magnification rate the number of pages printed.
001 < 49%
*CTL
*CTL
003 100%
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Counts are done for magnification adjusted for pages, not only on the operation panel but
performed remotely with an external network application capable of performing magnification
adjustment as well.
Magnification adjustments done with printer drivers with PC applications such as Excel are also
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-768
Main SP Tables-8
counted.
Magnification adjustments done for adjustments after they have been stored on the document
server are not counted.
Magnification adjustments performed automatically during Auto Reduce/Enlarge copying are
The magnification rates of blank cover sheets, slip sheets, etc. are automatically assigned a rate
of 100%.
8481
[T:PrtPGS/TonSave]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8484
[P:PrtPGS/TonSave]
*CTL
These SPs count the number of pages printed with the Toner Save feature
switched on.
Note: These SPs return the same results as this SP is limited to the Print
application.
8491
[T:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
8492
[C:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
8493
[F:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
8496
[L:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
8497
[O:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
001 B/W
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
application.
2-769
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
counted.
Main SP Tables-8
8501
[T:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
8504
[P:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
8507
[O:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
001 B/W
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[T:PrtPGS/Emul]
8511
These SPs count by printer emulation mode the total number of pages
printed.
[P:PrtPGS/Emul]
8514
These SPs count by printer emulation mode the total number of pages
printed.
001 RPCS
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 RPDL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 PS3
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 R98
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 R16
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 GL/GL2
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 R55
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
008 RTIFF
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
009 PDF
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
010 PCL5e/5c
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
011 PCL XL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-770
012 IPDL-C
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
013 BM-Links
*CTL
Japan Only
014 Other
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
015 IPDS
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
SP8 511 and SP8 514 return the same results as they are both limited to the Print application.
[T:PrtPGS/FIN]
8521
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by all
applications.
[C:PrtPGS/FIN]
8522
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the
Copy application.
[F:PrtPGS/FIN]
8523
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the
Fax application.
NOTE: Print finishing options for received faxes are currently not available.
[P:PrtPGS/FIN]
8524
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the
Print application.
[S:PrtPGS/FIN]
8525
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the
Scanner application.
[L:PrtPGS/FIN]
8526
These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed from
within the document server mode window at the operation panel.
001 Sort
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Stack
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
2-771
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
Main SP Tables-8
003 Staple
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Booklet
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 Z-Fold
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 Punch
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 Other
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Inside Fold
008
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
009
Letter Fold-in (FM4) (Multi Fold Unit)
Three-OUT-Fold
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
010
Letter Fold-out (FM3) (Multi Fold Unit)
Four Fold
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
011
Double Parallel Fold (FM5) (Multi Fold Unit)
KANNON-Fold
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
012
Gate Fold (FM6) (Multi Fold Unit)
Perfect-Bind
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
013
Perfect Binder
Ring-Bind
014
Ring Binder
If stapling is selected for finishing and the stack is too large for stapling, the unstapled
pages are still counted.
The counts for staple finishing are based on output to the staple tray, so jam recoveries
are counted.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-772
Main SP Tables-8
[Staples]
*CTL
8551
8552
8554
8556
8561
SP Mode Tables
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[T:FIN Books]
001 Perfect-Bind
*CTL
Booklet finishing
002 Ring-Bind
*CTL
Not used
001 Perfect-Bind
*CTL
Booklet finishing
002 Ring-Bind
*CTL
Not used
001 Perfect-Bind
*CTL
Booklet finishing
002 Ring-Bind
*CTL
Not used
001 Perfect-Bind
*CTL
Booklet finishing
002 Ring-Bind
*CTL
Not used
[C:FIN Books]
[P:FIN Books]
[L:FIN Books]
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
2-773
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-8
8562
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8563
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8564
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8566
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
*CTL
*CTL
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-774
Main SP Tables-8
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
[T:Counter]
8581
These SPs count the total output broken down by color output, regardless of
the application used. In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these
counters are also displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine.
001 Total
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
005 Development: K
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
2-775
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
8567
Main SP Tables-8
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
[C:Counter]
8582
These SPs count the total output of the copy application broken down by color
output.
001 B/W
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
[F:Counter]
8583
These SPs count the total output of the fax application broken down by color
output.
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
*CTL
2-776
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[P:Counter]
8584
These SPs count the total output of the print application broken down by color
output.
001 B/W
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
[L:Counter]
8586
These SPs count the total output of the local storage broken down by color
output.
001 B/W
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
[O:Counter]
8591
These SPs count the totals for A3/DLT paper use, number of duplex pages
printed, and the number of staples used. These totals are for Other (O:)
applications only.
001 A3/DLT
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Duplex
System Maintenance Section
*CTL
2-777
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
Main SP Tables-8
[T:CvgCounter]
8601
These SPs count the total coverage for each color and the total printout pages
for each printing mode.
001 Cvg: BW %
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
002 Cvg: FC %
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
021 CvgCounter 1
*CTL
022 CvgCounter 2
*CTL
023 CvgCounter 3
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[C:CvgCounter]
8602
001 Cvg: B/W %
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
*CTL
*CTL
[F:CvgCounter]
8603
001 Cvg: B/W %
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*CTL
2-778
Main SP Tables-8
[P:CvgCounter]
8604
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
[L:CvgCounter]
8606
001 Cvg: B/W %
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
002 SDK-2
*CTL
003 SDK-3
*CTL
004 SDK-4
*CTL
005 SDK-5
*CTL
006 SDK-6
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
2-779
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
002 Function-002
*CTL
003 Function-003
*CTL
004 Function-004
*CTL
005 Function-005
*CTL
006 Function-006
*CTL
007 Function-007
*CTL
008 Function-008
*CTL
009 Function-009
*CTL
010 Function-010
*CTL
011 Function-011
*CTL
012 Function-012
*CTL
013 Function-013
*CTL
014 Function-014
*CTL
015 Function-015
*CTL
016 Function-016
*CTL
017 Function-017
*CTL
018 Function-018
*CTL
019 Function-019
*CTL
020 Function-020
*CTL
021 Function-021
*CTL
022 Function-022
*CTL
023 Function-023
*CTL
024 Function-024
*CTL
025 Function-025
*CTL
026 Function-026
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
027 Function-027
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*CTL
2-780
028 Function-028
*CTL
029 Function-029
*CTL
030 Function-030
*CTL
031 Function-031
*CTL
032 Function-032
*CTL
033 Function-033
*CTL
034 Function-034
*CTL
035 Function-035
*CTL
036 Function-036
*CTL
037 Function-037
*CTL
038 Function-038
*CTL
039 Function-039
*CTL
040 Function-040
*CTL
041 Function-041
*CTL
042 Function-042
*CTL
043 Function-043
*CTL
044 Function-044
*CTL
045 Function-045
*CTL
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
046 Function-046
*CTL
047 Function-047
*CTL
048 Function-048
*CTL
049 Function-049
*CTL
050 Function-050
*CTL
051 Function-051
*CTL
052 Function-052
*CTL
053 Function-053
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
2-781
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-8
054 Function-054
*CTL
055 Function-055
*CTL
056 Function-056
*CTL
057 Function-057
*CTL
058 Function-058
*CTL
059 Function-059
*CTL
060 Function-060
*CTL
061 Function-061
*CTL
062 Function-062
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
063 Function-063
*CTL
064 Function-064
*CTL
[T:FAX TX PGS]
8631
These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to a
telephone number.
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
[F:FAX TX PGS]
8633
These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to a
telephone number.
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
If a document has color and black-and-white pages mixed, the pages are counted separately
as B/W or Color.
At the present time, this feature is provided for the Fax application only so SP8631 and
SP8633 are the same.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-782
Main SP Tables-8
If a document is sent to more than one destination with a Group transmission, the count is
Relay, memory, and confidential mailbox transmissions and are counted for each destination.
[T:IFAX TX PGS]
8641
These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to as fax
images using I-Fax.
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
[F:IFAX TX PGS]
8643
These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by Fax as fax
images using I-Fax.
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
If a document has color and black-and-white pages mixed, the pages are counted separately
as B/W or Color.
At the present time, this feature is provided for the Fax application only so SP8641 and
SP8643 are the same.
If a document is sent to more than one destination with a Group transmission, the count is
done for each destination.
Relay, memory, and confidential mailbox transmissions and are counted for each destination.
[T:S-to-Email PGS]
8651
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages attached to an
e-mail for both the Scan and document server applications.
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
2-783
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
[S:S-to-Email PGS]
8655
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages attached to an
e-mail for both the Scan and document server applications.
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
The count for B/W and Color pages is done after the document is stored on the HDD. If
the job is cancelled before it is stored, the pages are not counted.
[T:Deliv PGS/Svr]
8661
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a Scan
Router server by both Scan and LS applications.
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
[S:Deliv PGS/Svr]
8665
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a Scan
Router server by the Scan application.
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-784
Main SP Tables-8
The B/W and Color counts are done after the document is stored on the HDD of the Scan
Router server.
If the job is canceled before storage on the Scan Router server finishes, the counts are
The count is executed even if regardless of confirmation of the arrival at the Scan Router
server.
[T:Deliv PGS/PC]
8671
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a folder on
a PC (Scan-to-PC) with the Scan and LS applications.
[S: Deliv PGS/PC]
8675
These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent with
Scan-to-PC with the Scan application.
8681
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
*CTL
[T:PCFAX TXPGS]
[F:PCFAX TXPGS]
*CTL
This counts pages sent from a PC using a PC fax application, from the PC through the copier
to the destination.
When sending the same message to more than one place using broadcasting, the pages are
only counted once. (For example, a 10-page fax is sent to location A and location B. The
counter goes up by 10, not 20.)
2-785
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
not done.
Main SP Tables-8
8691
[T:TX PGS/LS]
*CTL
8692
[C:TX PGS/LS]
*CTL
8693
[F:TX PGS/LS]
*CTL
8694
[P:TX PGS/LS]
*CTL
8695
[S:TX PGS/LS]
*CTL
8696
[L:TX PGS/LS]
*CTL
Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the count.
If several documents are merged for sending, the number of pages stored are counted
for the application that stored them.
When several documents are sent by a Fax broadcast, the F: count is done for the
number of pages sent to each destination.
[TX PGS/Port]
8701
These SPs count the number of pages sent by the physical port used to send
them. For example, if a 3-page original is sent to 4 destinations via ISDN G4,
the count for ISDN (G3, G4) is 12.
001 PSTN-1
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
002 PSTN-2
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
003 PSTN-3
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
005 Network
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-786
Main SP Tables-8
8711
[T:Scan PGS/Comp]
[S:Scan PGS/Comp]
8715
8721
001 JPEG/JPEG2000
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
002 TIFF(Multi/Single)
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
003 PDF
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
004 Other
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
005 PDF/Comp
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
006 PDF/A
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
007 PDF(OCR)
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
008 PDF/Comp(OCR)
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
[T:Deliv PGS/WSD]
[S: Dvliv PGS/WSD]
8725
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by each scanner mode.
8731
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
[T:Scan PGS/Media]
[S:Scan PGS/Media]
8735
These SPs count the number of pages scanned and saved in a meia by each
scanner mode.
001 B/W
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
2-787
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
These SPs count the number of pages sent by each compression mode.
Main SP Tables-8
[RX PGS/Port]
8741
These SPs count the number of pages received by the physical port used to
receive them.
001 PSTN-1
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
002 PSTN-2
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
003 PSTN-3
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
005 Network
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
[Dev Counter]
8771
*CTL
002 K
*CTL
003 Y
*CTL
004 M
*CTL
005 C
*CTL
Toner_Bottle_Info.
8781
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*ENG
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Toner: Y
003 Toner: M
004 Toner: C
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-788
Main SP Tables-8
Rev. 7/10/2014
8791
[LS Memory Remain]
*CTL
8801
[Toner Remain]
These SPs enable the display of the amount of toner remaining in steps of
10%.
Note: In actuality, the controller is capable of detecting changes in steps of
1%. However, this SP relies on the detection data from the Engine (system),
which is limited to a detection resolution of 10% increments.
001 K
*CTL
002 Y
*CTL
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1 ]
003 M
*CTL
004 C
*CTL
[Eco Counter]
8811
001 Eco Total
*CTL
002 Color
*CTL
*CTL
004 Duplex
*CTL
005 Combine
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1% / step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
2-789
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1 / step]
Main SP Tables-8
102 Color:Last
*CTL
*CTL
104 Duplex:Last
*CTL
105 Combine:Last
*CTL
106 Color(%):Last
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1% / step]
These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of
each color is from 0% to 10%.
011 0 to 2%: BK
*ENG
012 0 to 2%: Y
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
013 0 to 2%: M
*ENG
014 0 to 2%: C
*ENG
021 3 to 4%: BK
*ENG
022 3 to 4%: Y
*ENG
023 3 to 4%: M
*ENG
024 3 to 4%: C
*ENG
031 5 to 7%: BK
*ENG
032 5 to 7%: Y
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
033 5 to 7%: M
*ENG
034 5 to 7%: C
*ENG
041 8 to 10%: BK
*ENG
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
2-790
042 8 to 10%: Y
*ENG
043 8 to 10%: M
*ENG
044 8 to 10%: C
*ENG
These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of
each color is from 11% to 20%.
001 BK
*ENG
002 Y
*ENG
003 M
*ENG
004 C
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of
each color is from 21% to 30%.
001 BK
*ENG
002 Y
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M
*ENG
004 C
*ENG
These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of
each color is 31% or higher.
001 BK
*ENG
002 Y
*ENG
003 M
*ENG
004 C
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
2-791
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
Main SP Tables-8
[Page/Toner Bottle]
8891
These SPs display the amount of the remaining current toner for each color.
001 BK
*ENG
002 Y
*ENG
003 M
*ENG
004 C
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[Page/Ink_prev1]
8901
These SPs display the amount of the remaining previous toner for each color.
001 BK
*ENG
002 Y
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M
*ENG
004 C
*ENG
[Page/Ink_prev2]
8911
These SPs display the amount of the remaining 2nd previous toner for each
color.
001 BK
*ENG
002 Y
*ENG
003 M
*ENG
004 C
*ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[Cvr Cnt/Total]
8921
Displays the total coverage and total printout number for each color.
001 Coverage (%) Bk
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
2-792
Main SP Tables-8
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
SP Mode Tables
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[Machine Status]
These SPs count the amount of time the machine spends in each operation
8941
mode. These SPs are useful for customers who need to investigate machine
operation for improvement in their compliance with ISO Standards.
Operation Time
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
001 Engine operation time. Does not include time while controller is saving data to
HDD (while engine is not operating).
Standby Time
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Engine not operating. Includes time while controller saves data to HDD. Does
not include time spent in Energy Save, Low Power, or Off modes.
Energy Save Time
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 10 / step]
003
Includes time while the machine is performing background printing.
Low Power Time
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Includes time in Energy Save mode with Engine on. Includes time while
machine is performing background printing.
Off Mode Time
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 Includes time while machine is performing background printing. Does not
include time machine remains powered off with the power switches.
SC
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006
Total time when SC errors have been staying.
PrtJam
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007
Total time when paper jams have been staying during printing.
2-793
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-8
OrgJam
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
008
Total time when original jams have been staying during scanning.
Supply PM Unit End
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
009
Total time when toner end has been staying
[AddBook Register]
8951
These SPs count the number of events when the machine manages data
registration.
User Code/User ID
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
001
User code registrations.
Mail Address
002
Mail address registrations.
Fax Destination
003
Fax destination registrations.
Group
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
004
Group destination registrations.
Transfer Request
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
005
Fax relay destination registrations for relay TX.
F-Code
*CTL
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
006
F-Code box registrations.
Copy Program
007
Copy application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature.
Fax Program
*CTL
008
Fax application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature.
Printer Program
*CTL
009
Printer application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-794
Main SP Tables-8
Scanner Program
*CTL
010
Scanner application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature.
[Electricity Status]
SP Mode Tables
8961
001 Ctrl Standby Time
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
004
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[Unit Control]
8971
-
001
*CTL
*CTL
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
2-795
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main SP Tables-8
[AdminCounter]
8999
Displays each total print out and total coverage.
001 Total
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Copy:FC
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 Copy:BW
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Copy:OneC
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 Copy:TwoC
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 Printer:FC
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 Printer:BW
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
008 Printer:OneC
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
009 Printer:TwoC
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
010 FaxP:BW
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
011 FaxP:OneC
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
012 A3/DLT
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
013 Duplex
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
014 Cvg:FC %
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
015 Cvg:BW %
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
018 GPC
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
021 A2
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
022 SendTtl:FC
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
023 SendTtl:BW
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-796
024 FaxSend
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
0250 ScanSend:FC
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
026 ScanSend:BW
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
027 Total
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
028 Copy:FC
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
029 Copy:BW
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
030 Copy:OneC
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
031 Copy:TwoC
*CTL
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
101 Printer:FC
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
102 Printer:BW
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
103 Printer:OneC
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
104 Printer:TwoC
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
105 FaxP:BW
*CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
2-797
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Main SP Tables-8
Printer SP Mode
1001
[Bit Switch]
bit 0
DFU
bit 1
DFU
bit 2
DFU
bit 3
No I/O Timeout
Disabled
Enabled
Disabled
Enabled
If this bit switch is enabled, print jobs will be saved to the GW SD slot and
not output to paper.
bit 5
DFU
bit 6
DFU
bit 7
Disabled
Enabled
Prints all RPCS and PCL jobs with a border around the printable area.
1001
[Bit Switch]
bit 0
DFU
bit 1
DFU
bit 2
Shift
Normal
Collate
Collate
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-798
Printer SP Mode
A collate type (shift or normal) will be applied to all jobs that do not
explicitely define a collate type.
Note: If #5-0 is enabled, this BitSwitch has no effect.
[PCL5e/c,PS]: PDL Auto Switching
Enabled
Disabled
DFU
bit 5
DFU
bit 6
Switch dither
Use
Use
normal
alternative
dither
dither
1001
DFU
[Bit Switch]
DFU
bit 1
DFU
bit 2
Disabled
Enabled
DFU
bit 4
DFU
bit 5
DFU
bit 6
DFU
bit 7
DFU
2-799
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
bit 3
Printer SP Mode
1001
[Bit Switch]
bit 0
DFU
bit 1
DFU
bit 2
DFU
bit 3
Disabled
Enabled
If enabled, the simplex pages of IPDS jobs will be printed on the front side
because of printing on the back side of the page. This might reduce
printing speed.
1001
bit 4
DFU
bit 5
DFU
bit 6
DFU
bit 7
DFU
Disabled
Enabled
[Bit Switch]
bit 1
Disabled
(single
copy)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-800
Enabled
(multiple)
Printer SP Mode
bit 2
Disabled
Enabled
If this BitSw is enabled, SDK applications will not be able to alter print
data. This is achieved by preventing SDK applications from accessing a
module called the "GPS Filter".
Note: The main purpose of this BitSw is for troubleshooting the effects of
SDK applications on data.
bit 3
[PS] PS Criteria
Pattern3
Pattern1
Disabled
Enabled
(100)
(750)
Changes the maximum number of jobs that can be stored on the HDD.
The default (disabled) is 100. If this is enabled, the max. will be raised to
750 or 1000 depending on the model.
bit 5
DFU
bit 6
Disabled
Enabled
Disabled
2-801
Enabled
(Duplex)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
occurs.
Printer SP Mode
1001
[Bit Switch]
1001
bit 0
DFU
bit 1
DFU
bit 2
DFU
bit 3
DFU
bit 4
DFU
bit 5
DFU
bit 6
DFU
bit 7
DFU
Disabled
Enabled
[Bit Switch]
and the last page of an odd paged duplex job (PS, PCL5, PCL6), are
always routed through the duplex unit. Not having to switch paper paths
increases the print speed slightly.
bit 1
DFU
bit 2
DFU
bit 3
DFU
bit 4
DFU
bit 5
DFU
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-802
Printer SP Mode
DFU
bit 7
DFU
[Bit Switch]
DFU
bit 1
DFU
bit 2
DFU
bit 3
Enabled
[PCL,PS]: Allow BW jobs to print without
requiring User Code
(allow BW
Disabled
jobs to print
without a
user code)
DFU
bit 5
DFU
bit 6
Enabled
Disabled
Enabled
Disabled
2-803
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
1001
bit 6
Printer SP Mode
1001
[Bit Switch]
Disabled
Enabled
DFU
bit 2
Job Cancel
Disabled
(Not
cancelled)
Enabled
(Cancelled)
If this bit switch, all jobs will be cancelled after a jam occurs.
Note: If this bitsw is enabled, printing under the following conditions might
result in problems:
- Job submission via USB or Parallel Port
- Spool printing (WIM >Configuration > Device Settings > System)
bit 3
Disabled
Enabled
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-804
Printer SP Mode
bit 4
Disable
Enable
copies.
Enabled
Disabled
Enabled (=0):
Text composed of UTF-8 characters can be displayed in the operation panel.
Disabled (=1):
UTF-8 characters cannot be displayed in the operation panel.
For example, job names are sometimes stored in the MIB using UTF-8
encoded characters. When these are displayed on the operation panel, they
will be garbled unless this BitSw is enabled (=0).
bit 6
Enabled
Disabled
Switches super option disable on / off. It this is On, multiple jobs are grouped
at LPR port. PJL settings are enabled even jobs that are specified queue
names are sent.
bit 7
Enabled
Disabled
Determines whether Print from USB/SD will have the Preview function.
Enabled (=0): Print from USB/SD will have the Preview function.
Disabled (=1): Print from USB/SD will not have the Preview function.
2-805
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
This bitsw determines the timing of the PJL USTATUS JOB END sent when
Printer SP Mode
1001
[Bit Switch]
bit 0
DFU
bit 1
DFU
bit 2
DFU
bit 3
DFU
bit 4
DFU
bit 5
Queue is
Queue
not locked
locked after
after SSEJ
SSEJ
queue
If this is 1, then after a job is stored using Store and Skip Errored Job
(SSEJ), new jobs cannot be added to the queue until the stored job has
been completely printed.
bit 6
Does not
allow
Allows SSEJ
SSEJ with
with ECD
ECD
If this is 0, Store and Skip Errored Job (SSEJ) will be automatically
disabled if an external charge device is connected.
Note: We do not officially support enabling this bitsw (1). Use it at your
own risk.
bit 7
Job does
not cancel
Job cancels
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-806
Printer SP Mode
Rev. 8/12/2014
[Bit Switch]
Hide Menu
Show Menu
List
List
If this is 0, the Menu List button will be removed from Printer Features.
bit 1
Does not
allow
interruption
Allow
interruption
0 (default): Print jobs are not interrupted. If a job is promoted to the top of
the print queue, it will wait for the currently printing job to finish.
1: If a job is promoted to the top of the queue, it will interrupt the currently
printing job and start printing immediately.
bit 2
DFU
bit 3
Cancel the
Continue to
job
This Bit Switch can change the behavior of the center staple when the maximum
number of sheets for stapling has been exceeded.
0 (default): The job is canceled and an error is recorded in the Error Log.
1: The job is not canceled and is produced. How the job is produced in any behavior
depends on the type of finisher.
NOTE: This Bit Switch applies only to jobs with center stapling. 12A controllerbased
devices do not have a way to change the behavior of jobs with edge or corner stapling.
1001
bit 4
DFU
bit 5
DFU
bit 6
DFU
bit 7
DFU
[Bit Switch]
bit 0
DFU
bit 1
DFU
bit 2
DFU
bit 3
DFU
bit 4
DFU
bit 5
DFU
2-807
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
1001
Printer SP Mode
bit 6
DFU
bit 7
DFU
1003
[Clear Setting]
Initialize System
*CTL
001
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
*CTL
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[Print Summary]
1004
Prints the service summary sheet (a summary of all the controller settings).
*CTL
*CTL
1005
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
[Execute]
[Display Version]
Printer Version
*CTL
[-/-/-]
002
Displays the version of the controller firmware.
1006
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
0: Linked, 1: On
002 Enables and disables the document server. When you select "0," the
document server is enabled or disabled in accordance with Copy Service
Mode SP5-967. When you select "1," the document server is enabled
regardless of Copy Service Mode SP5-967.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-808
Printer SP Mode
[Data Recall]
1101
Recalls a set of gamma settings. This can be either a) the factory setting, b)
001 Factory
*CTL
002 Previous
*CTL
003 Current
*CTL
SP Mode Tables
[-/-/-]
[Execute]
[Resolution Setting]
1102
Selects the printing mode (resolution) for the printer gamma adjustment.
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
0: 1200x1200 Photo (2bit/4col)
1: 1200x1200 Photo (1bit/4col)
2: 600x600 Photo (4bit/4col)
3: 600x600 Photo (2bit/4col)
001 Resolution Setting
CTL
[Test Page]
1103
Prints the test page to check the color balance before and after the gamma
adjustment.
001 Color Gray Scale
CTL
[-/-/-]
CTL
[Execute]
2-809
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Printer SP Mode
[Gamma Adjustment]
1104
Adjusts the printer gamma for the mode selected in the "Mode Selection"
menu.
001 Set Black 1
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
[0 to 30 / 00 / 1/step ]
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
[0 to 30 / 00 / 1/step ]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-810
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
SP Mode Tables
Printer SP Mode
[0 to 30 / 00 / 1/step ]
049 Set Magenta 9
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
2-811
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Printer SP Mode
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
CTL
[0 to 30 / 00 / 1/step ]
current setting. Before the machine stores the new "current setting", it moves
the data currently stored as the "current setting" to the "previous setting"
memory storage location.
001
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
*CTL
[-/-/-]
[Execute]
2-812
Printer SP Mode
[Toner Limit]
1106
Adjusts the maximum toner amount for image development.
*CTL
[0 to 400 / 0 / 1 %/step ]
SP Mode Tables
1111
*CTL
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step]
*CTL
001
2-813
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Scanner SP Mode
[Scan Nv Version]
1001
*CTL
[- / - / -]
1005
If the machine has scanned the edge of the original, create a margin. This SP
is activated only when the machine uses TWAIN scanning.
001 Range from 0 to 5 mm
1009
*CTL
[0 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm / step]
*CTL
0: ON (enabled)
1: OFF (disabled)
001
This SP switches the TWAIN scanner function on/off. This is one of the
scanner application functions.
1010
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step]
*CTL
0: Display, 1: No display
001
Display or Non display remote scan.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-814
Scanner SP Mode
1011
*CTL
001
SP Mode Tables
1: ON (count displays)
This SP codes switches the original count display on/off.
1012
*CTL
1: Release
0: Do not release
This SP code sets the machine to release or not release the following items at
001 job end.
Destination (E-mail/Folder/CS)
1013
Sender name
Mail Text
Subject line
File name
*CTL
0: Disable
1: Enable
002 This SP code enables/disables the multi-media function option (USB 2.0/SD
Slot) mounted on the front of the machine. Operators can scan documents to
either an SD card or a USB memory device inserted into this unit. This SP
must be enabled (set to "1") in order for the device to function.
1014
[-]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step]
001
*CTL
0: Disable
1: Enable
2-815
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Scanner SP Mode
1041
*CTL
Setting
Description
0
1
Sets whether to start
exclusive FlairAPI http
bit 0
Start of FlairAPI
Server
server. If it is 0, scanning
Off
(Do not
Start)
On
(Start)
Access permission of
bit 1
Disabled
Enabled
of the machine
bit 2
Reserved
bit 3
Reserved
bit 4
Simple UI Function
Disabled
Enabled
If it is 0, requesting URL of
Simple UI returns 404 Not
Found
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-816
Scanner SP Mode
If it is 0, accessing is
limited from the machine
only (operating panel and
bit 5
of Simple UI from
Disabled
Enabled
MFP browser). If it is 1,
accessing is allowed from
outside of Simple UI such as
PC, mobile devices, and so
on.
bit 6
Reserved
bit 7
Reserved
Selects the compression ratio for grayscale processing mode (JPEG) for the
five settings that can be selected at the operation panel.
001 Comp1:5-95
*CTL
[5 to 95 / 20 / 1 / step]
002 Comp2:5-95
*CTL
[5 to 95 / 40 / 1 / step]
003 Comp3:5-95
*CTL
[5 to 95 / 65 / 1 / step]
004 Comp4:5-95
*CTL
[5 to 95 / 80 / 1 / step]
005 Comp5:5-95
*CTL
[5 to 95 / 95 / 1 / step]
Selects the compression ratio for clearlight PDF for the two settings that can
be selected at the operation panel.
001
Compression Ratio
(Normal image)
*CTL
[5 to 95 / 20 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[5 to 95 / 20 / 1 / step]
2-817
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SP Mode Tables
Accessing permission
Scanner SP Mode
Selects the compression ratio for clearlight PDF for the two settings that can
be selected at the operation panel.
001
*CTL
[5 to 95 / 20 / 1 / step]
*CTL
[5 to 95 / 20 / 1 / step]
001 Level5:
*CTL
002 Level5:
*CTL
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1 / step]
003 Level5:
*CTL
[0 to 100 / 80 / 1 / step]
002
2030
Compression Ratio
(Normal) JPEG2000
Compression Ratio (High)
JEPG2000
[-]
[BitSwitch]
9001
Sets module debug output mode.
001 cmm
*CTL
002 jcm
*CTL
003 ucm
*CTL
004 rsp
*CTL
005 rsp2
*CTL
006 nas
*CTL
007 miw
*CTL
008 mib
*CTL
009 itm
*CTL
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-818
Date
5803
[INPUT Check]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Registration Sensor
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
001
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
002
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
003
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
004
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
005
3-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fusing Entrance Sensor
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
006
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
007
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
008
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
009
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
010
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
011
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-2
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tray Full Exit Sensor
ENG
0: Not full
1: full
012
ENG
11: 71 to 100%
01: 31 to 70%
00: 11 to 30%
013
10: 1 to 10%
Detects remaining paper amount of 1st paper feed tray.
(When full is 100%,
11: 71 to 100%, 01: 31 to 70%, 00: 11 to 30%, 10: 1 to 10%)
*Check SP5-803-015 for paper end.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tray 1: Upper Limit Sensor
ENG
014
ENG
0: No paper
1: paper remaining
015
ENG
0: set
1:not set
016
3-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
When full is 100%,
Tray 2: Paper Height Sensor
ENG
11: 71 to 100%
01: 31 to 70%
00: 11 to 30%
017
10: 1 to 10%
Detects remaining paper amount of 2nd paper feed tray.
(When full is 100%,
11: 71 to 100%, 01: 31 to 70%, 00: 11 to 30%, 10: 1 to 10%)
*Check SP5-803-019 for paper end.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tray 2: Paper End Sensor
ENG
018
ENG
0: No paper
1: paper remaining
019
ENG
0: set
1: not set
020
ENG
[0 to 15 / 0 / 1/step]
021 Value changes depending on paper size (fence position) set to 2nd paper feed
tray.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
By-pass: Paper End Sensor
ENG
0: No paper
1: paper remaining
022
Detects paper is running out on bypass tray.
(0: No paper, 1: paper remaining)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-4
ENG
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Value changes depending on sub scan direction of paper set to bypass tray.
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Interlock Release Detection
ENG
00: Unlocked
11: Locked
025
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: close
1: open
026
Detects right door status.
(0: close, 1: open)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: close
1: open
027
Detects duplex guide plate status.
(0: close, 1: open)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PTR Open/Close Sensor
ENG
0: open
1: close
028
Detects paper transfer unit status.
(0: open, 1: close)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB Contact Sensor
ENG
0: Abutting
1: Alienate
029
3-5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Value changes depending on main scan direction of paper set to bypass tray.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PTR Contact Sensor
ENG
0: Abutting
1: Alienate
030
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031
Not available with C1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Collection Full Sensor
ENG
0: Not full
1: full
032
Detects full of waste toner bottle.
(0: Not full, 1: full)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: set
1: not set
033
ENG
0: End
1: Not End
034
Detects remaining toner amount.
*Power with SP5-804-173 before checking.
(0: End, 1: Not End)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner End Sensor:M
ENG
0: End
1: Not End
035
Detects remaining toner amount.
*Power with SP5-804-173 before checking.
(0: End, 1: Not End)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
036 Toner End Sensor:C
ENG
0: End
1: Not End
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-6
0: End
1: Not End
037
Detects remaining toner amount.
*Power with SP5-804-172 before checking.
(0: End, 1: Not End)
[0 to 15 / 0 / 1/step]
Fusing:Area Detection
ENG
0111:200V system
1011:100V System
038
Detects region of fusing unit.
(0111: 200V system, 1011: 100V System)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fusing:New Unit Detection
ENG
0: New
1: Old
039
Detects New/Old of fusing unit.
(0: New, 1: Old)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fusing Temp Detect
ENG
0: Normal
1: High temperature
040
ENG
0: Normal
1: High temperature
041
3-7
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
NC Sensor Temp Detection: 1
ENG
0: Normal
1: High temperature
042
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
045
Not available with C1
Drum Phase Sensor: FC
046
Not available with C1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: Not pressured
1: pressured
047
Detects state of fusing nip pressure.
(0: Not pressured, 1: pressured)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fusing Fan: Lock
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
048
Detects locking of fusing exhaust heat fan.
(0: Running, 1: Stopped, or locked)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan: Right: Lock
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
049
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
050
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-8
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PSU Cooling Fan: Lock
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
051
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
052
Detects locking of ozone exhaust air fan.
(0: Running, 1: Stopped, or locked)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PSU Fan: Lock
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
054
Detects locking of PSU exhaust heat fan.
(0: Running, 1: Stopped, or locked)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCB Box Cooling Fan: Lock
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
055
Detects locking of electric box cooling fan.
(0: Running, 1: Stopped, or locked)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Drive Cooling Fan: Lock
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
056
Detects locking of drive cooling fan.
(0: Running, 1: Stopped, or locked)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Ventilation Fan: Lock
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
057
3-9
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Exit Cooling Fan: Lock
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
058
Detects locking of paper exit cooling fan.
(0: Running, 1: Stopped, or locked)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
060
Detects locking of toner supply cooling fan.
(0: Running, 1: Stopped, or locked)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Motor K: Lock
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
061
Detects locking of developer motor (K).
(0: Running, 1: Stopped, or locked)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Motor FC: Lock
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
063
Detects locking of developer motor (FC).
(0: Running, 1: Stopped, or locked)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Drum Motor FC: Lock
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
064
Detects locking of drum motor (FC).
(0: Running, 1: Stopped, or locked)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fusing Motor: Lock
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
065
Detects locking of fusing motor.
(0: Running, 1: Stopped, or locked)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-10
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Transfer Drum Motor K: Lock
ENG
0: Running
1: Stopped, or locked
066
ENG
0: SC detected
1: Normal
067
Detects SC of HVP (secession).
(0: SC detected, 1: Normal)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PP:CB:SC Detection
ENG
0: SC detected
1: Normal
068
Detects SC of HVP (electrify/develop).
(0: SC detected, 1: Normal)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PP:TTS:SC Detection
ENG
0: SC detected
1: Normal
069
Detects SC of HVP (transfer).
(0: SC detected, 1: Normal)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: set
Key Counter: Set 1
ENG
1:unset
key counter: set 1=0, 2=1 for set,
072
ENG
1:unset
key counter: set 1=0, 2=1 for set,
others for unset
3-11
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
0: set
1: not set
074
Detects that key card is set to main unit.
(0: set, 1:not set)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1 Bin Tray: Paper Sensor
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
075
Detects that paper is left upon the tray.
(0: paper exist, 1: paper non exist)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
076
Detects that tray is set to main unit.
(0: set, 1:not set)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bridge Relay Sensor
ENG
0: paper exist
1: paper non exist
077
ENG
0: Paper exist
1: Paper do not exist
078
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-12
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bridge Set Detection System
ENG
10: set
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: broke
1: continued
080
Detects continuity (whether a harness is broken of short circuited) of 24VS1 line
on IOB circuit board.
(0: broke, 1: continued)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: broke
1: continued
081
Detects continuity (whether a harness is broken of short circuited) of 24VS2 line
on IOB circuit board.
(0: broke, 1: continued)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: close
1: open
082
Detects open/close of the left carry cover open/close sensor (left paper exit tray)
and the relay carry cover open/close sensor (bridge unit).
(0: close, 1: open)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: close
1: open
083
Detects open/close of the upper carry cover open/close sensor (left paper exit
tray) and the relay paper exit cover open/close sensor (bridge unit).
(0: close, 1: open)
3-13
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
11:not set
079
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
01: set
11:not set
084
Detects that shift tray is set to main unit.
(01: set, 11:not set)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Stop on this side. during
Shift Tray: Position Sensor 1
ENG
085
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
086
*It its a backup sensor with this machine, so "1" is always displayed)
SI Bypass SF Paper Contact
Sensor: Front
ENG
087
Detects side fence position of one action bypass in analog value, and displays
sensor output value.
SI Bypass SF Paper Contact
Sensor: Rear
ENG
088
Detects side fence position of one action bypass in analog value, and displays
sensor output value.
SI Bypass SF Position Sensor
ENG
089
Displays output value for side fence position sensor of one action bypass.
PCU Lubricant End Sensor:Y
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
090
Not available with C1
PCU Lubricant End Sensor:M
091
Not available with C1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-14
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
092
Not available with C1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: Not end
Input and Output
Check
1: End
093
Detects whether lubricant of PCU(K) is end or not.
(0: Not end, 1: End)
*Only available with c/d/e models.
GAVD Open/Close Detection
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
094
For checking door open/close during process. No need to operate.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bridge 24V Fuse Detection
ENG
0: Not cut
1: Cut
095
Detects state of 24V fuse on the bridge unit.
(0: Not cut, 1: Cut)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bridge 5V Fuse Detection
ENG
0: Not cut
1: Cut
096
Detects state of 5V fuse on the bridge unit.
(0: Not cut, 1: Cut)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: Not shading
1: shading
097
Detects position of fusing shade plate.
(0: Not shading 1: shading)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: Not shading
1: shading
098
Detects position of fusing shade plate.
(0: Not shading 1: shading)
3-15
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
HP Senser
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
200
Tests the scanner HP sensor.
Platen Cover Sensor
201
Tests the book open/close sensor.
SI Bypass Side Fence
202 Position Sensor-
ENG
Displays output for side fence position sensor of one action bypass.
[INPUT Check]
5803
Gets information of specified sensor.
211 Bank: Tray3: Feed Sensor
ENG
ENG
ENG
214
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
215
216
217
218
219
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
0: cover open
1: cover closed
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
220 LCT Slide Open/Close
ENG
0: slide open
1: slide closed
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-16
001
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
003
Detection Sensor)
Original Length 2 (A4
Detection Sensor)
Original Length 3 (LG
Detection Sensor)
3-17
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Gets sensor information from ADF. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
area.
Original Length 2 (A4 Sensor)
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
area.
Original Length 3 (LG Sensor)
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
area.
Original Width 1
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
area.
Original Width 2
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
area.
Original Width 3
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
area.
Original Width 4
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
area.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-18
Original Width 5
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
Original Detection
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when original is set.
Separation Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
area.
Skew Correction
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
area.
Scan Entrance Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
area.
Registration Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
area.
Exit Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
area.
Feed Cover Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015
Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when cover is open.
Lift Up Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
016
Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when lift up.
Pick-Up Roller HP Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when pick up roller is not in home
position.
3-19
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
area.
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when bottom plate is not in home
position.
Bottom Plate Position Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022 Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when pick up roller is not in the
correct position.
Original Length 4 (LT/A4 Tail
Sensor)
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
023
Gets sensor information from ADF. Gives 1 when there is a paper at sensor
area.
6123
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Horizontal Transport Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Switchback Transport Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Proof Tray Exit Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Shift Tray Exit Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Booklet Stapler Exit Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Paper Exit Open/Close Guide
007 HP Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-20
Punch HP Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
S-to-S Registration Detection
010 HP Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Positioning Roller HP Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Feed-out HP Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Stapler Moving HP Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Booklet Stapler HP Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
016
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Booklet Jogger HP Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Booklet Jog Solenoid HP
018 Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
3-21
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Folder Blade Cam HP Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Folder Blade HP Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
023
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Shift Roller HP Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Shift Jogger HP Sensor: Front
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
025 Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
* Not use: currently, VOLGA-B does not have setting jogger in system
configuration.
Shift Jogger HP Sensor: Rear
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
* Not use: currently, VOLGA-B does not have setting jogger in system
configuration.
Shift Jogger Retraction HP
Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
* Not use: currently, VOLGA-B does not have setting jogger in system
configuration.
Drag Roller Vibrating HP
028 Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
029
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-22
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
030
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Staple Tray Paper Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Booklet Stapler Transport
033 Paper Sn: Upper
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
035
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Corner Stapler Paper Height
036 Sensor 1
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
038
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Booklet Stapler Full Sensor 1
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
039
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Booklet Stapler Full Sensor 2
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
040
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
3-23
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
031
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
Corner Stapler Leading Edge
043 Detection Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-24
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
052
Gets information of specified sensor. Displays signal level of sensor as it is.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Punch Set Detection
ENG
053
0: connected
1: not connected
ENG
0: connected
1: not connected
054
Gets connection status of setting jogger unit.
* Not use: currently, VOLGA-B does not have setting jogger in system
configuration.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Booklet Stapler Set Detection
ENG
055
0: not connected
1: connected
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
056
Gets information of specified switch. Displays signal level of switch as it is.
Dynamic Roller Open/Close
057 Guide Plate Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
058
Gets information of specified switch. Displays signal level of switch as it is.
System Maintenance Section
3-25
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
060
Gets information of specified switch. Displays signal level of switch as it is.
Punch Selection DIPSW 2
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
061
Gets information of specified switch. Displays signal level of switch as it is.
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-26
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021
022
6135
Gets information of specified switch. Displays signal level of switch as it is.
023 Slide Door SW
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
006
007
3-27
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012
013
016
017
018
019 Sensor(Corner/Booklet
Stapler)
020
021
027
028
Clincher HP Sensor
(Corner/Booklet Stapler)
Clincher Timing Sensor
(Corner/Bklt Stapler)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-28
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034
035
041
042
6161
Gets information of specified switch. Displays signal level of switch as it is.
043 Door Open/Close SW
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
3-29
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
6170
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Gets information from sensor (relay paper exit sensor... internal paper exit part)
of bridge unit.
Bridge Relay Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Gets information from sensor (relay carry sensor... relay carry to finisher) of
bridge unit.
Bridge Set Detection
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Gets connection information of bridge unit and main unit. When connected, 1.
Bridge Exit Cover
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Gets micro SW information of bridge unit. When cover open, 1. Main unit paper
exit cover.
Bridge Relay Cover
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Gets micro SW information of bridge unit. When cover open, 1. Finisher side
cover.
6172
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Gets connection information of shift tray and main unit. When connected, 1.
Shift Tray Position Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Gets shift tray position sensor information.
6174
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Gets connection information of 1 bin and main unit. When connected, 1.
1bin Paper Detection Sensor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Gets paper existence sensor information from 1 bin.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-30
[OUTPUT Check]
Feed Pickup Solenoid 1
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Moves 1st paper feed tray pick up solenoid.
Feed Pickup Solenoid 2
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Moves 2nd paper feed tray pick up solenoid.
Bypass Pickup Solenoid
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Moves bypass pick up solenoid.
Exit Junction Solenoid
004
Moves output paper divide solenoid.
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves paper feed tray rising motor.
005 Tray 1 Lift Motor:CW
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
ENG
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves register motor.
009
010
011
Regist Motor:CCW:Standard
Speed
Regist Motor:CCW:Middle
Speed
Regist Motor:CCW:Low
Speed
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
3-31
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5804
5804
[OUTPUT Check]
Regist Motor:Position Hold
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015
Holds position of register motor.
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves paper feed motor.
016
Feed Motor:CW:Standard
Speed
ENG
ENG
ENG
022
023
Feed Motor:CCW:Standard
Speed
Feed Motor:CCW:Middle
Speed
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
ENG
ENG
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves vertical carry motor.
028
029
030
5804
Bypass V-Transport
Motor:CW:Std Speed
Bypass V-Transport
Motor:CW:Middle Speed
Bypass V-Transport
Motor:CW:Low Speed
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[OUTPUT Check]
Bypass V-Transport
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
037
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
3-32
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041
Exit Motor:CCW:Standard
Speed
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves reverse motor.
047
048
Inverter Motor:CW:Standard
Speed
Inverter Motor:CW:Middle
Speed
052
054
056
057
058
061
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
3-33
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves duplex entrance motor.
065
066
067
068
069
Duplex Entrance
Motor:CW:Standard Speed
Duplex Entrance
Motor:CW:Middle Speed
Duplex Entrance
Motor:CW:Low Speed
Duplex Entrance Motor:
Normal Speed: Duplex
Duplex Entrance Motor: Low
Speed: Duplex
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
ENG
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves duplex bypass motor.
071
072
073
074
075
077
078
Duplex Bypass
Motor:CW:Standard Speed
Duplex Bypass
Motor:CW:Middle Speed
Duplex Bypass
Motor:CW:Low Speed
Duplex Bypass Motor: CW:
Normal Speed: Dup
Duplex Bypass Motor: CW:
Low Speed: Duplex
Duplex Bypass
Motor:CCW:Standard Speed
Duplex Bypass
Motor:CCW:Middle Speed
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
ENG
ENG
3-34
080
081
5804
Duplex Bypass
Motor:CCW:Low Speed
Duplex Bypass Motor: CCW:
Normal Speed: Feed
Duplex Bypass Motor: CCWr:
Low Speed: Feed
ENG
ENG
079
ENG
[OUTPUT Check]
Duplex Bypass Motor:Position
083 Hold
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
3-35
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves fusing motor. *See Important below
092
093
Fusing Motor:CW:Standard
Speed
Fusing Motor:CW:Middle
Speed
098
Fusing Motor:CCW:Low
Speed
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
ENG
Important: Use the procedure below to do the output checks for the fusing exit motor. If
you do not follow this procedure, a kink will form in the fusing belt sleeve, and the fusing
sleeve belt unit will need to be replaced.
1. Do one of the following:
2. Enter SP mode.
3. Do the following out output checks:
4. Without exiting SP mode, turn the main power switch off and then on again.
Important: If you exit SP mode before you turn the main power switch off, the fusing exit
motor will stay off when the machine warms up. Heat will be concentrated in one area of
the fusing belt sleeve and cause a kink to form. If this happens, you will need to replace
the fusing sleeve belt unit.
5. Do the reverse of what you did in step 1 (for example, reattach the fusing unit).
5804
[OUTPUT Check]
Polygon Motor: L
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
104
Runs motor with 21969 rpm.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-36
Polygon Motor: M
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
105
Runs motor with 25512 rpm.
Polygon Motor: H
Runs motor with 30236 rpm.
Polygon Motor: HH
107
Runs motor with 34488 rpm.
Fusing Fan: Full Speed
110
Moves fusing exhaust heat fan.
Fusing Fan: Half Speed
111
Moves fusing exhaust heat fan.
Dev Fan: Left/Toner Supply
112 Cooling Fan
Moves develop left exhaust air fan and toner supply cooling fan.
PSU Cooling/Exhaust Heat
113 Fan
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
114
Moves ozone exhaust heat fan.
PCB Box Cooling Fan: Full
115 Speed
Moves electric BOX cooling fan.
PCB Box Cooling Fan: Half
116 Speed
Moves electric BOX cooling fan.
Development:
117 Right/DriveCooling/MainFan
Moves main unit exhaust heat fan, develop right exhaust air fan, driver cooler.
3-37
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
106
ExhaustCooling Fan
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
118
Moves paper exit cooling fan.
Development Solenoid
119
Moves develop solenoid.
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves develop motor.
120
121
122
Development Motor K:
Standard Speed
Development Motor K: Middle
Speed
Development Motor K: Low
Speed
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
128
129
130
ENG
ENG
ENG
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves drum motor FC.
132
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves transfer drum motor K.
136
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
3-38
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
138
ENG
ENG
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves paper transfer divide motor.
140 PTR Contact Motor:CW
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves toner supply motor.
142
146
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Moves image transfer divide motor (reverse to toner supply motor M).
151
155
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves toner bottle drive motor.
159 Toner Bottle Drive Motor Y
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
3-39
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
137
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Moves relay carry motor (bridge unit)/left paper exit carry motor (left paper exit
tray).
163
164
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
165
166
5804
ENG
ENG
[OUTPUT Check]
Bridge Junction/Left Exit
Junction Solenoid
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
169
Moves relay divide solenoid (bridge unit)/left paper exit divide solenoid (left
paper exit tray).
Shift Tray Motor:CW
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
170
Moves shift tray motor.
Shift Tray Motor:CCW
171
Moves shift tray motor.
Toner End Sensor: K Power
172
Supples power to toner end sensor (K).
Toner End Sensor: FC Power
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
173
Supples power to toner end sensor (FC).
Drum PCL: FC
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
175
Lights (PWM drive) the drum PCL (FC).
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-40
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Outputs PWM for develop HVP.
184 PP: Development: Y
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
ENG
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Outputs PWM for divide HVP.
194 PP: Separation
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Outputs PWM for transfer HVP (image transfer: Y/M/C/K).
195 PP: ITB: Y
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
ENG
3-41
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Outputs PWM for transfer HVP (paper transfer: +/-).
199 PP: PTR: +
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[OUTPUT Check]
Duplex Guide Plate
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[OUTPUT Check]
Scanner Lamp
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
206
Lights paper transfer open/close LED.
TM/P Sensor: F
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
208
Lights TM/P sensor: Front glowing part.
TM/P Sensor: C
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
209
Lights TM/P sensor: Center glowing part.
TM/P Sensor: R
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
210
Lights TM/P sensor: Rear glowing part.
HST Sensor Power
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
211
Powers the HST sensor.
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Outputs PWM (Vcnt) to HST sensor: Y/M/C/K
212 HST Sensor: Y
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
3-42
ENG
ENG
5804
216 LD1: K
ENG
217 LD2: K
ENG
218 LD3: K
ENG
219 LD4: K
ENG
220 LD1: M
ENG
221 LD2: M
ENG
222 LD3: M
ENG
223 LD4: M
ENG
224 LD1: C
ENG
225 LD2: C
ENG
226 LD3: C
ENG
227 LD4: C
ENG
228 LD1: Y
ENG
229 LD2: Y
ENG
230 LD3: Y
ENG
231 LD4: Y
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
3-43
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
[OUTPUT Check]
Fusing Shading Plate M: Stop
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
241
242
243
ENG
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
244
245
246
ENG
ENG
ENG
[OUTPUT Check]
5804
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
247 Bank: Tray3: PU Solenoid
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
3-44
ENG
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Rotates paper feed motor forward.
Feed Motor Reverse
004
Rotates paper feed motor backward.
Relay Motor Forward
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005
Rotates carry motor forward.
Relay Motor Reverse
006
Rotates carry motor backward.
Inverter Solenoid
011
Interval drives reverse solenoid.
Stamp
012
Interval drives DONE stamp.
Fan Motor
013
Interval drives FAN motor.
Feed Clutch
014
Interval drives paper feed clutch.
Feed Solenoid
015
Interval drives paper feed solenoid.
3-45
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
001
0:Off
1:On
ENG
003
0:Off
1:On
ENG
005
0:Off
1:On
ENG
009
0:Off
1:On
ENG
0:Off
1:On
010
Moves up/down the bottom plate by driving the ADF bottom plate motor
forward, backward.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Stamp
ENG
012
0:Off
1:On
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-46
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Pull-Out Motor Forward
ENG
015
0:Off
ENG
016
0:Off
1:On
6124
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Horizontal Transport Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Pre-Stack Transport Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
ITB Transport Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Paper Exit Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Upper Junction Solenoid
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006
Turns NO/OFF specified solenoid for validation.
TE Stack Plate Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Paper Exit Open/Close Guide
008 Plate Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
3-47
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1:On
Punching Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Punch Move Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
S-to-S Registration Detection
011 Move Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Positioning Roller Rotation
014 Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Booklet Stapler Move Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
016
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Corner Stapler Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Booklet Stapler Jogger Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Booklet Stapler Jog Solenoid
019 Move Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-48
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Dynamic Roller Transport
022 Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
023
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Press-fold Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
025
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Tray Lift Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Shift Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Front Shift Jogger Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
028 Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
* Not use: currently, VOLGA-B does not have setting jogger in system
configuration.
Rear Shift Jogger Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
029 Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
* Not use: currently, VOLGA-B does not have setting jogger in system
configuration.
Shift Jogger Retraction Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
030 Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
* Not use: currently, VOLGA-B does not have setting jogger in system
configuration.
3-49
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
LE Guide Motor
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
Navigation LED (All)
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033
Lights all guide LED.
*ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-50
015
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003
6162
Drives specified motor for a certain period of time to test operation.
004 Junction Solenoid
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007
016
018
3-51
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
6162
019
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
3-52
6171
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Checks operation of the load of relay motor. Rotates forward the carry motor for
73 mm/s.
Bridge Relay Motor: Middle
Speed
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010
Checks operation of the load of relay motor. Rotates forward the carry motor for
256 mm/s.
Bridge Relay Motor: Standard
Speed
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011
Checks operation of the load of relay motor. Rotates forward the carry motor for
450 mm/s.
Junction Solenoid
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012
Checks operation of the load of solenoid. Turns ON the solenoid.
6173
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Checks operation of the load of shift tray motor. Rotates forward.
3-53
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
009
Date
Do not operate the machine until the test pattern is printed out completely. Otherwise, SC
will occur.
1.
2.
Select test pattern for print from the list then press [OK].
3.
When selecting color for Printing; Full Color or either CMYK, go to SP2-109-005 (1: Full Color,
4.
When changing density of test pattern, select density with SP2-109-006 through 009 for each
color.
If select "0" with SP2-109-006 through 009, the color adjusted so will not show up in
the test pattern.
5.
To Print, Touch "Copy Window", then set settings within the following window for test print
(paper size etc).
When using black and white printing, touch "Black & White" on the LCD. When using
color printing, touch "Full Color" on the LCD.
6.
7.
After checking test pattern, touch "SP Mode" on the LCD to return to SP mode display.
8.
9.
Exit SP mode.
4-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Test PATTERN
Printing
No.
Pattern
No.
Pattern
Copy image
14
Trimmed area
V 1dot
15
V Grid 1
V 2dot
16
V Grid 2
H 1dot
17
H Belt
H 2dot
18
H Belt
Grid V line
19
Checker flag
Grid H line
20
Gray V
Grid: Small
21
Gray H
Grid: Large
22
S Grid: Small
23
10
S Grid:Large
24
11
1dot independent
25
12
2dot independent
26
13
4dot independent
27
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
4-2
Date
10/7/2013
A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew
Important firmware update information
Overview
Rev. 10/7/2013
When updating machine firmware, make sure NOT to install Smart Panel supported
firmware on a machine with a normal operation panel (and vice-versa). If you do, the
machine may not function as designed and product warranty may not apply.
To avoid this, when updating the firmware, make sure that the numbers next to NEW and
If the wrong firmware is installed, repeat the update procedure and check the numbers
mentioned above.
Overview, background
For MFPs that have the Smart Panel installed, all firmware installed on the machine from
that point onward should be Smart Panel supported firmware. Similarly, normal firmware
should only be installed on machines with the normal operation panel.
Operationally, it is possible to install the wrong firmware (e.g. Smart Panel supported
firmware onto a machine with a normal operation panel). There are no alert messages or
protections to prevent this.
The names of the firmware appear on the firmware download site as follows:
For models with a Smart Panel:
MP C3005/3505 (Smart Operation Panel), MP C4503/5503/6003 (Smart Operation Panel)
5-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Updating the
Firmware
Firmware type
Firmware type
System/Copy
Function
Operating system
Firmware position
Message display
Controller board
System/Copy
Engine
BCU
Engine
Control panel
Control panel
Lcdc
Network support
Controller board
Network Support
Language 1
Control panel
Language 1
Language 2
Controller board
Language 2
RPCS
Controller board
RPCS
PCL (PCLXL)
Controller board
PCL (PCLXL)
Controller board
MediaPrint:JPEG/TIF
Font
Controller board
FONT
Font 1
Controller board
FONT1
Controller board
NetworkDocBox
Printer
Controller board
Printer
Scanner
Controller board
Scanner
Web support
Controller board
Websupport
Web Application
Controller board
WebUapl
Media print
JPEG/TIFF
Network document
box
Even when not using a RPCS driver, the XPS driver requires RPCS firmware.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-2
Procedure
5.3 PROCEDURE
A SD card is a precision device, so when you handle an SD card, respect the following.
Since the card is manufactured to high precision, do not store it in a hot or humid location,
or in direct sunlight.
Before updating firmware, remove the network cable from this machine.
If SC818 is generated during software update, switch the power OFF -> ON, and
complete the update which was interrupted.
During software update, network cables, remove interface cables, wireless boards, etc.,
Updating the
Firmware
5-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Procedure
2.
3.
D146/D147:
4.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-4
Procedure
D146/D147:
Check whether the card is properly in the SD card slot. When a SD card is inserted, a
click is heard, and it is locked.
5.
6.
7.
Check whether a program installation screen is displayed. (English display) When two or
more software modules are contained in the SD card, they are displayed as follows.
2.
Choose the appropriate module. (If already selected, cancel the selection)
Contents
[Start] Key
[Clear/Stop] key
5-5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Updating the
Firmware
Procedure
Display contents
On the above screen, two programs, i.e., engine firmware and printer application are
displayed. (The screen may change depending on the firmware or application).
The display contents are as follows:
Display
Contents
ROM:
NEW:
* The upper row corresponds to the module number, the lower row corresponds to the
version name.
8.
Select the module with the module selection button or 10 key operation. The selected module
is highlighted, and [Verify] and [Update] are displayed.
9.
Contents
10. During firmware update, a firmware update/ verification progress screen" is displayed. When
firmware update is complete, a firmware update end screen" is displayed.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-6
Procedure
In the middle row, the name of the module currently being updated is displayed. (in this
case, the printer is being updated)
In the lower row, a progress bar is displayed in ten steps. (The more *, the more the
progress.)
When updating the control unit program, since progress cannot be displayed on the
screen, the ROM update process is determined when the LED of the [Start] key changes
from red to green.
This screen is displayed when all selected firmware modules are to be updated.
"printer" in the second row shows that the module updated last is the printer. (When
more than one are updated simultaneously, only what was updated last is displayed.)
When Verify has completed normally, the Update done display of the above screen is
"Verify done." If "Verify Error" is displayed, reinstall the software of the application
displayed in the lower row.
5-7
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Updating the
Firmware
Procedure
When the power supply is switched OFF during firmware update, update is interrupted,
and the power is switched ON again, normal operation cannot be guaranteed.
In this case, insert the SD card again, switch the power ON, and continue download of
firmware from the SD card automatically.
Web access card software: EXJS (EXtended Java Script) is a Type-C ESA application,
and like a conventional Web access card, update using an sdk folder is required.
In the default state, although the PS3 firmware program is hidden in the disabled state,
the function is enabled by installing the PS3 card.
(The program installed in the PS3 card is a dongle (key) for enabling PS3 function).
Due to the above specification, the self-diagnosis result report shows the ROM module
number / software version of the PDF firmware at the PS location.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-8
20
21
22
23
24
30
31
32
Contents
Solutions
1.
cannot be performed.
2.
performed.
2.
Compressed data
decompression failure.
incorrect or damaged.
2.
1.
is no HDD.
2.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Updating the
Firmware
Code
Code
33
34
35
36
40
42
43
44
50
Contents
Solutions
ROM data in the SD card is incorrect or
damaged.
Re-enter ROM update data with correct
destination (domestic/overseas/OEM) in
the SD card.
There is no module
malfunction
Controller download
execution malfunction
Electronic authentication
check NG
The PDF firmware installed as standard contains a program required to print PS3 data as
default. However, this PS3 program is normally disabled.
The PS3 firmware is a dongle (key) which enables PS3 data printing functions. When the
PS3 firmware is installed, the PS3 program in the PDF firmware is enabled. Due to this
specification, the self-diagnosis result report shows the ROM part number/software
version of the PDF firmware contained in the PS3 program.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
5-10
Date
Depending on the ESA application installed in the machine, there might be some special
notes or procedure when updating Java platform. See the manual for the ESA
application.
1.
Download the update modules from Firmware Download Center. As one of the model
modules, "Java VM v11 UpdateTool" is available for download. (The version differs depending
on the model.)
2.
Unzip the downloaded file. Copy the whole "sdk" folder to the root of the SD card directly
below.
When unzipping the downloaded file, two subfolders ("update" and "sdk") exist in the
"sdk" folder. Rather than just copying the subfolder "sdk", copy the whole folder
Updating the VM
Firmware
"sdk".
6-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Updating Procedure
If you turn off the power during the updating, the machine performance is not guaranteed.
(There is a possibility that an SC and boot failure occurs.)
If you accidentally turn off the power during the updating, retry the updating procedure
from the beginning. (If the update fails again, you will need to replace the controller
board.)
1.
If the boot priority application is set to the ESA application, switch to the copy application.
([System Settings]-[General Features]-[Function Priority])
2.
Insert the SD card you created into the service slot, and then turn ON the main power switch.
3.
After booting Java VM, update of the application is started. "Updating SDK/J" appears in the
banner message of the touch panel display. (Estimated time: about 2 minutes)
1.
When the update is complete, "Update SDK / J done SUCCESS" will appear in the banner
message of the touch panel display. After turning off the power, remove the SD card from the
slot.
When you fail to update, "Update SDK/J done FAIL" is displayed. You can confirm the cause
of the error message below.
2.
3.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
6-2
Result
File contents
script
Success
file
/mnt/sd0/sdk/update/bootscript
results
script
Failure
file
/mnt/sd0/sdk/update/bootscript
XXXX Error
results
Error Message
Cause
Remedy
PIECEMARK
Error,machine=XXXXX
the
updating.
Put Error!
updating tool)
updating
updating
found.
Copy Error!
6-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Updating the VM
Firmware
of a different model)
Error Message
Cause
Remedy
space
SDK applications.
left on device
full.)
implement escalation,
be
application configuration,
made.
SMC sheet
(SP5-990-006/024/025),
Error.
Put Error!
[file name: XX] error,No
space
SDK applications.
left on device
full.)
implement escalation
be
application configuration,
made.
SMC sheet
(SP5-990-006/024/025),
Error.
Copy Error!
Put Error! *1
Copy Error! *1
implement escalation
stating the "model name,
application configuration,
Delete Error!
SMC sheet
[XXXXX] is an unsupported
(SP5-990-006/024/025),
command.
Version Error
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
6-4
Date
To Update EXJS
Put the SD card containing the firmware to install in SD card slot 2 [A], and switch on the
power.
D148/D149/D150:
2.
3.
When the update screen is displayed, select [browser], and press the [Update (#)] button.
4.
When "Update done." is displayed, switch the power OFF, and remove the SD card from SD
card slot 2.
<When updating Extension JavaScript, add the following steps>
5.
6.
7.
7-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Updating the
EXJS
D146/D147:
To Update EXJS
8.
Press the [Extension function default setting] button on the [Extension function default menu
setting] screen.
9.
If the power is ON before starting Step 1, switch the power OFF after first performing
Steps 5-9, and perform Step 1 and subsequent steps. In that case, skip Steps 5-10. (This
saves time.)
If you do not plan to update Extension JavaScript, return the controller cover to the
original position after performing Step 5.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
7-2
2.
3.
4.
Press the [Extension function default setting] button on the [Extension function default menu
setting] screen.
5.
Check the version of [Extended JS] on the [Startup settings] tab is the latest version.
If checked apart from the above procedure (firmware version displayed in system default
Updating the
EXJS
7-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
UPLOADING/DOWNLOADING
NV-RAM DATA
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
Outline
Uploading/Down
loading NV-RAM
Data
8-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
When the power is OFF, set the SD card in a SD card slot (for service), and switch the power
ON.
2.
3.
Press key [1] under conditions where execution is possible. Upload starts.
4.
Check that there a NV-RAM [machine number] .nv has been created for the NV-RAM folder
of the SD card.
SMC print (SP5-990) is output in SP mode. Prepare for the case where upload/download
of NV-RAM data fails. Record the model number on an uploaded SD card.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
8-2
When the power is OFF, set the SD card containing NV-RAM data in the SD card slot (for
service), and switch the power ON.
2.
3.
Total counters
Uploading/Down
loading NV-RAM
Data
8-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ADDRESS BOOK
UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
2.
After removing the SD slot cover of the controller unit, set the SD card in the service slot.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Since the address book is the customers information, take care about handling it,
and never bring it back.
9-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Address Book
Upload/Downloa
d
Backup
Restore
9.2 RESTORE
1.
2.
After removing the SD slot cover of the controller unit, set the SD card in the service slot.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Switch the power ON, and check that the address book has been restored.
Administrator and supervisor information is not backed up. Also, it is not erased
during restore.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
9-2
9.3 SPECIFICATION
The information which can be backed up / restored is the following items.
Entry information
E-mail information
Fax information
Group information
Title information
Folder information
SMTP attestation
Local authorization
9-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Address Book
Upload/Downloa
d
Specification
Date
RFU-compliant firmware
Compliant firmware is ordinary firmware with a recovery function (in this system, for custom
/individual firmware, RFU [remote firmware update] is not performed).
Select firmware with high urgency/priority, such as commercial machine update firmware, and
firmware guided by TI.
Error correspondence method
If any trouble accompanying unmanned RFU occurs, it should handled by the following
flowchart:
1.
1.
CE Visit
If the machine does not recover on a reboot, and if the customer cannot be contacted by
telephone, a CE visit request is made from RTC.
<Disposal method>
During a visit accompanying unmanned RFU trouble, perform the following steps in order.
1.
10-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2.
Download the same firmware as the firmware supplied to the SD card by RFU, and perform
upgrade with the SD card
(It may take about 5 minutes until upgrade by the SD card starts).
1.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
10-2
Date
Overview
In older models, a technician enabled the logging tool after a problem occurred. After that,
when the problem had been reproduced, the technician was able to retrieve the debug
log.
However, this new feature saves the debug logs at the time that problems occur. Then
you can copy the logs to an SD card.
You can retrieve the debug logs using a SD card without a network.
Analysis of the debug log is effective for problems caused by the software. Analysis of the
debug log is not valid for the selection of defective parts or problems caused by
hardware.
Type
Destination
Storage Timing
Controller debug
log (GW debug
log)
Engine debug
log
stop by jams
11-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Capturing the
Debug Logs
The Capturing Log feature saves debug logs for the following three.
Overview
Type
Destination
Storage Timing
Operation panel
debug log
When the power supply to the HDD is off because of energy saving (engine OFF mode
/STR mode)
User ID
Password
IP address
Telephone number
Encryption key
Transition to SP mode
External keyboard
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
11-2
Retrieve debug logs to identify the date of occurrence of the problems and to find details
of the problems
e.g.: At around 8:00 am on March 10, an engine stall occurred. The operation panel does
not respond. Turn the main power supply off / on.
You need to retrieve the debug logs dating back three days from the date of the problem.
Analysis of the debug log is effective for problems caused by the software. Analysis of the
Capturing the
Debug Logs
debug log is not valid for the selection of defective parts or problems caused by
hardware.
11-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Insert the SD card into the slot [A] on the side of the operation panel.
2.
Enter SP mode.
3.
Set the start date of the log with SP5-857-101 (Start date of debug log output)
e.g.: March 28, 2013: input 20130328 (yyyymmdd)
4.
Set the date three days earlier than the occurrence of the problems.
Set the end date of the log with SP5-857-102 (End date of debug log output)
e.g.: March 31, 2013: input 20130331 (yyyymmdd)
5.
Execute SP5-857-103 (Get a debug log of all) to write the debug log to the SD card.
If the transfer is finished successfully, completed is displayed on the touch panel display.
The approximate time it takes to transfer the debug log is as follows. Transfer time
may be affected by the type or format of the SD card. (It is recommended that you
format the SD card using the Panasonic SD Formatter (freeware)).
You can use the following service programs to obtains individual logs.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
11-4
6.
Finish appears on the touch panel display, then remove the SD card.
If failed appears on the touch panel display, turn the power off, and then recover
from step 1 again.
The debug logs are saved with the following file names.
debug log)
/LogTrace/machine
number/watching/yyyymmdd_hhmmss_unique
identification number.gz
/LogTrace/machine
number/engine/yyyymmdd_hhmmss.gz
/LogTrace/machine
number/opepanel/yyyymmdd_hhmmss.tar.gz
11-5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Capturing the
Debug Logs
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
SERVICE MANUAL APPENDICES
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
APPENDICES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. APPENDICES: SPECIFICATIONS ............................................... 1-1
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................................................... 1-1
1.1.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................... 1-1
1.1.2 PRINTER SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................... 1-5
1.1.3 SCAN SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................. 1-7
1.1.4 OTHER SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 1-9
HDD Specifications .............................................................................. 1-9
Speed Specification............................................................................ 1-10
OFF / Sleep Mode Shift Time ............................................................. 1-11
OFF/Sleep mode Watts, Recovering time .......................................... 1-12
Noise (Sound Power Level)................................................................ 1-12
1.2 SUPPORTED PAPER SIZES .................................................................. 1-13
1.2.1 ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTION ........................................................ 1-13
1.2.2 PAPER FEED ................................................................................. 1-15
Tray 1 Through 3 ................................................................................ 1-15
LCT, Bypass Trays ............................................................................. 1-19
1.2.3 PAPER EXIT ................................................................................... 1-23
Main unit tray, 1 bin tray, Inner shit tray, Side tray ............................. 1-23
Finisher 1 ........................................................................................... 1-26
Finisher 2 ........................................................................................... 1-29
Finisher 3 ........................................................................................... 1-36
Bridge Unit ......................................................................................... 1-44
1.3 SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES .................................................................. 1-48
1.3.1 PRINTER DRIVERS ....................................................................... 1-48
1.3.2 SCANNER AND LAN FAX DRIVERS ............................................. 1-49
1.4 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT......................................................................... 1-50
1.4.1 ARDF DF2020 (D684) .................................................................... 1-50
1.4.2 SPDF DF3080 (D683)..................................................................... 1-51
1.4.3 INTERNAL FINISHER SR3130 (D690)........................................... 1-52
SM Appendix
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Specifications
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
ii
SM Appendix
APPENDIX:
SPECIFICATIONS
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
Specifications
Appendices:
Specifications
1. APPENDICES: SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS
1.1.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Item
Configuration:
Spec.
Desk Top
D146/D147: PMC-Sierra RM7035-600MHz
CPU:
RAM:
Color Support:
Full color
Photoconductor Type:
OPC Drum
Copy System:
Develop System:
Fusing System:
SM Appendix
1-1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Specifications
Item
Spec.
<D146>
Black & White: 4.6Sec. or less
Color: 7.3 Sec. or less
<D147>
Black & White: 4.6Sec. or less
Color: 7.3 Sec. or less
<D148>
Copy Speed:
Sheets/Min.
D149: Color 55 Sheets/Min., Black & White 55
Sheets/Min.
D150: Color 60 Sheets/Min., Black & White 60
Sheets/Min.
D146: 19 Sec. or less (With adjust operation)
Warm-Up-Time:
(Normal Temperature
20C/68F, NRP)
Originals:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Sheet/Book/Object
A3 SEF (297 x 420mm), 11 x 17 SEF (279 x 432mm):
A3/DLT full size
1-2
SM Appendix
Specifications
Spec.
Main Unit upper tray (1st tray): A4 LEF/LTLEF
Main Unit lower tray (2nd tray): 12.6"x17.7"/12"x18" to
A6SEF
Bunk lower tray: 12.6"x17.7"/12"x18" to A5 LEF
Copy Size:
Paper Thickness:
Tray 1: 52 to 300g/m2
Duplex: 52 to 256g/m2
25 to 400%(1% step)
Resolution (Scanning):
600dpi x 600dpi
D146/D147:
1200 x 600dpi(Standard Speed)
Resolution(Writing):
D148/D149/D150:
1200 x 1200dpi(Full Line Speed)
Gradation:
256
Continuous Copy:
SM Appendix
1 to 999 Sheets
1-3
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Item
Spec.
NA: 120-127V, 60Hz
Power Source:
Max. Watts:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
1.5kW or less
(W x D):
Weight:
D146/D147:
81.0kg or less
D148/D149:
86.0kg or less
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-4
SM Appendix
Specifications
Item
Appendices:
Specifications
Spec.
Fixed size:
Max. A3 SEF(297 x 420mm), 12 x 18 SEF (304.8 x
Print Size:
457.2mm)
Custom:
Max. 305 x 600mm (bypass tray)
Resolution:
PDL:
Standard:
PDF Direct, MediaPrint: JPEG, MediaPrint: TIFF
Optional:
PS3, IPDS, PictBridge
Standard:
USB2.0 Type A / Type B
SD Slot
Ethernet(1000BASE-T/100BASE-TX/10BASE-T)
Interface:
Optional:
Wireless LAN (IEEE802.11a/b/g/n)
IEEE1284
Gigabit Ether (Optional for EFI)
Bluetooth Ver2.0+EDR
SM Appendix
1-5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Specifications
Item
Spec.
Standard:
TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6), SMB, IPP, FTP, NCP, bonjour,
RSH, LPD, DIPRINT, NetBIOS, WSD
(Device/Printer/Scanner), UDP, ICMP, SSL, TSL,
Ipsec, HTTP, SMTP, POP3, IMAP4, SNMP v1/v2/v3,
Protocol:
Optional:
IPX/SPX (NetWare)
communication mode:
Corresponded to USB2.0 Standard
Connecting mode:
Devices corresponded to USB2.0 Standard
Available Operating
Systems:
Built-in Fonts:
Scale:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
WindowsXP/Server2003/Vista/Server2008/7(32/64bit)
PS 3 : 136 fonts
20% to 400%
1-6
SM Appendix
Specifications
Item
Originals:
Available Original Size for
Scanning:
Appendices:
Specifications
Spec.
Sheet, Book, Object
scanner:
Gradation:
SM Appendix
MH/MR/MMR/JBIG
1-7
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Specifications
Item
Compress Format for Gray
Scale / Full Color:
Interface:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Spec.
JPEG
Ethernet (1000BASE-T/100BASE-TX/10BASE-T)
USB2.0 Type A
SD Card Slot
TCP/IP
100 dpi, 200 dpi, 300 dpi, 400 dpi, 600 dpi
TCP/IP
WindowsXP/Server2003/Vista/Server2008/7
(Network TWAIN Scanner does not work with 64 bit
operating systems)
1-8
SM Appendix
Specifications
Spec.
100 to 1200dpi
TCP/IP
*1 Electric certificate can be attached when selecting [PDF], [Clear light PDF], or [PDF/A] as file format.
For [PDF] or [Clear light PDF], Security Settings are available.
Item
Spec.
188GB
Max. Pages per File: 2,000 Pages
SM Appendix
1-9
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Item
Specifications
Speed Specification
Book First Copy Time (A4 / LT LEF)
D146
D147
D148
D149
D150
BW: 4.6Sec. or
BW: 4.6Sec. or
BW: 4.0Sec. or
less
less
less
less
less
FC: 7.3Sec. or
FC: 7.3Sec. or
FC: 5.7Sec. or
FC: 4.6Sec. or
FC: 4.6Sec. or
less
less
less
less
less
D146
D147
D148
D149
D150
BW: 30Sec. or
BW: 35Sec. or
BW: 45Sec. or
BW: 55Sec. or
BW: 60Sec. or
less
less
less
less
less
FC: 30Sec. or
FC: 35Sec. or
FC: 45Sec. or
FC: 55Sec. or
FC: 60Sec. or
less
less
less
less
less
D146
D147
D148
D149
D150
BW: 30Sec. or
BW: 35Sec. or
BW: 45Sec. or
BW: 55Sec. or
BW: 60Sec. or
less
less
less
less
less
FC: 30Sec. or
FC: 35Sec. or
FC: 45Sec. or
FC: 55Sec. or
FC: 60Sec. or
less
less
less
less
less
D146
D147
D148
D149
D150
BW: 30Sec. or
BW: 35Sec. or
BW: 45Sec. or
BW: 55Sec. or
BW: 60Sec. or
less
less
less
less
less
FC: 30Sec. or
FC: 35Sec. or
FC: 45Sec. or
FC: 55Sec. or
FC: 60Sec. or
less
less
less
less
less
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-10
SM Appendix
Specifications
D146
D147
D148
D149
D150
BW: 30Sec. or
BW: 35Sec. or
BW: 45Sec. or
BW: 55Sec. or
BW: 60Sec. or
less
less
less
less
less
FC: 30Sec. or
FC: 35Sec. or
FC: 45Sec. or
FC: 55Sec. or
FC: 60Sec. or
less
less
less
less
less
Electric Sort Copy Speed: Duplex Single sided to Double Sided (A4 / LT LEF)
D146
D147
D148
D149
D150
BW: 30Sec. or
BW: 35Sec. or
BW: 45Sec. or
BW: 55Sec. or
BW: 60Sec. or
less
less
less
less
less
FC: 30Sec. or
FC: 35Sec. or
FC: 45Sec. or
FC: 55Sec. or
FC: 60Sec. or
less
less
less
less
less
Item
SM Appendix
Spec.
Standard: 1 Min., With initial setting 1 to 240 Min. (1 Min.
Per Step)
Standard: 60 Sec., 10 to 999 Sec. (1 Sec. Per Step), or
Do not clear can be selected.
1-11
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Specifications
Item
Watts
Recovering time
D146/D147/D148: 5.6Sec. or less
Due to operating environment, usage status, Watts of OFF/Sleep mode might change.
(Such cases as power change for to control fuse temperature when under low
temperature environment, or network environment obstructs to switch to STR mode)
Models
D146
D147
D148
D149
D150
Basic Equipment:
64.4dB
64.5dB
66.2dB
68.0dB
68.0dB
System Equipment:
70.1dB
70.1dB
72.2dB
73.3dB
73.3dB
D146
D147
D148
D149
D150
35.0dB
35.0dB
35.0dB
35.0dB
35.0dB
Standby:
Models
Basic Equipment /
System Equipment
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-12
SM Appendix
Appendices:
Specifications
NA
EU/AP
Size (W x L) [mm]
Book
ADF
Book
ADF
Y*4
Y*4
Y*5
Y*4, 5
Y*5
Y*4, 5
Y*4
Y*4
Y*2, 4
Y*4
Y*Db
Y*Df
Y*Dc
Y*5
Y*Dd
Y*5
Y*Di
Y*5
Y*De
Y*5
Y*Dg
Y*2
Y*S3
Y*S3
Y*Sc
Y*D3
Y*D3
Y*S3
Y*S3
SM Appendix
1-13
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
NA
EU/AP
Size (W x L) [mm]
Book
ADF
Book
ADF
Y*Sb
Y*Sd
Y*Se
Y*4
Y*Sf
Y*4
Y*Si
Y*4v
Y*Sg
Sizes with letters (a, b, c) means only either size with the corresponding letter can be selected for
size detection. D is for default set sizes, and when setting S sizes for size detection from SP
mode, D sizes can no longer be detected.
(*2)For detected originals smaller then A5 size, with SP mode either detect as A5 or Detect as
Unknown can be selected. (Default is Detect as unknown)
(*3)F Sizes (8.5 x 13 SEF, 8.25 x 13 SEF, 8 x 13 SEF) will be available by SP mode settings.
(*4)Switch Book scanner original detection between K series and A/B series from SP mode.
(Can not set both to detect, but 8K/16K detect can de set from SO mode)
8K SEF -> Switch between A3, B4 SEF
16K SEF -> Switch between A4, A5, B5 SEF
16K LEF -> Switch between A4, A5, B5 LEF *Can not switch only either size.
(*5)Can be selected with switching A4/LT from SP mode:
When placing A4/LT size LEF, detect as A4 LEF. When placing SEF, detect as LT SEF.
When placing A4/LT size LEF, detect as LT LEF. When placing SEF, detect as A4 SEF.
Remarks:
Yes; available
Not available
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-14
SM Appendix
Appendices:
Specifications
Tray 3/4
Size (W x L) [mm]
Tray 1
Tray 2
1 drawer
Tray 3
/2 drawers
Tandem LCT
bank
Region (EU/AA)
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
G2
A2
G2
A2
G1
A1
G1
A1
G3
A3
G3
A3
G4
A4
G4
A4
A2
G2
A2
G2
A3
G3
A3
G3
A1
G1
A1
G1
SM Appendix
1-15
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Tray 3/4
Size (W x L) [mm]
Tray 1
Tray 2
1 drawer
Tray 3
/2 drawers
Tandem LCT
bank
Region (EU/AA)
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
A4
G4
A4
G4
G5
A5
G5
A5
SRA4 SEF
SRA4 LEF
1-16
NA
EU/AA
SM Appendix
Size (W x L) [mm]
Tray 1
Tray 2
1 drawer
Tray 3
/2 drawers
Tandem LCT
bank
Region (EU/AA)
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
13 x 19.2 SEF
13 x 19 SEF
13 x 18 SEF
12.6 x 18.5
A5
G5
A5
G5
11 x 14 SEF
SM Appendix
SEF
1-17
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Tray 3/4
Remarks:
Auto detectable. Also can be selected with size button of initial setting.
Set dial to *, then select with size button from initial setting.
<Bypass setting>
With bypass tray, after 1st sheet trailing edge goes through, auto detects
size, then fixed to size detected from the 2nd sheet.
<Bypass setting>
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-18
SM Appendix
Size (W x L) [mm]
Region (EU/AA)
LCT
One Action
Bypass
Bypass
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
G1
G1
J1
J1
SM Appendix
1-19
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Size (W x L) [mm]
LCT
One Action
Bypass
Bypass
Region (EU/AA)
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
SRA4 SEF
G3
G3
SRA4 LEF
E*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
J*1
J*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
J*1
J*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
J3*1
J3*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-20
SM Appendix
Region (EU/AA)
LCT
One Action
Bypass
Bypass
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
NA
EU/AA
E*1
E*1
J*1
J*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
E*1
J*1
J*1
13 x 19.2 SEF
13 x 19 SEF
13 x 18 SEF
12.6 x 18.5
11 x 14 SEF
SM Appendix
SEF
1-21
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Size (W x L) [mm]
Remarks:
Set dial to *, then select with size button from initial setting.
<Bypass setting>
With bypass tray, after 1st sheet trailing edge goes through, auto
detects size, then fixed to size detected from the 2nd sheet.
<Bypass setting>
*1
Even the paper size is in the range or available sizes for duplex,
envelopes can not be done so.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-22
SM Appendix
Appendices:
Specifications
Main unit
tray
1 bin tray
Size (W x L) [mm]
Side Tray
Bridge
Main unit
Upper
tray
tray
A*1
A*1
SM Appendix
1-23
shift
shifting
upper
exit
Side
tray
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Main unit
tray
1 bin tray
Size (W x L) [mm]
Side Tray
Bridge
Main unit
Upper
tray
tray
SRA4 SEF
SRA4 LEF
A*1
A*1
A*1,3,4
A*1
shift
shifting
upper
exit
Side
tray
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-24
SM Appendix
Main unit
tray
1 bin tray
Size (W x L) [mm]
Side Tray
Bridge
Main unit
Upper
tray
tray
A*1
A*1,3,4
A*1
A*1
A*1
A*1
A*1,3,4
A*1
A*1
A*1,3,4
13 x 19.2 SEF
13 x 19 SEF
13 x 18 SEF
12.6 x 18.5
11 x 14 SEF
SM Appendix
SEF
1-25
shift
shifting
upper
exit
Side
tray
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Finisher 1
Paper exit
Size (W x L) [mm]
Shift
Shifting
Staple
Punch
Single/Double Stapling
size
amount
EU 2
NA 3
SC 4
EU 4
Holes
Holes
NA 2
Holes
30
50
50
A*1
A*1
A*1
A*1
A*1
30
50
50
A*1
30
CA
30
30
50
50
30
30
A*1
A*1
A*1
A*1
1-26
SM Appendix
Size (W x L) [mm]
Shift
Shifting
Staple
Punch
Single/Double Stapling
size
amount
EU 2
NA 3
SC 4
EU 4
Holes
Holes
NA 2
Holes
50
50
A*1
A*1
SRA4 SEF
A*1
A*1
SRA4 LEF
A*1
A*1
A*1,3,4
A*1
A*1,3,4
A*1
A*1
A*1
A*1
SM Appendix
1-27
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Paper exit
Paper exit
Size (W x L) [mm]
Shift
Shifting
Staple
Punch
Single/Double Stapling
size
amount
EU 2
NA 3
SC 4
EU 4
Holes
Holes
NA 2
Holes
A*1
A*1,3,4
A*1
A*1,3,4
30
50
50
13 x 19.2 SEF
13 x 19 SEF
13 x 18 SEF
12.6 x 18.5
A*1
A*1
A*1
11 x 14 SEF
A*1
A*1
SEF
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-28
SM Appendix
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size (W
Hal
x L)
[mm]
Proof/shi shiftin
ft
Single Staplin
Middl
/Doubl
fol
e fold
amoun
stitch
Appendices:
Specifications
Finisher 2
Saddl
Saddl
stitch
stitch
amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hole
s
NA2
Hole
s
NA3
EU4
Hole
s
A3 SEF
(297 x
A*2
50
20
A*2
50
20
50
A*2
50
20
A*2
50
20
420)
A4 SEF
(210 x
297)
A4 LEF
(297 x
210)
A5 SEF
(148 x
210)
A5 LEF
(210 x
148 )
A6 SEF
(105 x
148)
B4 SEF
(257 x
364)
B5 SEF
(182 x
257)
SM Appendix
1-29
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size (W
Hal
x L)
[mm]
Proof/shi shiftin
ft
Single Staplin
Middl
/Doubl
fol
e fold
amoun
stitch
Saddl
Saddl
stitch
stitch
amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hole
s
NA2
Hole
s
NA3
EU4
Hole
s
B5 LEF
(257 x
50
A*2
50
20
A*2
50
20
50
A*2
50
20
50
182 )
B6 SEF
(128 x
182 )
DLT
SEF
(11" x
17")
Legal
SEF
(81/2" x
14")
Foolsca
p SEF
(81/2" x
13")
LT SEF
(81/2" x
11")
LT LEF
(11" x
8 /2")
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-30
SM Appendix
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size (W
Hal
x L)
[mm]
Proof/shi shiftin
ft
Single Staplin
Middl
/Doubl
fol
e fold
amoun
stitch
Saddl
Saddl
stitch
stitch
amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hole
s
NA2
Hole
s
NA3
EU4
Hole
s
Gov. LG
SEF
(81/4" x
A*2
50
20
A*2
50
20
50
50
14")
Folio
SEF
1
(8 /4" x
13")
F/GL
SEF (8"
x 13")
GLT
SEF (8"
x 101/2")
GLT
LEF
(101/2" x
8")
Eng
Quatro
SEF (8"
x 10")
Eng
Quatro
LEF
(10" x
8")
SM Appendix
1-31
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size (W
Hal
x L)
[mm]
Proof/shi shiftin
ft
Single Staplin
Middl
/Doubl
fol
e fold
amoun
stitch
Saddl
Saddl
stitch
stitch
amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hole
s
NA2
Hole
s
NA3
EU4
Hole
s
Executiv
e SEF
(71/4" x
50
50
101/2")
Executiv
e LEF
(101/2" x
71/4")
HLT
SEF
(51/2" x
81/2")
HLT
LEF
(81/2" x
51/2")
SRA3
SEF
(420 x
320)
SRA4
SEF
SRA4
LEF
Line
slider 1
SEF
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-32
SM Appendix
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size (W
Hal
x L)
[mm]
Proof/shi shiftin
ft
Single Staplin
Middl
/Doubl
fol
e fold
amoun
stitch
Saddl
Saddl
stitch
stitch
amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hole
s
NA2
Hole
s
NA3
EU4
Hole
s
Line
slider 1
LEF
Line
slider 2
SEF
Line
slider 2
LEF
Com10
SEF
(104.8 x
241.3)
Com10
LEF
(241.3 x
104.8)
Monarc
h SEF
(98.4 x
190.5)
Monarc
h LEF
(190.5 x
98.4)
SM Appendix
1-33
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size (W
Hal
x L)
[mm]
Proof/shi shiftin
ft
Single Staplin
Middl
/Doubl
fol
e fold
amoun
stitch
Saddl
Saddl
stitch
stitch
amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hole
s
NA2
Hole
s
NA3
EU4
Hole
s
C5 SEF
(162 x
A*2
50
20
A*2
50
20
229)
C5 LEF
(229 x
162)
C6 SEF
(114 x
162)
C6LEF
(162 x
114)
DL Env
SEF
(110 x
220)
DL Env
LEF
(220 x
110)
8K SEF
(267 x
390)
16K
SEF
(195 x
267 )
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-34
SM Appendix
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size (W
Hal
x L)
[mm]
Proof/shi shiftin
ft
Single Staplin
Middl
/Doubl
fol
e fold
amoun
stitch
Saddl
Saddl
stitch
stitch
amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hole
s
NA2
Hole
s
NA3
EU4
Hole
s
16K
LEF
(267 x
A*2
50
20
50
195 )
13 x
19.2
SEF
13 x
19 SEF
13 x
18 SEF
12.6 x
19.2
SEF
12.6 x
18.5
SEF
12" x
18" SEF
12" x
18" LEF
11" x
15" SEF
11 x 14
SEF
SM Appendix
1-35
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size (W
Hal
x L)
[mm]
Proof/shi shiftin
ft
Single Staplin
Middl
/Doubl
fol
e fold
amoun
stitch
10" x
15" SEF
10" x
14" SEF
Saddl
Saddl
stitch
stitch
amou
nt
EU2
NA2
SC4
Hole
Hole
NA3
EU4
Hole
s
50
Finisher 3
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size
(W x L)
[mm]
Pro Shi
of
ft
Shifti
ng
Sadd Midd
le
le
stitch
fold
Stapl
Single/Do
uble stitch
amou
nt
Saddl
Sadd
le
stitch
stitch amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hol
es
NA2
Hol
es
NA3
EU4
Hol
es
A3
SEF
(297 x
A*5
30
15
A*5
50
15
50
420)
A4
SEF
(210 x
297)
A4 LEF
(297 x
210)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-36
SM Appendix
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size
(W x L)
[mm]
Pro Shi
of
ft
Shifti
ng
Sadd Midd
le
le
stitch
fold
Stapl
Single/Do
uble stitch
amou
nt
Saddl
Sadd
le
stitch
stitch amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hol
es
NA2
Hol
es
NA3
EU4
Hol
es
A5
SEF
(148 x
A*5
30
15
A*5
50
15
50
210)
A5 LEF
(210 x
148 )
A6
SEF
(105 x
148)
B4
SEF
(257 x
364)
B5
SEF
(182 x
257)
B5 LEF
(257 x
182 )
B6
SEF
(128 x
182 )
SM Appendix
1-37
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size
(W x L)
[mm]
Pro Shi
of
ft
Shifti
ng
Sadd Midd
le
le
stitch
fold
Stapl
Single/Do
uble stitch
amou
nt
Saddl
Sadd
le
stitch
stitch amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hol
es
NA2
Hol
es
NA3
EU4
Hol
es
DLT
SEF
(11" x
A*5
30
15
A*5
30
15
30
A*5
50
15
50
30
30
17")
Legal
SEF
1
(8 /2" x
14")
Foolsc
ap SEF
(81/2" x
13")
LT SEF
(81/2" x
11")
LT LEF
(11" x
1
8 /2")
Gov.
LG
SEF
1
(8 /4" x
14")
Folio
SEF
(81/4" x
13")
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-38
SM Appendix
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size
(W x L)
[mm]
Pro Shi
of
ft
Shifti
ng
Sadd Midd
le
le
stitch
fold
Stapl
Single/Do
uble stitch
amou
nt
Saddl
Sadd
le
stitch
stitch amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hol
es
NA2
Hol
es
NA3
EU4
Hol
es
F/GL
SEF
(8" x
30
50
50
13")
GLT
SEF
(8" x
101/2")
GLT
LEF
(101/2"
x 8")
Eng
Quatro
SEF
(8" x
10")
Eng
Quatro
LEF
(10" x
8")
Executi
ve SEF
(71/4" x
101/2")
SM Appendix
1-39
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size
(W x L)
[mm]
Pro Shi
of
ft
Shifti
ng
Sadd Midd
le
le
stitch
fold
Stapl
Single/Do
uble stitch
amou
nt
Saddl
Sadd
le
stitch
stitch amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hol
es
NA2
Hol
es
NA3
EU4
Hol
es
Executi
ve LEF
(101/2"
50
x 71/4")
HLT
SEF
(51/2" x
81/2")
HLT
LEF
(81/2" x
51/2")
SRA3
SEF
(420 x
320)
SRA4
SEF
SRA4
LEF
Line
slider 1
SEF
Line
slider 1
LEF
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-40
SM Appendix
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size
(W x L)
[mm]
Pro Shi
of
ft
Shifti
ng
Sadd Midd
le
le
stitch
fold
Stapl
Single/Do
uble stitch
amou
nt
Saddl
Sadd
le
stitch
stitch amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hol
es
NA2
Hol
es
NA3
EU4
Hol
es
Line
slider 2
SEF
Line
slider 2
LEF
Com10
SEF
(104.8
x
241.3)
Com10
LEF
(241.3
x
104.8)
Monarc
h SEF
(98.4 x
190.5)
Monarc
h LEF
(190.5
x 98.4)
SM Appendix
1-41
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size
(W x L)
[mm]
Pro Shi
of
ft
Shifti
ng
Sadd Midd
le
le
stitch
fold
Stapl
Single/Do
uble stitch
amou
nt
Saddl
Sadd
le
stitch
stitch amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hol
es
NA2
Hol
es
NA3
EU4
Hol
es
C5
SEF
(162 x
30
229)
C5 LEF
(229 x
162)
C6
SEF
(114 x
162)
C6LEF
(162 x
114)
DL Env
SEF
(110 x
220)
DL Env
LEF
(220 x
110)
8K
SEF
(267 x
390)
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-42
SM Appendix
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size
(W x L)
[mm]
Pro Shi
of
ft
Shifti
ng
Sadd Midd
le
le
stitch
fold
Stapl
Single/Do
uble stitch
amou
nt
Saddl
Sadd
le
stitch
stitch amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hol
es
NA2
Hol
es
NA3
EU4
Hol
es
16K
SEF
(195 x
50
50
A*5
50
15
267 )
16K
LEF
(267 x
195 )
13 x
19.2
SEF
13 x
19
SEF
13 x
18
SEF
12.6 x
19.2
SEF
12.6 x
18.5
SEF
12" x
18"
SEF
SM Appendix
1-43
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Half
Paper exit
Staple
fold
Punch
Size
(W x L)
[mm]
Pro Shi
of
ft
Shifti
ng
Sadd Midd
le
le
stitch
fold
Stapl
Single/Do
uble stitch
amou
nt
Saddl
Sadd
le
stitch
stitch amou
nt
EU2
SC4
Hol
es
NA2
Hol
es
NA3
EU4
Hol
es
12" x
18"
50
50
LEF
11" x
15"
SEF
11 x
14
SEF
10" x
15"
SEF
10" x
14"
SEF
Bridge Unit
Paper exit
Bridge
Finisher Bridge
Size (W x L) [mm]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-44
SM Appendix
Paper exit
Bridge
Finisher Bridge
Size (W x L) [mm]
SM Appendix
1-45
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Paper exit
Bridge
Finisher Bridge
SRA4 SEF
SRA4 LEF
A*1,3,4
A*1,3,4
A*1,3,4
A*1,3,4
A*1,3,4
13 x 19.2 SEF
Size (W x L) [mm]
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-46
SM Appendix
Paper exit
Bridge
Finisher Bridge
13 x 19 SEF
13 x 18 SEF
12.6 x 18.5
11 x 14 SEF
Size (W x L) [mm]
SEF
Remarks:
Not available.
*1
*2
*3
*4
*5
mode.
Therefore, multi sheets/sets must be paginated and
exit each at a time.
SM Appendix
1-47
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Software Accessories
Windows
Printer Language
*1*6
Windows
*2*6
XP
Vista
Windows 7*3*6
Windows 8*6*8
PCL 5c /PCL 6
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
PS3
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Printer Language
Windows
Windows
*4*6
Server 2003
Windows
*5*6
Server 2008
Server 2012*9
Macintosh*7
PCL 5c /PCL 6
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
PS3
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
*1 Microsoft Windows XP Professional Edition / Home Edition / Media Center Edition / Tablet PC
Edition
*2 Microsoft Windows Vista Ultimate / Enterprise / Business / Home Premium / Home Basic
*3 Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium / Professional / Ultimate / Enterprise
*4 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition / Enterprise Edition / Microsoft Windows
Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition / Enterprise Edition
*5 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard / Enterprise / Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard / Enterprise
*6 Supports both 32bit, 64bit
*7 Supports Mac OS X 10.4 or later
*8 Microsoft Windows 8 (Core Edition) / Pro / Enterprise
*9 Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Standard / Datacenter / Essentials
All other Drivers except ones for Windows XP / 2003 / Vista / 7 / 8 are Adobe genuine
PostScript driver.
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-48
SM Appendix
Software Accessories
Driver
Windows
*1*6
Windows
*2*6
XP
Vista
Windows 7*3*6
Windows 8*6*7
TWAIN
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
PC-FAX
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Driver
Windows
Windows
*4*6
Server 2003
Windows
*5*6
Server 2008
Server 2012*8
Macintosh
TWAIN
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
PC-FAX
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
*1 Microsoft Windows XP Professional Edition / Home Edition / Media Center Edition / Tablet PC
Edition
*2 Microsoft Windows Vista Ultimate / Enterprise / Business / Home Premium / Home Basic
*3 Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium / Professional / Ultimate / Enterprise
*4 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition / Enterprise Edition / Microsoft Windows
Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition / Enterprise Edition
*5 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard / Enterprise / Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard / Enterprise
*6 Supports both 32bit, 64bit (Scanner driver works on 32bit compatible mode)
*7 Microsoft Windows 8 (Core Edition) / Pro / Enterprise
*8 Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Standard / Datacenter / Essentials
With LAX Fax driver, sending documents directly from PC will be available.
Also Address Book Editor and Cover Sheet Editor will installed along.
SM Appendix
1-49
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Optional Equipment
Mode:
Original Size:
NA
Original weight:
100 sheets
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-50
SM Appendix
Mode:
Original Size:
NA
Original weight:
220 sheets
73 W or less
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
SM Appendix
1-51
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Optional Equipment
Optional Equipment
x 14
Paper weight:
sizes
that
can
shifted:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-52
SM Appendix
Optional Equipment
lb. Bond):
Staple position:
Power consumption:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
SM Appendix
1-53
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Optional Equipment
1-54
SM Appendix
Optional Equipment
50 sheets:
lb. Bond):
Staple position:
Power consumption:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
SM Appendix
1-55
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Optional Equipment
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-56
SM Appendix
Optional Equipment
50 sheets:
lb. Bond):
Staple position:
1-57
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Optional Equipment
Bond):
Center 2 positions
Types of folds:
Half Fold
Paper size:
Paper weight:
Power consumption:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-58
SM Appendix
Optional Equipment
Bond):
SM Appendix
1-59
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Optional Equipment
lb. Bond):
Staple position:
Power consumption:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-60
SM Appendix
Optional Equipment
SM Appendix
1-61
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Optional Equipment
lb. Bond):
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-62
SM Appendix
Optional Equipment
Center 2 positions
Types of folds:
Half Fold
Paper size:
Paper weight:
Power consumption:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
SM Appendix
1-63
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Staple position:
Optional Equipment
Paper weight:
Internal tray 1:
125 sheets: B4 JIS, 81/2 x 14 or larger
External tray:
125 sheets
Power consumption:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-64
SM Appendix
Paper weight:
Bond):
Power consumption:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
SM Appendix
1-65
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
Optional Equipment
Optional Equipment
Number of bins:
1
A3 LEF A4 SEF/LEF, A5 SEF/LEF, B4 JIS LEF B5 JIS
SEF/LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8 1/2 x 13 LEF, 8
Paper size:
Paper weight:
Paper capacity (80 g/m 2, 20
lb. Bond):
125 sheets
Power consumption:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
Bond):
Power consumption:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-66
SM Appendix
Optional Equipment
Paper size:
Punch unit
2 & 4 holes
type: 2 holes
type: 2 holes
2 & 4 holes
type: 4 holes
2 & 4 holes
type: 4 holes
LEF: A3, 11 x 17
4 holes type:
4 holes
4 holes type:
4 holes
2 & 3 holes
LEF: A3, 11 x 17, 8 1/2 x 14, 8 1/2 x 13, 8 1/2 x 11, 7 1/4
type: 2 holes
x 10 1/2
2 & 3 holes
type: 2 holes
2 & 3 holes
type: 3 holes
2 & 3 holes
type: 3 holes
SM Appendix
Paper size
type
2 & 4 holes
Paper weight:
Appendices:
Specifications
LEF: A3, 11 x 17
1-67
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Optional Equipment
Paper size:
Punch unit
Paper size
type
2 & 4 holes
type: 2 holes
2 & 4 holes
type: 2 holes
2 & 4 holes
type: 4 holes
2 & 4 holes
type: 4 holes
4 holes type:
4 holes
4 holes type:
4 holes
2 & 3 holes
type: 2 holes
2 & 3 holes
type: 2 holes
2 & 3 holes
type: 3 holes
2 & 3 holes
type: 3 holes
Paper weight:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-68
SM Appendix
Optional Equipment
Paper size:
Punch unit
type: 2 holes
11, 51/2 x 81/2, 71/4 x 101/2, 8 x 13, 81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 8K,
16K, 81/4 x 14, 8 x 10, 11 x 15, 10 x 14, custom size
SEF: A4, B5 JIS, A5, 81/2 x 11, 71/4 x 101/2, 16K, custom
type: 2 holes
size
type: 4 holes
2 & 4 holes
type: 4 holes
4 holes type:
4 holes
SEF: A4, B5 JIS, 81/2 x 11, 71/4 x 101/2, 16K, custom size
LEF: A3, B4 JIS, A4, B5 JIS, A5, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x
11, 51/2 x 81/2, 71/4 x 101/2, 8 x 13, 81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 8K,
16K, 81/4 x 14, 8 x 10, 11 x 15, 10 x 14, custom size
4 holes type:
SEF: A4, B5 JIS, A5, 81/2 x 11, 71/4 x 101/2, 16K, custom
4 holes
size
2 & 3 holes
type: 2 holes
2 & 3 holes
type: 2 holes
LEF: A3, B4 JIS, B5 JIS, A5, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
51/2 x 81/2, 71/4 x 101/2, 8 x 13, 81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 8K,
16K, 81/4 x 14, 8 x 10, 11 x 15, 10 x 14, custom size
SEF: A4, B5 JIS, 81/2 x 11, 71/4 x 101/2, 16K, custom size
2 & 3 holes
type: 3 holes
size
2 & 3 holes
type: 3 holes
SM Appendix
LEF: A3, B4 JIS, A4, B5 JIS, A5, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x
2 & 4 holes
2 & 4 holes
Paper weight:
Paper size
type
2 & 4 holes
Appendices:
Specifications
SEF: A4, B5 JIS, 81/2 x 11, 71/4 x 101/2, 16K, custom size
1-69
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Optional Equipment
Paper weight:
Paper capacity (80 g/m 2, 20
lb. Bond):
Power consumption:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
Paper weight:
Paper capacity (80 g/m 2, 20
lb. Bond):
Power consumption:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
1-70
SM Appendix
Optional Equipment
Paper size:
Paper weight:
Power consumption:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
Paper size:
Paper weight:
1,500 sheets
Power consumption:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
Weight:
SM Appendix
1-71
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Specifications
APPENDICES:
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TABLES
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
P a ge
2
Date
5/28/2015
A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew
Guide Rail lubrication
Preventive Maintenance
Yield Parts
The parts mentioned in these tables have a target yield. However, the total copy/print volume
made by the machine will not reach the target yield within the machine's targeted lifetime if the
machine is used under the target usage conditions (ACV, color ratio, P/J, and C/O). So, these
parts are categorized not as PM parts but as yield parts (EM parts). The parts with (R) in this
table are yield parts.
Chart: A4 (LT)/5%
Mode: 4 copies / original (prints/job)
Ratio 30%
Environment: Normal temperature and humidity
Yield may change depending on circumstances and print conditions.
Symbol keys: C: Clean, R: Replace, L: Lubricant, I: Inspect
Mainframe
Item
60K
120K
300K
400K
600K
EM
Remarks
Scanner
Reflector
Optics cloth
1st mirror
Optics cloth
2nd mirror
Optics cloth
3rd mirror
Optics cloth
Exposure
Glass
SM Appendix
2-1
Exposure
glass cleaner
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Preventive Maintenance
Item
60K
Rev. 5/28/2015
120K
300K
400K
600K
EM
Apply
lubrication as
needed. When
the oil runs out
a squeak may
occur.
Guide Rail
(Both sides 2
steps)
ADF Exposure
Glass
Remarks
Exposure
glass cleaner
PCU
PCU(K)
R
Logging
PCU(C,M,Y)
counts to
replace: 270K
Upper limit
counts to
replace: 100K
Waste Toner
*Replace
Bottle
when full of
waste toner
bottle
detected.
Development
Unit (K)
Logging
Development
counts to
Unit (C,M,Y)
replace: 270K
Transfer
ITB Cleaning
Unit
ITB unit
Paper transfer
roller unit
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-2
SM Appendix
Preventive Maintenance
Item
60K
120K
300K
400K
600K
EM
Remarks
Fusing
Fusing sleeve
Entrance
guide plate
Exit guide
plate
Separation
Plate
Pressure
Clean deposit
toner
Clean deposit
toner
Clean deposit
toner
Roller
Bearing:
Lubricating
Fusing Roller
Thermopile
grease
C
Gears
idler gear
Dry cloth
Replace if it
worn out
Replace if it
worn out
Miscellaneous
Exhaust Filter
Dust Glass
TM/P sensor
SM Appendix
2-3
Exposure
glass cleaner
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Preventive
Maintenance
Tables
belt unit
Preventive Maintenance
Item
60K
120K
300K
400K
600K
EM
Remarks
Roller
Damp cloth
Remove toner
Registration
Sensor
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
Paper powder
Remove toner
removal
container
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
Transport
roller
Damp cloth
Remove toner
Transfer
Sensor
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
Remove toner
paper feed
sensor
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
Remove toner
Feed roller
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
Remove toner
Separation
Roller
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
Remove toner
Pick-up roller
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-4
SM Appendix
Preventive Maintenance
Item
60K
120K
300K
400K
600K
EM
Remarks
roller
Damp cloth
Remove toner
Transfer
Sensor
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
Remove toner
paper feed
sensor
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
Remove toner
Feed roller
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
Remove toner
Separation
Roller
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
Remove toner
Pick-up roller
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
SM Appendix
2-5
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Preventive
Maintenance
Tables
Transport
Preventive Maintenance
Item
60K
120K
300K
400K
600K
EM
Remarks
Duplex
Duplex
transport roller
Damp cloth
Remove toner
Duplex inlet
sensor
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
Remove toner
Duplex outlet
sensor
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
Duplex outlet
roller
Duplex inlet
roller
By-pass paper
feed roller
Damp cloth
Damp cloth
Damp cloth
Damp cloth
Damp cloth
Damp cloth
By-pass
Separation
Roller
By-pass
pick-up roller
By-pass
transport roller
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
2-6
SM Appendix
Preventive Maintenance
Item
60K
120K
300K
400K
600K
EM
Remarks
Paper Exit
C
Remove toner
Inverter
Sensor
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
Paper eject
roller
Damp cloth
Remove toner
Paper eject
sensor
SM Appendix
Damp cloth
and paper
dust, Dry cloth
2-7
D146/D147/D148/D149/D150
Appendices:
Preventive
Maintenance
Tables
Inverter Roller
D148-81
SMART OPERATION PANEL TYPE M3
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
P a ge
1~2
1~5
22
Date
2/18/2015
5/28/2015
10/24/2013
A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew
Updated Installation Procedure
Updated Installation Procedure
Application Installation/Version Update
PCB-L ...................................................................................................4
LCD.......................................................................................................6
PCB-R...................................................................................................7
SPEAKER 1 ..........................................................................................7
LCD PANEL ..........................................................................................8
SPEAKER 2 ..........................................................................................9
3. MECHANISM ................................................................................. 10
3.1 OVERVIEW..................................................................................................10
3.1.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS ..................................................................10
Specification ...........................................................................................10
Available languages ...............................................................................11
3.1.2 APPEARANCE/SCREEN LAYOUT ....................................................12
1. ............................................................................................................13
2. LED specification ...............................................................................13
3. E .........................................................................................................14
4. Screen layout .....................................................................................14
3.1.3 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ...........................................................15
3.2 POWER SUPPLY CONTROL ......................................................................16
3.2.1 ENERGY-SAVE RECOVERY OPERATION .......................................16
3.2.2 SCREEN STARTUP MODE ...............................................................17
3.2.3 SPECIAL SHUTDOWN.......................................................................18
D148-81
D148-81
ii
SM
Turn off the main power switch and unplug the machine before beginning any of the
procedures in this manual.
Symbols
This manual uses the following symbols.
Symbol
What it means
Bushings
C-ring
Connector
E-ring
Harness clamp
Pointer
Screw
Standoff
Hook
Spring
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148-81)
Installation Procedure
Rev. 5/28/2015
1. INSTALLATION
1.1
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
IMPORTANT:
z
Do the following when changing from the standard screen to the Android screen.
The Smart Operation Panel Type M3 is not available as an option in the EU region. It is
available as an option in other markets.
Writing the System/Copy firmware and Package Firmware for Smart Operation Panel to
an SD card
SP Settings
Writing the System/Copy firmware and Package firmware for Smart Operation Panel to an
SD card
1. Create two folders inside an SD card and name them romdata and package.
2. Copy the system/copy firmware for Smart Operation Panel (xxxxxxxx.fwu) to the romdata
folder.
3. Copy the Package firmware for Smart Operation Panel (xxxxxxxx.pkg) to the package folder.
IMPORTANT:
1. The folder for the package firmware must be named package in order for the update to
work. If you copy the package firmware into the romdata folder, the update will not work.
2. Make sure to copy only one version of the package firmware to the folder. If you copy
multiple versions to the card, the machine will select one of the versions randomly.
SM
D148-81
Installation Procedure
Rev. 5/28/2015
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select the system copy firmware of the smart operation panel first.
6.
7.
"Update is Done" or a similar message appears on the operation panel after completing the
firmware update.
8.
9.
11. Select the target package firmware of the smart operation panel.
12. Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the firmware update.
D148-81
SM
13. Switch machine off when you see the "Update is Done" message or follow the procedure that
is displayed on the operation panel.
14. Press in the SD card to release it, and then remove it from the slot 2.
15. Switch the machine on.
SP settings
1.
2.
Installation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.
SM
D148-81
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148-81)
Rev. 5/28/2015
3.
Rev. 5/28/2015
5,
3,
2)
2.1.2 PCB-L
1.
2.
4, hook4)
There are 4 hooks inside the operation panel. Before removing the operation panel
rear cover, see the photos below.
3.
D148-81
7,
3,
1)
SM
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148-81)
Rev. 5/28/2015
4.
Bracket [A] (
6)
5.
PCB-L [A] (
2)
SM
D148-81
2.1.3 LCD
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Bracket [A] (
6.
LCD [A] (
D148
2)
6, 1,tape1)
4, 1,
7)
SM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
PCB-R [A] (
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148)
2.1.4 PCB-R
3)
2.1.5 SPEAKER 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Speaker 1 [A] (
SM
2,
1)
D148
2.
3.
4.
5.
2)
6.
4)
7.
D148
1)
SM
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148)
2.1.7 SPEAKER 2
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect a connector.
4.
SM
D148
Overview
3. MECHANISM
3.1 OVERVIEW
3.1.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
The Android control unit is a control unit in which the Android OS connected with the MFP by USB,
is installed.
Specification
Category
LCD
Item
Size
No. of pixels
WSVGA (1024600)
Bit width
RGB666
Brightness
200cd/m2(typ.)
Back light
D148
Remarks
18-bit color
Touch panel
Memory
Contents
Volatile memory
RAM: 1GB
10
SM
Category
Item
Contents
USB memory
SD card
USB
Network
Wireless LAN
802.11b/g/n
Audio
input/output
External I/F
When active
Not available
Excluding external
I/F and internal
function expansion.
In sleep mode or
while the power is
off, do not supply
power to an
extension USB
device connected
to an external USB
port.
Power
consumption
During sleep
Remarks
Available languages
Japanese, American English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Dutch, Spanish, Russian, Chinese
(simplified Chinese characters) and Chinese (traditional Chinese characters)
SM
11
D148
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148)
Overview
Overview
No.
Description
No.
Description
USB slot
USB LED
10
FAXLED
SD slot
11
SD LED
12
13
Home key
reset key
14
15
Stop key
Status LED
D148-81
12
SM
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148-81)
Overview
1. Key specification
Key
Description
Home
Status check
Stop
Back
Menu
Reset button
* The Return and menu keys are used for operation of Android applications (browser, gallery, etc.).
2. LED specification
LED
Description
Power supply
Home
FAX
Data-in
Status check
SD access
USB access
SM
13
D148-81
Overview
External I/F
Description
SD card slot
USB slot
Not available
4. Screen layout
No.
Part name
Description
[A]
[B]
Login banner
[C]
System banner
[D]
Energy-save button
D148-81
14
SM
Overview
No.
SM
Item
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148)
Description
Board with microcomputer which performs
(energy-save) power supply control of the
control unit
(Ricoh: Corresponds to right of key board)
Microcomputer substrate
Speaker
I/O board
CPU board
15
D148
Key
HOME
Status check
Same left
Perform energy-save recovery, and
display priority application screen.
* During recovery from low power
mode, display application screen
before shift.
Energy-save No key
LCD touch
Returns
No corresponding key
MENU
No corresponding key
STOP
Login/logout No key
D148
16
SM
Settings
1.
Screen Device
2.
When shutdown is performed in Quick Startup Mode, the screen changes in the
following order:
SM
1.
2.
3.
17
D148
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148)
2.
After shutdown is completed by this procedure, when the MFP is left for 5 minutes or
longer, it starts up in normal start up mode the next time that the power is switched
ON.
D148
18
SM
System Maintenance
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148)
4. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
4.1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
4.1.1 BASIC OPERATION
Switching the Power OFF before Performing Maintenance (before
Disconnecting the Power Supply Plug)
1.
Shutdown can be performed in a short time even when the Quick Startup Mode is set.
When upgrading the Android screen firmware version, switch the power OFF by the
normal procedure.
If reset is performed when the Android screen is in operation, data stored in the Android
screen may be corrupted.
1.
Press the reset button on the left side of the control unit in order to reboot the control
unit.
SM
19
D148
System Maintenance
Mode
Application
Remarks
MFP SP mode
MFP (engine)
Conventional SP mode
Idem
Recovery mode
Android OS maintenance
OS update
Full data format
If extended security for firmware update is set to "prohibit", it is not possible to shift to
recovery mode. (System Settings>Administrator Tools>Extended Security is displayed in
log-on screen for machine administrator)
If firmware update is required with the above settings, ask customer (machine
administrator) to request a change of the setting.
1.
2.
Insert the SD card in the control unit SD slot, and start the recovery mode.
3.
D148
20
SM
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148)
System Maintenance
4.
5.
6.
The current version of the firmware, and the update version of the firmware in the SD
card are displayed. Check that the version is correct.
7.
8.
SM
21
D148
System Maintenance
9.
Rev. 10/24/2013
When "Install from SD card complete." is displayed, select "reboot system now", press
the [HOME] key, and perform a system reboot.
2.
3.
Select "Application"
4.
Select the application for which the version is to be updated, and press the "Install
"Install"
Button".
5.
6.
Check the version update result, and press down the "Panel reboot" button.
D148-81
22
SM
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148)
System Maintenance
4.1.5 SELF-DIAGNOSIS
The following menus can be performed as self-diagnosis functions of the control unit. Either
Japanese or English can be displayed.
1.
LED Check
The following control unit LED can be changed over between all on/all off.
2.
Data in
USB access
HOME
BACK/MENU
FAX
SD access
Key check
Check pressing hard keys other than the [HOME] key on the control unit. When a key is
depressed, the corresponding key displayed on the control unit is shown highlighted.
If a foot switch is fitted, while the switch is depressed, the "FOOT SW" column is highlighted.
When the [End] key is depressed, the display returns to the self-diagnosis top screen (the
Return key works as a key check, so it cannot be used as a key to return to the self-diagnosis
top screen).
3.
SM
LCD Check
23
D148
System Maintenance
Whenever the screen is touched, the display cycles through All-white -> All-black -> All-green
-> All-blue -> End in full screen view, and the display status of each color is visually verified.
By cycling through all the colors, the LCD check is completed, and the display returns to the
self-diagnosis top screen.
4.
Speaker check
The following standard sounds are generated according to the button instructions on the
screen.
5.
Frequency: 220 Hz, 440 Hz, 880 Hz, 1760 Hz, 2000 Hz
D148
24
SM
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148)
System Maintenance
6.
7.
SM
25
D148
System Maintenance
When it is desired to set the current value, the operation is completed by pressing the "Menu" key,
and the display returns to the self-diagnosis screen.
To repeat the setting, or to stop touch panel calibration, press the Return key.
When the Return key is pressed, a + mark is displayed in the first position for performing calibration.
When this display appears, by pressing the Return key again, the display returns to the
self-diagnosis screen.
D148
26
SM
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148)
SP Mode List
Storage
Voice
input/output
Level 2
Level 3
Update by installing
application from SD card.
Installation / update /
activation
Setting of text
read-aloud
Play back a
sample
Always use
your own
settings
(ON/OFF).
Audio speed
(speed: 5
Select audio speed.
selection levels)
Language
Engine
SM
27
D148
SP Mode List
Menu level
Description
Level 1
Level 2
Terminal
information
Terminal state
Level 3
wi-fi MAC
address
(display)
Interface setting
wi-fi setting
Device IP
address
Legal information
(display)
Firmware version list
Device setting
D148
Server setting
Port number
(input: 1-65535)
Control unit
self-diagnosis
Perform self-diagnosis of
control unit.
28
SM
SMART
OPERATION
PANEL TYPE M3
(D148)
Recovery Menu
Menu
Description
System reboot
(used to come out of recovery mode)
Full format
SM
29
D148
D163
FAX OPTION TYPE M4/M3
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
P ag e
Dat e
D163
3. TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................. 48
3.1 ERROR CODES ..........................................................................................48
3.2 IFAX TROUBLESHOOTING ........................................................................70
3.3 IP-FAX TROUBLESHOOTING ....................................................................73
3.3.1 IP-FAX TRANSMISSION ....................................................................73
Cannot send by IP Address/Host Name .................................................73
Cannot send via VoIP Gateway .............................................................74
Cannot send by Alias Fax number. ........................................................75
3.3.2 IP-FAX RECEPTION ..........................................................................77
Cannot receive via IP Address/Host Name. ...........................................77
Cannot receive by VoIP Gateway. .........................................................78
Cannot receive by Alias Fax number. ....................................................79
ii
SM
iii
D163
D163
iv
SM
Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for
wet locations.
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line has been
disconnected at the network interface.
Avoid using a telephone (other than a cordless type) during an electrical storm. There
may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning.
Do not use a telephone or cellular phone to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak.
Before installing the fax unit, switch off the main switch, and disconnect the power cord.
The fax unit contains a lithium battery. The danger of explosion exists if a battery of this
type is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or an equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer. Discard batteries in accordance with the
manufacturers instructions and local regulations.
Unit must be connected to Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the
requirements of ACA Technical Standard TS008.
Symbol
What it means
Screw
Connector
Clip ring
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Obey these guidelines to ensure safe operation and prevent minor injuries.
Obey these guidelines to avoid problems such as misfeeds, damage to originals, loss of
valuable data and to prevent damage to the machine.
Always obey these guidelines to avoid serious problems such as misfeeds, damage to
originals, loss of valuable data and to prevent damage to the machine. bold is added for
emphasis.
This document provides tips and advice about how to best service the machine.
1. INSTALLATION
1.1 FAX OPTION TYPE M4 (D167)
This fax option is used only for D148/D149/D150 models.
No.
SM
Description
Q'ty
FCU
Screw: M3x6
Clamp
Ferrite Core
D163
Turn off the main power switch and disconnect the power cord and the network cable.
1.
2.
D163
x 4).
x 4).
SM
3.
Remove the "TEL" [A] and "LINE1" [B] covers with a screw driver.
4.
5.
SM
x 2).
Insert the tab [B] of the FCU bracket in the cutout on the left of the controller box.
D163
If you dont switch the battery jumper switch position, SC820 will occur.
6.
7.
Attach the handset support bracket and handset bracket to the copier, and then
connect the handset cord with the ferrite core to the "TEL" jack if you install the
handset to the machine.
For details, refer to "Handset Installation" in the Service Manual for the Fax Unit
(D167).
8.
9.
10. Attach the fax key decal [A] to the third key top from bottom.
11. Attach the serial number decal under the copier serial number decal on the rear cover
of the machine.
D163
SM
12. Attach the FCC decal on the rear cover of the machine (NA only).
13. Put the power plug into the outlet and turn on the main power of the machine.
"SRAM formatted" shows on the operation panel after you have turned the main
switch on. Turn the main switch off and on again for normal use.
14. Make sure that the date and time are correctly set.
3.
4.
Press [Fax].
SM
D163
5.
6.
D163
SM
No.
SM
Description
Q'ty
FCU
Screw: M3x6
Clamp
Ferrite Core
D163
Turn off the main power switch and disconnect the power cord and the network cable.
x 4).
1.
2.
3.
Remove the "TEL" [A] and "LINE1" [B] covers on the interface slot cover with a screw
x 2).
driver.
D163
SM
4.
5.
6.
SM
x 3).
D163
7.
x 4).
8.
Attach the handset support bracket and handset bracket to the copier, and then
connect the handset cord with the ferrite core to the "TEL" jack if you install the
handset to the machine.
For details, refer to "Handset Installation" in the Service Manual for the Fax Unit
(D163).
9.
D163
10
SM
11. Attach the fax key decal [A] to the third key top from bottom.
12. Attach the serial number decal under the copier serial number decal on the rear cover
of the machine.
13. Attach the FCC decal on the rear cover of the machine (NA only).
14. Put the power plug into the outlet and turn on the main power of the machine.
"SRAM formatted" shows on the operation panel after you have turned the main
switch on. Turn the main switch off and on again for normal use.
15. Make sure that the date and time are correctly set.
2.
3.
SM
11
D163
4.
Press [Fax].
5.
6.
D163
12
SM
No.
SM
Description
Q'ty
Screw: M3x6
Flat Cable
Harness Clamp
Ferrite Core
13
D163
Turn off the main switch and disconnect the power cord and the network cable.
You can add two more SG3 boards to this model. Follow the procedures for adding the single SG3
board installation or double SG3 board installation as the customer needs.
If the FCU is not installed in the machine, install the FCU (D167) in the machine first
(page 1 "Fax Option Type M4 (D167)").
x 4).
2.
3.
4.
D163
x 4).
14
SM
5.
x 3).
Insert the tab [B] of the SG3 interface unit bracket in the cutout [C] on the top of the
controller box and the tab [D] of the controller box in the cutout [E] of the SG3 interface
unit.
6.
Attach one end of the flat cable [A] to CN603 on the FCU board and the other end of the
flat cable [A] to CN660 on the CCU I/F board of the SG3 interface unit.
7.
SM
Make sure that the blue tapes of the flat cable face outward.
D163
8.
Attach the ferrite core to the telephone cord for single SG3 board installation.
9.
Connect the telephone cord to the "LINE 2" jack for single SG3 board installation.
10. Connect the power plug to a power outlet and turn on the main power switch.
11. Enter the service mode. Set bit 1 of communication switch 16 to "1" (SP1-104-023).
12. Exit the service mode.
13. Turn the main power switch off and on.
14. Print out the system parameter list. Then check that "G3" shows as an option.
15. Set up and program the items required for PSTN-2 communications.
If the FCU is not installed in the machine, install the FCU (D167) in the machine first
(page 1 "Fax Option Type M4 (D167)").
x 4).
2.
3.
4.
Remove the "LINE2" [A] and "LINE3" [B] covers with a screw driver.
D163
x 4).
16
SM
5.
Remove the CCU I/F board and SG3 board [A] from the SG3 interface unit (
6.
x 6).
Do the same procedure as shown above for the second SG3 interface unit.
Remove the SG3 board [A] from one of the CCU I/F and SG3 board assemblies that you
removed in step 5.
7.
Attach the SG3 board removed in step 6 to the other CCU I/F and SG3 board assembly
[B].
8.
Attach the boards (CCU I/F board and two SG3 boards) to the SG3 interface unit
bracket (
SM
x 6).
Use two screws from the six screws that were removed in step 5
17
D163
9.
x 3).
Insert the tab [B] of the SG3 interface unit bracket in the cutout [C] on the top of the
controller box and the tab [D] of the controller box in the cutout [E] of the SG3 interface
unit.
10. Attach one end of the flat cable [A] to CN603 on the FCU board and the other end of the
flat cable [A] to CN660 on the CCU I/F board of the SG3 interface unit.
Make sure that the blue tapes of the flat cable face outward.
18
SM
13. Connect the telephone cords to the "LINE2" and "LINE3" jacks.
14. Connect the power plug to a power outlet and turn on the main power switch.
15. Enter the service mode. Set bit 1 of communication switch 16 to "1" (SP1-104-023).
16. Set bit 3 of communication switch 16 to "1" (SP1-104-023).
17. Exit the service mode.
18. Turn the main power switch off and on.
19. Print out the system parameter list. Then check that "G3" shows as an option.
20. Set up and program the items required for PSTN-2 communications.
SM
19
D163
No.
Description
Q'ty
Screw: M3x6
Harness Clamp
Flat Cable
Ferrite Core
Turn off the main switch and disconnect the power cord and the network cable.
D163
20
SM
You can add two more SG3 boards to this model. Follow the procedures for adding the single SG3
board installation or double SG3 board installation as the customer needs.
If the FCU is not installed in the machine, install the FCU (D163) in the machine first
(page 7 "Fax Option Type M3 (D163)").
x 4).
2.
3.
4.
SM
x 4).
21
D163
5.
Attach one end [A] of the flat cable to CN660 on the CCU I/F board of the SG3 interface
unit.
Make sure that the blue tape of the flat cable faces outward.
6.
Attach the flat cable [A] to the bracket of the SG3 interface unit with the clamp [B].
7.
D163
x 3).
Insert the tab [B] of the controller box in the cutout [C] of the SG3 interface unit.
22
SM
8.
Connect the other end [A] of the flat cable to CN603 on the FCU board.
9.
10. Attach the ferrite core to the telephone cord for single SG3 board installation.
11. Connect the telephone cord to the "LINE 2" jack for single SG3 board installation.
12. Connect the power plug to a power outlet and turn on the main power switch.
13. Enter the service mode. Set bit 1 of communication switch 16 to "1" (SP1-104-023).
14. Exit the service mode.
15. Turn the main power switch off and on.
16. Print out the system parameter list. Then check that "G3" shows as an option.
17. Set up and program the items required for PSTN-2 communications.
If the FCU is not installed in the machine, install the FCU (D163) in the machine first
(page 7 "Fax Option Type M3 (D163)").
2.
SM
x 4).
23
D163
x 4).
3.
4.
Remove the "LINE2" [A] and "LINE3" [B] covers with a screw driver.
5.
Remove the CCU I/F board and SG3 board [A] from the SG3 interface unit (
D163
x 6).
Do the same procedure as shown above for the second SG3 interface unit.
24
SM
6.
Remove the SG3 board [A] from one of the CCU I/F and SG3 board assemblies that you
removed in step 5.
7.
Attach the SG3 board removed in step 6 to the other CCU I/F and SG3 board assembly
[B].
8.
Attach the boards (CCU I/F board and two SG3 boards) to the SG3 interface unit
bracket (
9.
x 8).
Use two screws from the six screws that were removed in step 5.
Attach one end [A] of the flat cable to CN660 [B] on the CCU I/F board of the SG3
interface unit.
SM
Make sure that the blue tape of the flat cable faces outward.
25
D163
10. Attach the flat cable [A] to the bracket of the SG3 interface unit with the clamp [B].
Make sure that the blue tape of the flat cable faces outward.
x 3).
Insert the tab [B] of the controller box in the cutout [C] of the SG3 interface unit.
12. Connect the other end [A] of the flat cable to CN603 on the FCU board.
D163
26
SM
SM
27
D163
2.
3.
D163
x 4).
x 4).
28
SM
4.
2.
SM
x 4).
x 2).
29
D163
3.
4.
5.
6.
D163
30
SM
1.
2.
3.
4.
SM
31
D163
5.
6.
7.
D163
x 3).
32
SM
8.
9.
x 3).
10. Attach the bracket [A] enclosed with the fax unit (
x 2: M3 x 12) as shown.
Only for the machine with the single pass ADF, use the hole [B] to tilt the bracket.
x 2).
SM
33
D163
13. Connect the cable to the "TEL" jack on the left side of the controller box.
D163
34
SM
Machines that have the FAX unit installed cannot be used as the Client-side Machine.
Firmware for this unit: aics (software number: D1655759 forType M3/ D1665759 for Type
M4)
The remote fax function does not support User Code Authentication. Disable the User Code
Authentication on the Remote machine.
Use this function to check the contents of a file that is stored in memory and not yet sent. Also,
use this function to cancel a transmission from the Client-side Machine.
2.
Remove the SD card slot cover from the SD card slots [A] (
x 1).
D148/D149/D150:
D146/D147:
SM
35
D163
3.
Insert the SD card (Fax Connection Unit Type M3 for D146/D147 or M4 for
D148/D149/D150) in SD slot 2 (lower) with its label face [B] towards the front of the
machine. Then push it slowly into SD slot 2 (lower) until you hear a click.
4.
5.
Move the Fax Connection Unit Type M3 (for D146/D147) or (M4 for D148/D149/D150)
application from the SD card in SD slot 2 (lower) to the SD card in SD slot 1 (upper)
with SP5-873-001.
6.
7.
Remove the SD card from SD slot 2 (lower), and then keep it in a safe place (see SD
Card Appli Move in the manual for the main frame).
x 1)
8.
Attach the SD-card slot cover, and then turn on the machine (
9.
Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (See Self-Diagnosis Report and
check whether the aics (D1655759 for Type M3/ D1665759 for Type M4) is listed in
[Loading Program].)
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
D163
36
SM
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
By performing procedures #1-3 above, the Client-side Machines can send faxes via the
Remote Machine. The procedures shown below are necessary to enable the Client-side
Machines to receive faxes.
2.
3.
4.
2.
3.
SM
37
D163
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.
D163
38
SM
3.
4.
SM
39
D163
5.
6.
D163
40
SM
The following data can be transfered: TTI, RTI, CSI, Fax bit switch settings, RAM address
settings, NCU parameter settings
2.
3.
SM
x 4).
x 4).
x 2).
41
D163
x 4,
x 3).
4.
Replace the installed FCU board [A] with a new FCU board (
5.
6.
Attach the bracket [A] provided with the new fax unit to the center frame of the
controller box (
7.
x 2).
x 1).
Attach the flat cable [A] to CN603 of the new fax unit.
D163
Make sure that the blue tape of the flat cable faces outward.
42
SM
8.
Attach the FCU board removed in step 4 to the bracket. Then attach the flat cable to
CN603 of the removed FCU board (
x 1).
Make sure that the blue tape of the flat cable faces outward.
The removed FCU board must be away from the metal frames. Otherwise, the
removed FCU board may get a short circuit.
9.
10. SRAM data transmission starts. When the transmission is completed, you will hear a
beeper sound.
If the beeper does not sound, turn the main power switch on and off repeatedly and
do the transmission procedure 2 or 3 times.
If the beeper does not sound after turning the main switch on and off 3 times, you
need to input the settings stored in SRAM memory manually.
11. When Ready appears on the copy display, turn off the main power switch, and then
disconnect the flat cable from the removed FCU board.
12. Remove the removed FCU board (
x 1).
13. Remove the bracket from the center frame of the controller box (
SM
43
x 1).
D163
14. Disconnect the flat cable from the new FCU board.
15. Re-assemble the machine.
16. Turn on the main power switch, then do SP6-101 to print the system parameter list.
17. Check the system parameter list to make sure that the data is transferred correctly.
18. Set the correct date and time with the User Tools: User Tools > System Settings >
Timer Setting > Set Date/Time.
If any of the SRAM data was not transferred, input those settings manually.
2.
3.
D163
x 4).
x 2).
44
SM
4.
Replace the installed FCU board [A] with a new FCU board (
x 1, stepped screw x 2,
x 1).
5.
Reinstall the new fax unit, and then the slot cover (
6.
7.
Attach the flat cable [A] to CN603 of the new fax unit.
SM
x 2).
x 4).
Make sure that the blue tapes of the flat cable face outward.
45
D163
8.
Attach the bracket [A] provided with the new fax unit to the center frame of the
controller box (
9.
x 1).
Attach the FCU board removed in step 4 to the bracket. Then attach the flat cable to
CN603 of the removed FCU board (
x 1).
Make sure that the blue tape of the flat cable faces outward.
The removed FCU board must be away from the metal frames. Otherwise, the
removed FCU board may get a short circuit.
D163
46
SM
If the beeper does not sound, turn the main power switch on and off repeatedly and
do the transmission procedure 2 or 3 times.
If the beeper does not sound after turning the main switch on and off 3 times, you
need to input the settings stored in SRAM memory manually.
12. When Ready appears on the copy display, turn off the main power switch, and then
disconnect the flat cable from the removed FCU board.
13. Remove the removed FCU board (
x 1).
14. Remove the bracket from the center frame of the controller box (
x 1).
15. Disconnect the flat cable from the new FCU board.
16. Re-assemble the machine.
17. Turn on the main power switch, then do SP6-101 to print the system parameter list.
18. Check the system parameter list to make sure that the data is transferred correctly.
19. Set the correct date and time with the User Tools: User Tools > System Settings >
Timer Setting > Set Date/Time.
SM
47
D163
3. TROUBLESHOOTING
3.1 ERROR CODES
If an error code occurs, retry the communication. If the same problem occurs, try to fix the
problem as suggested below. Note that some error codes appear only in the error code display
and on the service report.
Code
0-00
Meaning
Suggested Cause/Action
0-01
0-03
other end
0-04
Cross reference
Tx level - NCU Parameter 01 (PSTN)
Cable equalizer - G3 Switch 07 (PSTN)
Dedicated Tx parameters in Service Program
Mode
D163
48
SM
Code
Meaning
Suggested Cause/Action
0-05
Cross reference
See error code 0-04.
0-06
reply to DCS
Cross reference
See error code 0-04.
0-07
No post-message response
SM
49
D163
Code
0-08
Meaning
Suggested Cause/Action
errors
Cross reference
0-14
Cross reference
See error code 0-08.
0-15
D163
Confidential rx
Transfer function
SEP/SUB/PWD/SID
50
SM
Code
0-16
Meaning
Suggested Cause/Action
or transfer mode
Cross reference
See error code 0-08.
0-17
0-20
Communication was
Stop key
within 6 s of retraining
Cross reference
Reconstruction time - G3 Switch 0A, bit 6
Rx cable equalizer - G3 Switch 07 (PSTN)
0-21
and line.
signal
Cross reference
Maximum interval between EOLs and between
ECM frames - G3 Bit Switch 0A, bit 4
SM
51
D163
Code
Meaning
Suggested Cause/Action
0-22
Cross reference
Acceptable modem carrier drop time - G3
Switch 0A, bits 0 and 1
0-23
reception
Cross reference
Rx cable equalizer - G3 Switch 07 (PSTN)
Rx error criteria - Communication Switch 02,
bits 0 and 1
0-29
0-30
ECM reception
protocol mode
equalizer settings.
Cross reference
Dedicated tx parameters - Section 4
0-32
manufacturer.
D163
52
SM
Code
Meaning
Suggested Cause/Action
0-33
minutes.
0-52
0-55
0-56
modem/FCU.
communication
Retry communication.
available
terminal)
0-74
0-75
sending CI.
fax.
response to CM
(CM timeout).
SM
53
D163
Code
0-77
Meaning
Suggested Cause/Action
JM
(JM timeout).
0-79
signal.
0-80
0-81
2 line probing.
0-82
these errors.
If these errors happen at the transmitting
terminal:
start-up.
sequence.
0-84
back on.
D163
54
SM
Code
0-85
Meaning
Suggested Cause/Action
back on.
0-86
manufacturer.
channel.
0-88
transmitted/received 9
(default) times within the
same ECM frame.
2-11
was received
2-12
2-13
2-22
2-23
JBIG chip
JBIG compression or
reconstruction error
2-24
SM
55
D163
Code
2-25
Meaning
JBIG data reconstruction error
(BIH error)
2-26
Suggested Cause/Action
2-28
2-29
2-50
2-51
FCU defective
Check the destination device.
because of a fatal
communication error
2-53
machine.
is full.
4-01
4-10
Communication failed
because of an ID Code
defective.
possible
5-10
D163
56
SM
Code
5-20
Meaning
Suggested Cause/Action
of a lack of memory
5-21
Memory overflow
5-23
a substitute rx or confidential
rx message
5-25
6-00
6-01
6-02
6-04
terminal.
6-05
terminal.
fail
Cross reference
6-06
6-08
G3 ECM - coding/decoding
Defective FCU.
error
reply to PPS.NULL
communication.
SM
57
D163
Code
6-09
Meaning
G3 ECM - ERR received
Suggested Cause/Action
6-10
6-21
2400 bps
address).
incompatible.
sequence because of an
the FCU.
13-17
error
13-18
13-24
13-25
13-26
power on
13-27
D163
SM
Code
14-00
Meaning
SMTP Send Error
Suggested Cause/Action
14-01
14-02
(421)
SM
59
D163
Code
14-03
Meaning
Access to SMTP Server
Suggested Cause/Action
Denied (450)
14-04
Denied (550)
D163
60
SM
Code
Meaning
14-05
Suggested Cause/Action
14-06
Server (551)
14-07
Failed (4XX)
SM
61
D163
Code
14-08
Meaning
Data Send to SMTP Server
Suggested Cause/Action
Failed (5XX)
14-09
14-10
Addresses Exceeded
failed.
14-11
Buffer Full
14-12
14-13
Send Cancelled
14-14
14-15
14-16
Error
D163
62
SM
Code
14-17
Meaning
Incorrect Ticket
Suggested Cause/Action
14-18
14-20
14-21
Transmission error of S/MIME Register the correct user certificate and device
certificate.
14-30
14-31
Software error.
14-32
Software error.
Machine
14-34
SM
D163
Code
Meaning
14-50
Suggested Cause/Action
Due to an FCU mail job task error, the send
was cancelled:
14-51
Software error.
Error
downloaded:
14-60
14-61
15-01
Registered
15-02
15-03
15-10
15-11
Connection Error
D163
64
SM
Code
Meaning
15-12
Authorization Error
Suggested Cause/Action
POP3/IMAP4 send authorization failed:
15-13
15-14
15-15
15-16
15-17
Receive Timeout
15-18
15-31
Error
15-39
Send/Delivery Destination
Error
final destination:
15-41
SM
65
D163
Code
15-42
Meaning
Off Ramp Gateway Error
Suggested Cause/Action
15-43
15-44
Addresses Over
15-61
15-62
Resolution error
Compression error
15-63
15-64
Software error.
15-71
Software error.
D163
66
SM
Code
15-73
Meaning
MDN Status Error
Suggested Cause/Action
15-74
15-80
15-81
Repeated Destination
Registration Error
15-91
15-92
Memory Overflow
15-93
15-94
Incorrect ID Code
SM
67
D163
Code
15-95
Meaning
Transfer Station Function
Suggested Cause/Action
16-00
No IP address registered
22-00
22-01
receiving
22-02
22-04
22-05
No G3 parameter confirmation
answer
23-00
D163
construction
68
SM
Code
Meaning
25-00
Suggested Cause/Action
error occurred
F0-xx
F6-xx
SM
69
D163
Communication
Item
Route
General LAN
1. Connection with
Action [Remarks]
the LAN
to the machine.
2. LAN activity
1. Network settings
PC
on the PC
3. LAN settings in
the machine
D163
70
SM
Communication
Route
Item
Action [Remarks]
Between machine
1. LAN settings in
the machine
the server
1. E-mail account on
the Server
e-mail server.
SM
71
D163
Communication
Item
Route
2. E-mail server
Action [Remarks]
address
actually used.
4. Router settings
network of the
destination.
D163
72
SM
Check Point
Action
Firewall/NAT is installed?
fax.
specified?
terminal.
Check that the remote fax is switched
SM
on.
73
D163
IPFAX SW 01 Bit 0 to 3
IP-Fax bandwidth is the same as the
DCS speed. Set IP-Fax SW00 Bit 6 to
1.
Check whether the remote fax
Check Point
Action
Firewall/NAT is installed?
10
specified?
D163
74
SM
IPFAX SW 01 Bit 0 to 3
IP-Fax bandwidth is the same as the
DCS speed. Set IP-Fax SW00 Bit 6 to
1.
Check Point
1
Action
Check the LAN cable connection.
Confirm the Alias of the remote fax.
Error Code: 13-14
Cannot breach the firewall. Send by
Firewall/NAT installed?
on?
IP address/host name of Gatekeeper/SIP
server correct?
specified?
SM
75
D163
Enable H.323/Enable SIP SW is set to on? See User Parameter SW 34 Bit 0/SW
34 Bit 1
fax.
terminal.
IPFAX SW 01 Bit 0 to 3
Lower the modem transmission baud
rate.
IPFAX SW 05
Check whether the remote fax
D163
76
SM
Check Point
1
Firewall/NAT is installed?
Action
Check the LAN cable connection.
Cannot breach the firewall. Send by using
another method (Fax, Internet Fax)
Register the IP address.
Port number specified at remote sender Request the sender to specify the port
fax (if required)?
number.
required)?
number.
Contact the network administrator.
SM
77
D163
Check Point
1
Action
Check the LAN cable connection.
Cannot breach the firewall. Request the
Firewall/NAT is installed?
IP address/host name of specified VoIP Request the remote fax to check the IP
Gateway correct on senders side?
DNS server registered when host name
specified on sender side?
address/host name.
G3 fax connected?
D163
78
SM
Check Point
1
Action
Check the LAN cable connection.
Cannot the breach firewall. Request the
Firewall/NAT is installed?
correctly?
switched on?
address/host name.
senders side?
on?
SM
79
D163
12
server?
D163
80
SM
4. SERVICE TABLES
4.1 CAUTIONS
Never turn off the main power switch when the power LED is lit or flashing. To avoid
damaging the hard disk or memory, press the operation power switch to switch the power
off, wait for the power LED to go off, and then switch the main power switch off.
The main power LED lights or flashes while the platen cover or ARDF is open, while the
main machine is communicating with a facsimile or the network server, or while the
machine is accessing the hard disk or memory for reading or writing data.
SM
81
D163
Mode No.
Function
System Switch
Change the bit switches for system settings for the
101
001 032
00 1F
fax option
"page 94 "Bit Switches - 1"" : "System Switches"
Ifax Switch
Change the bit switches for internet fax settings for
102
001 016
00 0F
Printer Switch
Change the bit switches for printer settings for the fax
103
001 016
00 0F
option
"page 110 "Bit Switches - 2"" : "Printer Switches"
Communication Switch
Change the bit switches for communication settings
104
001 032
00 1F
G3-1 Switch
Change the bit switches for the protocol settings of
105
001 016
00 0F
106
D163
G3-2 Switch
82
SM
00 0F
G3-3 Switch
Change the bit switches for the protocol settings of
107
001 016
00 0F
G4 Internal Switch
108
001 032
00 1F
G4 Parameter Switch
109
001 016
00 0F
IP fax Switch
Change the bit switches for optional IP fax
111
001 016
00 0F
parameters
"page 157 "Bit Switches - 6"" : "IP Fax Switches"
SM
83
D163
Mode No.
Function
RAM Read/Write
101
001
Memory Dump
001
102
002
003
004
G3-1 Memory
Dump
G3-2 Memory
Dump
board.
G3-3 Memory
Dump
board.
G4 Memory Dump
Not used
CC, 01 22
CC, 01 22
D163
CC, 01 22
84
SM
Mode No.
Function
Service Station
101
001
Fax Number
002
Select Line
Serial Number
102
000
Select Line
103
002
003
PSTN Access
Number
G3-1 line.
Memory Lock
Disabled
Not used
Select Line
104
002
003
004
SM
PSTN Access
Number
line.
Memory Lock
Disabled
Not used
Transmission
Disabled
85
D163
Select Line
105
002
003
004
PSTN Access
Number
line.
Memory Lock
Disabled
Not used
Transmission
Disabled
002
003
004
Select Line
PSTN Access
Number
Memory Lock
Disabled
Transmission
Disabled
107
001
H323 Port
002
SIP Port
003
RAS Port
004
Gatekeeper port
005
T.38 Port
006
007
D163
IPFAX Protocol
Priority
86
SM
FAX SW
201
001 032
00 1F
Mode No.
Function
101
001
102
001
Error Codes
103
001
104
001
105
001
106
001
G4 ROM Version
SM
87
D163
Mode No.
Function
Factory Setting
104
000
Resets the bit switches and user parameters, user data in the
SRAM and files in the SAF memory.
106
000
D163
88
SM
Mode No.
Function
001
002
003
103
004
005
006
007
SM
G3 All
Communications
G3-1 (All
Communications)
G3-1
(1 Communication)
G3-2
(All Communications)
G3-2
(1 Communication)
G3-3
(All Communications)
G3-3
(1 Communication)
89
D163
104
001
Dch + Bch 1
002
Dch
003
004
005
Dch +Bch 2
006
106
D163
001
All Journals
002
Specified Date
90
SM
002
Printer
003
SC/TRAP Stored
004
Decompression
005
Scanner
006
JOB/SAF
007
Reconstruction
008
JBIG
009
Fax Driver
010
G3CCU
011
Fax Job
012
CCU
013
Scanner Condition
107
108
SM
001
All Communications
002
1 Communication
91
D163
Function
101
102
103
Ringer Test
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
D163
92
SM
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
SM
93
D163
Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "Not used", as this may
cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local
regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as Japan.
Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the System Parameter List
printed by the machine.
Function
Dedicated transmission
parameter programming
transmission parameters.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Not used
Do not change
Journal
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
D163
Comments
94
SM
Example:
(1): EQM value (Line quality data). A larger number means more errors.
(2): Symbol rate (V.34 only)
(3): Final modem type used
(4): Starting data rate (for example, 288 means 28.8 kbps)
(5): Final data rate
(6): Rx revel (see below for how to read the rx level)
(7): Total number of error lines that occurred during non-ECM reception.
(8): Total number of burst error lines that occurred during non-ECM reception.
The seventh and eighth numbers are fixed at "00" for transmission
records and ECM reception records.
Rx level calculation
Example:
The four-digit hexadecimal value (N) after "L" indicates the rx level.
The high byte is given first, followed by the low byte. Divide the decimal value of
N by -16 to get the rx level.
In the above example, the decimal value of N (= 0100 [H]) is 256.
So, the actual rx level is 256/-16 = -16 dB
3
Not used
0: OFF, 1: ON (print)
G3/G4 communication
parameter display
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
the user.
Be sure to reset this bit to "0" after testing.
SM
95
D163
each communication
0: Off
1: On
Not used
G3 Communication Parameters
Modem rate
mode
D163
96
SM
Width and
reduction
I/O rate
System Switch 01 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
Function
Not used
Forced reset after transmission
stalls
0: Off
1: On
Not used
File retention time
SM
Not used
Comments
Do not change these settings.
97
D163
Bit 6
Setting
Always disabled
User selectable
User selectable
Always enabled
6-7
Function
Comments
00 - 99 hours (BCD).
Function
Not used
Comments
Do not change these settings.
1: Each Quick/Speed dial number on the list is
Printing dedicated tx
parameters on Quick/Speed
bytes each).
Dial Lists
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
4-7
D163
Not used
98
SM
System Switch 05 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 06 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 07 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 08 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
Function
Addition of image data from
confidential transmissions on
the transmission result report
0: Disabled 1: Enabled
Comments
If this feature is enabled, the top half of the first
page of confidential messages will be printed
on transmission result reports.
1: After polling
Printing of the error code on the 1: Error codes are printed on the error reports.
3
error report
0: No 1: Yes
occurs rarely.
Not used
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
SM
99
D163
printing reports
names on reports.
number
1: Dial label > Tel. number > RTI the Quick/Speed Dial number.
> CSI
Function
Comments
When "1" is selected, a suitable port is
automatically selected if the selected port is not
used.
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
1-3
Not used
D163
On hook dial
0: Disabled 1: Enabled
100
SM
6-7
Not used
System Switch 0B - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 0C - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 0D - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
Function
Not used
Comments
Do not change the settings.
Direct sending cannot operate when the
capture function is on during sending. Setting
sending selection
capture.
1: Direct sending on
4-7
Not used
Function
Comments
to
settings (Hex)
SM
101
D163
00: France
12: Asia
01: Germany
13: Japan
02: UK
03: Italy
04: Austria
16: Australia
05: Belgium
06: Denmark
18: Singapore
07: Finland
19: Malaysia
08: Ireland
1A: China
09: Norway
1B: Taiwan
0A: Sweden
1C: Korea
0B: Switz.
1D: Brazil
0C: Portugal
20: Turkey
0D: Holland
21: Greece
0E: Spain
22: Hungary
0F: Israel
23: Czech
10: ---
24: Poland
11: USA
0-7
D163
Function
Threshold memory level for
parallel memory transmission
Comments
Threshold = N x 128 KB + 256 KB
N can be between 00 - FF(H)
Default setting: 02(H) = 512 KB
102
SM
1-2
Function
Comments
data
leading edge
Not used
destinations
4-7
Not used
Function
Comments
TTI: 08 to 92 (BCD) mm
Input even numbers only.
This setting determines the print start position
0-7
for the TTI from the left edge of the paper. If the
TTI is moved too far to the right, it may
overwrite the file number which is on the top
right of the page. On an A4 page, if the TTI is
moved over by more than 50 mm, it may
overwrite the page number.
SM
103
D163
Function
Not used
Comments
Do not change the settings.
1: The machine will restart from the Energy
Saver mode quickly, because the +5V power
mode automatically
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
2-3
Not used
Bit 5
Bit 4
Setting
1 min
30 min
1 hour
24 hours
4-5
6-7
D163
Not used
Do not change
104
SM
Function
Comments
1: The machine sends messages
Parallel Broadcasting
0
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2-7
Not used
Function
Not used
Comments
Do not change the settings.
0: After installing the memory expansion option,
from 2 MB.
installed
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
SM
105
D163
Function
Comments
Sets the value to x4KB. When the amount of
LS RX memory capacity
to
threshold setting
Function
RTI/CSI/CPS code display
0: Enable
1: Disable
1-7
D163
Not used
Comments
0: RTI, CSI, CPS codes are displayed on the
top line of the LCD panel during
communication.
1: Codes are switched off (no display)
Do not change these settings.
106
SM
Function
Comments
0: When this switch is on and the journal
history becomes full, the next report prints. If
the journal history is not deleted, the next
transmission cannot be received. This prevents
overwriting communication records before the
become full
0: Impossible
1: Possible
1*
scanning
SM
107
D163
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
yet programmed
5-7
Not used
D163
108
SM
Function
Not used
Comments
Do not change the settings.
0: When an original jams, or the SAF memory
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
Not used
(G3 reception)
0: After receiving each page
1: After receiving all pages
4-6
Not used
occurred
0: Automatic reset
1: Fax unit stops
SM
109
D163
Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "Not used", as this may
cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local
regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as Japan.
Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the System Parameter List
printed by the machine.
Function
Comments
This setting sets the maximum size of the
A4
B4
A3
3-6
Reserved
Not used
D163
110
SM
Function
Comments
Attachment File
200x100 Standard
200x200 Detail
0: Not selected
200x400 Fine
Reserve
mm/inch
1: Selected
If more than one of these three bits is set to "1",
the higher resolution has priority. For example,
if both Bit 0 and Bit 2 are set to "1" Then The
Resolution is set for "Bit 2 200 x 400.
SM
111
D163
Function
Comments
This allows the customer to see which documents have not reached their
intended destinations if sent to the wrong e-mail addresses, for example.
0: Prints 1st page only.
1: Prints all pages.
Text String for Return Receipt
2-3
This setting determines the text string output for the Return Receipt that confirms
the transmission was received normally at the destination.
D163
112
SM
00: "Dispatched"
Sends from PC mail a request for a Return Receipt. Receives the Return Receipt
with "dispatched" in the 2nd part:
Disposition: Automatic-action/MDN-send automatically; dispatched
The "dispatched" string is included in the Subject string.
01: "Displayed"
Sends from PC mail a request for a Return Receipt. Receives the Return Receipt
with "displayed" in the 2nd part:
Disposition: Automatic-action/MDN-send automatically; displayed
The "displayed" string is included in the Subject string.
10: Reserved
11: Reserved
A mail requesting a Return Receipt sent from an IFAX with this switch set to "00"
(for "dispatched") received by Microsoft Outlook 2000 may cause an error. If any
setting other than "displayed" (01) causes a problem, change the setting to "01" to
enable normal sending of the Return Receipt.
Media accept feature
This setting adds or does not add the media accept feature to the answer mail to
confirm a reception.
4
0: Does not add the media accept feature to the answer mail
1: Adds the media accept feature to the answer mail.
Use this bit switch if a problem occurs when the machine receives an answer
mail, which contains the media accept feature field.
5-6
Not Used
Image Resolution of RX Text Mail
This setting determines the image resolution of the received mail.
0: 200 x 200
1: 400 x 400
The "1" setting requires installation of the Memory Unit in order to have enough
SAF (Store and Forward) memory to receive images at 400 x 400 resolution.
SM
113
D163
Function
Comments
RTI or CSI is used. Only one of these can be received for use in the subject line.
1: Puts the RTI/CSI registered on this machine in the Subject line.
When this switch is used to transfer and deliver mail to a PC, the information in
the Subject line that indicates where the transmission originated can be used to
determine automatically the destination folder for each e-mail.
Subject corresponding to mail post database
0: Standard subject
1: Mail post database subject
The standard subject is replaced by the mail post database subject in the
following three cases:
1) When the service technician sets the service (software) switch.
This switch does not apply for condition 3) when the RX system is set up
for memory sending, delivery by F-code, sending with SMTP RX and
when operators are using FOL (to prevent problems when receiving
transmissions).
2-7
D163
Not Used
114
SM
Function
Comments
For example:
"1st destination + Total number of destinations: 9" in the Journal indicates a
broadcast to 9 destinations.
0: Not recorded
1: Recorded
IFAXTX Retries
Determines whether the machine retries sending IFAX when connection and
2-7
Not Used
SM
115
D163
Function
Comments
SAF memory available falls below this setting, mail can no longer be received;
received mail is then stored on the mail server.
00-FF (0 to 1024 KB: HEX)
The hexadecimal number you enter is multiplied by 4 KB to determine the amount
of memory.
Function
Not used
Comments
Do not change the settings
This setting determines the number of retries
4-7
Restrict TX Retries
D163
116
SM
Function
Comments
Not used
2-3
4-5
Bit 2
Bit 3
Setting
No sign
No setting
Individual setting
Always sign
In response to IEEE2600.1.
Bit 4
Setting
No sign
No setting
Individual setting
Always sign
In response to IEEE2600.1.
6-7
Not used
SM
117
D163
Function
Comments
or output immediately.
0: Off. Files received via SMTP are output immediately without delivery.
1: On. Files received via SMTP are delivered immediately to their destinations.
Set to select the signature when receiving SMTP mail.
0: No sign
1: Always sign
Set to encrypt the data when receiving SMTP mail.
0: No encryption
1: Encryption
3-7
D163
Not used
118
SM
Function
Comments
0: If a 2 page RX transmission is split, [*] is
printed in the bottom right corner of the 1st page
and only a [2] is printed in the upper right corner
of the 2nd page.
1: If a 2 page RX transmission is split into two
0: Off
1: On
page.
0: Off
1: On
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
3-7
SM
Not used
119
D163
Function
Comments
Not used
3-4
5-6
Bit 4
Bit 3
Setting
Not used
A3
B4
A4
Not used
to the sender
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
stations.
Refer to the table on the next page for how the
machine chooses the paper width used in the
setup protocol (NSF/DIS).
1: The machine informs the transmitting
machine of the fixed paper width which is
specified by bits 3 and 4 above.
Relationship between available paper sizes and printer width used in the setup protocol
A4 or 8.5" x 11"
297 mm width
B5
256 mm width
A5 or 8.5" x 5.5"
216 mm width
216 mm width
D163
120
SM
Function
Comments
fax printing
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
2nd paper feed station usage
1*
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
fax printing
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
3*
fax printing
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
LCT usage for fax printing
4*
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
5-7
Not used
SM
121
D163
Function
Comments
0: Incoming pages are printed without length
reduction.
0*
data
bits 4 to 7)
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
printing.
(Maximum reducible length: Printer Switches
04, bits 0 to 4)
1-3
Not used
to
forbidden
Default: 6 mm
Function
Comments
Maximum reducible length when length reduction is enabled with switch 03-0
above.
[Maximum reducible length] = [Paper length] + (N x 5mm)
0
to
4
D163
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Setting
0 mm
5 mm
122
SM
20 mm
155 mm
Bit 6
Bit 5
Setting
4 mm
10 mm
15 mm
Not used
Not used.
Function
Comments
Cross reference
Not used.
SM
123
D163
Function
Not used.
Comments
Do not change the settings.
0: All destinations
1: Only destinations where
Not used.
Function
Comments
0: A paper size that has the same width
0*
0: Width
1: Length
1*
D163
1: A4 size
124
SM
Page separation
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
Bit 3
Setting
3-4
0
occurs.
50% reduction
(sub-scan only)
5-6
Same size
Not used
Not used
separated pages
(Page Separation)
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
SM
125
D163
Function
Comments
Smoothing feature
Bit 1
Bit 0
Setting
Disabled
Disabled
frequently.
1
Enabled
Not used
Duplex printing
2*
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
the stack.
0: Left binding
1: Top binding
4-7
stack.
Not used
D163
126
SM
Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "Not used", as this may
cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local
regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as Japan.
Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the System Parameter List
printed by the machine.
Function
Comments
0-1
Bit 1
Bit 0
Modes
MH only
MH/MR
MH/MR/MMR
MH/MR/MMR/JBIG
Bit 2
Modes
MH only
MH/MR
SM
MH/MR/MMR
MH/MR/MMR/JBIG
Not used
127
D163
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Function
Comments
If this bit is set to 0, ECM is switched off for all
ECM
communications.
0: Off 1: On
Not used
Bit 3
Bit 2
Setting
None
8 digit CSI
D163
4 digit CSI
CSI/RTI
128
SM
4-5
Not used
6-7
Bit 7
Bit 6
Setting
No limit
B4 (364 mm)
A4 (297 mm)
Not used
DIS/NSF frames).
Function
Comments
If there are more consecutive error lines in
the received page than the threshold, the
machine will send a negative response.
The Low and High threshold values
depend on the sub-scan resolution, and
SM
are as follows.
100 dpi
6(L)
200 dpi
12(L)
24(H)
300 dpi
18(L)
36(H)
400 dpi
24(L)
48(H)
12(H)
D163
printed.
printing
1: Printed
or PIN is received.
0: No hang-up, 1: Hang-up
4-7
Not used
0-7
Function
Comments
00 - FF (Hex) times.
retransmissions in a G3
memory transmission
Function
Remote mode switch (TEL mode)
0: Disable
1: Enable (Active)
Comments
Set this bit to ON when you wish to switch
TEL mode to FAX mode remotely.
0: Disable
1: Enable (Active)
Remote mode switch (AUTO mode) Set this bit to ON when you wish to turn on
2
3-7
D163
0: Disable
1: Enable (Active)
Not used
130
SM
4-7
Function
Comments
00-09 (0-9:HEX)
Not used
0-7
Function
Minimum interval between
automatic dialing attempts
Comments
This value is the minimum time that the
machine waits before it dials the next
destination.
1-7
Function
Comments
1: From page 1
Not used
SM
Function
Not used
Comments
Do not change the settings.
131
D163
0: Always transmitted
were no problems.
an error
5-7
Not used
Function
Comments
00 to FF (Hex), unit = 4 kbytes
(e.g., 06(H) = 24 kbytes)
One page is about 24 kbytes.
0-7
disabled
D163
132
SM
Function
Comments
06 to FF (Hex), unit = 2 s
0-7
(e.g., 06(H) = 12 s)
Function
Comments
Memory transmission:
0-7
01 FE (Hex) times
destination
Function
Comments
SM
133
D163
Function
Comments
0: In immediate transmission, data
scanned in inch format are transmitted
without conversion.
In memory transmission, data stored in
the SAF memory in mm format are
transmission
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
1-5
Not used
6-7
Bit 7
Bit 6
Unit
mm
inch
mm and inch
Not used
D163
134
SM
Function
Not used
0: Not installed
1: Installed
Comments
Not used
This switch enables the G3-2.
0: Off, no connection
0: Off
1: On
4-7
Not used
Function
SEP reception
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
is disabled.
SUB reception
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
disabled.
PWD reception
2
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
3-4
Not used
0: OFF
1: ON
SM
Comments
D163
Not used
Function
Not used
0: Off
number.
1: On
0: Off
1: On
PSTN 3 dial-in routing
Comments
0: Off
1: On
D163
136
SM
Function
Comments
If the PABX does not support V.8/V.34 protocol
1: Off
Function
Comments
Refer to communication switch 1B.
0-1
0: On
1: Off
2-7
Not used
SM
137
D163
Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "Not used", as this may
cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local
regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as Japan.
Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the System Parameter List
printed by the machine.
4.6.1 G3 SWITCHES
G3 Switch 00 (SP No. 1-105-001)
No
Function
Comments
0
1
Bit 1
Bit 0
Setting
Disabled
Up to Phase B
Not used
transmission
0: Disabled 1: Enabled
3-7
D163
Not used
138
SM
Function
Comments
Not used
0: 10 bytes 1: 4 bytes
Not used
0: Off
1: On (Forbid output)
Not used
Function
Comments
Change this bit to 1 only when the other end can
1: Standard only
1-6
SM
Not used
Short preamble
0: Disabled 1: Enabled
139
D163
Function
DIS detection number
(Echo countermeasure)
0: 1
1: 2
Not Used
Comments
0: The machine will hang up if it receives the
same DIS frame twice.
1: Before sending DCS, the machine will wait for
the second DIS which is caused by echo on the
line.
Do not change the settings.
0: V.8/V.34 communications will not be possible.
V.8 protocol
2
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: 256 bytes
1: 64 bytes
0: When using ECM in non-standard (NSF/NSS)
mode, the machine sends a CTC to drop back the
modem rate after receiving a PPR, if the following
condition is met in communications at 14.4, 12.0,
CTC transmission conditions
received
1: After four PPR signals
received (ITU-T standard)
D163
140
SM
Not used
polarity in ringing
0: Off
0: No detection
1: On
Function
Comments
0 - F (Hex); 0 - 15 bits
0-3
threshold
4-7
Not used
Function
Comments
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
kbps
2.4
4.8
0-3
7.2
9.6
12.0
14.4
16.8
19.2
21.6
SM
Cross reference
V.8 protocol on/off - G3 switch 03, bit 2
141
D163
24.0
26.4
28.8
31.2
33.6
Bit 4
Setting
V.29
4-5
6-7
V.17
V.34
Not used
Not used
Function
Comments
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
kbps
2.4
4.8
7.2
9.6
12.0
disabled manually.
0-3
Cross reference
D163
14.4
16.8
19.2
142
SM
21.6
24.0
26.4
28.8
31.2
4-7
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Types
V.27ter
V.27ter, V.29
0-1
SM
Function
Comments
Bit 1
Bit 0
Setting
None
Low
Medium
D163
High
occurs.
Communication error
Modem rate fallback occurs frequently.
Bit 3
Bit 2
Setting
None
Low
Medium
High
2-3
occurs.
Communication error with error codes
such as 0-20, 0-23, etc.
Modem rate fallback occurs frequently.
1: Enabled
5
Not used
detection
0: Normal parameter
1: Specific parameter
D163
Not used
144
SM
Function
Comments
0-1
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value (ms)
200
400
800
Not used
frequent.
0: Off
1: On
non-ECM mode
Not used
SM
Not used
145
D163
receive mode
0: 6 s 1: 12 s
Not used
Function
Comments
D163
146
SM
Function
Comments
in Phase C or later
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Alarm when the handset is
1
communication
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2-3
Not used
Sidaa manual calibration
setting
0: Off
1: On
5-7
SM
Not used
147
D163
Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "Not used", as this may
cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local
regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as Japan.
Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the System Parameter List
printed by the machine.
Function
Comments
0
1
Bit 1
Bit 0
Setting
Disable
Up to Phase B
Not used
transmission
0: Disabled 1: Enabled
3-7
D163
Not used
148
SM
Function
Not used
Comments
Do not change the settings.
1: The bytes in the DIS frame after the 4th byte
0: 10 bytes 1: 4 bytes
Not used
0: Off
1: On (Forbid output)
Not used
Function
Comments
Change this bit to 1 only when the other end can
1: Standard only
1-6
SM
Not used
Short preamble
0: Disabled 1: Enabled
149
D163
Function
DIS detection number
(Echo countermeasure)
0: 1
1: 2
Not Used
Comments
0: The machine will hang up if it receives the
same DIS frame twice.
1: Before sending DCS, the machine will wait for
the second DIS which is caused by echo on the
line.
Do not change the settings.
0: V.8/V.34 communications will not be possible.
V.8 protocol
2
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: 256 bytes
1: 64 bytes
0: When using ECM in non-standard (NSF/NSS)
mode, the machine sends a CTC to drop back the
modem rate after receiving a PPR, if the following
condition is met in communications at 14.4, 12.0,
CTC transmission conditions
received
1: After four PPR signals
received (ITU-T standard)
D163
150
SM
Not used
polarity in ringing
0: Off
0: No detection
1: On
Function
Comments
0 - F (Hex); 0 - 15 bits
0-3
threshold
4-7
SM
Not used
151
D163
Function
Comments
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
kbps
2.4
4.8
7.2
9.6
12.0
14.4
specific receivers.
16.8
19.2
21.6
24.0
26.4
28.8
31.2
Bit 4
Setting
V.29
4-5
6-7
D163
V.17
V.34
Not used
Not used
SM
Function
Comments
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
kbps
2.4
4.8
7.2
9.6
12.0
14.4
16.8
19.2
disabled manually.
0-3
Cross reference
1
21.6
24.0
26.4
28.8
31.2
SM
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Types
V.27ter
V.27ter
153
D163
V.27ter
V.27ter
V.27ter
Function
Comments
Bit 1
Bit 0
Setting
None
Low
Medium
High
0-1
Bit 3
Bit 2
Setting
None
Low
Medium
High
2-3
occurs.
Communication error with error codes
such as 0-20, 0-23, etc.
Modem rate fallback occurs frequently.
D163
154
SM
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
5-7
Not used
Function
Comments
0-1
2-3
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value (ms)
200
400
800
Not used
Not used
frequent.
SM
Not used
155
D163
receive mode
0: 6 s 1: 12 s
Not used
G3-2 Switch 0B- Not used (do not change the settings)
G3-2 Switch 0C- Not used (do not change the settings)
G3-2 Switch 0E- Not used (do not change the settings)
G3-2 Switch 0F- Not used (do not change the settings)
D163
156
SM
Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "Not used", as this may
cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local
regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as Japan.
Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the System Parameter List
printed by the machine.
Function
Not used
IP Fax Transport
0: TCP, 1: UDP
IP Fax single port selection
0: OFF, 1: ON (enable)
Comments
Do not change this setting.
port) selection
0: OFF, 1: ON (enable)
IP Fax Gatekeeper
0: OFF, 1: ON (enable)
IP Fax T30 bit signal reverse
0: LSB first, 1: MSB first
SM
157
D163
confirmation
0: No confirmation, 1: Confirmation
Function
Comments
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Level 0
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
0-3
switch combination.
Waiting time: set value level x 100 ms
Max: 0f (1500 ms) Min: 00 (No wait time)
The default is "0000" (00H).
D163
158
SM
Function
Comments
When "0" is selected, the bit signal reverse
0: Modem speed
1: No limitation
0: TCP
1: UDP
CCM connection
0: No CCM connection
1: CCM connection
6-7
SM
Not used
159
D163
Function
Effective field limitation for G3
Comments
Limits the effective field for standard G3
function information.
0: Enable switching
1: G3 standard only
2
Not used
transmitting
0: 256byte, 1: 64byte
DIS detection times for echo
4
prevention
0: 1 time, 1: 2 times
0: PPRx1
numbers.
1: PPRx4
negative code
0: OFF, 1: ON
D163
Not used
160
SM
Function
Comments
0-3
4-7
Not used
Function
Comments
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
kbps
2.4
4.8
7.2
(14.4K bps).
9.6
12.0
14.4
Bit 4
Types
V29
V17
Not used
Not used
4-5
6-7
SM
transmission.
The default is "00" (V29).
Not used
161
D163
Function
Comments
4-7
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Types
V.27ter
V.27ter, V.29
Function
Comments
TSI information
NSS(S).
timeout
0: Not transmitted
timeout.
1: Transmitted
2
Not used
disabled
0: No hang up
DIS reception.
D163
0: 1 time, 1: 2 times
162
SM
no CSI registration
0: Not transmitted
all spaces.
1: Transmitted
6-7
Not used
Function
Comments
T1 timer adjustment
Bit 1
Bit 0
35 s
40 s
50 s
60 s
0-1
T4 timer adjustment
Bit 3
Bit 2
3s
3.5 s
4s
5s
2-3
T0 timer adjustment
Adjusts the fail safe timer. This timer sets
Bit 5
Bit 4
4-5
120 s
180 s
1
6-7
SM
Not used
240 s
Do not change these settings.
163
D163
Function
Comments
connection
0: IPv4
1: IPv6.
0: The I/F setting for fax communication
communication
connection.
connection
1: Automatic setting
Record-route setting
2
SIP server.
0: Disable
1: Enable
SIP server.
Bit 3
No delay
1 sec
2 sec
3 sec
6-7
D163
information selection
0: Declare T38VendorInfo=RICOH
1: Not declare
T38VendorInfo=RICOH
AVAYA Inc.
Not used.
164
SM
Function
Comments
SM
Not used.
165
D163
Change the fourth digit from "5" to "6" (e.g. 680500 to 680600) for the settings for the first
optional G3 interface unit and from "5" to "7" (e.g. 680700) for the settings for the second
optional G3 interface unit.
Address
Function
Country/Area code for NCU parameters
Use the Hex value to program the country/area code directly into this
address, or use the decimal value to program it using SP2-103-001
Country
Decimal
Hex
France
00
00
Germany
01
UK
Decimal
Hex
Asia
18
12
01
Japan
19
13
02
02
Hong Kong
20
14
Italy
03
03
South Africa
21
15
Austria
04
04
Australia
22
16
Belgium
05
05
New Zealand
26
17
Denmark
06
06
Singapore
24
18
Finland
07
07
Malaysia
25
19
Ireland
08
08
China
26
1A
Norway
09
09
Taiwan
27
1B
/Area
680500
D163
Country
166
/Area
SM
Address
Function
Sweden
10
0A
Korea
28
1C
Switzerland
11
0B
Brazil
29
1D
Portugal
12
0C
Turkey
32
20
Holland
13
0D
Greece
33
21
Spain
14
0E
Hungary
34
22
Israel
15
0F
Czech
35
23
USA
17
11
Poland
36
24
Address
Function
680501
680502
680503
680504
Unit
680506
contains FF.
680507
Hz (BCD)
680505
Remarks
680508
If 680508 contains
680509
68050A
68050B
SM
20 ms
68050E).
time
167
D163
Address
68050C
Function
Unit
Remarks
68050D
68050E
68050F
680510
20 ms
time
PSTN ring-back tone off detection
time
Detection is disabled if
this contains FF.
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
680512
680513
680514
680515
detection is disabled.
680516
680517
680519
detection is disabled.
D163
68051A
Hz (BCD)
680518
SM
Address
Function
Unit
68051B
68051C
68051D
68051E
68051F
Remarks
time
680521).
680520
680521
680522
If both addresses
680523
time
20 ms
detection is disabled.
20 ms
If both addresses
detected (LOW)
detection is disabled.
20 ms
detected (HIGH)
680526
680527
680528
detection is disabled.
680529
68052A
68052B
20 ms
SM
169
D163
Address
Function
68052C
68052D
68052E
68052F
680530
680531
680532
Unit
Remarks
20 ms
680533
680534
680535
680536
detection is disabled.
680537
680538
D163
time
20 ms
680539
(LOW)
/ 68053E).
170
SM
Address
68053A
68053B
68053C
68053D
Function
Unit
Remarks
Belgium: See Note 2.
(HIGH)
International dial tone continuous
tone time
International dial tone permissible
drop time
International dial wait interval
(LOW)
-
68053E
68053F
limit (HIGH)
detection is disabled.
limit (LOW)
Hz (BCD)
680541
limit (HIGH)
680543
680544
680545
680546
SM
detection is disabled.
limit (LOW)
Country dial tone detection time
If 680543 contains FF,
(LOW)
171
D163
680547
680548
680549
20 ms
OHDI relay
SP2-103-012
(parameter 11).
See Note 3.
68054B
1 ms
SP2-103-013
(parameter 12).
See Note 3.
68054C
1 ms
SP2-103-014
(parameter 13).
See Notes 3, 6 and 8.
SP2-103-015
1 ms
closing
(parameter 14).
This parameter is only
valid in Europe.
68054E
SP2-103-016
(parameter 15).
20 ms
68054F
680550
SP2-103-017
Note 3.
SP2-103-018
(parameter 17).
1 ms
680551
D163
SP2-103-019
(parameter 18).
172
SM
680552
-N x 0.5
3.5 dBm
SP2-103-020
(parameter 19).
See Note 5.
SP2-103-021
(parameter 20).
signals
680552h above.
See Note 5.
680554
680555
680556
680557
680558
680559
68055A
68055B
-N x 0.5
3.5 dBm
-dBm x 0.5
Not used
SM
See Note 5
parameter 15)
Not used
20 ms
mode)
1 ms
(High)
BCD
68055C
SP2-103-022
68055B - F1
68055C - 00
(Low)
173
D163
20 ms
Progress tone detection level, and Bit 7: 0, Bit 6: 1, Bit 5: 0 = -30.0 dBm
cadence detection enable flags
68055F
Not used
680565
BCD
680566
BCD
Not used
To
680564
For a code of 0:
680565 FF
680567
to
680571
680572
680573
680574
680575
D163
680566 - FF
SP2-103-003
(parameter 02).
SP2-103-004
1000/ N
(parameter 03).
(Hz).
SP2-103-005
(parameter 04).
SP2-103-006
(parameter 05).
174
SM
SP2-103-007
680576
detected
(parameter 06).
The setting must not be
zero.
680577
680578
680579
See Note 4.
20 ms
first ring
SP2-103-008
(parameter 07).
20 ms
SP2-103-009
(parameter 08).
SP2-103-010
(LOW)
(parameter 09).
20 ms
68057A
SP2-103-011 (parameter
(HIGH)
10).
68057B
to
Not used
680580
20 ms
SM
175
D163
680583
To
Not used
6805A0
6805A1
6805A3
If both addresses
6805A5
6805A6
detection is disabled.
6805A8
detection is disabled.
20 ms 20
ms
6805A9
BCD (Hz)
6805A7
BCD (Hz)
6805A4
settings.
6805A2
6805AA
Not used
6805AB
CNG on time
20 ms
6805AC
20 ms
6805AD
6805AE
D163
setting.
for detection
Not used
176
SM
6805B1
6805B3
6805B4
6805B5
6805B6
6805B7
6805B8
6805B9
6805BD
SM
20 ms
SP2-103-002
-N 3 dBm
level
See Note 7.
level
See Note 7.
- dBm
(parameter 01).
-37-0.5N
(dBm)
177
D163
6805BE to
6805C6
Not used
Not used
T.30 T1 timer
1s
0: 12 s
be changed to 30 s.
1: 30 s
message
communication errors
occur frequently during
V.17 reception.
Bits 0 and 1 DCV (TIP/RING) Voltage
Bit 1:0, Bit 0: 0 = 3.1 V
Bit 1:0, Bit 0: 1 = 3.2 V
Bit 1:1, Bit 0: 0 = 3.35 V
Bit 1:1, Bit 0: 1 = 3.5 V
Bits 2 and 3 MINI (minimum loop electric current)
6805E3
D163
178
SM
1: RT=1 (high)
Bit 4 ILIM (DC limitation)
0: ILIM=0 (CTR 21)
1: ILIM=1 (other than CTR 21)
Bit 5 FILTER
0: FILTER=0 (around 5Hz)
1: FILTER=1 (around 200Hz)
Bits 6 to 7 Calibration in off hook state
Bit 6:0, Bit 7: 0 = off hook to ACAL:128 ms, off hook to MCAL: 1000 ms
Bit 6:1, Bit 7: 0 = off hook to ACAL:128 ms, off hook to MCAL: 500 ms
Bit 6:0, Bit 7: 1 = off hook to ACAL:128 ms (no MCAL)
Bit 6:1, Bit 7: 1 = off hook to ACAL:8 ms (no MCAL)
Bits 0 to 6 Not used
6805E5
NOTES
1.
2.
SM
179
D163
duration (%), and number of cycles required for detection, coded as in address 680533.
68050B (if bit 0 = 1) or 68053B (if bit 2 = 1): on time, hex code (unit = 20 ms)
68050C (if bit 0 = 1) or 68053C (if bit 2 = 1): off time, hex code (unit = 20 ms)
3.
Pulse dial parameters (addresses 68054A to 68054F) are the values for 10 pps. If 20 pps is
used, the machine automatically compensates.
4.
The first ring may not be detected until 1 to 2.5 wavelengths after the time specified by this
parameter.
5.
6.
68054A: Europe - Between Ds opening and Di opening, France - Between Ds closing and Di
opening
68054D: Europe - Between Ds closing and Di closing, France - Between Ds opening and Di
closing
7.
Tone signals which frequency is lower than 1500Hz (e.g., 800Hz tone for AI short protocol)
refer to the setting at 6805B5h. Tones which frequency is higher than 1500Hz refer to the
setting at 6805B6h.
8.
68054A, 68054D, 68054E: The actual inter-digit pause (pulse dial mode) is the sum of the
period specified by the RAM addresses 68054A, 68054D, and 68054E.
D163
180
SM
2.
Enter Address Book Management mode ([User Tools]> System Settings> Key Operator>
Address Book Management).
3.
4.
For the fax parameter, select "Fax Dest.", for the E-mail parameter, select "E-mail", then press
"Start". Make sure that the LED of the Start button lights green.
5.
The settings for the switch 00 are now displayed. Press the bit number that you wish to
change.
6.
7.
Select the next switch: press "Next" or Select the previous switch: "Prev." until the correct
switch is displayed. Then go back to step 6.
8.
9.
SM
181
D163
4.10.2 PARAMETERS
Fax Parameters
The initial settings of the following fax parameters are all FF(H) - all the parameters are disabled.
Switch 00
FUNCTION AND COMMENTS
ITU-T T1 time (for PSTN G3 mode)
If the connection time to a particular terminal is longer than the NCU parameter setting,
adjust this byte. The T1 time is the value stored in this byte (in hex code), multiplied by 1
second.
Range:
0 to 120 s (00h to 78h)
FFh - The local NCU parameter factory setting is used.
Do not program a value between 79h and FEh.
Switch 01
No
FUNCTION
COMMENTS
Tx level
Bit4
Bit3
Bit2
Bit1
Bit0
0-4
D163
15
Disabled
182
SM
5-7
Cable equalizer
symptoms occurs.
Switch 02
No
FUNCTION
COMMENTS
Bit2
Bit1
Bit0
bps
Not used
0-3
2400
4800
7200
9600
12000
14400
16800
19200
SM
used.
183
D163
21600
24000
26400
28800
31200
33600
Disabled
Switch 03
No
FUNCTION
COMMENTS
If "inch only" is selected on the machine uses
Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0
= Inch-mm conversion
0-1 available
special senders.
D163
184
SM
0: Off
1: Disabled
Compression modes available This bit determines the capabilities that are
5
in transmit mode
0: MH only
1: Disabled
used.
For example, if ECM is switched on but is not
wanted when sending to a particular terminal, use
disabled.
E-mail Parameters
The initial settings of the following e-mail parameters are all "0" (all parameters disabled).
Switch 00
No
SM
FUNCTION
COMMENTS
185
D163
MH Compression mode
0
0: Off
1: On
MR Compression mode
1
0: Off
1: On
MMR Compression mode
2
0: Off
1: On
3-6
Not used
compression method of
e-mail attachments
0: Registered (Bit 0 to 6)
1: No registration.
Switch 01
No
FUNCTION
COMMENTS
attachment: A4
0: Off
A4.
1: On
Original width of e-mail
1
attachment: B4
0: Off
B4.
1: On
Original width of e-mail
2
attachment: A3
0: Off
A3.
1: On
D163
186
SM
3-6
Not used
of e-mail attachments
0: Registered (Bit 0 to 6)
1: No registration.
Switch 02
No
FUNCTION
COMMENTS
0: Off
200 x100.
1: On
Line resolution of e-mail
1
0: Off
200 x 200.
1: On
Line resolution of e-mail
2
0: Off
200 x 400.
1: On
3
Not used
0: Off
400 x 400.
1: On
5-6
Not used
of e-mail attachments
0: Registered (Bit 0 to 6)
1: No registration.
SM
187
D163
Switch 04
No
FUNCTION
COMMENTS
If the other ends have the addresses, which have
selection
mode)
1-7
Not used
Switch 05
No
FUNCTION
COMMENTS
Directr transmission
0
0: ON
SMTP server.
1: OFF
1-7
Not used
D163
188
SM
Do not change the settings which are marked as Not used or Read only.
189
D163
190
SM
191
D163
0: Off, 1: On
0: Off, 1: On
0: Off, 1: On
192
SM
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Setting
0 min.
1 min.
14 min.
15 min.
193
D163
This bit is only effective when RDS operation can be selected by the user
(see system switch 02).
194
SM
If the number of characters is less than the maximum (20 for RTI, 32 for TTI), add a stop
code (00[H]) after the last character.
68044F(H)
SM
195
D163
196
SM
197
D163
00 - 07(H)
00 - 07(H)
198
SM
Area
6B35A9
6B35AA
NA
F4
01
EU
F4
01
ASIA
F4
01
SM
199
D163
The FCU controls all the fax communications and fax features, in cooperation with the controller
board. Also, the FCU contains the ROM, SRAM and NCU circuits.
Fax Options:
Extra G3 Interface option: This provides one more analog line interface. This allows full dual
access. Two extra G3 interface options can be installed.
Memory Expansion: This expands the SAF memory and the page memory (used for image
rotation); without this expansion, the page memory is not big enough for image rotation at 400
dpi, so transmission at 400 dpi is not possible.
D163
200
SM
5.2 BOARDS
5.2.1 FCU
The FCU (Facsimile Control Unit) controls fax communications, the video interface to the base
copiers engine, and all the fax options.
FACE3.5 (Fax Application Control Engine)
CPU
DMA control
Clock generation
Modem (FAME2)
DRAM
ROM
SM
201
D163
SRAM
The 512 KB SRAM for system and user parameter storage is backed up by a lithium battery.
Memory Back-up
A lithium battery backs up the system parameters and programmed items in the SRAM, in
case the base copier's main switch is turned off.
Switches
Item
SW1
Description
Switches the SRAM backup battery on/off.
The SG3 board allows up to three simultaneous communications when used in combination with
the FCU and optional G3 boards. The NCU is on the same board as the common SG-3 board.
This makes the total board structure smaller. But, the specifications of the SG3 board do not
change.
D163
202
SM
CPU (RU30)
DPRAM (Dual Port RAM): Handshaking with the FCU is done through this block.
DMA controller
JBIG
DCR for MH, MR, MMR, and JBIG compression and decompression
FROM
1Mbyte flash ROM for SG3 software storage and modem software storage
SDRAM
4Mbyte DRAM shared between ECM buffer, line buffer, and working memory
Analog processing
CODEC (COder-DECoder)
REG
SM
203
D163
When scanning a fax original, the IPU uses the MTF, independent dot erase and
thresholding parameter settings programmed in the fax units scanner bit switches, not
the copier's SP modes.
Then, the FCU converts the data to mm format, and compresses the data in MMR or raw format to
store it in the SAF memory. If image rotation will be done, the image is rotated in page memory
before compression.
At the time of transmission, the FCU decompresses the stored data, then re-compresses and/or
reduces the data if necessary for transmission. The NCU transmits the data to the line.
D163
204
SM
Immediate Transmission
The base copier's scanner scans the original at the resolution agreed with the receiving terminal.
The IPU video processes the data and transfers it to the FCU.
When scanning a fax original, the IPU uses the MTF, independent dot erase and
thresholding parameter settings programmed in the fax units scanner bit switches, not
the copier's SP modes.
Then the FCU stores the data in page memory, and compresses the data for transmission. The
NCU transmits the data to the line.
JBIG Transmission
Memory transmission: If the receiver has JBIG compression, the data goes from the DCR to the
QM-Coder. Then the NCU transmits the data to the line. When an optional G3 unit (SG3) is
installed and PSTN2 is selected as the line type, JBIG compression is available, but only for the
PSTN-2 line.
Immediate transmission: If the receiver has JBIG compression, the data goes from the page
memory to the QM-Coder. Then the NCU transmits the data to the line. When an optional G3 unit
(SG3) is installed and PSTN2 is selected as the line type, JBIG compression is available, but only
for the PSTN-2 line.
Adjustments
SM
Priority for the line used for G3 transmissions (PSTN 1/PSTN 2 or 3): System switch 16 bit 1
205
D163
5.3.2 RECEPTION
First, the FCU stores the incoming data from either an analog line to the SAF memory. (The data
goes to the FACE3 at the same time, and is checked for error lines/frames.)
The FCU then decompresses the data and transfers it to page memory. If image rotation will be
done, the image is rotated in the page memory. The data is transferred to the IPU.
If the optional G3 unit is installed, the line that the message comes in on depends on the
telephone number dialled by the other party (the optional G3 unit has a different telephone
number from the main fax board).
JBIG Reception
When data compressed with JBIG comes in on PSTN-1 (the standard analog line), the data is
sent to the QM-CODER for decompression. Then the data is stored in the page memory, and
transferred to the IPU.
When data compressed with JBIG comes in on PSTN-2 (optional extra analog line), the data is
sent to the QM-CODER on the SG3 board for decompression.
D163
206
SM
Option
Standard only
PSTN
(double)
Combinations
G3
Available protocol
G3 + G3
G3 + G3 +G3
The base copier's scanner scans the original at the selected resolution. The IPU video processes
the data and transfers it to the controller board.
Then the controller stores the data in the page memory for the copier function, and compresses
the data in MMR (by software) to store it in the HDD. If image rotation will be done, the image is
rotated in the page memory before compression.
SM
207
D163
For transmission, the stored image data is transferred to the FCU. The FCU decompresses the
image data, then recompresses and/or reduces the data if necessary for transmission. The NCU
transmits the data to the line.
The documents can be stored in the HDD (Document Server) from the fax application. The stored
documents in the document sever can be used for the fax transmission in many times. More than
one document and the scanned document can be combined into one file and then the file can be
transmitted.
When using the document server, the SAF memory is not used.
Up to 9,000 pages can be stored (1 file: Up to 1,000 pages) from the fax application.
Scanned documents are given a name automatically, such as "FAX001". But it is possible to
change the file name, user name and password.
The compression method of the fax application is different from the copy application. The
storing time is longer than the copier storing.
D163
When selecting "Print 1st page", the stored document will be reduced to A4 size.
208
SM
Function
Resolution
200 x 100
200 x 200
200 x 200
200 x 400
400 x 400 (if available)
RX Paper Width
A4
A4, B4, A3
MH
Signals
Image data
transmission only
terminals, and
acknowledgement of receipt of
fax messages
Data Formats
The scanned data is converted into a TIFF-F formatted file.
The fields of the e-mail and their contents are as follows:
Field
Content
From
Reply To
To
Bcc
Subject
SM
209
D163
Field
Content Type
Message Body
Content
Multipart/mixed
Attached files: image/tiff
Base 64, 7-bit, 8-bit, Quoted Printable
MIME-converted TIFF-F (MIME standards specify how
files are attached to e-mail messages)
e-mail address:
gts@ricoh.co.jp
gts.abcd.com
In this case, this feature destination e-mail address (gts@ricoh.co.jp) is read as the SMTP server
address "gts.abcd.com", and the transmissions bypass the SMTP server.
Selectable Options
These options are available for selection:
With the default settings, the scan resolution can be either standard or detail. Inch-mm
conversion before TX depends on IFAX SW01 Bit 7. Detail resolution will be used if Super
Fine resolution is selected, unless Fine resolution is enabled with IFAX SW01.
The requirements for originals (document size, scan width, and memory capacity) are the
same as for G3 fax memory TX.
D163
210
SM
Mail Reception
Three Types
This machine supports three types of e-mail reception:
SMTP Reception
1.
The IFAX must be registered as an SMTP server in the MX record of the DNS server, and the
address of the received mail must specify the IFAX.
2.
To enable SMTP reception: User Tools> System Settings> File Transfer> Reception Protocol
Even if the MX record on the DNS server includes the IFAX, mail cannot be received with
SMTP until SMTP reception is enabled:
However, if SMTP reception is selected and the machine is not registered in the MX
record of the DNS server, then either IMAP4 or POP3 is used, depending on the setting:
User Tools> System Settings> File Transfer> Reception Protocol
2.
User Tools> Facsimile Features> Reception Settings> SMTP RX File Delivery Settings
If the user wishes to limit this feature so that the machine will only deliver mail from
designated senders, the machine's "Auth. E-mail RX" feature must be set (User Tools>
Facsimile Features> Reception Settings> SMTP RX File Delivery Settings).
3.
If the "SMTP RX File Delivery Setting" is set to Off to prohibit SMTP receiving, and if there is
mail designated for delivery, then the machine responds with an error. (User Tools> Facsimile
Features> Reception Settings> SMTP RX File Delivery Settings)
4.
If the quick dial, speed dial, or group dial entry is incorrect, the mail transmission is lost, and
the IFAX issues an error to the SMTP server and outputs an error report.
SM
211
D163
Auth. E-mail RX
In order to limit access to mail delivery with IFAX, the addresses of senders must be limited using
the Access Limit Entry. Only one entry can be registered.
1.
gts@IFAX.ricoh.co.jp
gts@IFAX.abcde.co.jp
IFAX@ricoh.co.jp
1.
Conditions
If the Access Limit Entry address and the mail address of the incoming mail do not match,
the incoming mail is discarded and not delivered, and the SMTP server responds with an
error. However, in this case an error report is not output.
If the Access Limit Entry address is not registered, and if the incoming mail specifies a
delivery destination, then the mail is delivered unconditionally.
D163
212
SM
Header
Content-Type
Charset
Content-TransferEncoding
Supported Types
Multipart/mixed, text/plain, message/rfc822 Image/tiff
US-ASCII, ISO 8859 X. Other types cannot be
handled, and some garbage may appear in the data.
2.
3.
4.
SM
213
D163
Field
Content
From
To
Bcc
Subject
Content-Type
Multipart/mixed
Text/Plain (for a text part), image/tiff (for attached files)
Message body
D163
214
SM
Mail Type
Subject
Entry
Item 1
---
Item 2
Entry Condition
1. "CSI" ("RTI")
2. "RTI"
3. "CSI"
No Subject
Entry
Item 3
4. None
+
File No.
1. "CSI" ("RTI")
Normal:
Return Receipt
(dispatched).
Confirmation
of Reception
2. "RTI"
From
Error:
Return Receipt
4. None
Mail delivery,
RTI or CSI of
memory
the station
transfer,
designated
SMTP
From
Mail delivery
Fax Message No. +
for delivery
File Number
receiving
RTI or CSI of
and delivery
sender
memory
SM
215
D163
Mail Type
Item 1
Item 2
Mail address
Memory sending
of sender
Mail address
of sender
Mail error
notification
---
Item 3
Gateway)
E-mail Messages
After entering the subject, you can enter a message with: TX Mode> Text
An e-mail message (up to 5 lines) can be pre-registered with: User Tools> System Settings> File
Transfer> Program/Change/Delete E-mail Message
- Limitations on Entries -
Item
Maximum
Number of Lines
5 lines
Line Length
80 characters
Name Length
20 characters
Send request for confirmation of mail reception. To enable or disable this request (known as
MDN): TX Mode> Reception Notice
2.
D163
216
SM
3.
4.
The other party's machine will not respond to the request unless the two conditions below are met:
The other party's machine must be set up to respond to the confirmation request.
The other party's machine must support MDN (Message Disposition Notification).
- Setting up the Receiving Party The receiving party will respond to the confirmation request if:
1.
The "Disposition Notification To" field is in the received mail header (automatically inserted in
the 4th line in the upper table on the previous page, if MDN is enabled), and
2.
Sending the disposition notification must be enabled (User Parameter Setting SW21 (15 [H])
Bit 1 for this model). The content of the response is as follows:
Normal reception:
Error:
Handling Reports
- Sending a Request for a Return Receipt by Mail After the mail sender transmits a request for a return receipt, the mail sender's journal is
annotated with two hyphens (--) in the Result column and a "Q" in the Mode column.
- Mail Receipt (Request for Receipt Confirmation) and Sending Mail Receipt Response After the mail receiver sends a response to the request for a return receipt, the mail receiver's
journal is annotated with two hyphens (--) in the Result column and an "A" in the Mode column.
- Receiving the Return Receipt Mail
After the mail sender receives a return receipt, the information in the mail sender's journal
about the receipt request is replaced, i.e. the journal is annotated with "OK" in the Result
column.
When the return receipt reports an error, the journal is annotated with an "E" in the Result
column.
The arrival of the return receipt is not recorded in the journal as a separate communication. Its
arrival is only reported by the presence of "OK" or "E" in the Result column.
If the mail address used by the sender specifies a mailing list (i.e., a Group destination; the
machine sends the mail to more than one location. See "How to set up Mail Delivery"), the
Result column of the Journal is updated every time a return receipt is received. For example,
if the mailing list was to 5 destinations, the Result column indicates the result of the
communication with the 5th destination only. The results of the communications to the first 4
destinations are not shown.
SM
217
D163
Exceptions:
If one of the communications had an error, the Result column will indicate E, even if
subsequent communications were OK.
If two of the communications had an error, the Journal will indicate the destination for the first
error only.
- Report Sample -
D163
218
SM
5.5 IP-FAX
5.5.1 WHAT IS IP-FAX?
For details: Core Technology Manual Facsimile Processes Faxing from a PC Internet/LAN
Fax Boards IP-FAX
IP-Fax Switch 01
No.
Function
Comments
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Level
0-3
5.5.3 SETTINGS
User parameter switch 34 (22[H]), bit 0
IP-Fax Gate Keeper usage, 0: No, 1: Yes
IP Fax Switches: Various IP-FAX settings (see the bit switch table)
SM
219
D163
6. SPECIFICATIONS
6.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
6.1.1 FCU
Type:
Circuit:
Connection:
Original Size:
(Single-sided document)
Length: 128 - 1200 mm [5.0 - 47.2 ins]
Width: 105 - 297 mm [4.1 - 11.7 inch]
(Double-sided document)
Length: 128 - 432 mm [5.0 - 17 inch]
Width: 105 - 297 mm [4.1 - 11.7 inch]
Scanning Method:
Resolution:
D163
220
SM
Data Compression:
Protocol:
Modulation:
Data Rate:
19200/16800/14400/12000/9600/7200/4800/2400 bps
Automatic fallback
I/O Rate:
Memory Capacity:
Page Memory
Standard: 8 MB (Print: 4 MB + Scanner: 4 MB)
With optional Expansion Memory: 16 MB (8 MB + 8 MB)
(Print 8 MB + Scanner: 8 MB)
SM
221
D163
Item
Standard
Quick Dial
2000
Groups
100
500
500
Programs
100
Auto Document
200
Specific Senders
30
The following table shows how the capabilities of the document memory will change after the
Expansion Memory are installed.
Memory Transmission
file
Without the
Expansion Memory
Memory
400
400
1000
1000
320
2240
Maximum number of
page for memory
transmission
Memory capacity for
memory transmission
(Note1)
Measured using an ITU-T #1 test document (Slerexe letter) at the standard resolution,
the auto image density mode and the Text mode.
D163
222
SM
Ethernet 100base-Tx/10base-T
Gigabit Ethernet 1000 Base-T
IEEE802.11a/g, g (wireless LAN),
200 100 dpi (Standard resolution), 200 200 dpi (Detail
resolution), 200 400 dpi (Fine resolution)*1, 400 400 dpi (Super
Resolution:
Fine resolution)*1
To use 200 400 dpi and 400 400 dpi, IFAX SW01 Bit 2
and/or bit 4 must be set to 1.
TTI: None
Time:
Document Size:
E-mail File
Format:
Single/multi-part
MIME conversion
Image: TIFF-F (MH, MR, MMR)
Transmission:
Protocol:
SMTP, TCP/IP
Reception:
POP3, SMTP, IMAP4, TCP/IP
1000 Mbps (1000 Base-T)
Data Rate:
SM
223
D163
Authentication
Method:
Remark:
SMTP-AUTH
POP before SMTP
A-POP
The machine must be set up as an e-mail client before installation.
Any client PCs connected to the machine through a LAN must also
be e-mail clients, or some features will not work (e.g. Autorouting).
D163
224
SM
Ethernet/10base-T, 100base-TX
Gigabit Ethernet/1000 Base-T
IEEE802.11a/g, g (wireless LAN)
8 x 3.85 lines/mm, 200x100dpi (standard character),
8 x 7.7lines/mm, 200x200dpi (detail character),
Maximum Original
size:
Maximum scanning
size:
Transmission
protocol:
Compatible
machines:
through a network.
function:
IP-Fax reception
network.
function:
SM
225
D163
Component
Code
FCU
No.
1
D163
GWFCU I/F
Expansion Memory
G578
SG3 Board
D163
Optional
3
D163
Remarks
226
SM
Component
Code
FCU
No.
3
D167
GWFCU I/F
Expansion Memory
G578
SG3 Board
SM
Optional
2
D167
Remarks
227
D163
D683
SPDF DF3080
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
D683
1.27
1.28
1.29
D683
ii
SM
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
ADF Removal
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
2.
3.
4.
SM
D683
ADF Removal
5.
6.
7.
D683
1,
4)
1)
SM
ADF Removal
9.
While holding the left and right sides of the ADF, lift up to remove it.
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
8.
SM
D683
Copy the original and make sure that the position of the line [A] is within 01mm
3.
D683
SM
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
Copy the original and make sure that the position of the line [B] is within 02mm.
2.
Make sure that the difference between both end positions of the line [A] is within 02mm.
2.
If not within the standard, change the position of the fixing screw [A] to the long hole [B] at the
right hinge.
Copy the original and make sure that the length of the line [B] is within 1001mm.
2.
SM
D683
Platen Adjustment
Open the ADF and remove the white cover (magic tape10)
2.
Put the white cover [A] in the correct position on the exposure glass, aligning it with
the glass cover [B] and the rear scale [C].
3.
Close the ADF [A] slowly and paste the ADF and the white cover [B] with the magic
tapes.
D683
SM
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
2.
SM
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
D683
2.
Cover [A] ( 1)
3.
D683
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
SM
Feed Cover
1.
2.
3.
SM
1,
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
2)
D683
2.
3.
Original feed unit [A] (Pull the original feed unit, remove the back side of the shaft.
Then, remove the bushing in the foreground.)
D683
10
SM
1.
2.
Slide the resin bushing [A], and then remove the pick-up roller unit [B].
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
At re-assembly, make sure that the tab on the front guide plate [A] is above the
pick-up roller [B].
3.
SM
Pick-up roller cover [A] and pick-up roller [B] ( 2, bushing2, one-way clutch1)
11
D683
Lift the left and right sides of the feed belt holder [A], then remove it.
5.
Remove the feed belt [B] from the feed belt holder [A].
D683
12
SM
1.
2.
3.
4.
SM
13
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
D683
2.
3.
D683
14
1)
SM
4.
SM
15
D683
2.
3.
4.
Remove the original exit sensor [B], which is mounted on the upper guide [A] ( 6)
D683
16
SM
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
5.
SM
Remove the original exit sensor [B] from the upper guide [A] ( 1,
17
1)
D683
2.
D683
s)
18
SM
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
2.
3.
SM
19
1 each)
D683
2.
3.
4.
Remove the original width sensor guide plate [A] ( 2), then remove the original width
sensors (
D683
1)
20
SM
Raise the document tray [A], then remove the lower cover [B] ( 4)
2.
1)
3.
1)
4.
LG Width Sensor[C] (
1)
SM
21
D683
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
APS Feeler
2.
D683
22
SM
1.
2.
3.
SM
23
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
1)
D683
2.
3.
D683
1)
24
SM
1.
2.
3.
SM
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
1)
25
D683
2.
3.
4.
D683
1)
26
SM
1.
2.
3.
SM
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
1)
27
D683
2.
Remove the ADF feed cover interlock switch [A] from the retaining bracket ( 1,
spring1, pin1)
3.
4.
D683
28
2)
1,
1)
SM
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
SM
29
D683
2.
2,
2, spring1, timing
belt1)
3.
D683
30
SM
1.
ADF entrance motor along with the frame (page 30 "ADF Entrance Motor")
2.
3.
SM
31
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
D683
2.
3.
D683
32
SM
1.
ADF entrance motor along with the frame (page 30 "ADF Entrance Motor")
2.
SM
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
33
D683
2.
3.
4.
D683
1, timing belt1)
34
1, timing belt1)
SM
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
5.
SM
35
D683
2.
3.
ADF entrance motor along with the frame (page 30 "ADF Entrance Motor")
4.
D683
36
SM
5.
SM
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
37
D683
CIS Unit
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
D683
3)
38
SM
SPDF DF3080
(D683)
CIS Unit
To prevent scratches on the surface of the CIS glass, removal of the CIS unit must be
done with the white cover [A] open.
SM
39
D683
D685
BRIDGE UNIT BU3070
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
SM
D685
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
BRIDGE UNIT
BU3070 (D685)
2.
3.
SM
D685
4.
5.
D685
2)
SM
BRIDGE UNIT
BU3070 (D685)
SM
D685
Bridge unit (
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
D685
1, 1)
SM
BRIDGE UNIT
BU3070 (D685)
7.
8.
SM
D685
9.
D685
SM
1.
Bridge unit (
2.
Upside down.
3.
SM
BRIDGE UNIT
BU3070 (D685)
1)
D685
2.
3.
D685
SM
1.
2.
3.
SM
BRIDGE UNIT
BU3070 (D685)
D685
D686/D687
BOOKLET FINISHER SR3150 /
FINISHER SR3140
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
P a ge
Date
A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew
ii
12/17/2014
ii
04/22/2015
56 66
04/22/2015
59 62
12/17/2014
D686/D687
Rev. 04/22/2015
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.20
1.21
1.22
1.23
1.24
1.25
1.26
1.27
1.28
1.29
1.30
1.31
1.32
1.33
1.34
1.35
1.36
1.37
1.38
1.39
1.40
2. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................. 63
2.1 STACKING PROBLEM AT THE 1000-SHEET FINISHER ...........................63
2.2 EARLY PAPER FULL 1000-SHEET FINISHER...........................................66
D686/D687
ii
SM
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
Exterior part
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
2.
Front cover ( 1)
SM
D686/D687
Exterior part
2.
3.
4.
D686/D687
page 1)
SM
Exterior part
1.
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
Front cover (
page 1)
2.
Inner cover (
page 2)
3.
SM
D686/D687
Exterior part
2.
Upper cover ( 2)
D686/D687
SM
Exterior part
1.
2.
Upper cover (
3.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
D686/D687
Exterior part
Rear cover (
2.
Upper cover (
3.
D686/D687
page 3)
page 4)
SM
Exterior part
1.
2.
3.
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
SM
D686/D687
Exterior part
D686/D687
SM
Exterior part
1.
Front cover (
2.
Rear cover (
3.
Shift tray (
4.
5.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
D686/D687
Exterior part
Front cover (
2.
Rear cover (
3.
Booklet tray (
4.
D686/D687
page 1)
page 3)
page 8)
10
SM
1.
Proof tray (
2.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
11
1)
D686/D687
Proof tray (
2.
3.
D686/D687
page 7)
12
SM
1.
Proof tray (
2.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
13
D686/D687
Proof tray (
2.
3.
4.
D686/D687
page 7)
14
1)
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
SM
15
D686/D687
2.
D686/D687
[A] ( 2,
16
1,
2)
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
2.
3.
SM
page 4)
17
1)
D686/D687
Proof tray (
2.
3.
D686/D687
page 7)
18
1,
1)
SM
1.
page 9)
2.
Bracket [A] ( 4,
3,
3.
4.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
19
D686/D687
5.
D686/D687
20
SM
2.
SM
21
D686/D687
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
2.
D686/D687
page 9)
1)
22
SM
1.
Rear cover (
2.
3.
Remove connectors (
4.
Stopper [A] ( 2)
5.
6.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
3, ground plate1)
23
D686/D687
When you remove the booklet stitch unit from the mainmachine frame, be careful not to
catch the cable on the frame.
D686/D687
24
SM
Center-folding unit
1.
2.
Knob [A] ( 2)
3.
4.
Remove connectors ( 1,
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
4,
1)
4, ground plate1)
25
D686/D687
Center-folding unit
5.
Bracket [A] ( 1,
D686/D687
3,
1)
26
SM
Center-folding unit
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
6.
27
D686/D687
Center-folding unit (
2.
3.
D686/D687
page 25)
28
1)
SM
1.
Center-folding unit (
2.
3.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
29
1,
4)
D686/D687
Center-folding unit (
2.
D686/D687
page 25)
1)
30
SM
1.
Center-folding unit (
2.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
31
D686/D687
Center-folding unit (
2.
3.
D686/D687
page 25)
2)
1)
32
SM
1.
Center-folding unit (
2.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
33
D686/D687
Center-folding unit (
2.
D686/D687
page 25)
34
SM
1.
Center-folding unit (
2.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
35
D686/D687
2.
3.
D686/D687
page 23)
36
2,
2)
SM
An EEPROM is installed in the control board to record the drive frequency and no. of
sheets.
When the control board is replaced, the EEPROM is replaced at the same time.
1.
Rear cover (
2.
SM
23)
37
D686/D687
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
Rear cover (
2.
D686/D687
page 3)
1)
38
SM
Strike motor
1.
Rear cover (
2.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
39
D686/D687
Shift motor
Rear cover (
2.
D686/D687
page 3)
40
SM
1.
Rear cover (
2.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
41
D686/D687
Rear cover (
2.
Filler [A] ( 1)
3.
D686/D687
page 3)
21,
42
SM
SM
43
1)
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
4.
D686/D687
2.
D686/D687
44
SM
2.
3.
SM
45
2)
D686/D687
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
2.
3.
D686/D687
46
SM
Stapler tray
1.
2.
3.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
47
1)
D686/D687
Stapler tray
Remove so as not to damage, paying attention to the shape of the claw enclosed by
the blue circle.
4.
D686/D687
2,
1)
48
SM
1.
Stapler tray (
2.
3.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
49
1,
1)
D686/D687
Stapler tray (
2.
D686/D687
page 47)
50
1)
SM
1.
Stapler tray (
2.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
51
D686/D687
Jogger HP sensor
Stapler tray (
2.
Separate the jogger fence [A] from the jogger HP sensor [B].
3.
Jogger HP sensor (
D686/D687
page 47)
1)
52
SM
1.
Stapler tray (
2.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
53
D686/D687
Stapler tray (
2.
D686/D687
page 47)
54
1)
SM
1.
Stapler tray (
2.
3.
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
55
2)
D686/D687
Stapler unit
Rev. 04/22/2015
x 2)
2.
Pull out the staple folder unit and remove the guide. (
x 2)
D686/D687
56
SM
Stapler unit
Rev. 04/22/2015
3.
Move the staple unit to the center and remove the guide plate. (
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
x 2)
4.
x 2)
SM
57
D686/D687
Stapler unit
Rev. 04/22/2015
5.
x 2)
6.
x 3].
7.
x 2].
D686/D687
58
SM
Stapler unit
Rev. 04/22/2015
8.
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
x 4)
9.
x 3)
x 2)
SM
59
D686/D687
Stapler unit
Rev. 04/22/2015
Before Reassembling
1.
D686/D687
60
SM
Reassembling
1.
Mount the stapler drive unit and the staple clincher unit.
2.
Set the special tool so that it fits to the elongate holes on the drive and clincher units.
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
Stapler unit
Rev. 04/22/2015
3.
[B]
[A]
4.
x 3)
SM
61
D686/D687
Stapler unit
Rev. 04/22/2015
5.
6.
7.
8.
D686/D687
62
SM
2. TROUBLESHOOTING
2.1 STACKING PROBLEM AT THE 1000-SHEET FINISHER
Stacking problem may occur due to paper curl depending on the paper type / size. In this case, it
is possible to avoid the problem by attaching the auxiliary tray.
Clean the back [B] of the auxiliary tray [A] with alcohol
2.
SM
63
D686/D687
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
Rev. 12/17/2014
Rev. 12/17/2014
Place the sheet on the outer end [A] of the auxiliary tray and hook the bent portion [B]
at the edge of the tray.
2.
Manually lift the paper surface detection feeler [A] to keep the sensor ON.
Keep lifting the feeler until step 4.
3.
Open and close the upper cover [A] or the front cover [B]. The shift tray [C] starts to descend.
4.
"JAM227" is displayed about 3 seconds later. The shift tray descent is stopped. Release your
hand from the feeler.
5.
Clean the place [A] to attach the fixing sheet with alcohol.
D686/D687
64
SM
BOOKLET FINISHER
SR3150 / FINISHER
SR3140
(D686/D687)
Rev. 12/17/2014
6.
7.
Attach the fixing sheet [B] on the shift tray and fasten the auxiliary tray.
8.
Open and close the front cover or the upper cover. The shift tray starts to rise [C],
and JAM227 is cleared.
SM
65
D686/D687
Rev. 12/17/2014
Installation procedure
1.
Place the auxiliary tray [B] into the dent in the proof tray [A].
D686/D687
66
SM
D688/D689
BOOKLET FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
D688/D689
D688/D689
ii
SM
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
2.
3.
Open the front door [A], and remove the upper cover (front) [B] ( 2)
SM
D688/D689
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
Exterior Covers
Exterior Covers
4.
D688/D689
Check the positions of the bosses and hooks before removing the upper cover.
SM
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
Exterior Covers
SM
D688/D689
Exterior Covers
Remove the following covers (page 1 "Rear Upper Cover, Rear Lower Cover, Upper
Cover")
Upper Cover
2.
3.
4.
5.
D688/D689
SM
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
Exterior Covers
Check the positions of the bosses and hooks before removing the paper exit cover.
SM
D688/D689
Exterior Covers
Remove the following covers (page 1 "Rear Upper Cover, Rear Lower Cover, Upper
Cover")
2.
Upper cover
Remove the following covers (page 4 "Front Cover, Front Left Side Cover")
Front cover
D688/D689
SM
Exterior Covers
2.
3.
4.
5.
SM
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
D688/D689
Exterior Covers
6.
7.
8.
D688/D689
SM
Exterior Covers
1.
2.
3.
4.
SM
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
D688/D689
Exterior Covers
5.
D688/D689
10
SM
1.2 BOARDS
1.2.1 MAIN BOARD
1.
Remove the following covers (page 1 "Rear Upper Cover, Rear Lower Cover, Upper
Cover")
2.
all)
Check the settings of dip switch [A] on the old main board.
2.
3.
Change the settings of dip switch [A] on the new main board to match the settings on the old
main board.
4.
SM
Make sure the switches of dip switch [B] on the new main board are all OFF.
11
D688/D689
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
Boards
Boards
D688/D689
12
SM
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
Remove the following covers (page 4 "Front Cover, Front Left Side Cover")
Front door
End fence
2.
3.
Disconnect the harness from the back side of the inner upper cover when you
remove the inner upper cover.
SM
13
D688/D689
4.
5.
Remove the bushing [A] from the front side of the finisher ( 1)
6.
D688/D689
14
SM
7.
8.
9.
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
SM
15
D688/D689
D688/D689
16
SM
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
7)
14. Pull out the harnesses disconnected in step 13 to the right side of the finisher through
the hole [A].
15. Remove the harness from the clamps ( 4)
16. Remove the corner stapling unit [A] from between the front and left plate.
SM
17
D688/D689
2.
3.
D688/D689
2)
1)
18
SM
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
2.
3.
1)
1)
2.
SM
19
1)
D688/D689
Rear upper cover (page 1 "Rear Upper Cover, Rear Lower Cover, Upper Cover")
2.
1)
2.
D688/D689
1,
2)
20
SM
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
2.
3.
4.
SM
1)
1)
21
D688/D689
2.
3.
4.
D688/D689
1)
1)
22
SM
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
2.
3.
Turn back the stapler bracket, and remove the trailing edge pressure plate HP sensor
1)
bracket [A] ( 1)
4.
SM
23
1)
D688/D689
2.
3.
Turn back the stapler bracket, and remove the paper exit gate motor bracket [A] ( 1,
1)
1)
4.
5.
D688/D689
1)
24
SM
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
SM
25
D688/D689
2.
3.
4.
D688/D689
1)
1)
1)
26
SM
Remove the following covers (page 1 "Rear Upper Cover, Rear Lower Cover, Upper
Cover")
2.
Remove the ground wire [A] in the left lower side of the main unit ( 1)
3.
4.
Disconnect the 7 connectors of the booklet unit from the main board as shown below
(
SM
7)
27
D688/D689
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
Booklet Unit
Booklet Unit
5.
Open the front door [A] and pull out the stapling unit [B].
6.
Remove the screws that hold the finisher and booklet unit. ( 6)
D688/D689
28
SM
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
Booklet Unit
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the screw [B] of the belt holding bracket, and then loosen the press folding
1)
5.
SM
29
D688/D689
Booklet Unit
6.
11)
7.
2)
8.
D688/D689
30
SM
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
Booklet Unit
9.
Remove the spring [B] from the press folding motor bracket [A] ( 1, spring1)
SM
31
1)
D688/D689
Booklet Unit
2.
3.
D688/D689
32
SM
1.
Do not disassemble the punch unit. This unit is precisely adjusted in the factory.
Do not drop or give a shock to the unit when you replace it. The unit could be damaged.
Remove the following covers (page 1 "Rear Upper Cover, Rear Lower Cover, Upper
Cover")
2.
3.
SM
3,
2)
2)
33
D688/D689
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
Punch Unit
Punch Unit
4.
D688/D689
2,
2)
34
SM
2.
3.
SM
35
D688/D689
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
4.
Adjust the position of the flat fold lower roller [A] to adjust the difference in alignment
between the upper and lower rollers of the flat fold booklet unit.
To lower the booklet fold height (increase folding strength), roller offset is increased.
To raise the booklet fold height (decrease folding strength), roller offset is decreased.
When the machine is shipped from the factory, the booklet fold height is set low by
offsetting the rollers. However, since the folding strength is high, toner cracking
may occur at fold lines. In such a case, toner cracking at fold lines may be reduced
by adjusting the offset amount to 0 mm.
D688/D689
36
SM
Difference in
Folding
Thickness of the
Alignment
Strength
booklet
sticking to the
folding line
3mm (default)
Strong
Thin
OK
0mm
Weak
Thick
Good
5.
6.
SM
37
D688/D689
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
2.
Set the moving speed of the flat fold booklet unit for each paper size with SP6-114-001
to 010 (Fold Speed Adj.: 2K/3K FIN).
SP
SP6-114-001
SP6-114-002
SP6-114-003
SP6-114-004
SP6-114-005
Setting Items
Selection
Default
Value
0: Standard*
SEF
1: Middle
0: Standard
2: Low
SP6-114-006
SP6-114-007
SP6-114-008
SP6-114-009
SP6-114-010
D688/D689
38
SM
Remove the following covers (page 1 "Rear Upper Cover, Rear Lower Cover, Upper
Cover")
2.
3.
4.
SM
1)
39
D688/D689
BOOKLET
FINISHER SR3170 /
FINISHER SR3160
(D688/D689)
Stapler Unit
D690
INTERNAL FINISHER SR3130
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
SM
D690
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
Inner Finisher
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
3.
4.
SM
D690
Inner Finisher
5.
Finisher [A] ( 1)
6.
D690
SM
1.
2.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
D690
Finisher (
2.
3.
D690
SM
1.
2.
3.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
D690
2.
D690
page 5)
3, 2)
SM
Control Board
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
2.
SM
page 3 )
17)
D690
Entrance Sensor
Finisher (
2.
3.
D690
1)
SM
4.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
Entrance Sensor
D690
Entrance Motor
Finisher (
2.
3.
4.
D690
1)
10
SM
1.
2.
3.
4.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
1)
11
D690
2.
D690
page 5)
1,
1)
12
SM
1.
2.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
13
D690
2.
D690
page 6)
14
SM
1.
2.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
15
D690
Transport Sensor
Upper cover (
2.
3.
D690
1)
16
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
Upper cover (
2.
Rear cover (
3.
Rotate the timing belt [A], and release the strike roller arm unit [B] from the strike roller
HP sensor [C].
4.
SM
17
1,
1)
D690
5.
D690
18
SM
1.
Control board (
2.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
19
3)
D690
Control board (
page 7 )
2.
Rotate the paper output guide plate gear [A] counterclockwise, and release the paper
output guide plate [B] from the paper output guide plate HP sensor [C].
3.
D690
20
1)
SM
1.
2.
Rear cover (
3.
4.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
1)
21
D690
Shift Motor
After attaching, rotate the knob, and check that all gear trains can rotate.
After attachment, when the cam is rotated, check that the link interlocks.
1.
2.
3.
4.
D690
1,
1)
22
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
Shift Motor
5.
SM
23
D690
2.
3.
D690
24
2,
1)
SM
1.
2.
3.
Knob [A]
4.
5.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
25
1)
D690
6.
D690
If it is difficult to remove and attach, insert the stapler unit into the rear.
26
SM
1.
2.
Clamps (4)
3.
Upside down.
4.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
page 6 )
27
D690
5.
D690
1)
28
SM
Stapler Unit
1.
2.
3.
4.
Entrance cover (
5.
6.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
29
D690
Stapler Unit
7.
Move the stapler unit to the front, and remove the cartridge [A].
8.
D690
30
SM
9.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
Stapler Unit
2)
31
D690
Base cover (
2.
During attachment, remove the jogger fence motor (rear) bracket [A], and check that
the motor pulley has not separated from the timing belt.
D690
32
SM
3.
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
1)
During attachment, check that the motor pulley has not separated from the timing
belt.
SM
33
D690
2.
3.
D690
page 6)
34
1,
1)
SM
2.
3.
SM
page 6)
35
1)
D690
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
2.
3.
4.
D690
page 6 )
36
1,
1)
SM
1.
2.
3.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
1, 1)
37
D690
4.
D690
38
SM
1.
2.
Control board (
3.
Rear cover (
4.
5.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
1,
2)
39
D690
2.
3.
Gear [A] ( 1)
4.
5.
D690
page 39 )
page 7 "Control Board")
40
SM
6.
SM
INTERNAL
FINISHER
SR3130
(D690)
1)
41
D690
D691
INTERNAL SHIFT TRAY SH3070
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
SM
D691
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
Controller Board
INTERNAL
SHIFT TRAY
SH3070
(D691)
2.
3.
SM
D691
Shift Motor
Upper tray (
2.
3.
4.
D691
1)
SM
D692
1 BIN TRAY BN3110
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
SM
D692
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
Paper Sensor
1 BIN TRAY
BN3110 (D692)
2.
3.
4.
5.
SM
D692
Paper Sensor
6.
Cover [A]
7.
8.
D692
1)
2)
SM
1 BIN TRAY
BN3110 (D692)
Paper Sensor
9.
SM
D692
Controller Board
2.
D692
SM
D693
PAPER FEED UNIT PB3160
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
SM
D693
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
Rear Cover
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3160
(D693)
2.
SM
D693
Rear cover (
2.
D693
page 1)
1)
SM
1.
Rear cover (
2.
SM
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3160
(D693)
D693
Transport Motor
Rear cover (
2.
D693
page 1)
1)
SM
1.
Rear cover (
2.
SM
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3160
(D693)
D693
Controller Board
Rear cover (
2.
D693
page 1)
10)
SM
2.
3.
4.
SM
page 10 ,
page 14)
1)
D693
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3160
(D693)
Transport Sensor, Limit Sensor, Paper End Sensor, Paper Feed Sensor
Transport Sensor, Limit Sensor, Paper End Sensor, Paper Feed Sensor
5.
1)
6.
1)
D693
SM
Transport Sensor, Limit Sensor, Paper End Sensor, Paper Feed Sensor
1)
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3160
(D693)
7.
SM
D693
2.
Rear cover (
3.
4.
5.
D693
page 1)
10
SM
7.
8.
Stopper [A] ( 1)
9.
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3160
(D693)
6.
SM
11
D693
D693
1, 4)
12
SM
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3160
(D693)
SM
13
D693
2.
Harness [A] (
3.
D693
page 10)
1, 6)
14
SM
4.
SM
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3160
(D693)
15
D693
2.
Holder [A] ( 1)
3.
D693
page 10,
page 14)
16
SM
4.
5.
SM
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3160
(D693)
17
D693
D694
PAPER FEED UNIT PB3150
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
SM
D694
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
Rear Cover
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3150
(D694)
The photograph of the procedure has some elements which use a combination with the
"Paper Feed Unit PB3160."
1.
2.
SM
2)
D694
Rear cover (
2.
D694
page 1)
1)
SM
Transport Motor
1.
Rear cover (
2.
SM
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3150
(D694)
D694
Rear cover (
2.
D694
page 1)
1)
SM
Controller Board
1.
Rear cover (
2.
SM
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3150
(D694)
D694
Transport Sensor, Limit Sensor, Paper End Sensor, Paper Feed Sensor
2.
1.
2.
D694
page 9)
1)
SM
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3150
(D694)
Transport Sensor, Limit Sensor, Paper End Sensor, Paper Feed Sensor
3.
1)
4.
1)
SM
D694
Transport Sensor, Limit Sensor, Paper End Sensor, Paper Feed Sensor
5.
D694
1)
SM
1.
2.
Rear cover (
3.
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3150
(D694)
When the "Paper Feed Unit PB3160" and "LCIT PB3170" are combined, it has
already been removed.
4.
5.
6.
SM
D694
7.
8.
9.
D694
10
SM
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3150
(D694)
1,
4)
SM
11
D694
D694
12
SM
2.
Holder [A] ( 1)
3.
SM
page 9)
13
D694
PAPER FEED
UNIT PB3150
(D694)
4.
5.
D694
14
SM
D695
LCIT PB3170
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
SM
D695
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
Rear Cover
LCIT PB3170
(D695)
2.
SM
2)
D695
2.
3.
D695
SM
1.
Left tray (
2.
Rear cover (
3.
SM
LCIT PB3170
(D695)
D695
2.
3.
D695
1,
2)
SM
4.
SM
LCIT PB3170
(D695)
D695
Controller Board
Rear cover (
2.
D695
page 1)
9)
SM
1.
2.
3.
4.
SM
LCIT PB3170
(D695)
D695
5.
D695
1,
1)
SM
1.
Right tray ((
page 2)
2.
Rear cover (
page 1)
3.
4.
SM
LCIT PB3170
(D695)
page 12)
1)
D695
Left tray (
2.
Rear cover (
3.
D695
page 2
page 1)
1)
10
SM
1.
Right tray (
2.
Rear cover (
3.
SM
LCIT PB3170
(D695)
11
D695
Rear cover (
2.
D695
page 1)
3,
14)
12
SM
Lift Motor
1.
2.
3.
SM
LCIT PB3170
(D695)
13
D695
Transfer Motor
Motor unit (
2.
D695
14
SM
1.
Rear cover (
2.
3.
Actuator [A]
4.
SM
LCIT PB3170
(D695)
15
3)
D695
Rear cover (
2.
D695
page 1)
1)
16
SM
Transport Motor
1.
Rear cover (
2.
SM
LCIT PB3170
(D695)
17
D695
2.
Holder [A] ( 1)
3.
4.
D695
page 7)
18
SM
5.
SM
LCIT PB3170
(D695)
19
D695
Transport Sensor, Paper Fed Sensor, Paper End Sensor, Limit Sensor
2.
3.
D695
page 7)
1)
20
SM
4.
5.
SM
LCIT PB3170
(D695)
Transport Sensor, Paper Fed Sensor, Paper End Sensor, Limit Sensor
1)
21
D695
Transport Sensor, Paper Fed Sensor, Paper End Sensor, Limit Sensor
6.
Press the claw shown by the blue circle, and remove the paper end sensor [A] (
7.
D695
1)
1)
22
SM
2.
Right tray side fence (front), [A], right tray side fence (rear) [B] and right tray end fence
[C] ( 3)
SM
23
D695
LCIT PB3170
(D695)
Side Fence
D696
LCIT RT3030
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
SM
D696
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
Rear Cover
1.
2.
3.
4.
SM
LCIT RT3030
(D696)
1)
D696
Rear Cover
5.
D696
SM
Front Cover
1.
2.
SM
LCIT RT3030
(D696)
D696
Upper Cover
Front cover (
2.
Rear cover (
3.
D696
page 3)
page 1)
SM
Right Cover
1.
Front cover (
2.
SM
LCIT RT3030
(D696)
D696
2.
3.
4.
D696
SM
LCIT RT3030
(D696)
5.
SM
D696
Rear cover (
2.
D696
page 1)
1)
SM
Transport Motor
1.
Rear cover (
2.
SM
LCIT RT3030
(D696)
D696
Rear cover (
2.
D696
page 1)
1,
10)
10
SM
Controller Board
1.
Rear cover (
2.
SM
LCIT RT3030
(D696)
2)
11
D696
Front cover (
2.
D696
page 1)
1)
12
SM
1.
Front cover (
2.
SM
LCIT RT3030
(D696)
13
D696
Paper Feed Sensor, Paper End Sensor, Limit Sensor, Transport Sensor
Upper cover (
2.
3.
4.
D696
page 4)
1,
2)
1)
14
SM
LCIT RT3030
(D696)
Paper Feed Sensor, Paper End Sensor, Limit Sensor, Transport Sensor
5.
6.
7.
SM
1)
1)
1)
15
D696
D725
SIDE TRAY TYPE M3
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
SM
D725
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
2.
3.
SM
D725
4.
D725
SM
5.
6.
SM
2)
D725
Side tray (
2.
3.
4.
5.
D725
SM
6.
7.
SM
D725
9.
D725
SM
2.
3.
SM
1)
D725
2.
3.
D725
SM
2.
3.
SM
D725
D779
ARDF DF3090
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e
Date
SM
D779
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
SEF
LEF
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
Rear Cover
ARDF DF3090
(D779)
2.
3.
SM
x 1, hook x 6)
D779
2.
Rear cover (
3.
4.
page 1)
x 1)
Keep the original tray open when you remove the front cover.
D779
x 1)
SM
1.
2.
SM
ARDF DF3090
(D779)
D779
Pick-Up Roller
2.
page 3)
3.
x 1)
D779
SM
Feed Belt
1.
2.
3.
ARDF DF3090
(D779)
When reassembling the feed belt cover, make sure that the projection [B] of the feed
belt cover is on the guide plate rear [C].
4.
SM
D779
Feed Belt
5.
D779
SM
Separation Roller
1.
2.
3.
SM
ARDF DF3090
(D779)
D779
Rear cover (
2.
3.
4.
D779
page 1)
x 3, all
s)
x 1,
x 1)
SM
ARDF DF3090
(D779)
Original Tray (
2.
3.
4.
SM
x 1)
x 1 each)
D779
2.
3.
Original tray (
4.
5.
6.
D779
page 3)
page 2)
x 3).
10
SM
ARDF DF3090
(D779)
7.
8.
SM
x 1)
11
D779
2.
3.
Original tray (
4.
5.
6.
D779
page 3)
page 2)
x 3).
12
SM
ARDF DF3090
(D779)
7.
SM
x 1,
x 1)
13
D779
Stamp Solenoid
Rear cover (
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
D779
page 1)
x 1,
x 1)
x 1)
14
SM
ARDF DF3090
(D779)
Stamp Solenoid
7.
SM
15
D779
2.
3.
Original tray (
4.
5.
6.
7.
D779
page 3)
page 2)
page 10)
16
SM
Registration Sensor
1.
2.
3.
Original tray (
4.
5.
SM
ARDF DF3090
(D779)
page 2)
page 10)
x 1)
17
D779
Rear cover (
2.
D779
page 1)
x 2)
18
SM
Feed Motor
1.
Rear cover (
2.
3.
4.
SM
ARDF DF3090
(D779)
x 5)
x 2, spring [B] x 1)
19
D779
Feed Motor
5.
D779
x 2)
20
SM
Pick-up Solenoid
1.
Rear cover (
2.
Harness guide (
3.
SM
ARDF DF3090
(D779)
x 1)
21
D779
Inverter Solenoid
Rear cover (
2.
Harness guide (
3.
D779
page 1)
page 19)
x 2,
x 1,
22
SM
Feed Clutch
1.
Rear cover (
2.
Harness guide (
page 19)
3.
Bracket [A] ( x 2,
x 3,
4.
5.
SM
ARDF DF3090
(D779)
x 1)
23
D779
Transport Motor
Rear cover (
2.
Harness guide (
3.
D779
page 1)
page 19)
x 1)
24
SM